Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

Name of Package : Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

Specification No. : NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682)

Completion Period 4 Months

: Attachments : General guidelines for filling up the Attachments : Package - :

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

Specification No.: NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682)

1 Fill up only green shaded cells in the relevent attachments.

2 Attachments 3(JV), 3(QR) 4, 4(A), 4(B), 5, 5(A), 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,18 and Bid Form for 1st Envelope are included here.

3 Attachment 1 Bid Security : Not Applicable.

4 Attachment 2 Power of Attorney : No specific format is provided by POWERGRID. Bidder may use their own format.

5 Attachment 8 Manufacturer’s Authorisation Form : To be furnished as per proforma provided in the bidding document, on the letter head of the each Manufactures proposed to supply main items. Not included here.

6 Attachment 14 Integrity Pact : To be submitted as per ITB Clause No. 9.3(n) and as per remarks in the Attach 14-IP.

7 Attachment-19, Attachment-20, Attachment-21, Attachment-22, Attachment-23, Attachment-24, Attachment-25 : To be submitted as per the provisions of the Bidding Documents ( Formats Attached seperately in Volume-III of Bidding Documents)

Note : Enable the Active X Control & Macros. Also ensure to keep option of "Trust acess to VBA project object Model" cheched [√]. Ensure that you work on MS Excel 2007 or higher version.

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

Specification No.: NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Sole Bidder 1

Yes JV (Joint Venture) 2

Enter following details of the bidder No

Specify type of Bidder [Select from drop down menu] Sole Bidder Sole Bidder 2 0

Whether the bidder is an MSE (Micro & Small Enterprise) 2 0

Enter the Name of Registration Authority

Name of Sole Bidder

Address of Sole Bidder

Are you a ‘Local Suppliers’ under Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India) Order, 2017 and Order dated 20/12/2018 issued by Ministry of Power Yes

Full name of Bid Signatory

Designation of Bid Signatory

E-mail ID of Bid Signatory

Mobile No. of Bid Signatory Route-1 of Annexure-A(BDS)

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-3(JV) Sole Bidder

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Joint Venture Agreement and Power of Attorney for Joint Venture*)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept. &

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

Name(s) and Addresse(s) of other partner(s)

The Joint Venture Agreement (as per the proforma attached at no. 15 in Section-VI, Sample Forms and Procedures, Conditions of Contract, Vol.-I of the Bidding Documents) and Power of Attorney for Joint Venture (as per the proforma attached at no. 14 in Section-VI, Sample Forms and Procedures, Conditions of Contract, Vol.-I of the Bidding Documents) are enclosed herewith. Sole Bidder

Date : -- Printed Name : 0

Place : Designation : 4

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-3(QR)

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Qualifying Requirement Data)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

For our Qualifying Requirements Data, please refer Attachment-QR of this volume.

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) ATTACHMENT-3 (QR)

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Qualifying Requirement Data)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name: Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address: Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

In support of the Qualification Requirements (QR) for bidders, stipulated in Annexure-A (BDS) of the Section - III (BDS), Volume-I & Additional Information required as per ITB clause 9.3(c) of the Bidding Documents, we furnish herewith our QR data/details along with other information, as follows herewith our stipulations have been reproduced in italics for ready reference, however, in case of any discrepancy the QR as given in BDS shall prevail).

We have submitted bid as :

We have submitted bid as joint venture of following firms :

We are furnishing the following details/document in support of Qualifying requirement for the subject package.

A Attached copies of original documents defining :

a) The constitution or legal status;

b) The principal place of business;

c) The place of incorporation (for bidders who are corporations); or the place of registration and the nationality of the Owners (for applicants who are partnerships or individually-owned firms).

B Attached original & copies of the following documents :

a) Written power of attorney of the signatory of the Bid to commit the bidder.

b) Joint Venture Agreement.

C Whether bidder anticipate any change in legal structure/ ownership of their organisation at present. If Yes, please enclose details of same and copy of procedural document(s) with reference to the same/ as required statutorily, as of now

1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION

Bidder is required to provide general information as per the following format.

[Where the Bidder proposes to use named subcontractor(s) for critical components of the works or for work contents in excess of ten (10) percent of the bid price, the following information should also be supplied for the subcontractor(s)].

S No. Particulars Sole Bidder

1 Name of the Firm 0 0 #REF!

2 Head Office/ Registered Office Address 0 0 #REF!

5 Contact Person

6 Place of Incorporation/ Registration

7 Year of Incorporation/ Registration

8 Nationality of

1.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS {Reference para 1.1 of Annexure-A (BDS)}

1.1 TECHNICAL EXPERIENCE

1.1 The bidder should have completed *similar work during the last 7 years as on the originally scheduled date of bid submission 31.10.2026 as per following: (i) Under one contract of value of not less than Rs. 1451.13 Lakh (excl. GST) OR (ii) Under two contracts each of value not less than Rs. 906.96 Lakh (excl. GST) OR (iii) Under three contracts each of value of not less than Rs. 725.56 Lakh (excl. GST) *Similar Work means interior renovation/modernization/interior fit-out furnishing, or workplace transformation works comprising of Civil Works, interior finishing works, wood/furniture works, building electrical works, HVAC systems, with no individual component exceeding 40% of the total work value. These works should have been executed in Corporate Offices or Commercial/Government Office Buildings or Institutional Buildings or Business Centers or Convention Centers or Data Centers or Hotels/Hospitals Note: In case of works executed under a contract that had been awarded on a Joint Venture, the experience of individual Joint Venture partner shall be considered limited to the scope of that partner under the said contract In case bidder is a holding company, the technical experience referred to in clause 1.1 above shall be of that holding company only (i.e. excluding its subsidiary/group companies). In case bidder is a subsidiary of a holding company, the technical experience referred to in clause 1.1 above shall be of that subsidiary company only (i.e. excluding its holding companies).

Format for individual firm or for different Partner of a Joint Venture (JV):

Bidder’s Name : 0

Single Firm/Lead Partner/Other Partners of a JV :

1 Are you manufacturer of ventilation system

1 Name of Contract Undertaken

2 Contract Reference No. & Date of Award

3 Name and Address of the Employer/Utility for whom the Contract was executed by the firm/Partner of a JV

(a)(i) Scope of work executed under the above contract (Tick only whichever is/are applicable)

5 Details/features of the Contract undertaken relevant to the stipulated QR (as in Sl No (i) of 2.1

Value of work Rs. in crore

ii) interior finishing works

Value of work Rs. in crore

iii) wood/furniture works

Value of work Rs. in crore

iv) building electrical works

Value of work Rs. in crore

v) HVAC systems

Value of work Rs. in crore

6 Capacity in which the Contract was undertaken (Check One) (Tick whichever is applicable)

7 Date of Completion of Contract

8 Details of documents furnished in the Bid, in support of the aforesaid data/details/information

2.0 FINANCIAL REQUIREMENTS :

Financial Position {Reference Annexure-A (BDS)}

a) Net worth for last 3 financial years should be positive.

a) Net worth of the bidder for last 3 financial years should be positive. b) Minimum Average Annual Turnover *(MAAT) for best three years i.e. 36 months out of last five financial years of the bidder should be: Rs. 2720.87 Lakh (excl. GST) *Note- Annual Gross Revenue from operations/Gross operating income as incorporated in the profit & loss account excluding other operative income/other income c) Bidder shall have liquid assets (L.A) or/ and evidence of access to or availability of credit facilities of not less than Rs. 1360.43 Lakh (excl. GST) In case bidder is a holding company, the financial position criteria referred to in clause 1.2 above shall be of that holding company only (i.e excluding its subsidiary/ group companies). In case bidder is a subsidiary of a holding company, the financial position criteria referred to in clause 1.2 above shall be of that subsidiary company only (i.e. excluding its holding company)

As part of supporting documents for meeting financial parameters of QR, the bidder shall furnish along with its Bid, complete annual reports together with audited statements of accounts of the company for last five years of its own (separate) immediately preceding the date of submission of the Bid. Note: (a) In the event the bidder is not able to furnish the information of its own (i.e. separate/standalone), the bidder should submit the audited balance sheets, income statements, other information pertaining to it only (i.e. separate/standalone basis and exclusive of its Subsidiaries/Group/ Holding/ Parent Company) duly certified by any one of the authority (i) Statutory Auditor of the bidder (ii) Company Secretary of the bidder or (iii) A certified Public Accountant] certifying that such information/documents are based on the audited accounts as the case may be. (b) Submission of provisional balance-sheet for latest financial year OR a certificate from the Chartered Accountant on their letterhead certifying the financial turnover/provisional balance sheet is not admissible 3. Requisite Technical and Financial Experience shall be of that Holding company only (i.e. excluding its subsidiaries/ group companies), in case bidder is a Group/ Holding/ Parent company, OR of that Subsidiary company only (i.e., excluding its holding company/ group companies), in case bidder is a Subsidiary of a holding company. 4. MSEs^/ START-UPs^^ meeting the specified requirements at para 1 and 2(a) above, shall also be considered qualified if they meet 80% (Eighty percent) of the requirements specified at para 2 (b) & para 2 (c) above. ^MSEs as defined in bidding documents. ^^START-Ups as defined by DPIIT, applicable as on the originally scheduled date of bid opening

* Note: (i) Annual total income as incorporated in the profit and loss account except non-recurring income e.g. sale of fixed assets. (ii) In case bidder is a holding company, the financial position criteria referred to in clause above shall be of that holding company only (i.e. excluding its subsidiary /group companies). In case bidder is a subsidiary of a holding company, the financial position criteria referred to in clause above shall be of that subsidiary company only (i.e. excluding it’s holding company).

c) Bidder shall have liquid assets (L.A) or/ and evidence of access to or availability of credit facilities of not less than Indian Rs. 2.23 Crore

Note: In case bidder is a holding company, the Financial Position referred to in clause 1.2 shall be of that holding company only (i.e. excluding its subsidiaries/ group companies). In case bidder is a subsidiary of a holding company, the Financial Position referred to in clause 1.2 shall be of that subsidiary company only (i.e., excluding its holding company).

The bidder shall submit complete annual reports together with Audited statement of accounts of the company for last five years of its own (separate) immediately preceding the date of submission of bid

{In support of its ‘Financial Position’, in line with the above, the Bidder must provide the relevant information in support of the same, along with documentary evidence, in the following format}

For Bidders to qualify for both the packages, their financial position shall not be less than the sum of the requirement for the packages they propose to qualify for.

4.0 Financial Qualification Data: 1

Name of the Bidder

B Turnover details:

Turnover (in Crores) Details of documentary evidence submitted in support of Qualification Data

Sl No Financial year

Do you have audited results for FY 2020-21 Yes

Average Annual Turnover for best Three Years is

*(Indicate the rate(s) of exchnage against US Dollar at the end of each year, which have been used for arriving the amount at equivalent US Dollar.)

C Liquid Assets

Currency LA Equivalent US$ (in Million)

Details of evidence of having Liquid assets (LA)

Details of evidence of access to or availability of credit facilities

Networth Equivalent US$ (in Million) exchange rate* Details of documentary evidence submitted in support of Qualification Data

Currency Networth (in Millions)

Sl No Financial year

Do you have audited results for FY 2012-13 Yes

*(Indicate the rate(s) of exchnage against US Dollar at the end of each year, which have been used for arriving the amount at equivalent US Dollar.)

B Turnover details:

Turnover Equivalent US$ (in Million) exchange rate* Details of documentary evidence submitted in support of Qualification Data

Currency Turnover (in Millions)

Sl No Financial year

Do you have audited results for FY 2012-13 Yes

Average Annual Turnover for best Three Years is

*(Indicate the rate(s) of exchnage against US Dollar at the end of each year, which have been used for arriving the amount at equivalent US Dollar.)

C Liquid Assets

Currency LA Equivalent US$ (in Million)

Details of evidence of having Liquid assets (LA)

Details of evidence of access to or availability of credit facilities

4.0 Joint Venture (JV) Firms {Reference para 3.0 of Annexure-A (BDS)}

4.1 In accordance with the above, in case of JV bidders, it should be ensured that necessary details including those pertaining to each JV partner are furnished and the documents are submitted alongwith the bid. Further, the JV bidders should also ensure that other requirements are complied with. The lists of documents furnished are to be indicated below :

5.0 The Bidder shall also furnish following documents/details with its bid. {Reference ITB clause 9.3 (c)}

5.1 The complete annual reports together with Audited statement of accounts of the company for last five years of its own (separate) immediately preceding the date of submission of bid.

Note I. In the event the bidder is not able to furnish the information of its own (i.e separate), being a subsidiary company and its accounts are being consolidated with its group/holding/parent company, the bidder should submit the audited balance sheets, income statements, other information pertaining to it only (not of its group/Holding/Parent Company) duly certified by any one of the authority [ (i) Statutory Auditor of the bidder /(ii) Company Secretary of the bidder or (iii) A certified Public Accountant] certifying that such information/documents are based on the audited accounts as the case may be.

II. Similarly, if the bidder happens to be a Group/Holding/Parent Company, the bidder should submit the above documents/information of its own (i.e. exclusive of its subsidiaries) duly certified by any one of the authority mentioned in Note-I above certifying that these information/documents are based on the audited accounts, as the case may be.

5.2 The Bidder should accordingly also provide the following information/documents (In case of JV bidders, information should be provided separately for all the Partners of JV in the given format):

Audited balance sheet and income statements for the last five years as per the following:

A Years preceding to the bid opening Audited Balance Sheet and Income Statements enclosed Audited Balance Sheet and Income Statements enclosed Audited Balance Sheet and Income Statements enclosed

1st Year Yes Yes

2nd Year Yes Yes

3rd Year Yes Yes

4th Year Yes Yes

5th Year Yes Yes

5.3 Whether bidder organisation is underway of Financial re-structuring. If Yes, please enclose the details of same and data/ documents establishing the same

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-4

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Form of Certificate of Origin and Eligibility)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

We hereby certify that equipment and materials to be supplied are produced in [Name of Countries], eligible source country. Equipments & Materials produced in [Name of countries] Company incorporated & registered in [Name of countries]

We hereby certify that our company is incorporated and registered in [Name of Countries], eligible source country. [Name of Countries] [Name of Countries] [Name of Countries], [Name of Countries],

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

country. country. [Name of Countries], [Name of Countries],

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-4(A)

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(List of Special Maintenance Tools & Tackles)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

We are furnishing below the list of special maintenance tools & tackles for various equipment under the subject package. The prices for these tools & tackles are included in our lumpsum bid price. We further confirm that the list of special maintenance tools & tackles includes all the items specifically identified in your bidding documents as brought out below:

S.No. For Equipment Item Description Unit Quantity

Notwithstanding what is stated above, we further confirm that any additional special maintenance tools and tackles, required for the equipment under this package shall be furnished by us at no extra cost to the employer.

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-4(B)

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(List of Special Maintenance Tools & Tackles)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

We are furnishing below the list of special maintenance tools & tackles for various equipment under the subject package. The prices for these tools & tackles which are to be taken back after the completion of the work by us are not included in our lumpsum bid price. We further confirm that the list of special maintenance tools & tackles includes all the items specifically identified in your bidding documents as brought out below:

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-5

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Bought-out & Sub-contracted Items)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

We hereby furnish the details of the items/ sub-assemblies, we propose to buy for the purpose of furnishing and installation of the subject Package:

Sl. No. Item Description Quantity proposed to be bought/sub-contracted Details of the proposed sub-contractor/sub-vendor

Name Nationality

We hereby declare that, we would not subcontract the erection portion of the contract without the prior approval of Employer.

We hereby furnish the details of the items/ sub-assemblies propose to supply from our own works (i.e. as direct transactions) in additiona to the supplies the same from other vendors (i.e. as Bought-out transactions) as detailed in the table given above.

Sl. No. Item Description Quantity proposed to be supplied Details of the plant from where supplies are proposed.

Name of Plant Address

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Annexure I to Attachment-5

(Bought-out & Sub-contracted Items)

Sl. No. Item Description Quantity proposed to be bought/sub-contracted Details of the proposed sub-contractor/sub-vendor

Name Nationality

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Annexure I to Attachment-5

(Bought-out & Sub-contracted Items)

Sl. No. Item Description Details of the proposed sub-contractor/sub-vendor Details of the proposed sub-contractor/sub-vendor

Name Nationality

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-5A

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Items, Components, Raw Material, Services proposed to be sourced from Micro and Small Enterprises)

Bidder's Name and Address: Contracts & Materials dept.

Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Name : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

Address : SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

1 We hereby furnish the details of the items, components, raw material, services which we propose to buy/avail from Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs) for the purpose of completion of works under the subject package:

Sl. No. Item Description Quantity proposed to be bought/sub-contracted Name of Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs)

Name Category (Micro or Small)

2 The above is a list of items we propose to procure from MSEs. However, based on the situations during the execution of the contract, the above list may undergo changes. We hereby confirm that the details regarding actual procurement from MSEs carried out by us, as per the format provided at Section VI, Forms and Procedures, Volume-I of bidding documents, shall be submitted along with the bills for payment against supplies made/works done during execution of contract.

We hereby furnish the details of the items/ sub-assemblies propose to supply from our own works (i.e. as direct transactions) in additiona to the supplies the same from other vendors (i.e. as Bought-out transactions) as detailed in the table given above.

Sl. No. Item Description Quantity proposed to be supplied Details of the plant from where supplies are proposed.

Name of Plant Address

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-5A

(Bought-out & Sub-contracted Items)

Sl. No. Item Description Quantity proposed to be bought/sub-contracted Name of Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs)

Name Category (Micro or Small)

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-6

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Alternative, Deviations and Exceptions to the Provisions)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

The bidder shall itemize any deviation from the Specifications included in his bid. Each item shall be listed (separate sheets may be used and enclosed with this Attachment) with the following information:

Sl. No. Reference clause in the Specifications Deviation Cost of withdrawal of the deviation

The above deviations and variations are exhaustive. We confirm that we shall withdraw the deviations proposed by us at the cost of withdrawal indicated in this attachment, failing which our bid may be rejected and Bid Security forfeited.

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Annexure I toAttachment-6

(Alternative, Deviations and Exceptions to the Provisions)

Sl. No. Reference clause in the Specifications Deviation Cost of withdrawal of the deviation

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-7

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Details of Alternative Bid)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

No Alternative Bid

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-9

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Work Completion Schedule)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

We hereby declare that the following Work Completion Schedule shall be followed by us in furnishing and installation of the subject Package i.e., Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi for the period commencing from the effective date of Contract to us :

Sl. No. Description of Work Period in months from the effective date of contract

1 Detailed Engineering and drawing submission

a) commencement

2 Procurement of equipment/ components & assembly

a) commencement

a) commencement

4 Manufacturing

a) commencement

5 Shipments & Delivery

a) commencement

6 Establishment of site office

7 Installation at Site

a) commencement

8 Testing & Pre-commissioning

a) commencement 4

b) completion 4

9 Trial Operation

a) commencement 4

b) completion 4

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Note : Bidders to enclose a detailed network covering all the activities to be undertaken for completion of the project indicating key dates for various milestones for each phase constituent-wise.

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-10

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Guarantee Declaration)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

Dear Sir, We declare that the equipments offered shall have minimum (or a maximum, as the case may be) performance specified in Technical Specification. We further guarantee the performance/efficiency of the equipments in response to the Technical Specifications.

Date -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-11

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Information regarding Ex-employees of POWERGRID in our Organisation)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

We declare that we are aware of and have gone through the “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Senior Management Personnel”1 and “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Board Members”1 of POWERGRID (hereinafter referred to as the “Code of Conduct”). We further understand that as per the “Code of Conduct”, Senior Management Personnel including Board Members, who have retired/resigned from POWERGRID, shall not accept any appointment or post, as detailed in the referred “Code of Conduct”, within 1 year from the date of cessation of service/directorship unless approved by the Competent Authority. Accordingly, we hereby furnish the details of ex-employees of POWERGRID who had retired/ resigned at the level of General Manager and above from POWERGRID and subsequently have been employed by us:

Sl. No. Name of the person with designation in POWERGRID Date of Retirement/ resignation from POWERGRID Date of joining and designation in our organisation*

*In case the date of joining in the bidder’s organization of such ex-employee is within 1 year from the date of retirement/resignation from POWERGRID, No Objection Certificate/ approval from the Competent Authority must be furnished along with the bid or subsequent through clarification pursuant to ITB Clause 21.

In case of non-submission of No Objection Certificate/approval of the Competent Authority, as required, We understand that POWERGRID shall deal with such cases as per its Policy and procedures in vogue, which may also result in rejection of our bid. We also confirm that POWERGRID shall be the sole judge in this regard. We further declare that any misrepresentation or submission of false/forged documents/information in this regard shall be dealt with as per the provisions of the Integrity Pact and/or the Bidding Documents and/or POWERGRID’s policy and procedures.

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Note: 1. “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Senior Management Personnel” and “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Board Members” are available on POWERGRID’s website https://www.powergridindia.com. 2. The information in similar format should be furnished for each partner of joint venture in case of joint venture bid. 3. In case bidder has furnished no details on ex-employees of POWERGRID or has left blank or has indicated ‘-‘ against the same, it shall be deemed that they have not employed any such person in their organization.

SPEC. NO.: CC-CS/1059-NR3/GIS-4170/10/G7 ATTACHMENT-12

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Price Adjustment Data)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

0 Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

PRICES REMAIN FIRMS AND FIXED

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-13

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Declaration regarding Social Accountability)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

We conform that we stand committed to comply to all requirements of Social Accountability Standards i.e., SA8000 (latest Standard available at www.sa-intl.org) and maintain the necessary records.

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-14

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

Integrity Pact is annexed herewith this Volume.

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Instruction for printing & submitting Integrity Pact

1. The requisite format of Integrity Pact is getting generated automatically and displayed here below.

2. Take print out of first page on a non-judicial stamp paper of Rs. 100/- and other seven pages on plain A4 size paper. Such two sets shall be prepared by the bidder.

3. All the pages of both the copies of the Integrity Pact shall be signed by the authorised representative of the bidder and duly stamped.

4. Both the original copies shall be submitted by the bidder in the form of Hard Copy as part of the first envelope before due date & time of submission of the bid.

5. For further details bidders may please refer ITB Clause 9.3 (o).

Power Grid Corporation of India Limited

having its Registered Office at B-9, Qutab Institutional Area, Katwaria Sarai,New Delhi – 110016 hereinafter referred to as

having its Registered Office at

hereinafter referred to as

"The Bidder/Contractor"

POWERGRID intends to award, under laid-down organisational procedures, contract(s) for Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Signature) (Signature)

(For & On behalf of POWERGRID) (For & On behalf of Bidder/ Contractor)

Integrity Pact Page 1 of 8

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi Package and Specification Number NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) POWERGRID values full compliance with all relevant laws of the land, rules, regulations, economic use of resources, and of fairness / transparency in its relations with its Bidders/ Contractors.

In order to achieve these goals, POWERGRID and the above named Bidder/Contractor enter into this agreement called 'Integrity Pact' which will form a part of the bid.

It is hereby agreed by and between the parties as unde r:

Section I - Commitments of POWERGRID

(1) POWERGRID commits itself to take all measures necessary to prevent corruption and to observe the following principles :

a) No employee of POWERGRID, personally or through family members, will in connection with the tender, or the execution of the contract, demand, take a promise for or accept, for him/herself or third person, any material or other benefit which he/she is not legally entitled to.

b) POWERGRID will, during the tender process treat all Bidder(s) with equity, fairness and reason. POWERGRID will in particular, before and during the tender process, provide to all Bidder(s) the same information and will not provide to any Bidder(s) confidential/ additional information through which the Bidder(s) could obtain an advantage in relation to the tender process or the contract execution.

c) POWERGRID will exclude from evaluation of Bids its such employee(s) who has any personal interest in the Companies/Agencies participating in the Bidding/Tendering process and all known prejudiced persons.

(2) If POWERGRID obtains information on the conduct of any of its employee which is a criminal offence under the IPC / PC Act , or if there be a substantive suspicion in this regard, POWERGRID will inform its Chief Vigilance Officer and in addition disciplinary actions can be initiated under POWERGRID’s Rules.

Section II - Commitments of the Bidder/Contractor

(1) The Bidder/Contractor commits itself to take all measures necessary to prevent corruption. The Bidder/Contractor commits itself to observe the following principles during its participation in the tender process and during the contract execution:

(Signature) (Signature)

(For & On behalf of POWERGRID) (For & On behalf of Bidder/ Contractor)

Integrity Pact Page 2 of 8

a) The Bidder/Contractor will not, directly or through any other person or firm, offer, promise or give to any of POWERGRID's employees involved in the tender process or the execution of the contract or to any third person any material or other benefit which it is not legally entitled to, in order to obtain in exchange an advantage of any kind whatsoever during the tender process or during the execution of the contract.

b) The Bidder/Contractor will not enter into any illegal or undisclosed agreement or understanding, whether formal or informal with other Bidders/Contractors. This applies in particular to prices, specifications, certifications, subsidiary contracts, submission or non-submission of bids or actions to restrict competitiveness or to introduce cartelization in the bidding process.

c) The Bidder/Contractor shall not pass any information provided by POWERGRID as part of business relationship to others and shall not commit any offence under PC / IPC Act.

d) The Bidder/Contractor of foreign origin shall disclose the name and address of the Agents/representatives in India, if any, involved directly or indirectly in the Bidding. Similarly, the Bidder/Contractor of Indian Nationality shall furnish the name and address of the foreign principals, if any, involved directly or indirectly in the Bidding.

e) The Bidder/Contractor will, when presenting his bid, disclose any and all payments made, or committed to or intends to make to agents, brokers or any other intermediaries in connection with the award of the contract and/or with the execution of the contract.

f) The Bidder/Contractor will not misrepresent facts or furnish false/forged documents/information in order to influence the bidding process or the execution of the contract to the detriment of POWERGRID.

g) The Bidder/Contractor shall ensure adoption of Integrity Pact by its Sub-contractors and shall be responsible for the same.

(2) The Bidder/Contractor will not instigate third persons to commit offences outlined above or be an accessory to such offences.

(Signature) (Signature)

(For & On behalf of POWERGRID) (For & On behalf of Bidder/ Contractor)

Integrity Pact Page 3 of 8

Section III- Disqualification from tender process and exclusion from future contracts

(1) If the Bidder, before contract award, has committed a transgression through a violation of Section II or in any other form such as to put his reliability or credibility as Bidder into question, POWERGRID may disqualify the Bidder from the tender process or terminate the contract, if already signed, for such reason.

(2) If the Bidder/Contractor has committed a transgression through a violation of Section II such as to put his reliability or credibility into question, POWERGRID may, after following due procedures, ban /blacklist the Bidder/Contractor in line with POWERGRID’s policy for “Black-Listing of Firms / Banning of Business”. The imposition and duration of the ban will be determined by the severity of the transgression. The severity will be determined by the circumstances of the case, in particular the number of transgressions, the position of the transgressors within the company hierarchy of the Bidder/Contractor and the amount of the damage. The ban will be imposed for a maximum of 3 years.

(3) If the Bidder/Contractor can prove that he has restored/recouped the damage caused by him and has installed a suitable corruption prevention system, POWERGRID may revoke the ban prematurely.

Section IV - Liability for violation of Integrity Pact

(1) If POWERGRID has disqualified the Bidder from the tender process prior to the award under Section III, POWERGRID is entitled for forfeiture of the Bid Guarantee under the Bid.

(2) If POWERGRID has terminated the contract under Section III or if POWERGRID is entitled to terminate the contract under Section III, POWERGRID shall be entitled to forfeit the Contract Performance Guarantee of this contract, in full or part thereof as may be decided, besides resorting to other remedies under the contract.

Section V- Previous Transgression

(1) The Bidder shall disclose in its Bid any transgressions occurred in the last 10 years with any other Public Sector Undertaking or Government Department or any other Company, in any country, that may impinge on the Anti-corruption principle.

(Signature) (Signature)

(For & On behalf of POWERGRID) (For & On behalf of Bidder/ Contractor)

Integrity Pact Page 4 of 8

(2) If the Bidder makes incorrect statement on this subject, it can be disqualified from the tender process or the contract, if already awarded, can be terminated for such reason and further action can be taken in line with POWERGRID’s policies.

Section VI - Equal treatment to all Bidders / Contractors

(1) POWERGRID will enter into agreements with identical conditions as this one with all Bidders.

(2) POWERGRID will disqualify from the tender process any bidder who does not sign this Pact or violate its provisions.

Section VII - Punitive Action against violating Bidders / Contractors

If POWERGRID obtains knowledge of conduct of a Bidder or a Contractor or its subcontractor or of an employee or a representative or an associate of a Bidder or Contractor or his Subcontractor which constitutes corruption, or if POWERGRID has substantive suspicion in this regard, POWERGRID will inform the Chief Vigilance Officer (CVO).

(*)Section VIII - Independent External Monitor/Monitors

(1) POWERGRID has appointed a panel of Independent External Monitors (IEMs) for this Pact with the approval of Central Vigilance Commission (CVC), Government of India. The names of the IEMs have been indicated in the Bidding Documents.

(2) The panel of IEMs shall review independently and objectively, whether and to what extent the parties comply with the obligations under this agreement. The panel of IEMs has right of access to all project documentation. The panel of IEMs may examine any complaint received by them and submit a report to Chairman-cum-Managing Director, POWERGRID, giving joint findings, at the earliest. The panel of IEMs may also submit a report directly to the CVO and the CVC, in case of suspicion of serious irregularities attracting the provisions of the PC Act.

(Signature) (Signature)

(For & On behalf of POWERGRID) (For & On behalf of Bidder/ Contractor)

Integrity Pact Page 5 of 8

(3) The IEM is not subject to instructions by the representatives of the parties and performs his functions neutrally and independently. He / She reports to the Chairman-cum-Managing Director, POWERGRID.

(4) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) accepts that the IEM has the right to access without restriction to all documentation of POWERGRID related to this contract including that provided by the Contractor/Bidder. The Bidder/Contractor will also grant the IEM, upon his / her request and demonstration of a valid interest, unrestricted and unconditional access to their documentation. The same is applicable to Subcontractors. The IEM is under contractual obligation to treat the information and documents of the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s)/Subcontractor(s) with confidentiality.

(5) POWERGRID will provide to the IEMs information as sought by him / her which could have an impact on the contractual relations between POWERGRID and the Bidder/Contractor related to this contract. The IEMs shall also sign declaration on ’Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information’ and of ‘Absence of Conflict of Interest’. In case of any conflict of interest arising at a later date, the IEM shall inform Chairman-cum-Managing Director, POWERGRID and recuse himself/herself from that case

(6) As soon as the IEM notices, or believes to notice, a violation of this agreement, he / she will so inform the Chairman-cum-Managing Director, POWERGRID and request the Chairman-cum-Managing Director, POWERGRID to discontinue or take corrective action, or to take other relevant action. The IEM can in this regard submit non-binding recommendations. Beyond this, the IEM has no right to demand from the parties that they act in a specific manner, refrain from action or tolerate action. However, the IEM shall give an opportunity to POWERGRID and the Bidder/Contractor, as deemed fit, to present its case before making its recommendations to POWERGRID.

(7) The IEM will submit a written report to the Chairman-cum-Managing Director, POWERGRID within 8 to 10 weeks from the date of reference or intimation to him by POWERGRID and, should the occasion arise, submit proposals for correcting problematic situations.

(8) If the IEM has reported to the Chairman-cum-Managing Director, POWERGRID, a substantiated suspicion of an offence under PC / IPC Act, and the Chairman-cum-Managing Director, POWERGRID has not, within the reasonable time taken visible action to proceed against such offence or reported it to the CVO, the Monitor may also transmit this information directly to the CVC, Government of India.

(Signature) (Signature)

(For & On behalf of POWERGRID) (For & On behalf of Bidder/ Contractor)

Integrity Pact Page 6 of 8

(9) While representing any matter in relation to the Integrity pact inter-alia including its transgression to the panel of IEMs, POWERGRID and Bidder/Contractor shall not approach the court of law and await the decision of the IEM in the matter.

(10) The word ‘IEM’ would include both singular and plural.

(*) This Section shall be applicable for only those packages wherein the IEMs have been identified in Section – I : Invitation for Bids and/or Clause ITB 9.3 in Section – III: Bid Data Sheets of Conditions of Contract, Volume-I of the Bidding Documents.

Section IX - Pact Duration

This Pact begins when both parties have legally signed it. It expires for the Contractor after the closure of the contract and for all other Bidder's six month after the contract has been awarded.

Section X - Other Provisions

(1) This agreement is subject to Indian Law. Place of performance and jurisdiction is the establishment of POWERGRID. The Arbitration clause provided in the main tender document / contract shall not be applicable for any issue / dispute arising under Integrity Pact.

(2) Changes and supplements as well as termination notices need to be made in writing. Side agreements have not been made.

(3) If the Contractor is a partnership firm or a consortium or Joint Venture, this agreement must be signed by all partners, consortium members and Joint Venture partners.

(4) Nothing in this agreement shall affect the rights of the parties available under the General Conditions of Contract (GCC) and Special Conditions of Contract (SCC).

(5) Issues like Warranty/Guarantees etc. shall be outside the purview of IEMs.

(6) Views expressed or suggestions/submissions made by the parties and the recommendations of the CVO/IEM# in respect of the violation of this agreement, shall not be relied on or introduced as evidence in the arbitral or judicial proceedings (arising out of the arbitral proceedings) by the parties in connection with the disputes/differences arising out of the subject contract.

# CVO shall be applicable for packages wherein IEM are not identified in Section IFB/BDS of Condition of Contract, Volume-I. IEM shall be applicable for packages wherein IEM are identified in Section IFB/BDS of Condition of Contract, Volume-I.

(Signature) (Signature)

(For & On behalf of POWERGRID) (For & On behalf of Bidder/ Contractor)

Integrity Pact Page 7 of 8

(7) Should one or several provisions of this agreement turn out to be invalid, the remainder of this agreement remains valid. In this case, the parties will strive to come to an agreement to their original intentions.

Signature Signature

(For & On behalf of POWERGRID) (For & On behalf of Bidder/ Contractor)

(Office Seal) (Office Seal)

Designation : Designation :

Witness 1 : Witness 1 :

Designation : Designation :

Witness 2 : Witness 2 :

Designation : Designation :

Integrity Pact Page 8 of 8

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-15

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

Option for Initial Advance (either Interest Bearing Initial Advance or No Initial Advance) and Information for E – payment, PF details and declaration for Micro/Small and Medium Enterprise

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

I We have read the provisions in the Bidding Documents regarding furnishing the option for advance payment. Accordingly, as per ITB Clause 9.3 as provided in Section BDS, Section III, Vol.-I of the Bidding Documents, we hereby confirm to opt the following:

Interest Bearing Initial Advance

Supply Portion:

Services Portion:

II We are furnishing the following details of Statutory Registration Numbers and details of Bank for electronic payment.

1. Name of the Supplier/ Contractor in whose favour payment is to be made

2. Address with PIN Code and State

Registered Office:

Correspondence Address:

3 (a). Status – Company/others

[Declaration of Micro/ Small/ Medium Enterprise under Micro/ Small & Medium Enterprises Development Act 2006, if applicable]

3 (b). Are you a MSE owned by SC/ST* entrepreneurs in line with Public Procurement Policy for Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs) order 2012 including subsequent amendment /notification/order (Indicate Yes/No) Note: Documentary evidence is to be attached. Please refer remarks at the end of the Attachment.

3 (c). If 3(b) is 'Yes', please mentiom whether you are (Proprietary MSE/ Partnership MSE/Private Limited Company) owned by SC/ST Entrepreneurs.

3 (d). Are you a MSE owned by a women in line with Public Procurment Policy for Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs) order 2012, Public Procurment Policy for Micro & Small Enterprises (MSEs) Amendment Order 2018 including subsequent amendment / notification/order . (Indicate Yes/No)

4. Permanent Account (PAN) No.

5. GSTIN Numbers

I. GSTIN in the Sates/UT from where the supply of goods take place

Name of the States/UT GSTIN number

II. GSTIN in the States/UT where the supply for services take place (states where sites under the subject package is situated)

Name of the States/UT GSTIN number

6. PF Registration No. of the Company

7. PF Regional Office covered (with Address)

8. Name of Contact Person

9. Contact Details

10. Bank Details for Electronic Payment

Name of the Bank:

Address of Branch:

Type of Account:

Type of Account: Current Account

11. 9 digit MICR code printed at bottom in middle, next to cheque no.

12. IFSC (for RTGS)/NEFT Code (to be obtained from the Bank) Sample Cancelled Cheque to be enclosed

We hereby declare that the above information are true and correct and we agree that the payment on account of this Contract, in the event of award, be made in the above account maintained in the above mentioned Bank.

*The definition of MSEs owned by SC/ST is as given under:

a. In case of proprietary MSE, proprietor(s) shall be SC /ST.

b. In case of partnership MSE, the SC/ST partners shall be holding at least 51% shares in the unit.

c. In case of Private Limited companies, at least 51% share shall be held by SC/ST promoters.

Documentary evidence: Please provide scanned copy(ies) of the SC/ST certificate(s) issued by District Authority as applicable for SC/ST MSE category as per (a), (b) or (c) above.

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-16

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Additional Information)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

In support of the additional information required as per ITB Sub-Clause 9.3 (p) of the Bidding Documents, we furnish herewith our data/details/documents etc., alongwith other information, as follows (the stipulations have been reproduced in italics for ready reference):

1.0 The Bidder shall furnish

A certificate from their Banker(s) (as per prescribed formats in Form 16, Section-VI: Sample Forms and Procedures) indicating various fund based/non fund based limits sanctioned to the Bidder and the extent of utilization as on date. Such certificate should have been issued not earlier than three months prior to the date of bid opening. Wherever necessary the Employer may make queries with the Bidders’ Bankers. [Reference ITB clause 9.3(p)(i)]

1.1 In accordance with 1.0, certificate(s) from banker as per requisite format, indicating various fund based/non fund based limits sanctioned to the bidder or each member of the joint venture and the extent of utilization as on date is/are enclosed, as per the following details:

Name of the Bidder (Sole Bidder)

Name of the Banker by whom certificate issued

Date of certificate (should not be earlier than 3 months prior to date of bid opening)

Whether fund based/non fund based limits are indicated in the certificate

Whether extent of utilization is indicated in the certificate

1.2 The Bidder should accordingly also provide the following information/documents

(i) Details of Banker:

Address of Banker

Contact Name and Title

(ii) As per para 1.0, Authorization Letter(s) from the bidder (in case of JV bidder, from all the partners) addressed to the Banker(s), authorizing POWERGRID to seek queries about the bidder with the Banker(s) and advising the Banker(s) to reply the same promptly, is/are enclosed as per following details:

Sl. No. Letter Ref. Date Addressed to (name of the Bank)

2.0 Litigation History

The bidder should provide detailed information on any litigation or arbitration arising out of contracts completed or under execution by it over the last five years. A consistent history of awards involving litigation against the Bidder or any partner of JV may result in rejection of Bid. [Reference ITB clause 9.3(p)(ii)]

2.1 Details of litigation history resulting from Contracts completed or under execution by the bidder over the last five years

Year Name of client, cause of litigation/arbitration and matter in dispute Details of Contract and date Award for or against the bidder Disputed amount

3.0 Details regarding previous transgressions of Integrity Pact

The bidder should provide detailed information on any transgression of Integrity Pact that occurred in the last 10 years with any other Public Sector Undertaking or Government Department or any other Company, in any country.

3.1 Details regarding previous transgressions of Integrity Pact that occurred in the last 10 years

Year Name of client Details of Transgression of Integrity Pact by the bidder

4.0 OTHER INFORMATION

4.1 Current Contract Commitments of works in progress

Bidders (individual firms or each partners of JV) should provide information on their current commitments on all contracts that have been awarded, or for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or for contracts approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full completion certificate has yet to be issued.

Details of Contract Value of outstanding work (Rs.) Estimated completion date

4.2 Financial Data:

Details Actual (Previous five years) Projection for next five years

Total Liability

Current Liability

Profit before taxes

Profit after taxes

5.0 Details of Provident Fund Code Number of the Bidder [ref. ITB9.3(q)]

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-17

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Declaration for tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or benefits)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

1 We confirm that we are solely responsible for obtaining following tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or benefits in respect of supplies under the subject package, in case of award. We further confirm that we have considered the same in our bid thereby passing on the benefit to POWERGRID while quoting our prices. In case of our failure to receive such benefits, partly or fully, for any reason whatsoever, the Employer will not compensate us.

2 We are furnishing the following information required by the Employer for issue of requisite certificate if and as permitted in terms of the applicable Govt. of India policies/procedures (in case of award):

Applicable Act, Notification No. and Clause Ref. No. Sl. No. Description of item on which applicable Country of origin Remarks, if any

(The requirements listed above are as per current Notification of Govt. of India indicated above. These may be modified, if necessary, in terms of the Notifications.)

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-17

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Information regarding Ex-employees of POWERGRID in our Organisation)

Name(s) and Addresse(s) of other partner(s) To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : …… ……. …….. …… ……. …….. Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : …… ……. …….. …… ……. …….. Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

…… ……. …….. …… ……. …….. SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

We hereby furnish the details of ex-employees of POWERGRID who had retired/ resigned at the level of General Manager and above from POWERGRID and subsequently have been employed by us:

Sl. No. Name of the person with designation in POWERGRID Date of Retirement/ resignation from POWERGRID Date of joining and designation in our organisation

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-17

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

(Information regarding Ex-employees of POWERGRID in our Organisation)

Name(s) and Addresse(s) of other partner(s) To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

We hereby furnish the details of ex-employees of POWERGRID who had retired/ resigned at the level of General Manager and above from POWERGRID and subsequently have been employed by us:

Sl. No. Name of the person with designation in POWERGRID Date of Retirement/ resignation from POWERGRID Date of joining and designation in our organisation

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-18

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

Safety Pact is attached herewith this Volume

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Instruction for printing & submitting Safety Pact

1. The requisite format of Safety Pact is getting generated automatically and displayed here below.

2. Take print out of first page on a non-judicial stamp paper of Rs. 100/- and other six pages on plain A4 size paper. Such two sets shall be prepared by the bidder.

3. All the pages of both the copies of the Safety Pact shall be signed by the authorised representative of the bidder and duly stamped.

4. Both the original copies shall be submitted by the bidder in the form of Hard Copy as part of the first envelope before due date & time of submission of the bid.

5. For further details bidders may please refer ITB Clause 9.3 (s).

Between #REF! #REF!

Power Grid Corporation of India Limited #REF! #REF!

having its Registered Office at B-9, Qutab Institutional Area, Katwaria Sarai, New Delhi – 110016 hereinafter referred to as #REF! #REF!

"POWERGRID", #REF! #REF!

0 1 having its Registered Office at ,

having its Registered Office at ,, 1 AND

hereinafter referred to as

"The Bidder/Contractor"

POWERGRID intends to award, under laid-down organisational procedures, contract(s) for Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi Specification Number:NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682)

(Signature) (Signature)

(For & On behalf of POWERGRID) (For & On behalf of Bidder/ Contractor)

Safety Pact Page 1 of 6

POWERGRID values full compliance with all relevant laws and regulations and the principles of Safety, Health& Environment in its relations with its Bidders/ Contractors.

In order to achieve these goals, POWERGRID and the above named Bidder / Contractor enter into this agreement called “Safety Pact” which will form part of the Bid.

It is hereby agreed by and between the parties as under:

Section I - Commitments of POWERGRID

POWERGRID commits itself to take all measures necessary to prevent accidents duringConstruction and Operation of the Transmission Assets and to observe the following:

1. POWERGRID recognizes and accepts its statutory responsibilities for ensuring construction, operation and maintenance of equipments and for the provision of safe methods of work and safe working conditions.

2. POWERGRID recognizes and accepts its statutory responsibilities for ensuring safety of not only its employees but also that of the Contracting Agencies as Principal Employer.

3. POWERGRID shall review the accidents in a structured manner and take necessary actions to ensure that the safety criteria are strengthened for safe construction as well as Operation & Maintenance of the Transmission Assets.

4. POWERGRID shall conduct necessary awareness and training programmes to its Employees to augment the various safety requirements to be followed during Construction and Operation & Maintenance of the Transmission Assets from time to time.

5. POWERGRID shall, from time to time, issue necessary guidelines,instructions and deterrents to its employees as well as to the Contracting Agencies, to update them to take necessary preventive measures to avoid repetition of similar accident attributes.

6. POWERGRID shall review and provide necessary guidanceto the Contracting Agencies, as and when, any abnormality / special situations are brought to its notice by the Contracting Agencies during execution of the Transmission Projects being executed by them.

7. POWERGRID shall conduct periodical surveillance site inspections / audits to identify the unsafe conditions and unsafe actions, and bring them to the knowledge of the Contracting Agencies for taking timely corrective actions.

8. POWERGRIDshall investigate all accidents, fatal as well as non-fatal, to identify the lapses, the reason for the accident / incident and suggest measures for prevention of recurrence of such accidents, and fix responsibility for the lapses leading to the accident.

9. POWERGRID shall augment the training to the workers and supervising personnel of the Contracting Agencies, as per schedules, upon nomination by the Contracting Agencies in reasonable time frame.

(Signature) (Signature)

(For & On behalf of POWERGRID) (For & On behalf of Bidder/ Contractor)

Safety Pact Page 2 of 6

10. POWERGRID shall exercise the right to claim and recover compensation from the Contracting Agencies in case of any violation of the safety requirements / provisions during execution of the Transmission Projects, as built in the applicable Laws and contractual specifications / guidelines in vogue / issued by POWERGRID from time to time.

Section II – Commitments of the Bidder / Contractor:

The Bidder / Contractor commits himself to take all measures necessary to prevent / minimise accidents at their construction / erection sites and to observe the following:

1. The Bidder / Contractor recognizes and acceptsthe statutory and comprehensive responsibility for ensuring safe construction and Testing & Commissioning in the Transmission Projects being executed by them by providing safe methods of work, working conditions and Tools & Plants for human safety.

2. The Bidder / Contractor recognizes and accepts the responsibilities for ensuring safety of not only their employees but also that of the Sub-contractors, Principal Employer and the general public during execution of the Transmission Projects / works.

3. The Bidder / Contractor shall review the accidents in a structured manner and take necessary actions to ensure that the safety criteria are strengthened for safe construction of the Transmission Assets.

4. The Bidder / Contractor shall endeavour continuous development of safe methods of work to ensure that the effect of risks and perils are minimised to the extent possible and implement the same at their worksites.

5. The Bidder / Contractor shall conduct periodical Training to their Employees as well as to that of their Sub-contractors for safety awareness during construction works being executed by them.

6. The Bidder / Contractor shall provide all requisite Tools & Plants required for the work and ensure their healthiness by periodical inspections / testing as required. Unhealthy and sub-standard Tools & Plants will be immediately removed from site as and when they are identified.

7. The Bidder / Contractor shall,at their cost, provide all necessary Personal Protective Equipments such as Double Lanyard Safety Belts, Appropriate Fall Arrest Systems, Safety Helmets, Foot Wear, Hand Gloves, etc., as required for various activities pertaining to execution of the Projects / works, confirming to relevant Indian Standards.

8. The Bidder / Contractor shall ensure that dedicated qualified Safety Officers are posted in the construction projects being executed by them and ensure that the Safety Officer visits each and every gang periodically and conducts audits / inspections to identify the unsafe conditions and unsafe actions, to be rectified by the site supervising personnel promptly.

(Signature) (Signature)

(For & On behalf of POWERGRID) (For & On behalf of Bidder/ Contractor)

Safety Pact Page 3 of 6

9. The Bidder / Contractor shall conduct appropriate medical checks-up for the workers before deploying them at their construction sites to ensure that only those who are medically fit are deployed in the Projects / works to be executed by them. The copy of the Medical Reports shall be provided by the Bidder / Contractor to POWERGRID, whenever requested by POWERGRID.

10. The Bidder / Contractor shall screen the workers before deploying them at their construction sites to ensure that only those with the skills, experience and competence to work at height and also medically fit for work at height are deployed for work at height in the Projects executed by them.

11. The Bidder / Contractor shall ensure daily before starting the work that their site Supervising Personnel / Safety Officer briefs the workers about the work for the day and the safety measures / precautions required to be taken by them.

12. The Bidder / Contractor shall investigate all the accidents at their working sites to ascertain the lapses leading to the incident and the precautionary / corrective measures required to be taken to avoid recurrence of such accidents. These accidents will be reviewed at the Board Management level of the Agencies and the findings / recommendations will be put up to POWERGRID Apex Safety Board within the stipulated period.

13. The Bidder / Contractor shall ensure that all accidents, whether fatal or non-fatal in nature, will be informed to POWERGRID, in writing, immediately on the occurrence of the same,and in any case, within not more than 24 hours of occurrence of the same.

14. The Bidder / Contractor shall ensure that in case of any accident, all necessary medical help / support shall be provided to the victims / injured till they are completely fit to return to work.

15. The Bidder / Contractor shall ensure that in case of fatal accidents, all statutory Authorities, including Police, concerned Labour Dept. Officials, concerned Workmen Compensation Commissioner, etc., will be intimated in writing as required by the statutory Law, and followed up for compliance of all statutory obligations. The Bidder / Contractor shall own full responsibility of timely accident reporting to various authorities, including POWERGRID.

16. The Bidder / Contractor shall ensure that in case of fatality or serious injury leading to permanent disablement of the victims, the compensation amount will be deposited with the concerned authorities, as required by the Laws, and followed up for early disbursement to the beneficiaries of the victims.

17. The Bidder / Contractor assures that they shall co-operate to the fullest extent for carrying out any investigation of the accidents at their work sites by POWERGRID to identify the lapses, the reason for the accident / incident and suggest measures for prevention of recurrence of such accidents. All factual details of the occurrence of the accident will be provided to POWERGRID, as and when required.

(Signature) (Signature)

(For & On behalf of POWERGRID) (For & On behalf of Bidder/ Contractor)

Safety Pact Page 4 of 6

18. The Bidder / Contractor assures that they take full responsibility of meeting the statutory obligations in case of accidents, and in case of any reference by any Statutory Body at a later date also, they shall provide all information to POWERGRID and meet all the statutory obligations, including payment of additional compensation, if any.

19. The Bidder / Contractor assures that in case of any inspection of their work site or Notice by any Statutory Authority, they shall comply promptly and inform POWERGRID Site Officials of the same, and also provide all necessary information and assistance for smooth compliance of the observations / instructions of such Authorities.

20. The Bidder / Contractor accepts the provisions regarding safety, including payment of any sums to POWERGRID, in case of any violation of the safety requirements / provisions during execution of the Transmission Projects, as built in the Contractual Conditions, Safety Planand the Safety Pact, and confirm to abide by the same.

Section III – Equal treatment to all Bidders / Contractors:

1. POWERGRID will enter into agreements with identical conditions as this one with all Bidders.

2. POWERGRID will disqualify, from the tender process, any bidder/ take punitive actions on the bidder, who does not sign this Pact or violate its provisions.

Section IV – Pact Duration:

This Pact begins when both parties have legally signed it. It expires for the successful Bidder / Contractor after closure of the contract and, for all other Bidders, after the contract has been awarded.

Section V – Other Provisions:

1. This agreement is subject to Indian Law. Place of performance and jurisdiction is the establishment of POWERGRID. The Arbitration clause provided in the main tender document / contract shall not be applicable for any issue / dispute arising under the Safety Pact.

2. Changes and supplements need to be made in writing, which shall come into force only upon mutual agreement / acceptance.

3. If the Contractor is a partnership firm or consortium of Joint Venture, this agreement must be signed by all partners, consortium members and Joint Venue partners, as applicable as per the Tender Specifications.

4. Nothing in this agreement shall affect the rights of the parties available under General Conditions of Contract (GCC) and Special Conditions of Contract (SCC).

5. Should one or several provisions of this agreement turn out to be invalid, the reminder of this agreement remains valid. In this case, the parties will strive to come to an agreement to their original intentions.

(Signature) (Signature)

(For & On behalf of POWERGRID) (For & On behalf of Bidder/ Contractor)

Safety Pact Page 5 of 6

Signature Signature

(For & On behalf of POWERGRID) (For & On behalf of Bidder/ Contractor)

(Office Seal) (Office Seal)

Designation : Designation :

Witness 1 : Witness 1 :

Designation : Designation :

Witness 2 : Witness 2 :

Designation : Designation :

Safety Pact Page 6 of 6

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Attachment-19

Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contracts & Materials dept.

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter,

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A,

Faridabad-121002, Haryana

Further, we hereby confirm that except as mentioned in the Attachment – 6 (Alternative, Deviations and Exceptions to the Provisions) hereof forming part of our First Envelope :

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Specification No. :NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Bid Form 1st Envelope 1 one 1 st 1 January

2 two 2 nd 2 February

BID FORM (First Envelope) 3 three 3 rd 3 March

4 four 4 th 4 April

Bid Proposal Ref. No. 5 five 5 th 5 May

Date : -- 6 six 6 th #VALUE! 6 June

7 seven 7 th #VALUE! 7 July

To: 8 eight 8 th #VALUE! 8 August

Contracts & Materials dept. 9 nine 9 th #VALUE! 9 September

Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd., 10 ten 10 th 10 October

Northern Region–I, Regional Headquarter, 11 eleven 11 th 11 November

SCO Bay No. 5 to 10, Sector 16A, 12 twelve 12 th 12 December

Faridabad-121002, Haryana 13 thirteen 13 th

14 fourteen 14 th

Name of Contract : Interior fitout works at 5th Floor, Tower C, WTC, Nauroji Nagar, New Delhi 15 fifteen 15 th

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen, Enter details here. 16 sixteen 16 th

1.0 Having examined the Bidding Documents, including Amendment Nos. dated 00/01/1900 the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, we the undersigned, offer to design, manufacture, test, deliver, install and commission (including carrying out Trial operation, Performance & Guarantee Test as per the provision of Technical Specification) the Facilities under the above-named package in full conformity with the said Bidding Documents. In accordance with ITB Clause 9.1 of the Bidding Documents, as per which the bid shall be submitted by the bidder under “Single Stage - Two Envelope” procedure of bidding. Accordingly, we hereby submit our Bid, in two envelopes i.e. First Envelope – Techno – Commercial Part & Second Envelope - Price Part (to be opened subsequently). the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, we the undersigned, offer to design, manufacture, test, deliver, install and commission (including carrying out Trial operation, Performance & Guarantee Test as per the provision of Technical Specification) the Facilities under the above-named package in full conformity with the said Bidding Documents. In accordance with ITB Clause 9.1 of the Bidding Documents, as per which the bid shall be submitted by the bidder under “Single Stage - Two Envelope” procedure of bidding. Accordingly, we hereby submit our Bid, in two envelopes i.e. First Envelope – Techno – Commercial Part & Second Envelope - Price Part (to be opened subsequently). 17 seventeen 17 th

1.1 We meet the eligibility requirements and have no conflict of interest in accordance with ITB Clause 2.

2.0 Attachments to the Bid Form (First Envelope) Bank Draft 18 eighteen 18 th

In line with the requirement of the Bidding Documents, we enclose herewith the following Attachments: Pay Order 19 nineteen 19 th

(a) Attachment 1 : Bid Securing Declaration Banks certified Cheque Zero 20 twenty 20 th

Or Online Payment Acknowledgement towards Bid Security for a sum of INR

Or documentary evidence in support of exemption of Bid Security, in separate envelope in accordance with clause 13.1 of ITB, Section-II

(b) Attachment 2: A power of attorney duly authorized by a Notary Public indicating that the person(s) signing the bid have the authority to sign the bid and thus that the bid is binding upon us during the full period of its validity in accordance with the ITB Clause 14. Bank Guarantee (0) 21 st

(c) Attachment 3 : The documentary evidence that we are eligible to bid in accordance with ITB Clause 2. Further, in terms of ITB Clause 9.3 (c) & (e), the qualification data has been furnished as per your format enclosed with the bidding documents Attachment-3(QR). 22 th

Further, the required Joint Venture Agreement signed by us and our Partners has also been furnished as per your format Attachment-3(JV). #REF! Applicable 23 th

Further the required deed of Joint Undertaking signed by us and Tower Manufacturer has also been furnished as per your format. 0 #REF! Not Applicable 24 th

(d) Attachment 4 : The documentary evidence establishing in accordance with ITB Clause 3, Vol.-I of the Bidding Documents that the facilities offered by us are eligible facilities and conform to the Bidding Documents has been furnished as Attachment 4. A list of Special Tools & Tackles to be used by us for erection, testing & Commissioning and to be handed over to Employer, the cost of which is included is our Bid Price, is also enclosed as per your format as Attachment 4A. A list of Special Tools & Tackles to be brought by the contractor for erection, testing & Commissioning and to be taken back after completion of work, whose cost in not included in our bid price, is enclosed as per your format as Attachment 4B. 25 th

(e) Attachment 5 : The details of all major items of services or supply which we propose subletting in case of award, giving details of the name and nationality of the proposed subcontractor/sub-vendor for each item. 26 th

(f) Attachment 5A : Items, Components, Raw Material, Services proposed to be sourced from Micro and Small Enterprises

(g) Attachment 6 : The variation and deviations from the requirements of the Conditions of Contract, Technical Specification and Drawings (excluding critical provisions as mentioned at clause 6.0 below) in your format enclosed with the Bidding Documents, including, inter alia, the cost of withdrawal of the variations and deviations indicated therein. 27 th

(h) Attachment 7 : The details of Alternative Bids made by us indicating the complete Technical Specifications and the deviation to contractual and commercial conditions. (Not Applicable) 28 th

(i) Attachment 8 : Manufacturer’s Authorisation Forms. 29 th

(j) Attachment 9 : Work Completion Schedule. 30 th

(k) Attachment 10 : Guarantee Declaration. 31 st

(l) Attachment 11 : Information regarding ex-employees of Employer in our firm.

(m) Attachment 12 : Filled up information regarding Price Adjustment Data as per the format enclosed in the bidding documents.

(n) Attachment 13 : Declaration regarding Social Accountability.

(o) Attachment 14 : Integrity Pact, in a separate envelope, duly signed on each page by the person signing the bid.

(p) Attachment 15 : Not Applicable

(q) Attachment 16 : Additional Information.

(r) Attachment 17 : Declaration for tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or benefits

(s) Attachment 18 : Declaration

(t) Attachment 19 : Declaration of Key Managerial Person jointly with Power of Attorney holder

(u) Attachment 20 : Affidavit

(v) Attachment 21: Declaration by the Bidder regarding events encountered pursuant to ITB Clause 2.1

(w) Attachment 22: Certification by the Bidder per DoE Order in line with ITB Clause 2.1

(x) Attachment 23: Affidavit of Self certification regarding Minimum Local Content in line with PPP-MII order and MoP Order, if applicable

(y) Attachment 24: Certificate from statutory auditor or cost auditor of the company (in the case of companies) or from a practicing cost accountant or practicing chartered accountant (in respect of suppliers other than companies) giving the percentage of Local Content, in line with PPP-MII order and MoP Order, if applicable

3.0 We are aware that, in line with Clause No. 27.1 (ITB), our Second Envelope (Price Part) is liable to be rejected in case the same contains any deviation/omission from the contractual and commercial conditions and technical Specifications other than those identified in this First Envelope.

4.0 We confirm that except as otherwise specifically provided our Bid Prices in Second Envelope include all taxes, duties, levies and charges as may be assessed on us, our Sub-Contractor/Sub-Vendor or their employees by all municipal, state or national government authorities in connection with the Facilities, in and outside of India.

4.1 100% of applicable Taxes and Duties i.e. GST, which are payable by the Employer under the Contract, shall be reimbursed by the Employer on production of satisfactory documentary evidence by the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of the Bidding Documents.

4.3 We confirm that we have also registered/we shall also get registered in the GST Network with a GSTIN, in all the states where the project is located and the states from which we shall make our supply of goods.

5.0 Construction of the Contract

5.1 We declare that we have studied Clause GCC 2.1 relating to mode of contracting for Domestic Bidders and we are making this proposal with a stipulation that you shall award us two separate Contracts viz ‘First Contract’ for ex-works supply of all equipment and materials including mandatory spares and ‘Second Contract’ for providing all the services i.e. inland transportation for delivery at site, In-transit insurance, unloading, handling at site, installation, testing and commissioning including Trial operation in respect of all the equipment supplied under the ‘First Contract’ and other services specified in the Contract Documents. We declare that the award of two contracts, will not, in any way, dilute our responsibility for successful operation of plant/equipment and fulfillment of all obligations as per Bidding Documents and that both the Contracts will have a cross-fall breach clause i.e. a breach in one Contract will automatically be classified as a breach of the other contract which will confer on you the right to terminate the other contract at our risk and cost.

6.0 We have read the provisions of following clauses and confirm that the specified stipulations of these clauses are acceptable to us:

(a) GCC 2.14 Governing Law

(b) GCC 5 Contractor’s Responsibilities

(c) GCC 8 Terms of Payment

(d) GCC 9.3 Performance Security

(e) GCC 10 Taxes and Duties

(f) GCC 21.2 Completion Time Guarantee

(g) GCC 22 Defect Liability

(h) GCC 23 Functional Guarantee

(i) GCC 25 Patent Indemnity

(j) GCC 26 Limitation of Liability

(k) GCC 38 Settlement of Disputes

(l) GCC 39 Arbitration

(m) Appendix 2 to Form of Contract Agreement Price Adjustment

Further we understand that deviation taken in any of the above clauses by us may make our bid non-responsive as per provision of bidding documents and be rejected by you.

7.0 We undertake, if our bid is accepted, to commence the work immediately upon your Notification of Award to us, and to achieve the delivery of goods and related services within the time stated in the Bidding Documents.

8.0 If our bid is accepted, we undertake to provide a Performance Security in the form and amounts, and within the times specified in the Bidding Documents.

9.0 We agree to abide by this bid for a period of six (06) months from the date fixed for opening of bids as stipulated in the Bidding Documents, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted by you at any time before the expiration of that period.

10.0 Until a formal Contract is prepared and executed between us, this bid, together with your written acceptance thereof in the form of your Notification of Award shall constitute a binding contract between us.

11.0 We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any bid you may receive.

13.0 We are a Micro and Small Enterprise (MSE) registered with , a designated Authority of GoI under the Public Procurement Policy for MSEs order 2012, Notification dated 01/06/2020 read in conjuction with related notifications issued from time to time for such enterprises. 0

14.0 We, hereby, declare that only the persons or firms interested in this proposal as principals are named here and that no other persons or firms other than those mentioned herein have any interest in this proposal or in the Contract to be entered into, if the award is made on us, that this proposal is made without any connection with any other person, firm or party likewise submitting a proposal is in all respects for and in good faith, without collusion or fraud.

Thanking you, we remain,

Yours faithfully,

For and on behalf of

Date : -- Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

In case of bid from a Joint Venture, name & designation of representative of JV partner is to be provided and Bid Form is also to be signed by him

#REF! Printed Name :

#REF! Designation :

Please provide additional information of the Bidder

Business Address :

Country of Incorporation :

State/Province to be indicated :

Name of Principal Officer :

Address of Principal Officer :

23 Twenty Three

27 Twenty Seven

28 Twenty Eight

33 Thirty Three

37 Thirty Seven

38 Thirty Eight

73 Seventy Three

74 Seventy Four

75 Seventy Five

77 Seventy Seven

78 Seventy Eight

79 Seventy Nine

83 Eighty Three

87 Eighty Seven

88 Eighty Eight

93 Ninety Three

97 Ninety Seven

98 Ninety Eight

100 One Hundred

Package Name Retrofitting the 220 kV Switchyard equipments and control & protection system with Substation Automation System and SPR based Control & Protection System at Mandola Substation

Specification No. Specification No.: NR1/NT/W-AIS/DOM/I00/24/15479 (Rfx-5002004051)

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682)

1 Fill up only green shaded cells in Sch-1, Sch-2, Sch-3, Sch-4, Sch-7 and Bid Form 2nd Envelope.

2 All the cells in Sch-5 & Sch-6 are auto filled, therefore no cell is required to be filled up there.

3 Instructions / error messages, if any, will be displayed automatically after selecting the cell.

4 After filling up all the schedues, save the file, take print out of all the schedules and Bid form and sign & stamp and submit them as hard copy of the 2nd envelope (Price part) of the bid. Also ensure to submit the soft copy of the the same file on CD/ DVD.

पावर ग्रिड कारपोरेशन ऑफ इण्डिया लिमिटेड

(भारत सरकार का उद्यम)

Power Grid Corporation of India Limited

(A Government of India Enterprises)

I While filling up the worksheets following may please be observed :

(i) Fill up only green shaded cells.

(ii) Certain data type entries have been restricted, such as Numeric values or limits of numeric values.

(iii) Select only the options provided in pull down menus.

(iv) Do not link any cell of this work book with any other work book.

(v) Do not use copy & paste or cut & paste options for filling up the data.

(vi) Do not reformat any of the cell of the work book.

II This Workbook consists of following worksheets :

Opening page of the workbook.

Names of Bidder :

● Select Sole Bidder or JV (Joint Venture) from the pull down menu. Do not leave this cell blank.

● Select nos. of the JV Partners other than the Lead Partner from drop down menu.

● In case of JV partners more than 2, enter details of 3rd & more partners along with details of 2nd partner.

● Fill up names and address of the Sole Bidder and /or Joint Venture.

● Fill up date in dd-mmm-yyyy format from drop down menu.

● Click for Sch-1 given at the right top of the worksheet to go to Sch-1.

Sch-1 (Ex-works Prices) :

● Fill up unit rates for all the items in numeric values greater than 0 (zero). If unit rate is left blank, the corresponding item shall be deemed to be included in the total price.

● Corresponding cell for mode of transaction shall be come enable only after filling up the unit rate, therefore first fill up the unit rate and then mode of transaction for the corresponding item.

● Select either Direct or Bought-out from the drop down menu. Do not leave the cell blank the same shall be deemed to be Bought-out if the cell is left blank.

● Total amount shall get calculated automatically.

● Type Test charges shall appear automatically after filling up Sch-7 appropriately.

Sch-2 (Freight & Insurance Charges) :

● Fill up unit rates for all the items in numeric values greater than 0 (zero). If unit rate is left blank, the corresponding item shall be deemed to be included in the total price.

● Total amount shall get calculated automatically.

Sch-3 (Erection Charges) :

● Fill up unit rates for all the items in numeric values greater than 0 (zero). If unit rate is left blank, the corresponding item shall be deemed to be included in the total price.

● Total amount shall get calculated automatically.

Sch-4 (Training Charges) :

● Not applicable, hence no cell is required to be filled up.

Sch-4b (Maintenance Charges during and after Defect Liability Period) :

● Not applicable, hence no cell is required to be filled up.

Sch-5 (Summary of Taxes and Duties applicable on the Goods) :

● No cell is required to be filled in by the bidder in this worksheet.

● Summary of all the Schedules without considering discount (mentioned in the work sheet discount) shall be displayed automatically.

● No cell is required to be filled in by the bidder in this worksheet.

Sch-7 (Type Test Charges) :

● Fill up the rates & location where type tests are proposed.

● Total of this Sch-7 shall automatically appear in Sch-1.

Bid from 2nd Envelope :

● Fill up ref. no. as bidder's ref no. of this letter.

● This letter shall consider the net price as per Sch-6 (After Discount).

● Fill up names & Designation of the representatives of other JV partner(s) if the bidder is JV (Joint Venture) .

● Fill up additional information as required.

Happy Bidding !

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Sole Bidder 1 Sole Bidder 1

Joint Venture 2 or More JV (Joint Venture) 2 or More

Enter following details of the bidder

Specify type of Bidder [Select from drop down menu] Sole Bidder Sole Bidder 1 0 Sole Bidder 1 0

Name of Sole Bidder

Address of Sole Bidder

Name of other Partner - 1

Address of other Partner - 1 POIU

Name of other Partner - 2 (more, if any) …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. ……..

Address of other Partner - 2 (more, if any) …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. ……..

email ID of Bid Signatory

Mobile No. of Bid Signatory

Tel No. of Bid Signatory

Fax No. of Bid Signatory

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Schedule - 1 Direct Total 0 Sole Bidder `

BO Total #REF! 0

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

(SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES : EX-WORKS PRICES)

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To:

Contract Services

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : "Saudamini", Plot No.-2

Gurgaon (Haryana) - 122001

Plant and Equipment (including Mandatory Spares Parts) to be supplied, including Type Test Charges for Tests to be conducted. Direct

All Prices are in Indian Rupees. Bought-Out

SI. No. Item Description Unit Qty. Unit Ex-works price Total Ex-works price Mode of Transaction (Direct / Bought-out)

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

Total Ex-Works Price Direct 0.00 Direct

Total Ex-Works Price Bought Out 0.00

Total Ex-Works Price 0.00

Total Type Test charges as per Schedule-7 #REF! #REF! #REF!

Total Ex-works Price including Type Test charges #REF! #REF! #REF!

Discount Sch-1 #REF! MPD Sch-1 #REF!

Dis Alert #REF!

Note : Specify amount of Excise Duty, Sales Tax/'VAT and other taxes payable on the transaction between the Contractor and the Employer and octroi/entry tax as applicable for destination site/state on all items of supply including bought-out finished items (to be identified in the Contract), which shall be dispatched directly from the sub-vendor’s works to the Employer’s site (sale-in-transit), separately in Schedule-5. Excise Duty, Sales tax and other levies for all the bought-out items are to be included in the EXW Price (Col. No. 5) only and not to be indicated in Schedule-5.

Place : Printed Name :

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Schedule - 2 Dis

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI As per Lum-sum 0

(SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES : FREIGHT & INSURANCE CHARGES) AS per Percent #REF!

As per lum-sum on Sch-2 0.00%

#REF! To: As per Percent on Sch-2 #REF!

#REF! #REF! Total Discount #REF!

Name : #REF! #REF!

Address : #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! Multipackage Discount #REF!

All Prices are in Indian Rupees. Amount after Discount (Rs.) Dis Alert Amount after MPD (Rs.)

SI. No. Description Unit Quantity Unit Freight & Insurance Charges Total Freight & Insurance Charges Unit Freight & Insurance Charges Total Freight & Insurance Charges Unit Freight & Insurance Charges Total Freight & Insurance Charges

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

Total F&I Price #REF!

Place : #REF! Printed Name : #REF!

Designation : #REF!

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/T/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/25/13562; (RFX- 5002004825) Schedule - 1.1

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI As per Lum-sum 0.00%

(SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES ) AS per Percent #REF!

As per lum-sum on Sch-3 0.00%

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To: As per Percent on Sch-3 #REF!

Contracts Services, 3rd Floor Total Discount #REF!

Name : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 SCO Bay 5-10, near Haryana Pollution Control

…….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 board Office, Sector 16A, Faridabad, Haryana 121002 Multipackage lum-sum 0.00%

INSTALLATION CHARGES Amount after Discount (Rs.) Dis Alert Amount after MPD (Rs.)

All Prices are in Indian Rupees.

SI. No. PR No PR Line Item No Activity Header PR Activity No Activity Description Service Code SAC (Service Accounting Codes) Whether SAC in column '8’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable the SAC * Rate of GST applicable ( in %) Whether rate of GST in column ‘4’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable rate of GST * Description Unit Quantity Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Total GST as confirmed by Bidder Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges

PART A (Substation Portion)

I INSTALLATION Revaluation of J column Tax Calculation

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

1 2.34.1 Supplying chemical emulsion in sealed containers including delivery as specified Chlorpyriphos/ Lindane emulsifiable concentrate of 20% 18 2.34.1 Supplying chemical emulsion in sealed containers including delivery as specified Chlorpyriphos/ Lindane emulsifiable concentrate of 20% Litre 240.00 Included 0.00 0 0

2 2.35.2 Diluting and injecting chemical emulsion for POST-CONSTRUCTIONAL anti-termite treatment (excluding the cost of chemical emulsion) : Along external wall below concrete or masonry apron using chemical emulson @ 2.25 litres per linear metre including drilling & plugging holes etc. With Chlorpyriphos/Lindane E.C. 20% with 1% concentration 18 2.35.2 Diluting and injecting chemical emulsion for POST-CONSTRUCTIONAL anti-termite treatment (excluding the cost of chemical emulsion) : Along external wall below concrete or masonry apron using chemical emulson @ 2.25 litres per linear metre including drilling & plugging holes etc. With Chlorpyriphos/Lindane E.C. 20% with 1% concentration Metre 290.50 Included 0.00 0 0

3 15.7.4 Demolishing brick work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. In cement mortar 18 15.7.4 Demolishing brick work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. In cement mortar cum 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0

4 15.23.1 Dismantling tile work in floors and roofs laid in cement mortar including stacking material within 50 metres lead. For thickness of tiles 10 mm to 25 mm 18 15.23.1 Dismantling tile work in floors and roofs laid in cement mortar including stacking material within 50 metres lead. For thickness of tiles 10 mm to 25 mm sqm 327.46 Included 0.00 0 0

5 DSR 14.83 Hacking of CC flooring including cleaning for surface etc. complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. 18 DSR 14.83 Hacking of CC flooring including cleaning for surface etc. complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. sqm 327.46 Included 0.00 0 0

6 DSR 14.82 Dismantling W.C. Pan of all sizes including disposal of dismantled materials i/c malba all complete as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge 18 DSR 14.82 Dismantling W.C. Pan of all sizes including disposal of dismantled materials i/c malba all complete as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge each 20.00 Included 0.00 0 0

7 DSR 15.60 Disposal of building rubbish / malba / similar unserviceable, dismantled or waste materials by mechanical means, including loading, transporting, unloading to approved municipal dumping ground or as approved by Engineer-in-charge, beyond 50 m initial lead, for all leads including all lifts involved. 18 DSR 15.60 Disposal of building rubbish / malba / similar unserviceable, dismantled or waste materials by mechanical means, including loading, transporting, unloading to approved municipal dumping ground or as approved by Engineer-in-charge, beyond 50 m initial lead, for all leads including all lifts involved. cum 50.00 Included 0.00 0 0

8 DSR 5.3 Reinforced cement concrete work in beams, suspended floors, roofs having slope up to 15° landings, balconies, shelves, chajjas, lintels, bands, plain window sills, staircases and spiral stair cases above plinth level up to floor five level, excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement with 1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand(zone-III) derived from natural sources : 3 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size derived from natural sources). 18 DSR 5.3 Reinforced cement concrete work in beams, suspended floors, roofs having slope up to 15° landings, balconies, shelves, chajjas, lintels, bands, plain window sills, staircases and spiral stair cases above plinth level up to floor five level, excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement with 1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand(zone-III) derived from natural sources : 3 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size derived from natural sources). cum 0.25 Included 0.00 0 0

9 DSR 5.9.5 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for Lintels, beams, plinth beams, girders, bressumers and cantilevers 18 DSR 5.9.5 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for Lintels, beams, plinth beams, girders, bressumers and cantilevers sqm 4.20 Included 0.00 0 0

10 5.22A.6 Steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding all complete above plinth level. Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars of grade Fe-500D or more. 18 5.22A.6 Steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding all complete above plinth level. Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars of grade Fe-500D or more. kg 44.10 Included 0.00 0 0

11 DSR 11.4 52 mm thick cement concrete flooring with concrete hardener topping, under layer 40 mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) and top layer 12 mm thick cement hardener consisting of mix 1:2 (1 cement hardener mix : 2 graded stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size) by volume, hardening compound mixed @ 2 litre per 50 kg of cement or as per manufacturer’s specifications. This includes cost of cement slurry, but excluding the cost of nosing of steps etc. complete. 18 DSR 11.4 52 mm thick cement concrete flooring with concrete hardener topping, under layer 40 mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) and top layer 12 mm thick cement hardener consisting of mix 1:2 (1 cement hardener mix : 2 graded stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size) by volume, hardening compound mixed @ 2 litre per 50 kg of cement or as per manufacturer’s specifications. This includes cost of cement slurry, but excluding the cost of nosing of steps etc. complete. sqm 1734.00 Included 0.00 0 0

12 DSR 13.1.1 12 mm cement plaster of mix : 1:4 (1 cement: 4 fine sand) 18 DSR 13.1.1 12 mm cement plaster of mix : 1:4 (1 cement: 4 fine sand) sqm 99.80 Included 0.00 0 0

13 DSR 13.16.1 6 mm cement plaster of mix : 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand) 18 DSR 13.16.1 6 mm cement plaster of mix : 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand) sqm 29.94 Included 0.00 0 0

14 DSR 13.26 Providing and applying plaster of paris putty of 2 mm thickness over plastered surface to prepare the surface even and smooth complete. 18 DSR 13.26 Providing and applying plaster of paris putty of 2 mm thickness over plastered surface to prepare the surface even and smooth complete. sqm 99.80 Included 0.00 0 0

15 DSR 6.47 Providing and laying Autoclaved Aerated concrete(AAC) blocks masonry with 150mm to 300 mm thick with Grade-1 AAC blocks of density 551 to 650 kg/cum conforming to IS:2185 (Part 3) in super structure above plinth level up to floor V level with RCC band at sill level and lintel level with approved block laying polymer modified adhesive mortar all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (The payment of RCC band and reinforcement shall be made for seperately). 18 DSR 6.47 Providing and laying Autoclaved Aerated concrete(AAC) blocks masonry with 150mm to 300 mm thick with Grade-1 AAC blocks of density 551 to 650 kg/cum conforming to IS:2185 (Part 3) in super structure above plinth level up to floor V level with RCC band at sill level and lintel level with approved block laying polymer modified adhesive mortar all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (The payment of RCC band and reinforcement shall be made for seperately). cum 22.95 Included 0.00 0 0

16 Making opening in walls :Making openings in existing walls for doors, Cables, Service pipelines, AC ducting etc. without damaging the surroundings and making good the affected areas with smooth plaster in mix proportion 1:4, inclusive of lintel support in Cuddapah stone of thickness 25mm to be provided where ever required. Cost to be inclusive of filling the excess opening with brick bats and finishing the same in smooth plaster in cement mortar 1:4 & applying waterproofing treatment, proper curing, giving supports to walls, etc. complete & disposal of debris at location off the premises at specified location or as directed by Site -in-charge. 18 Making opening in walls :Making openings in existing walls for doors, Cables, Service pipelines, AC ducting etc. without damaging the surroundings and making good the affected areas with smooth plaster in mix proportion 1:4, inclusive of lintel support in Cuddapah stone of thickness 25mm to be provided where ever required. Cost to be inclusive of filling the excess opening with brick bats and finishing the same in smooth plaster in cement mortar 1:4 & applying waterproofing treatment, proper curing, giving supports to walls, etc. complete & disposal of debris at location off the premises at specified location or as directed by Site -in-charge. SQM 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0

17 Providing and fixing 150mm thick (overall) 2-Hour Fire Rated, triple-layered drywall partition with acoustic insulation, using a heavy-duty structural G.I. framework. The framework shall comprise 90mm G.I. floor and ceiling channels (90x45x0.9mm thick) and 89mm G.I. 'C' studs (89x44x12x0.9mm thick) placed at 600mm c/c. The cavity shall be infilled with 100mm thick Rockwool insulation (68 kg/cum density) for sound insulation (Thermal conductivity of 0.461 w/mk). The framework shall be clad on both sides with three layers of boards (total 30.5mm thickness per side). First (inner) layer: 8mm thick Cement Bonded Particle Board (as per IS: 14276) fixed with 25mm self-drilling screws. Second (middle) layer: 10mm thick Cement Bonded Particle Board fixed with 38mm self-drilling screws. Third (outer) layer: 12.5mm thick Gypsum board fixed with 50mm self-drilling screws. All joints between the three layers must be staggered to avoid through-joints. All boards to be fixed to the GI framework at 300mm c/c. The outer gypsum surface shall be finished flush using jointing tape and gypsum jointing compound as per the manufacturer's specifications to provide a seamless surface ready for primer and painting. Perimeter gaps/expansion joints to be sealed with a 6mm dia backer rod & Elastomeric sealant. All materials and execution complete as per drawings, BS 476 fire resistance standards, and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. 18 Providing and fixing 150mm thick (overall) 2-Hour Fire Rated, triple-layered drywall partition with acoustic insulation, using a heavy-duty structural G.I. framework. The framework shall comprise 90mm G.I. floor and ceiling channels (90x45x0.9mm thick) and 89mm G.I. 'C' studs (89x44x12x0.9mm thick) placed at 600mm c/c. The cavity shall be infilled with 100mm thick Rockwool insulation (68 kg/cum density) for sound insulation (Thermal conductivity of 0.461 w/mk). The framework shall be clad on both sides with three layers of boards (total 30.5mm thickness per side). First (inner) layer: 8mm thick Cement Bonded Particle Board (as per IS: 14276) fixed with 25mm self-drilling screws. Second (middle) layer: 10mm thick Cement Bonded Particle Board fixed with 38mm self-drilling screws. Third (outer) layer: 12.5mm thick Gypsum board fixed with 50mm self-drilling screws. All joints between the three layers must be staggered to avoid through-joints. All boards to be fixed to the GI framework at 300mm c/c. The outer gypsum surface shall be finished flush using jointing tape and gypsum jointing compound as per the manufacturer's specifications to provide a seamless surface ready for primer and painting. Perimeter gaps/expansion joints to be sealed with a 6mm dia backer rod & Elastomeric sealant. All materials and execution complete as per drawings, BS 476 fire resistance standards, and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. sqm 23.76 Included 0.00 0 0

18 Providing and fixing 100mm thick (overall) double-layered dry wall partition with a 1-Hour Fire Rating, using a structural G.I. framework. The framework shall comprise 51mm floor and ceiling channels (0.55mm thick, 32mm equal flanges) and 51mm G.I. studs (0.55mm thick, unequal flanges of 40mm and 42mm) placed at 600mm c/c. The cavity shall be infilled with 50mm thick Rockwool insulation (60 kg/cum density) for sound and thermal insulation (Thermal conductivity of 0.461 w/mk). The framework shall be clad on both sides with a double layer of boards. The first layer shall be 12mm thick Cement Bonded Particle Board (as per IS: 14276) fixed with 25mm self-drilling screws. The second (outer) layer shall be 12.5mm thick Gypsum board fixed with 38mm self-drilling screws. Joints of the two layers must be staggered to avoid through-joints. All boards to be fixed to the GI framework at 300mm c/c. The outer gypsum surface shall be finished flush using jointing tape and jointing compound as per manufacturer's specifications to provide a seamless surface ready for primer and painting. All materials and execution complete as per drawings, BS 476 fire resistance standards, and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge." 18 Providing and fixing 100mm thick (overall) double-layered dry wall partition with a 1-Hour Fire Rating, using a structural G.I. framework. The framework shall comprise 51mm floor and ceiling channels (0.55mm thick, 32mm equal flanges) and 51mm G.I. studs (0.55mm thick, unequal flanges of 40mm and 42mm) placed at 600mm c/c. The cavity shall be infilled with 50mm thick Rockwool insulation (60 kg/cum density) for sound and thermal insulation (Thermal conductivity of 0.461 w/mk). The framework shall be clad on both sides with a double layer of boards. The first layer shall be 12mm thick Cement Bonded Particle Board (as per IS: 14276) fixed with 25mm self-drilling screws. The second (outer) layer shall be 12.5mm thick Gypsum board fixed with 38mm self-drilling screws. Joints of the two layers must be staggered to avoid through-joints. All boards to be fixed to the GI framework at 300mm c/c. The outer gypsum surface shall be finished flush using jointing tape and jointing compound as per manufacturer's specifications to provide a seamless surface ready for primer and painting. All materials and execution complete as per drawings, BS 476 fire resistance standards, and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge." sqm 474.81 Included 0.00 0 0

19 INTERIOR GRADE COMPACT HIGH-PRESSURE LAMINATE (HPL): Providing and fixing 6 mm thick High Pressure interior compact Laminate from urea free, self-supporting General Purpose Compact Laminates containing thermosetting phenolic resins treated Kraft papers as core material and Amino plastic resin treated decor papers on the finish surface. Compact laminates should fulfil the criteria of fire rating classification as per the applicable standard. These self-supporting compact laminates conform to CGS grade as per IS:2046-1995, EN 438:2016 and NEMA LD3-2005 quality standards. The compact laminates with Antibacterial and Antifungal properties (conforming to JIS Z2801:2010 and ASTM G21-2015 standards respectively) and fulfils the applicable indoor air quality ertifications for Greenguard-Gold, GRIHA and GreenPro certification. Compact laminates/boards should be resistant to immersion in boiling water for 2 hours and show an increase on thickness and mass <2%, boards to have a density >1.35 gm /cm3. The compact board should be Impact resistant, termite resistant, scratch resistant, Surface wear resistance, Resistance to color fastness and such performance properties as per the requirements of the applicable IS, EN or NEMA standard. (The manufacturer should provide 10 years warranty on manufacturing related defects.) Finish and color of compact laminates should be finalized under direction of Engineer – in-charge. Compact laminates should be installed on 25 x 50mm aluminum tube or an approved tube size fixed at a maximum center-to-center distance of 600mm and full length equivalent to the length of the compact board. Fixing should be as per riveting or screws or by adhesive with appropriate provisions for expansion gaps. Finish and color of Interior clads should be approved under engineer-in-charge direction. 18 INTERIOR GRADE COMPACT HIGH-PRESSURE LAMINATE (HPL): Providing and fixing 6 mm thick High Pressure interior compact Laminate from urea free, self-supporting General Purpose Compact Laminates containing thermosetting phenolic resins treated Kraft papers as core material and Amino plastic resin treated decor papers on the finish surface. Compact laminates should fulfil the criteria of fire rating classification as per the applicable standard. These self-supporting compact laminates conform to CGS grade as per IS:2046-1995, EN 438:2016 and NEMA LD3-2005 quality standards. The compact laminates with Antibacterial and Antifungal properties (conforming to JIS Z2801:2010 and ASTM G21-2015 standards respectively) and fulfils the applicable indoor air quality ertifications for Greenguard-Gold, GRIHA and GreenPro certification. Compact laminates/boards should be resistant to immersion in boiling water for 2 hours and show an increase on thickness and mass <2%, boards to have a density >1.35 gm /cm3. The compact board should be Impact resistant, termite resistant, scratch resistant, Surface wear resistance, Resistance to color fastness and such performance properties as per the requirements of the applicable IS, EN or NEMA standard. (The manufacturer should provide 10 years warranty on manufacturing related defects.) Finish and color of compact laminates should be finalized under direction of Engineer – in-charge. Compact laminates should be installed on 25 x 50mm aluminum tube or an approved tube size fixed at a maximum center-to-center distance of 600mm and full length equivalent to the length of the compact board. Fixing should be as per riveting or screws or by adhesive with appropriate provisions for expansion gaps. Finish and color of Interior clads should be approved under engineer-in-charge direction. sqm 294.41 Included 0.00 0 0

20 Supplying Sintered Stone of size 3000 mm × 1200 mm with minimum 5.5 mm thickness, manufactured through an advanced sintering process using 100% natural raw materials, free from resin, binders, and factory-reinforced with fiberglass mesh backing for enhanced strength and safety, suitable for exterior and interior wall applications with matte and slip-resistant finish, weighing approximately 45 kg per slab, the slabs shall have surface hardness minimum 8 on Mohs scale, breaking strength minimum 1000 N, water absorption 0.08%, stain resistance Class 5 (cleanable with hot water), fire classification Class A2S1d0 (non-combustible), and resistance to chemical attack, atmospheric pollution (smog), frost, thermal shock, UV radiation, and bacterial growth,SRI 95 NSF certification, IGBC compliance, minimum 25-year warranty against colour fading from the OEM. 18 Supplying Sintered Stone of size 3000 mm × 1200 mm with minimum 5.5 mm thickness, manufactured through an advanced sintering process using 100% natural raw materials, free from resin, binders, and factory-reinforced with fiberglass mesh backing for enhanced strength and safety, suitable for exterior and interior wall applications with matte and slip-resistant finish, weighing approximately 45 kg per slab, the slabs shall have surface hardness minimum 8 on Mohs scale, breaking strength minimum 1000 N, water absorption 0.08%, stain resistance Class 5 (cleanable with hot water), fire classification Class A2S1d0 (non-combustible), and resistance to chemical attack, atmospheric pollution (smog), frost, thermal shock, UV radiation, and bacterial growth,SRI 95 NSF certification, IGBC compliance, minimum 25-year warranty against colour fading from the OEM. sqm 61.83 Included 0.00 0 0

21 Installation of Sintered Stone of size 1200 × 3000 × 5.5 mm, as per approved drawings and design, shall be carried out using aluminium rectangular tubes of size 25 × 50 mm with minimum 1.5 mm thickness. All aluminium sections shall be of approved make and quality, free from defects and corrosion. Approved structural sealant and aluminium cleat L-angles of size 25 × 25 mm with 1.5 mm thickness shall be used for aluminium framing of the slab. Aluminium L-brackets of size 50 × 50 mm with SS anchor fasteners shall be used for erection and anchoring of the aluminium framing to RCC / masonry walls. All fixing screws shall be SS self-tapping type, corrosion-resistant. Vertical runners of aluminium rectangular tubes shall be fixed at maximum 600 mm C/C, and horizontal runners shall be fixed at maximum 1200 mm C/C, ensuring proper alignment, level, and plumb. Prior to fixing the slab, the substrate surface shall be thoroughly cleaned, dry, and free from dust, oil, and loose particles. Approved VHB tape shall be applied as a temporary holding medium along with structural sealant to ensure proper bonding. Adequate expansion and movement joints shall be maintained as per manufacturer’s recommendations. All joints between slabs shall be sealed using weather-resistant silicone sealant of approved colour, with masking tape applied to achieve neat and uniform joint lines. The installation shall be carried out strictly as per manufacturer’s guidelines, specifications, and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge / Architect. 18 Installation of Sintered Stone of size 1200 × 3000 × 5.5 mm, as per approved drawings and design, shall be carried out using aluminium rectangular tubes of size 25 × 50 mm with minimum 1.5 mm thickness. All aluminium sections shall be of approved make and quality, free from defects and corrosion. Approved structural sealant and aluminium cleat L-angles of size 25 × 25 mm with 1.5 mm thickness shall be used for aluminium framing of the slab. Aluminium L-brackets of size 50 × 50 mm with SS anchor fasteners shall be used for erection and anchoring of the aluminium framing to RCC / masonry walls. All fixing screws shall be SS self-tapping type, corrosion-resistant. Vertical runners of aluminium rectangular tubes shall be fixed at maximum 600 mm C/C, and horizontal runners shall be fixed at maximum 1200 mm C/C, ensuring proper alignment, level, and plumb. Prior to fixing the slab, the substrate surface shall be thoroughly cleaned, dry, and free from dust, oil, and loose particles. Approved VHB tape shall be applied as a temporary holding medium along with structural sealant to ensure proper bonding. Adequate expansion and movement joints shall be maintained as per manufacturer’s recommendations. All joints between slabs shall be sealed using weather-resistant silicone sealant of approved colour, with masking tape applied to achieve neat and uniform joint lines. The installation shall be carried out strictly as per manufacturer’s guidelines, specifications, and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge / Architect. sqm 61.83 Included 0.00 0 0

22 Supply and Installation of 12mm Plain/textured PET Acoustic panels ,density 2400 GSM, ASTM E84 Class A fire rated, low VOC, and suitable for green building certification. V-grooving must be executed using a CNC machine to ensure precise, smooth cuts in accordance with the design provided by the Architect or EIC. Any color as per approval of EIC/Architect from Acoustics Shade card. 18 Supply and Installation of 12mm Plain/textured PET Acoustic panels ,density 2400 GSM, ASTM E84 Class A fire rated, low VOC, and suitable for green building certification. V-grooving must be executed using a CNC machine to ensure precise, smooth cuts in accordance with the design provided by the Architect or EIC. Any color as per approval of EIC/Architect from Acoustics Shade card. sqm 193.86 Included 0.00 0 0

23 Supply and Installation of 12mm PET Acoustic Privacy Screen, 100% Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET), Density: 2400 GSM, ASTM E84 Class B Fire Rated, Low VOC, NRC Certificate and Testing 100Hz to 5000Hz and Response on various frequencies. Any color as per approval of EIC/Architect from Acoustics Shade card. 18 Supply and Installation of 12mm PET Acoustic Privacy Screen, 100% Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET), Density: 2400 GSM, ASTM E84 Class B Fire Rated, Low VOC, NRC Certificate and Testing 100Hz to 5000Hz and Response on various frequencies. Any color as per approval of EIC/Architect from Acoustics Shade card. sqm 9.48 Included 0.00 0 0

24 Supply and Installation of 12mm Premium high quality Printed PET Acoustic Sheet, 100% Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET), Density: 1750 GSM, ASTM E84 Class B Fire Rated, Low VOC, NRC Certificate and Testing 100Hz to 5000Hz and Response on various frequencies. Qualified for Green Building Certification.Printing must be done with UV Printer and should not fade atleast for 5 years. Printing will be as per design given by Architect. 18 Supply and Installation of 12mm Premium high quality Printed PET Acoustic Sheet, 100% Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET), Density: 1750 GSM, ASTM E84 Class B Fire Rated, Low VOC, NRC Certificate and Testing 100Hz to 5000Hz and Response on various frequencies. Qualified for Green Building Certification.Printing must be done with UV Printer and should not fade atleast for 5 years. Printing will be as per design given by Architect. sqm 49.44 Included 0.00 0 0

25 Supply and Installation of 12mm V-Grooving PET Acoustic panels ,density 2400 GSM, ASTM E84 Class A fire rated, low VOC, and suitable for green building certification. V-grooving must be executed using a CNC machine to ensure precise, smooth cuts in accordance with the design provided by the Architect or EIC. Any color as per approval of EIC/Architect from Acoustics Shade card. 18 Supply and Installation of 12mm V-Grooving PET Acoustic panels ,density 2400 GSM, ASTM E84 Class A fire rated, low VOC, and suitable for green building certification. V-grooving must be executed using a CNC machine to ensure precise, smooth cuts in accordance with the design provided by the Architect or EIC. Any color as per approval of EIC/Architect from Acoustics Shade card. sqm 61.83 Included 0.00 0 0

26 Providing and fixing Premium Acoustic Wooden Tiles / Wall Panels for ceilings/internal wall cladding , engineered for high acoustic performance and aesthetics. The base material shall be selected from standard options including Standard MDF / Pine Eco-Friendly MDF / Green Moisture Proof MDF / Black HD / Plywood / Teak Wood / Oak Solid Wood / Fine Wood , having a panel thickness of 15mm The panels shall feature factory-approved surface finishes in laminate or premium natural wood veneer (options including Sapeli, Walnut, Mahogany, Cherry, Natural Teak, Beech, Oak, Teak, Maple, Wenge). The backing of the panels must be strictly laminated with an integrated Fire-resistant sound-absorbing fleece. Panels must be allowed to acclimatize in the installation environment for at least 48 hours prior to fixation. Panels shall be fixed with structural GI frameworks framing to the true wall/ceiling soffit structure plumb and level. Fixing Process: Panels must be mechanically locked utilizing secure tongue-and-groove or specialized clip profiles, avoiding visible facial fastenings unless specifically detailed by design. Airflow/Cavity: Maintain a sound-distribution airspace cavity behind the panels as instructed to achieve optimum certified NRC ratings. The acoustic perforation configuration shall be precisely executed in accordance with the design drawings using standard factory models (8-2, 10-2, 14-2, 26-3, 30-2, 60-4, 124-4, or 192) , delivering a Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) rating ranging between 0.7 to 1.0 , and meeting Euro Class B-s1,d0 / ASTM E84 fire safety standards. The framework installation involves a GI strut channel/wooden batten grid system securely anchored to the base wall/ceiling soffit, including necessary mounting clips, tongue-and-groove jointing alignments, edge profiles, scaffolding, labor, and final clean-up, completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge 18 Providing and fixing Premium Acoustic Wooden Tiles / Wall Panels for ceilings/internal wall cladding , engineered for high acoustic performance and aesthetics. The base material shall be selected from standard options including Standard MDF / Pine Eco-Friendly MDF / Green Moisture Proof MDF / Black HD / Plywood / Teak Wood / Oak Solid Wood / Fine Wood , having a panel thickness of 15mm The panels shall feature factory-approved surface finishes in laminate or premium natural wood veneer (options including Sapeli, Walnut, Mahogany, Cherry, Natural Teak, Beech, Oak, Teak, Maple, Wenge). The backing of the panels must be strictly laminated with an integrated Fire-resistant sound-absorbing fleece. Panels must be allowed to acclimatize in the installation environment for at least 48 hours prior to fixation. Panels shall be fixed with structural GI frameworks framing to the true wall/ceiling soffit structure plumb and level. Fixing Process: Panels must be mechanically locked utilizing secure tongue-and-groove or specialized clip profiles, avoiding visible facial fastenings unless specifically detailed by design. Airflow/Cavity: Maintain a sound-distribution airspace cavity behind the panels as instructed to achieve optimum certified NRC ratings. The acoustic perforation configuration shall be precisely executed in accordance with the design drawings using standard factory models (8-2, 10-2, 14-2, 26-3, 30-2, 60-4, 124-4, or 192) , delivering a Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) rating ranging between 0.7 to 1.0 , and meeting Euro Class B-s1,d0 / ASTM E84 fire safety standards. The framework installation involves a GI strut channel/wooden batten grid system securely anchored to the base wall/ceiling soffit, including necessary mounting clips, tongue-and-groove jointing alignments, edge profiles, scaffolding, labor, and final clean-up, completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge sqm 61.83 Included 0.00 0 0

27 Ply Panelling "Providing and fixing Commercial Plywood (BWR grade conforming to IS: 303 / BWP grade conforming to IS: 710) as a single skin base paneling to existing partitions or peripheral masonry walls. The unexposed (wall-facing) surface and all cut edges of the plywood shall be treated with two coats of approved anti-termite and anti-fungal chemical before installation. The plywood shall be fixed perfectly plumb and level using heavy-duty PVC/nylon sleeves and fully threaded Stainless Steel (SS) countersunk screws of appropriate length at a maximum spacing of 300mm c/c both ways. All joints between plywood sheets shall be filled with approved wood filler/epoxy putty and sanded perfectly flush. The exposed face shall be prepared (including necessary sanding, leveling, and application of suitable primer/base coats where required) to directly receive secondary finishes such as Laminate, Wallpaper, Fabric, Glass, Veneer, or Slat panels. The rate shall include making necessary, accurate cut-outs for electrical switch-sockets, data points, and HVAC grilles, ensuring the openings are neatly finished so that no gaps are visible after fixing the faceplates. Work includes all materials, labor, T&P, and staging, complete as per Architect's design, drawings, and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge." Mode of measurement - Length x height up to True ceiling Quoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect 19 mm thick 18 Ply Panelling "Providing and fixing Commercial Plywood (BWR grade conforming to IS: 303 / BWP grade conforming to IS: 710) as a single skin base paneling to existing partitions or peripheral masonry walls. The unexposed (wall-facing) surface and all cut edges of the plywood shall be treated with two coats of approved anti-termite and anti-fungal chemical before installation. The plywood shall be fixed perfectly plumb and level using heavy-duty PVC/nylon sleeves and fully threaded Stainless Steel (SS) countersunk screws of appropriate length at a maximum spacing of 300mm c/c both ways. All joints between plywood sheets shall be filled with approved wood filler/epoxy putty and sanded perfectly flush. The exposed face shall be prepared (including necessary sanding, leveling, and application of suitable primer/base coats where required) to directly receive secondary finishes such as Laminate, Wallpaper, Fabric, Glass, Veneer, or Slat panels. The rate shall include making necessary, accurate cut-outs for electrical switch-sockets, data points, and HVAC grilles, ensuring the openings are neatly finished so that no gaps are visible after fixing the faceplates. Work includes all materials, labor, T&P, and staging, complete as per Architect's design, drawings, and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge." Mode of measurement - Length x height up to True ceiling Quoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect 19 mm thick sqm 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

28 Ply Panelling "Providing and fixing Commercial Plywood (BWR grade conforming to IS: 303 / BWP grade conforming to IS: 710) as a single skin base paneling to existing partitions or peripheral masonry walls. The unexposed (wall-facing) surface and all cut edges of the plywood shall be treated with two coats of approved anti-termite and anti-fungal chemical before installation. The plywood shall be fixed perfectly plumb and level using heavy-duty PVC/nylon sleeves and fully threaded Stainless Steel (SS) countersunk screws of appropriate length at a maximum spacing of 300mm c/c both ways. All joints between plywood sheets shall be filled with approved wood filler/epoxy putty and sanded perfectly flush. The exposed face shall be prepared (including necessary sanding, leveling, and application of suitable primer/base coats where required) to directly receive secondary finishes such as Laminate, Wallpaper, Fabric, Glass, Veneer, or Slat panels. The rate shall include making necessary, accurate cut-outs for electrical switch-sockets, data points, and HVAC grilles, ensuring the openings are neatly finished so that no gaps are visible after fixing the faceplates. Work includes all materials, labor, T&P, and staging, complete as per Architect's design, drawings, and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge." Mode of measurement - Length x height up to True ceiling Quoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect 12 mm thick 18 "Providing and fixing Commercial Plywood (BWR grade conforming to IS: 303 / BWP grade conforming to IS: 710) as a single skin base paneling to existing partitions or peripheral masonry walls. The unexposed (wall-facing) surface and all cut edges of the plywood shall be treated with two coats of approved anti-termite and anti-fungal chemical before installation. The plywood shall be fixed perfectly plumb and level using heavy-duty PVC/nylon sleeves and fully threaded Stainless Steel (SS) countersunk screws of appropriate length at a maximum spacing of 300mm c/c both ways. All joints between plywood sheets shall be filled with approved wood filler/epoxy putty and sanded perfectly flush. The exposed face shall be prepared (including necessary sanding, leveling, and application of suitable primer/base coats where required) to directly receive secondary finishes such as Laminate, Wallpaper, Fabric, Glass, Veneer, or Slat panels. The rate shall include making necessary, accurate cut-outs for electrical switch-sockets, data points, and HVAC grilles, ensuring the openings are neatly finished so that no gaps are visible after fixing the faceplates. Work includes all materials, labor, T&P, and staging, complete as per Architect's design, drawings, and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.":Ply Panelling 12 mm thick sqm 252.07 Included 0.00 0 0

29 Ply Panelling "Providing and fixing Commercial Plywood (BWR grade conforming to IS: 303 / BWP grade conforming to IS: 710) as a single skin base paneling to existing partitions or peripheral masonry walls. The unexposed (wall-facing) surface and all cut edges of the plywood shall be treated with two coats of approved anti-termite and anti-fungal chemical before installation. The plywood shall be fixed perfectly plumb and level using heavy-duty PVC/nylon sleeves and fully threaded Stainless Steel (SS) countersunk screws of appropriate length at a maximum spacing of 300mm c/c both ways. All joints between plywood sheets shall be filled with approved wood filler/epoxy putty and sanded perfectly flush. The exposed face shall be prepared (including necessary sanding, leveling, and application of suitable primer/base coats where required) to directly receive secondary finishes such as Laminate, Wallpaper, Fabric, Glass, Veneer, or Slat panels. The rate shall include making necessary, accurate cut-outs for electrical switch-sockets, data points, and HVAC grilles, ensuring the openings are neatly finished so that no gaps are visible after fixing the faceplates. Work includes all materials, labor, T&P, and staging, complete as per Architect's design, drawings, and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge." Mode of measurement - Length x height up to True ceiling Quoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect 6 mm thick 18 Ply Panelling "Providing and fixing Commercial Plywood (BWR grade conforming to IS: 303 / BWP grade conforming to IS: 710) as a single skin base paneling to existing partitions or peripheral masonry walls. The unexposed (wall-facing) surface and all cut edges of the plywood shall be treated with two coats of approved anti-termite and anti-fungal chemical before installation. The plywood shall be fixed perfectly plumb and level using heavy-duty PVC/nylon sleeves and fully threaded Stainless Steel (SS) countersunk screws of appropriate length at a maximum spacing of 300mm c/c both ways. All joints between plywood sheets shall be filled with approved wood filler/epoxy putty and sanded perfectly flush. The exposed face shall be prepared (including necessary sanding, leveling, and application of suitable primer/base coats where required) to directly receive secondary finishes such as Laminate, Wallpaper, Fabric, Glass, Veneer, or Slat panels. The rate shall include making necessary, accurate cut-outs for electrical switch-sockets, data points, and HVAC grilles, ensuring the openings are neatly finished so that no gaps are visible after fixing the faceplates. Work includes all materials, labor, T&P, and staging, complete as per Architect's design, drawings, and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge." Mode of measurement - Length x height up to True ceiling Quoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect 6 mm thick sqm 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0

30 Writable Lacquered Glass Panelling "Providing and fixing of 6 mm thick annealed writable lacquered glass manufactured industrially by curtain coating process with PU lacquer (50 micron thick), conforming to EN 16477 standards for back painted glass , of approved color by Architect/ Client fixed with compatible SGG Glassmate Ultrafix or equivalent - Neutral Alkoxy based Silicone having Shear Bond Strength (Dry, 24 hours), greater than 450 kpa and tack free time of 10 to 30 mins compatible for installation of mirror and lacquered glass ; Mirror mounting tape MIRROR MOUNTING TAPE - Foam based double sided adhesive tape for instantaneous adhesion, compatible with mirror and lacquered glass having Shear bond strength (Dry, 15 mins) of 250 to 350 kpa) on a perfectly leveled 12mm thick water proof marine plywood / MDF / Mineral fibre board which is mounted on the RCC wall/any other structure. The contractor should submit test reports for backpainted glass from manufacturer - High humidity Resistance (conforms to BS EN 1036 1999); Color fastness ISO 105B02 standard & Mechanical Resistance ISO 7784 ( Taber Abrasion test ) ISO 2409 ( Cross Hatch Test ) standard The manufactured backpainted glass should be environmentally friendly (no lead, no arsenic, no copper, noformaldehyde); appropriate recycled content (12% post industrial / 6% post consumer); compressive strenght (1000 MPa) & tensile strenght (40 MPa),same as float glass." Quoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect On Walls & Partitions 18 Writable Lacquered Glass Panelling "Providing and fixing of 6 mm thick annealed writable lacquered glass manufactured industrially by curtain coating process with PU lacquer (50 micron thick), conforming to EN 16477 standards for back painted glass , of approved color by Architect/ Client fixed with compatible SGG Glassmate Ultrafix or equivalent - Neutral Alkoxy based Silicone having Shear Bond Strength (Dry, 24 hours), greater than 450 kpa and tack free time of 10 to 30 mins compatible for installation of mirror and lacquered glass ; Mirror mounting tape MIRROR MOUNTING TAPE - Foam based double sided adhesive tape for instantaneous adhesion, compatible with mirror and lacquered glass having Shear bond strength (Dry, 15 mins) of 250 to 350 kpa) on a perfectly leveled 12mm thick water proof marine plywood / MDF / Mineral fibre board which is mounted on the RCC wall/any other structure. The contractor should submit test reports for backpainted glass from manufacturer - High humidity Resistance (conforms to BS EN 1036 1999); Color fastness ISO 105B02 standard & Mechanical Resistance ISO 7784 ( Taber Abrasion test ) ISO 2409 ( Cross Hatch Test ) standard The manufactured backpainted glass should be environmentally friendly (no lead, no arsenic, no copper, noformaldehyde); appropriate recycled content (12% post industrial / 6% post consumer); compressive strenght (1000 MPa) & tensile strenght (40 MPa),same as float glass." Quoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect On Walls & Partitions sqm 93.69 Included 0.00 0 0

31 Ply Box for Junction Box covers (minimum size - 600mm x 600mm) Providing and Fixing of 19mm thk. Commercial Ply frame to cover Junction box to avoid undulations and to provide support to junction box covers, etc. complete as per Architect's instruction, detailed design and drawings. 18 Ply Box for Junction Box covers (minimum size - 600mm x 600mm) Providing and Fixing of 19mm thk. Commercial Ply frame to cover Junction box to avoid undulations and to provide support to junction box covers, etc. complete as per Architect's instruction, detailed design and drawings. Nos. 40.00 Included 0.00 0 0

32 Prelam Board Boxing for Cassette AC Providing & fixing Prelam Board Boxing for cassette units fixed in 1200mm x 300mm/ 600mm x 600mm grid ceiling with Aluminium framing as shown in the drawing. Rate shall be inclusive of all necessary cutouts and necessary hardware items required as per design and drawing, etc. complete to the satisfaction of the Architect. 18 Prelam Board Boxing for Cassette AC Providing & fixing Prelam Board Boxing for cassette units fixed in 1200mm x 300mm/ 600mm x 600mm grid ceiling with Aluminium framing as shown in the drawing. Rate shall be inclusive of all necessary cutouts and necessary hardware items required as per design and drawing, etc. complete to the satisfaction of the Architect. Nos. 25.00 Included 0.00 0 0

33 Fire Doors Providing and fixing Single leaf Metal Fire Doors of approved make with a vision panel 310mm X 310mm (For Fire Exit) of 120 minutes Rated Insulated Fire Door Tested in accordance to BS: 476 Part – 20 and IS: 3809: 1979, CNP – 2150. Powder Coated Finish of approved Shade Door Frame: Providing of Door Frame of section 120mm X 70mm with fire intumescent seal strip of size 10mm X 4mm for fire and smoke sealing mounted in the grooves of the frame and coated with fire retardant intumescent Primer coating. Concealed drop seal to be considered. Powder Coated Finish of approved Shade Hinges: Providing of ball bearing hinges of approved size with S.S. Screws - 5nos per shutter. Door Closer: Door Closer to be of fire rated of approved make. Handle: Fire rated approved Make & size handles in SS finish to be included in cost.Dead Lock Size: 1200 X 2700mm Single leaf Fire Rated Door with Vision Panel 18 Fire Doors Providing and fixing Single leaf Metal Fire Doors of approved make with a vision panel 310mm X 310mm (For Fire Exit) of 120 minutes Rated Insulated Fire Door Tested in accordance to BS: 476 Part – 20 and IS: 3809: 1979, CNP – 2150. Powder Coated Finish of approved Shade Door Frame: Providing of Door Frame of section 120mm X 70mm with fire intumescent seal strip of size 10mm X 4mm for fire and smoke sealing mounted in the grooves of the frame and coated with fire retardant intumescent Primer coating. Concealed drop seal to be considered. Powder Coated Finish of approved Shade Hinges: Providing of ball bearing hinges of approved size with S.S. Screws - 5nos per shutter. Door Closer: Door Closer to be of fire rated of approved make. Handle: Fire rated approved Make & size handles in SS finish to be included in cost.Dead Lock Size: 1200 X 2700mm Single leaf Fire Rated Door with Vision Panel Nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

34 Readymade Trap Door Providing & fixing 600mm x 600mm Moisture Resistant Gypsum Board Access Panel with Powder coated Aluminium framing with stiffners, push-catch closing mechanism with door retaining safety cable and hook, concealed locking arrangement, Single layer of 12.5 mm tapered edge frame is then screw fixed to ceiling section with 25 mm dry wall screws at 230mm center. Screw fixing is done mechanically either with screw driver or drilling machine with suitable attachment. The work shall also include jointing and fixing to a flush finish of tapered edges of Gypsum board with recommended filler, paper tapes and two coats of putty/ primer suitable for gypsum board to achieve a smooth finish as per manufacturer's specifications. (for sizes above 5 sqft), etc. complete as per Architect's instruction, detailed design and drawings. 18 Readymade Trap Door Providing & fixing 600mm x 600mm Moisture Resistant Gypsum Board Access Panel with Powder coated Aluminium framing with stiffners, push-catch closing mechanism with door retaining safety cable and hook, concealed locking arrangement, Single layer of 12.5 mm tapered edge frame is then screw fixed to ceiling section with 25 mm dry wall screws at 230mm center. Screw fixing is done mechanically either with screw driver or drilling machine with suitable attachment. The work shall also include jointing and fixing to a flush finish of tapered edges of Gypsum board with recommended filler, paper tapes and two coats of putty/ primer suitable for gypsum board to achieve a smooth finish as per manufacturer's specifications. (for sizes above 5 sqft), etc. complete as per Architect's instruction, detailed design and drawings. Nos. 15.00 Included 0.00 0 0

35 Providing and fixing Laminated Door: 35mm thick door with 29mm Solid Core (Stiles & Rails) and 3mm HDF (High Density Fiberboard) skin on both sides. Finished with Laminate (Both Sides - AMERICAN WALNUT Woodgrain or as per approval of Architect/EIC) and 6mm Steam Beech edge lipping. Includes Engineered (LVL) laminated frame (150 x 51 mm), 50mm architraves (12mm thick) on both sides, 45x15mm stops, and factory recesses for hinges and locks. Hardware paid separately. Size- 1500 X 2400mm Double Leaf solid Door Opening without Vision panel with D type handles 18 Solid Core doors Providing and fixing Laminated Door: 35mm thick door with 29mm Solid Core (Stiles & Rails) and 3mm HDF (High Density Fiberboard) skin on both sides. Finished with Laminate (Both Sides - AMERICAN WALNUT Woodgrain or as per approval of Architect/EIC) and 6mm Steam Beech edge lipping. Includes Engineered (LVL) laminated frame (150 x 51 mm), 50mm architraves (12mm thick) on both sides, 45x15mm stops, and factory recesses for hinges and locks. Hardware paid separately. Solid Core doors in Laminate finish Size- 1500 X 2400mm Double Leaf solid Door Opening without Vision panel with D type handles Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

36 Solid Core doors Providing and fixing Laminated Door: 35mm thick door with 29mm Solid Core (Stiles & Rails) and 3mm HDF (High Density Fiberboard) skin on both sides. Finished with Laminate (Both Sides - AMERICAN WALNUT Woodgrain or as per approval of Architect/EIC) and 6mm Steam Beech edge lipping. Includes Engineered (LVL) laminated frame (150 x 51 mm), 50mm architraves (12mm thick) on both sides, 45x15mm stops, and factory recesses for hinges and locks. Hardware paid separately. Solid Core doors in Laminate finish Size- 1200/1000 X 2400mm Single Leaf solid Door Opening without Vision panel with D type handles 18 Solid Core doors Providing and fixing Laminated Door: 35mm thick door with 29mm Solid Core (Stiles & Rails) and 3mm HDF (High Density Fiberboard) skin on both sides. Finished with Laminate (Both Sides - AMERICAN WALNUT Woodgrain or as per approval of Architect/EIC) and 6mm Steam Beech edge lipping. Includes Engineered (LVL) laminated frame (150 x 51 mm), 50mm architraves (12mm thick) on both sides, 45x15mm stops, and factory recesses for hinges and locks. Hardware paid separately. Solid Core doors in Laminate finish Size- 1200/1000 X 2400mm Single Leaf solid Door Opening without Vision panel with D type handles Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

37 Solid Core doors Providing and fixing Laminated Door: 35mm thick door with 29mm Solid Core (Stiles & Rails) and 3mm HDF (High Density Fiberboard) skin on both sides. Finished with Laminate (Both Sides - AMERICAN WALNUT Woodgrain or as per approval of Architect/EIC) and 6mm Steam Beech edge lipping. Includes Engineered (LVL) laminated frame (150 x 51 mm), 50mm architraves (12mm thick) on both sides, 45x15mm stops, and factory recesses for hinges and locks. Hardware paid separately. Solid Core doors in Laminate finish Size- 900 X 2400mm Single Leaf solid Door Opening without Vision panel with D type handles 18 Solid Core doors : Providing and fixing Laminated Door: 35mm thick door with 29mm Solid Core (Stiles & Rails) and 3mm HDF (High Density Fiberboard) skin on both sides. Finished with Laminate (Both Sides - AMERICAN WALNUT Woodgrain or as per approval of Architect/EIC) and 6mm Steam Beech edge lipping. Includes Engineered (LVL) laminated frame (150 x 51 mm), 50mm architraves (12mm thick) on both sides, 45x15mm stops, and factory recesses for hinges and locks. Hardware paid separatelySolid Core doors Size- 900 X 2400mm Single Leaf solid Door Opening without Vision panel with D type handles Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

38 Solid Core doors Providing and fixing Laminated Door: 35mm thick door with 29mm Solid Core (Stiles & Rails) and 3mm HDF (High Density Fiberboard) skin on both sides. Finished with Laminate (Both Sides - AMERICAN WALNUT Woodgrain or as per approval of Architect/EIC) and 6mm Steam Beech edge lipping. Includes Engineered (LVL) laminated frame (150 x 51 mm), 50mm architraves (12mm thick) on both sides, 45x15mm stops, and factory recesses for hinges and locks. Hardware paid separately. Solid Core doors in Laminate finish Size- 750 X 2400mm Single Leaf solid Door Opening without Vision panel with D type handles 18 Solid Core doors Providing and fixing Laminated Door: 35mm thick door with 29mm Solid Core (Stiles & Rails) and 3mm HDF (High Density Fiberboard) skin on both sides. Finished with Laminate (Both Sides - AMERICAN WALNUT Woodgrain or as per approval of Architect/EIC) and 6mm Steam Beech edge lipping. Includes Engineered (LVL) laminated frame (150 x 51 mm), 50mm architraves (12mm thick) on both sides, 45x15mm stops, and factory recesses for hinges and locks. Hardware paid separately. Solid Core doors in Laminate finish Size- 750 X 2400mm Single Leaf solid Door Opening without Vision panel with D type handles Nos. 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

39 Solid Core doors Providing and fixing Laminated Door: 35mm thick door with 29mm Solid Core (Stiles & Rails) and 3mm HDF (High Density Fiberboard) skin on both sides. Finished with Laminate (Both Sides - AMERICAN WALNUT Woodgrain or as per approval of Architect/EIC) and 6mm Steam Beech edge lipping. Includes Engineered (LVL) laminated frame (150 x 51 mm), 50mm architraves (12mm thick) on both sides, 45x15mm stops, and factory recesses for hinges and locks. Hardware paid separately. Solid Core doors in Laminate finish Size- 1000 X 2400mm Single Leaf sliding door without Vision panel 18 Solid Core doors Providing and fixing Laminated Door: 35mm thick door with 29mm Solid Core (Stiles & Rails) and 3mm HDF (High Density Fiberboard) skin on both sides. Finished with Laminate (Both Sides - AMERICAN WALNUT Woodgrain or as per approval of Architect/EIC) and 6mm Steam Beech edge lipping. Includes Engineered (LVL) laminated frame (150 x 51 mm), 50mm architraves (12mm thick) on both sides, 45x15mm stops, and factory recesses for hinges and locks. Hardware paid separately. Solid Core doors in Laminate finish Size- 1000 X 2400mm Single Leaf sliding door without Vision panel Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

40 Standard Door Closer: Providing and fixing Dormakaba TS 68 EN 2-4 surface-mounted rack and pinion door closer for standard internal doors. 18 Standard Door Closer: Providing and fixing Dormakaba TS 68 EN 2-4 surface-mounted rack and pinion door closer for standard internal doors. Nos. 11.00 Included 0.00 0 0

41 SS Ball Bearing Hinges: Providing and fixing SS 304 grade ball bearing butt hinges (Size: 102 x 76 x 3mm). 18 SS Ball Bearing Hinges: Providing and fixing SS 304 grade ball bearing butt hinges (Size: 102 x 76 x 3mm). Nos. 44.00 Included 0.00 0 0

42 Mortise Sash Lock Case: Providing and fixing heavy-duty mortise sash lock case for latch and deadbolt operation. 18 Mortise Sash Lock Case: Providing and fixing heavy-duty mortise sash lock case for latch and deadbolt operation. Nos. 11.00 Included 0.00 0 0

43 Euro Profile Cylinder: Providing and fixing brass Euro profile pin cylinder. 18 Euro Profile Cylinder: Providing and fixing brass Euro profile pin cylinder. Nos. 11.00 Included 0.00 0 0

44 Lever Handle Set: Providing and fixing SS 304 grade return-to-door (D-shape) lever handles on rose with escutcheons. 18 Lever Handle Set: Providing and fixing SS 304 grade return-to-door (D-shape) lever handles on rose with escutcheons. Set 11.00 Included 0.00 0 0

45 Concealed Flush Bolts: Providing and fixing lever-action concealed flush bolts for the inactive leaf of double doors. 18 Concealed Flush Bolts: Providing and fixing lever-action concealed flush bolts for the inactive leaf of double doors. Nos. 11.00 Included 0.00 0 0

46 Floor Mounted Door Stops: Providing and fixing Dormakaba SS 304 floor-mounted dome door stops with rubber buffers. 18 Floor Mounted Door Stops: Providing and fixing Dormakaba SS 304 floor-mounted dome door stops with rubber buffers. Nos. 11.00 Included 0.00 0 0

47 Providing and fixing self-supporting Restroom Cubicles of standard dimensions (approximate size: 1000mm Width x 1500mm Depth x 2000mm Overall Height, including a minimum 600mm wide door and 100mm to 150mm floor clearance) made of 12mm thick Compact Laminate. The laminate shall be manufactured using urea-free, thermosetting phenolic resin-treated Kraft papers as the core material, and amino plastic resin-treated decor papers on the finished surfaces. Material Certifications: The board must conform to IS: 2046-1995, EN 438:2016, and NEMA LD3-2005 quality standards. It must possess Anti-virus (ISO 21702:2019), Anti-bacterial (JIS Z2801:2010), and Anti-fungal (ASTM G21-2015) properties, and meet the indoor air quality certification for Greenguard Gold standards. Hardware & Accessories: The work includes providing and fixing all necessary hardware as per manufacturer's specifications and Architect's instructions. Fasteners shall be SS-316 grade. The hardware package shall include: Hinges: SS-316 grade spring-loaded hinges in a black powder-coated finish with antique gold lacquered hinge covers. Locks: Zinc die-casted slide bolt with occupancy indicator in an anodized metallic antique gold over charcoal black finish. Coat Hook: Zinc die-casted body in anodized antique gold finish with fine spark texture on PVC buffer parts. Profiles: Aluminium U & F-profiles with snap-fit screw covers made from Aluminium alloy grade 6063-T6, anodized in charcoal black matte finish. Legs: Zinc die-casted adjustable foot (mid-panel mounted or divider setback leg) in a dual-color finish of charcoal black and antique gold, anchored to the floor providing a ground clearance of 100mm to 150mm. Top Rail: Box-shaped extrusion top rail with end caps, made of Aluminium alloy grade 6063-T6 in charcoal black matte anodized finish, fixed to pilasters with SS-316 screws. Accessories: Rubber noise-deafening tape for doors, and all necessary SS-316 screws and heavy-duty wall plugs. All work to be perfectly plumb, level, and complete in all respects as per the drawings and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. 18 Providing and fixing self-supporting Restroom Cubicles of standard dimensions (approximate size: 1000mm Width x 1500mm Depth x 2000mm Overall Height, including a minimum 600mm wide door and 100mm to 150mm floor clearance) made of 12mm thick Compact Laminate. The laminate shall be manufactured using urea-free, thermosetting phenolic resin-treated Kraft papers as the core material, and amino plastic resin-treated decor papers on the finished surfaces. Material Certifications: The board must conform to IS: 2046-1995, EN 438:2016, and NEMA LD3-2005 quality standards. It must possess Anti-virus (ISO 21702:2019), Anti-bacterial (JIS Z2801:2010), and Anti-fungal (ASTM G21-2015) properties, and meet the indoor air quality certification for Greenguard Gold standards. Hardware & Accessories: The work includes providing and fixing all necessary hardware as per manufacturer's specifications and Architect's instructions. Fasteners shall be SS-316 grade. The hardware package shall include: Hinges: SS-316 grade spring-loaded hinges in a black powder-coated finish with antique gold lacquered hinge covers. Locks: Zinc die-casted slide bolt with occupancy indicator in an anodized metallic antique gold over charcoal black finish. Coat Hook: Zinc die-casted body in anodized antique gold finish with fine spark texture on PVC buffer parts. Profiles: Aluminium U & F-profiles with snap-fit screw covers made from Aluminium alloy grade 6063-T6, anodized in charcoal black matte finish. Legs: Zinc die-casted adjustable foot (mid-panel mounted or divider setback leg) in a dual-color finish of charcoal black and antique gold, anchored to the floor providing a ground clearance of 100mm to 150mm. Top Rail: Box-shaped extrusion top rail with end caps, made of Aluminium alloy grade 6063-T6 in charcoal black matte anodized finish, fixed to pilasters with SS-316 screws. Accessories: Rubber noise-deafening tape for doors, and all necessary SS-316 screws and heavy-duty wall plugs. All work to be perfectly plumb, level, and complete in all respects as per the drawings and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Nos. 22.00 Included 0.00 0 0

48 Providing and fixing Urinal Modesty Panels (Divider Panels) made of 12mm thick Compact Laminate (HPL) in a standard single plain color. Dimensions & Tolerances: The panel size shall be 500mm (Width) x 900mm (Height). The panel shall be wall-mounted with a bottom clearance of 650mm from the finished floor level, achieving an overall height of 1550mm. The laminate board must strictly adhere to a maximum warpage criteria of 3.0 mm per 1000mm as per EN-438 standards. Hardware & Accessories: The panel shall be fixed securely to the wall using standard SS-304 grade accessories. The hardware package includes: SS-304 grade Right Angle Brackets / U-channels. SS-304 grade fully threaded screws. Heavy-duty PVC wall plugs. All work shall be executed perfectly plumb, level, and complete in all respects as per manufacturer guidelines, Architect's drawings, and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. 18 Providing and fixing Urinal Modesty Panels (Divider Panels) made of 12mm thick Compact Laminate (HPL) in a standard single plain color. Dimensions & Tolerances: The panel size shall be 500mm (Width) x 900mm (Height). The panel shall be wall-mounted with a bottom clearance of 650mm from the finished floor level, achieving an overall height of 1550mm. The laminate board must strictly adhere to a maximum warpage criteria of 3.0 mm per 1000mm as per EN-438 standards. Hardware & Accessories: The panel shall be fixed securely to the wall using standard SS-304 grade accessories. The hardware package includes: SS-304 grade Right Angle Brackets / U-channels. SS-304 grade fully threaded screws. Heavy-duty PVC wall plugs. All work shall be executed perfectly plumb, level, and complete in all respects as per manufacturer guidelines, Architect's drawings, and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

49 Providing and fixing 12mm thick clear frameless toughened glass door with machine-polished edges, complete with a peripheral frame/jamb made of 1.5mm thick SS 304 grade sheet in brushed/satin finish, securely anchored to masonry/concrete with heavy-duty fasteners and sealed with structural silicone. The work includes supplying and installing all necessary SS 304 grade hardware, including a heavy-duty concealed double-action floor spring, top and bottom patch fittings, top pivot, patch center lock with key cylinder, and 600mm long SS 304 back-to-back pull handles. The rate is inclusive of all materials, hardware, EPDM gaskets, skilled labor, scaffolding, and transportation to complete the installation in perfect line, plumb, and level. Measurement shall be in Square Meters (Sqm), taken clear from jamb to jamb and floor to top jamb. 18 Providing and fixing 12mm thick clear frameless toughened glass door with machine-polished edges, complete with a peripheral frame/jamb made of 1.5mm thick SS 304 grade sheet in brushed/satin finish, securely anchored to masonry/concrete with heavy-duty fasteners and sealed with structural silicone. The work includes supplying and installing all necessary SS 304 grade hardware, including a heavy-duty concealed double-action floor spring, top and bottom patch fittings, top pivot, patch center lock with key cylinder, and 600mm long SS 304 back-to-back pull handles. The rate is inclusive of all materials, hardware, EPDM gaskets, skilled labor, scaffolding, and transportation to complete the installation in perfect line, plumb, and level. Measurement shall be in Square Meters (Sqm), taken clear from jamb to jamb and floor to top jamb. sqm 14.40 Included 0.00 0 0

50 Torsion Spring, Aluminium, Custom Perforated, Powder Coated tile Ceiling System (Wooden finish): Providing and Fixing of torsion spring Plank Ceiling System comprising of Tile of 600mm wide and 1200mm long manufactured out of 0.90 mm thick Aluminium Alloy 3105. The planks shall be perforated perforated 2.5mm dia 5.5mm c/c with 16% open area.The metal ceiling panels shall be downward accessible with a minimum of four (4) torsion springs per panel . The Tile will be manufactured on advanced CAD/CAM equipment that includes several levelling stages in the manufacturing process. Torsion Spring panel with two side legs die formed and two end legs die formed and punched to receive torsion springs (min two springs each end or side) for secure engagement into Tee Grid main runners which are factory punched to receive torsion springs. Tiles will be square edged. The metal ceiling panels shall be downward accessible with a minimum of four (4) torsion springs per panel. The Tile shall be Polyester powder coated in white colour. Main Runners: 24mm deep, inverted “Tee” sections, 3.6m long, with factory punched flanges to receive torsion spring assembly. Main Tee on center spacing to match panel length. Cross Runners: 24 mm deep, inverted “Tee” sections designed to interlock in to web of main tee section on designated spacing. Cross tee length to match panel length. Cross tees are spaced spacing 1200mm on center maximum. Suspension System: As per manufacturer standard considering type of plenum and its height. Paint finish: The panels will be pre treated in latest nano technology process and electro statically powder coated with automatic Carona system and cured with gas catalytic technology. Acoustic Felt: Non-woven felt made of glass-reinforced fibre glued over the perforation for sound absorption - NRC- 0.7. The ceiling system should meet the required standards for GreenPro certification and should qualify as green product as per CII green products and services council. The manufacturer should be ISO 9001: 2015 Quality Management System Certification compliant. 18 Torsion Spring, Aluminium, Custom Perforated, Powder Coated tile Ceiling System (Wooden finish): Providing and Fixing of torsion spring Plank Ceiling System comprising of Tile of 600mm wide and 1200mm long manufactured out of 0.90 mm thick Aluminium Alloy 3105. The planks shall be perforated perforated 2.5mm dia 5.5mm c/c with 16% open area.The metal ceiling panels shall be downward accessible with a minimum of four (4) torsion springs per panel . The Tile will be manufactured on advanced CAD/CAM equipment that includes several levelling stages in the manufacturing process. Torsion Spring panel with two side legs die formed and two end legs die formed and punched to receive torsion springs (min two springs each end or side) for secure engagement into Tee Grid main runners which are factory punched to receive torsion springs. Tiles will be square edged. The metal ceiling panels shall be downward accessible with a minimum of four (4) torsion springs per panel. The Tile shall be Polyester powder coated in white colour. Main Runners: 24mm deep, inverted “Tee” sections, 3.6m long, with factory punched flanges to receive torsion spring assembly. Main Tee on center spacing to match panel length. Cross Runners: 24 mm deep, inverted “Tee” sections designed to interlock in to web of main tee section on designated spacing. Cross tee length to match panel length. Cross tees are spaced spacing 1200mm on center maximum. Suspension System: As per manufacturer standard considering type of plenum and its height. Paint finish: The panels will be pre treated in latest nano technology process and electro statically powder coated with automatic Carona system and cured with gas catalytic technology. Acoustic Felt: Non-woven felt made of glass-reinforced fibre glued over the perforation for sound absorption - NRC- 0.7. The ceiling system should meet the required standards for GreenPro certification and should qualify as green product as per CII green products and services council. The manufacturer should be ISO 9001: 2015 Quality Management System Certification compliant. SQM 177.18 Included 0.00 0 0

51 Providing and fixing U Baffle Aluminium plain panel (Non-perforated) ceiling of approved colour consisting of panel size 100 mm deep X 50 mm width using 0.60 mm thick, panel length upto 6.0 mtr. The Baffle shall be rollformed. Coil Coated on a Continuous Paint Line, Double baked and roll formed from enamelled corrosion resistance Aluminium alloy AA 3105 (Al. Mg) for higher strength and good roll forming characteristics. Panels shall be clipped to a baked enamelled Aluminium carrier of 30 mm wide x 47 mm high x 0.5 mm thick, Black Colour coated, one leg of the carriers with cut outs to hold the panels in a module of 150 mm. Panel carrier shall be suspended by means of threaded rod at a distance of 1.20 mtr c/c. Paint Finish: Aluminium panels shall be chromatised for maximum bond between metal and paint enamelled twice under high temperature, Exposed side with a full primer and finish coat on a Continuous Paint Line. Ceiling Finish above U Baffle Ceiling : Ceiling area above U Baffle to be painted in black colour before fixing this system QUALITY : All Products to be Green Pro & Siesmic Certified Products. 18 Providing and fixing U Baffle Aluminium plain panel (Non-perforated) ceiling of approved colour consisting of panel size 100 mm deep X 50 mm width using 0.60 mm thick, panel length upto 6.0 mtr. The Baffle shall be rollformed. Coil Coated on a Continuous Paint Line, Double baked and roll formed from enamelled corrosion resistance Aluminium alloy AA 3105 (Al. Mg) for higher strength and good roll forming characteristics. Panels shall be clipped to a baked enamelled Aluminium carrier of 30 mm wide x 47 mm high x 0.5 mm thick, Black Colour coated, one leg of the carriers with cut outs to hold the panels in a module of 150 mm. Panel carrier shall be suspended by means of threaded rod at a distance of 1.20 mtr c/c. Paint Finish: Aluminium panels shall be chromatised for maximum bond between metal and paint enamelled twice under high temperature, Exposed side with a full primer and finish coat on a Continuous Paint Line. Ceiling Finish above U Baffle Ceiling : Ceiling area above U Baffle to be painted in black colour before fixing this system QUALITY : All Products to be Green Pro & Siesmic Certified Products. SQM 80.67 Included 0.00 0 0

52 Providing and fixing vertical linear baffle ceiling made out of Galvanized Mild Steel in 0.6mm thickness. The baffle units shall be in size of [Customized Different Heights] 120(H) x 30mm(W) x Customized(L). The ceiling baffle units shall be installed at the distance of 130mm from c.c. All Baffle to be provided with end cap matching the similar finish of baffle and connected to one another with longitudinal splice connectors. The baf-fle units should be attached perpendicularly to C-channel carriers of size 30 x 30 mm x 1.2mm thick at 1200mm cen-tres as per the requirement of DIN EN 13964, and sus-pended with M6 threaded rod hangers spaced 1200mm c.c. Tolerances according to TAIM,DIN EN 13964 & Quality controlled to ISO 9001:2008. Finish: Wooden finish film having Flame resistant, non toxic and VOC free properties. 18 Providing and fixing vertical linear baffle ceiling made out of Galvanized Mild Steel in 0.6mm thickness. The baffle units shall be in size of [Customized Different Heights] 120(H) x 30mm(W) x Customized(L). The ceiling baffle units shall be installed at the distance of 130mm from c.c. All Baffle to be provided with end cap matching the similar finish of baffle and connected to one another with longitudinal splice connectors. The baf-fle units should be attached perpendicularly to C-channel carriers of size 30 x 30 mm x 1.2mm thick at 1200mm cen-tres as per the requirement of DIN EN 13964, and sus-pended with M6 threaded rod hangers spaced 1200mm c.c. Tolerances according to TAIM,DIN EN 13964 & Quality controlled to ISO 9001:2008. Finish: Wooden finish film having Flame resistant, non toxic and VOC free properties. SQM 31.89 Included 0.00 0 0

53 Providing and fixing Triangular Hook On metal Ceiling system manufactured out of 0.7mm Thk Galvanized Mild Steel. The metal panels are suspended form-fitting and tension-free by means of a special sub structure. Panels to be cus-tom made perforated to 20x20x20mm Triangular CNC Punched Pattern @ 34.7mm Centres having sound absorp-tion of minimum. 0.5 with use of special acoustic tissue pasted at the back of panels. Panels to come in sizes 1000x1000x1000mm ( Can vary as per requirement).Panels to be powder coating win selected Non Metallic RAL finish with Coating thickness of appx 70-80 µm. Demounting is performed without tools. Tolerances and quality require-ments according to TAIM, DIN EN 13964 and durlum. Deliv-ery and installation of a System S4/5 substructure consist-ing of U 1040 form punched angles as a lateral grid which is suspended pressure-rigid from the bare ceiling with threaded rods using official approved dowel plugs. The an-gles are to be connected together at the ends by means of U 1041 longitudinal connectors. The spacing of the grid an-gles is according to the requirements of DIN 18168 and DIN EN 13964 as well as the loads of the system and are to be determined and checked by the contractor. On the grid an-gles, U 1005 A Z-shaped carrier profiles 1.50mm Galvanized steel are attached as longitudinal profile with M6 bolts [se-cured against loosening]. The longitudinal connection of the Z-shaped carrier profiles are made by means of U 401 pro-file connectors. The spacing of the Z-shaped carries profiles is to be matched exactly to the spacing of the hook-in sides of the metal panels so that panels rest tension-free in the system. Care is to be taken to ensure horizontal and flush alignment. It is only permissible to use structure compo-nents that have been approved by the manufacturer of the metal panels. All parts are made of galvanised steel. Sub-structure: Proprietary hook on substructure, M6 Threaded rods/fasteners, other fixing accessories included. The maxi-mum suspension allowed is upto 2.0 mtr. No additional framing, bridging, lateral supports considered in the quoted prices. The system should be in accordance with Material class A2-s1, d0 according to EN 13501-01 “non-combus-tible”, as per the Direction of Arch-in-charge. The system will meet fire retardant standards of BS 476: Part 6 & Part 7. Tolerances according to TAIM, DIN EN 13964 and quality controlled to ISO 9001:2015, LEED certification by IGBC. Manufacturer shall have the fully automatic powder coating system with power and free conveyorize 3mtr/minute capacity. Powder coating plant shall be equipped with latest modern technology with fully auto-matic inline Pre-treatment using nano technology, Inline automatic water Drying system after pretreatment. 18 Providing and fixing Triangular Hook On metal Ceiling system manufactured out of 0.7mm Thk Galvanized Mild Steel. The metal panels are suspended form-fitting and tension-free by means of a special sub structure. Panels to be cus-tom made perforated to 20x20x20mm Triangular CNC Punched Pattern @ 34.7mm Centres having sound absorp-tion of minimum. 0.5 with use of special acoustic tissue pasted at the back of panels. Panels to come in sizes 1000x1000x1000mm ( Can vary as per requirement).Panels to be powder coating win selected Non Metallic RAL finish with Coating thickness of appx 70-80 µm. Demounting is performed without tools. Tolerances and quality require-ments according to TAIM, DIN EN 13964 and durlum. Deliv-ery and installation of a System S4/5 substructure consist-ing of U 1040 form punched angles as a lateral grid which is suspended pressure-rigid from the bare ceiling with threaded rods using official approved dowel plugs. The an-gles are to be connected together at the ends by means of U 1041 longitudinal connectors. The spacing of the grid an-gles is according to the requirements of DIN 18168 and DIN EN 13964 as well as the loads of the system and are to be determined and checked by the contractor. On the grid an-gles, U 1005 A Z-shaped carrier profiles 1.50mm Galvanized steel are attached as longitudinal profile with M6 bolts [se-cured against loosening]. The longitudinal connection of the Z-shaped carrier profiles are made by means of U 401 pro-file connectors. The spacing of the Z-shaped carries profiles is to be matched exactly to the spacing of the hook-in sides of the metal panels so that panels rest tension-free in the system. Care is to be taken to ensure horizontal and flush alignment. It is only permissible to use structure compo-nents that have been approved by the manufacturer of the metal panels. All parts are made of galvanised steel. Sub-structure: Proprietary hook on substructure, M6 Threaded rods/fasteners, other fixing accessories included. The maxi-mum suspension allowed is upto 2.0 mtr. No additional framing, bridging, lateral supports considered in the quoted prices. The system should be in accordance with Material class A2-s1, d0 according to EN 13501-01 “non-combus-tible”, as per the Direction of Arch-in-charge. The system will meet fire retardant standards of BS 476: Part 6 & Part 7. Tolerances according to TAIM, DIN EN 13964 and quality controlled to ISO 9001:2015, LEED certification by IGBC. Manufacturer shall have the fully automatic powder coating system with power and free conveyorize 3mtr/minute capacity. Powder coating plant shall be equipped with latest modern technology with fully auto-matic inline Pre-treatment using nano technology, Inline automatic water Drying system after pretreatment. SQM 16.13 Included 0.00 0 0

54 Providing and fixing metal lay in ceiling where the panel is laid form-fitting & tension free on a T 15 visible grid profiles to ensure easy demounting without tools. The ceiling planks shall be in size of 600x600x0.70mm (thk) base Aluminium sheets. Panels shall be Tegular edged with 8mm vertical drop for pleasing aesthetics with 20% perforation area with 2.5 mm dia holes and having 0.5 NRC. The metal panels to be laid in true horizontal level suspended on inter locking metal grid of hot dipped galvanised steel sections consisting of Main "Tee", size 15W x 32H x 3600L mm made from 0.30 mm thick sheet spaced at 1200mm centre to centre and Cross "Tee", size 15W x 32H x 1200L mm made of 0.30 mm thick sheet to be interlocked between the main T run ners at the distance of 600mm centre to centre to create 1200x600mm mod ule. Main "Tees" to be suspended from ceiling using GI slotted cleats fixed to ceiling with anchor fasteners, 4mm GI adjustable rods with galvanized level clips spaced at 1200mm centre to centre along the Main Tee. The first suspension from the perimeter trim should not exceed 300mm. The tiles shall be cleaned through eco-friendly cleaning process. Tolerance & quality require ments according to TAIM,DIN EN 13964. For LEED: Certified by IGBC. 18 Providing and fixing metal lay in ceiling where the panel is laid form-fitting & tension free on a T 15 visible grid profiles to ensure easy demounting without tools. The ceiling planks shall be in size of 600x600x0.70mm (thk) base Aluminium sheets. Panels shall be Tegular edged with 8mm vertical drop for pleasing aesthetics with 20% perforation area with 2.5 mm dia holes and having 0.5 NRC. The metal panels to be laid in true horizontal level suspended on inter locking metal grid of hot dipped galvanised steel sections consisting of Main "Tee", size 15W x 32H x 3600L mm made from 0.30 mm thick sheet spaced at 1200mm centre to centre and Cross "Tee", size 15W x 32H x 1200L mm made of 0.30 mm thick sheet to be interlocked between the main T run ners at the distance of 600mm centre to centre to create 1200x600mm mod ule. Main "Tees" to be suspended from ceiling using GI slotted cleats fixed to ceiling with anchor fasteners, 4mm GI adjustable rods with galvanized level clips spaced at 1200mm centre to centre along the Main Tee. The first suspension from the perimeter trim should not exceed 300mm. The tiles shall be cleaned through eco-friendly cleaning process. Tolerance & quality require ments according to TAIM,DIN EN 13964. For LEED: Certified by IGBC. SQM 164.58 Included 0.00 0 0

55 Linear Aluminium Un-perforated Multiple Width 80,130,180 Ceiling System with 20 mm open groove: Providing and fixing Linear Ceiling of 80B,130B,180B un-perforated Aluminium panel ceiling of approved colour consisting of panel 80mm wide / 130mm wide/ 180mm wide x 15mm deep x 0.5mm thick with square edges, panel length up to 6 mtrs, Coil Coated on a Continuous Paint Line, Double baked and roll formed from enamelled corrosion resistance Aluminium alloy AA 3105 (Al. Mg) for higher strength and good roll forming characteristics. Panel shall be clipped to a baked enamelled Aluminium panel carrier of 62mm wide x 29mm deep made of 0.95mm thick in standard length of 5mtrs made of double baked enamelled Aluminium alloy AA 3005 (Al. Mg.) black with cut outs to hold the panels in a module of 150mm (width of gap 20mm open) and at a distance 1.55mtrs without insulation and 1.35mtrs with insulation. The Carrier shall be suspended by means of G.I. suspension rod 4mm diameter and a Galvanised suspension spring clip at a distance of 1.7mtrs c/c. Paint finish: Aluminium panels shall be chromatised for maximum bond between metal and paint enamelled twice under high temperature, one side with full primer and finish coat, the other side (inner side) with a Primer Coating and Skin Coat on a Continuous Paint Line. Mode of Measurements: Measurements shall be wall to wall without any deductions for lights, diffusers, columns etc. The Manufacturer should have high precision High Speed Cold Roll Forming Machines with a experience of 10yrs. Product should be able to comply Greenbuilding certification IGBC Green Pro Certificate, Siesmic Zone V Certification & ISO 9001-2015. Fire Rating to comply for BS 476 Part 6 & 7. 18 Linear Aluminium Un-perforated Multiple Width 80,130,180 Ceiling System with 20 mm open groove: Providing and fixing Linear Ceiling of 80B,130B,180B un-perforated Aluminium panel ceiling of approved colour consisting of panel 80mm wide / 130mm wide/ 180mm wide x 15mm deep x 0.5mm thick with square edges, panel length up to 6 mtrs, Coil Coated on a Continuous Paint Line, Double baked and roll formed from enamelled corrosion resistance Aluminium alloy AA 3105 (Al. Mg) for higher strength and good roll forming characteristics. Panel shall be clipped to a baked enamelled Aluminium panel carrier of 62mm wide x 29mm deep made of 0.95mm thick in standard length of 5mtrs made of double baked enamelled Aluminium alloy AA 3005 (Al. Mg.) black with cut outs to hold the panels in a module of 150mm (width of gap 20mm open) and at a distance 1.55mtrs without insulation and 1.35mtrs with insulation. The Carrier shall be suspended by means of G.I. suspension rod 4mm diameter and a Galvanised suspension spring clip at a distance of 1.7mtrs c/c. Paint finish: Aluminium panels shall be chromatised for maximum bond between metal and paint enamelled twice under high temperature, one side with full primer and finish coat, the other side (inner side) with a Primer Coating and Skin Coat on a Continuous Paint Line. Mode of Measurements: Measurements shall be wall to wall without any deductions for lights, diffusers, columns etc. The Manufacturer should have high precision High Speed Cold Roll Forming Machines with a experience of 10yrs. Product should be able to comply Greenbuilding certification IGBC Green Pro Certificate, Siesmic Zone V Certification & ISO 9001-2015. Fire Rating to comply for BS 476 Part 6 & 7. SQM 9.00 Included 0.00 0 0

56 CLOSED PERFORATED METAL CEILING SYSTEM WITH ACOUSTIC MESH: Providing and fixing Luxalon 300 closed Perforated 2.0 mm diameter 5mm centre to centre with Non Woven textile Aluminum False ceiling of approved colour consisting of panel 300 mm wide x 30 mm deep x 0.7 mm thick with bevel edge having panel length up to 6 mtrs coil coated on continuous paint line, double baked and roll formed for higher strength and good roll forming characteristics. The panel ends will be raised up to 29 mm. The panels abut each other with a narrow ‘V’ groove. Panel shall be clipped to a baked enameled aluminum carrier of 41.5 mm wide x 62 mm deep x 0.95 mm thick in standard length of 5 mtrs, made of double of 300 mm closed at distance 2.00 mtrs. Panel carrier suspended by means of 6 mm thick galvanized threaded Rod complete as per specification drawings and as directed by Engineering-in-charge. Paint Finish:Aluminium panels shall be chromatised for maximum bond between metal and paint enamel twice under high temperature, one side with a full primer and finish coat, the other side (inner side) with a primer coating and skin coat on a continuous paint line. PANEL: Panels shall be cold rolled formed panels of 300 mm wide, 30 mm deep and 0.7 mm thick with a 5 mm beveled edge creating a 10 mm ‘V’ groove made from corrosion resistant AI-Mg Alloy AA3105’. The maximum length of each panel shall be 6000 mm. The panels are recyclable, lightweight and strong. Panels are perforated 2 mm diameter & 5 mm C/C giving 15% openness. The panels shall have non woven textile acoustic tissue glued over whole perforated area. CARRIER: The carrier on which the panels shall be clipped on to will be 41.5 mm wide and 62 mm deep made of black stove enameled 0.95 mm thick Aluminium Alloy with length of 5 mtr. The Manufacturer should have high precision High Speed Cold Roll Forming Machines with a experience of 10yrs. Product should be able to comply Greenbuilding certification IGBC Green Pro Certificate, Siesmic Zone V Certification & ISO 9001-2015. Fire Rating to comply for BS 476 Part 6 & 7. 18 CLOSED PERFORATED METAL CEILING SYSTEM WITH ACOUSTIC MESH: Providing and fixing Luxalon 300 closed Perforated 2.0 mm diameter 5mm centre to centre with Non Woven textile Aluminum False ceiling of approved colour consisting of panel 300 mm wide x 30 mm deep x 0.7 mm thick with bevel edge having panel length up to 6 mtrs coil coated on continuous paint line, double baked and roll formed for higher strength and good roll forming characteristics. The panel ends will be raised up to 29 mm. The panels abut each other with a narrow ‘V’ groove. Panel shall be clipped to a baked enameled aluminum carrier of 41.5 mm wide x 62 mm deep x 0.95 mm thick in standard length of 5 mtrs, made of double of 300 mm closed at distance 2.00 mtrs. Panel carrier suspended by means of 6 mm thick galvanized threaded Rod complete as per specification drawings and as directed by Engineering-in-charge. Paint Finish:Aluminium panels shall be chromatised for maximum bond between metal and paint enamel twice under high temperature, one side with a full primer and finish coat, the other side (inner side) with a primer coating and skin coat on a continuous paint line. PANEL: Panels shall be cold rolled formed panels of 300 mm wide, 30 mm deep and 0.7 mm thick with a 5 mm beveled edge creating a 10 mm ‘V’ groove made from corrosion resistant AI-Mg Alloy AA3105’. The maximum length of each panel shall be 6000 mm. The panels are recyclable, lightweight and strong. Panels are perforated 2 mm diameter & 5 mm C/C giving 15% openness. The panels shall have non woven textile acoustic tissue glued over whole perforated area. CARRIER: The carrier on which the panels shall be clipped on to will be 41.5 mm wide and 62 mm deep made of black stove enameled 0.95 mm thick Aluminium Alloy with length of 5 mtr. The Manufacturer should have high precision High Speed Cold Roll Forming Machines with a experience of 10yrs. Product should be able to comply Greenbuilding certification IGBC Green Pro Certificate, Siesmic Zone V Certification & ISO 9001-2015. Fire Rating to comply for BS 476 Part 6 & 7. SQM 87.36 Included 0.00 0 0

57 DSR 12.45.3 Providing and fixing false ceiling at all height including providing and fixing of frame work made of special sections, power pressed from M.S. sheets and galvanized with zinc coating of 120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive) as per IS : 277 and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide x 1.6 mm thick with flanges of 27 mm and 37mm, at 1200 mm centre to centre, one flange fixed to the ceiling with dash fastener 12.5 mm dia x 50mm long with 6mm dia bolts, other flange of cleat fixed to the angle hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm of required length with nuts & bolts of required size and other end of angle hanger fixed with intermediate G.I. channels 45x15x0.9 mm running at the spacing of 1200 mm centre to centre, to which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom wedge of 80 mm with taperedflanges of 26 mm each having lips of 10.5 mm, at 450 mm centre to centre, shall be fixed in a direction perpendicular to G.I. intermediate channel with connecting clips made out of 2.64 mm dia x 230 mm long G.I. wire at every junction, including fixing perimeter channels 0.5 mm thick 27 mm high having flanges of 20 mm and 30 mm long, the perimeter of ceiling fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl plugs at 450 mm centre, with 25mm long dry wall screws @ 230 mm interval, including fixing of gypsum board to ceiling section and perimeter channel with the help of dry wall screws of size 3.5 x 25 mm at 230 mm c/c, including jointing and finishing to a flush finish of tapered and square edges of the board with recommended jointing compound , jointing tapes , finishing with jointing compound in 3 layers covering upto 150 mm on both sides of joint and two coats of primer suitable for board, all as per manufacturer's specification and also including the cost of making openings for light fittings, grills, diffusers, cutouts made with frame of perimeter channels suitably fixed, all complete as per drawings, specification and direction of the Engineer in Charge but excluding the cost of painting with :.Gypsum False Ceiling 12.5 mm thick tapered edge gypsum moisture resistant board : 18 DSR 12.45.3 Providing and fixing false ceiling at all height including providing and fixing of frame work made of special sections, power pressed from M.S. sheets and galvanized with zinc coating of 120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive) as per IS : 277 and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide x 1.6 mm thick with flanges of 27 mm and 37mm, at 1200 mm centre to centre, one flange fixed to the ceiling with dash fastener 12.5 mm dia x 50mm long with 6mm dia bolts, other flange of cleat fixed to the angle hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm of required length with nuts & bolts of required size and other end of angle hanger fixed with intermediate G.I. channels 45x15x0.9 mm running at the spacing of 1200 mm centre to centre, to which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom wedge of 80 mm with taperedflanges of 26 mm each having lips of 10.5 mm, at 450 mm centre to centre, shall be fixed in a direction perpendicular to G.I. intermediate channel with connecting clips made out of 2.64 mm dia x 230 mm long G.I. wire at every junction, including fixing perimeter channels 0.5 mm thick 27 mm high having flanges of 20 mm and 30 mm long, the perimeter of ceiling fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl plugs at 450 mm centre, with 25mm long dry wall screws @ 230 mm interval, including fixing of gypsum board to ceiling section and perimeter channel with the help of dry wall screws of size 3.5 x 25 mm at 230 mm c/c, including jointing and finishing to a flush finish of tapered and square edges of the board with recommended jointing compound , jointing tapes , finishing with jointing compound in 3 layers covering upto 150 mm on both sides of joint and two coats of primer suitable for board, all as per manufacturer's specification and also including the cost of making openings for light fittings, grills, diffusers, cutouts made with frame of perimeter channels suitably fixed, all complete as per drawings, specification and direction of the Engineer in Charge but excluding the cost of painting with :.Gypsum False Ceiling 12.5 mm thick tapered edge gypsum moisture resistant board : sqm 1016.42 Included 0.00 0 0

58 Providing and making suspended plain Gypsum board cove ceiling with lighting profile having a minimum horizontal span of 300-600 mm, a vertical fascia drop of minimum 150 mm, and an internal upstand lip of 50 mm to create a concealed lighting niche. The framework shall comprise of standard galvanized iron (GI) sections including perimeter channels (20x27x30x0.55mm), intermediate channels (15x45x15x0.9mm) suspended from the soffit using GI ceiling angle (25x10x0.55mm) and cleat/rawl plugs at a maximum spacing of 1200 mm center-to-center. The framework shall be securely braced for rigidity. The frame is to be boarded with 12.5 mm thick plain Gypsum board conforming to IS: 2095 (Part I) fixed using 25 mm long drywall corrosion-resistant screws at 230 mm intervals. The boards are to be fixed flush, and all joints, screw dimples, and corners are to be finished seamless and smooth using jointing compound and fiber tape. The rate includes the cost of all materials, labor, scaffolding, leads and lifts up to all floor levels, excluding the cost of painting and electrical fixtures. complete to the satisfaction of the ArchitectQuoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect 18 Providing and making suspended plain Gypsum board cove ceiling with lighting profile having a minimum horizontal span of 300-600 mm, a vertical fascia drop of minimum 150 mm, and an internal upstand lip of 50 mm to create a concealed lighting niche. The framework shall comprise of standard galvanized iron (GI) sections including perimeter channels (20x27x30x0.55mm), intermediate channels (15x45x15x0.9mm) suspended from the soffit using GI ceiling angle (25x10x0.55mm) and cleat/rawl plugs at a maximum spacing of 1200 mm center-to-center. The framework shall be securely braced for rigidity. The frame is to be boarded with 12.5 mm thick plain Gypsum board conforming to IS: 2095 (Part I) fixed using 25 mm long drywall corrosion-resistant screws at 230 mm intervals. The boards are to be fixed flush, and all joints, screw dimples, and corners are to be finished seamless and smooth using jointing compound and fiber tape. The rate includes the cost of all materials, labor, scaffolding, leads and lifts up to all floor levels, excluding the cost of painting and electrical fixtures. complete to the satisfaction of the ArchitectQuoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect Rmt 873.83 Included 0.00 0 0

59 Providing & Fixing False Ceiling Extruded Aluminum Perimeter Trim 100mm Trim Channel : 100mm wide face with 19.3mm(+/-0.50mm) horizontal legs, straight & factory finished curved sections with special bosses formed for attachment to the trim tee-bar connection clip or hanging clip, extruded Aluminum, factory finished (minimum 50 microns factory - applied baked polyester paint).Aluminum Extrusions formed with distinct architectural detail groove on top and bottom flanges and special bosses to receive the tee bar connection clips and splice plates, to provide positive mechanical lock with no visible fasteners. Splice Plate: Formed to fit into special bosses in the trim and locked in place with factory-installed screws. These Steel splice plates are used to align and secure all joints between sections of trims. Each joint in the 50mm section height/ Knife Edge will require one splice plate whereas 100 mm & 150mm trims will require 2 splice plate at each joint. Corners are to be formed by mitering the end of trim and splice plate to be bent at right angle for connecting the end pieces. Tee-Bar Connection Clip: Commercial quality G.I formed to fit into special bosses and locked in place by factory-installed screws and attached to the suspension system members. T-Bar connection clips are used to attach the trim to the supporting Suspension system members. These two-piece Aluminum clips are supplied as an assembled unit with the steel locking screw factory installed. One clip is required at each location where the grid system intersects the trim. Hanging Grid clips:Classic trims to be hung independently to the structural soffit by engaging the Hanging Grid Clip into the bosses of the trim channel and securing it to structural soffit using aircraft cables/GI wire. Installation Procedure: "1. Hang the sections of trim onto the grid system by engaging the top ear of the connection clip under the boss of the channel trim. Slide the lower leg downward to engage the lower boss on the trim and secure by tightening the locking screw" "2. Complete the installation of all channel trims sections. Install and secure the splice plates, corner pieces, alignment plates etc." "3. Make adjustments as necessary to properly align the complete installation. " 18 Providing & Fixing False Ceiling Extruded Aluminum Perimeter Trim 100mm Trim Channel : 100mm wide face with 19.3mm(+/-0.50mm) horizontal legs, straight & factory finished curved sections with special bosses formed for attachment to the trim tee-bar connection clip or hanging clip, extruded Aluminum, factory finished (minimum 50 microns factory - applied baked polyester paint).Aluminum Extrusions formed with distinct architectural detail groove on top and bottom flanges and special bosses to receive the tee bar connection clips and splice plates, to provide positive mechanical lock with no visible fasteners. Splice Plate: Formed to fit into special bosses in the trim and locked in place with factory-installed screws. These Steel splice plates are used to align and secure all joints between sections of trims. Each joint in the 50mm section height/ Knife Edge will require one splice plate whereas 100 mm & 150mm trims will require 2 splice plate at each joint. Corners are to be formed by mitering the end of trim and splice plate to be bent at right angle for connecting the end pieces. Tee-Bar Connection Clip: Commercial quality G.I formed to fit into special bosses and locked in place by factory-installed screws and attached to the suspension system members. T-Bar connection clips are used to attach the trim to the supporting Suspension system members. These two-piece Aluminum clips are supplied as an assembled unit with the steel locking screw factory installed. One clip is required at each location where the grid system intersects the trim. Hanging Grid clips:Classic trims to be hung independently to the structural soffit by engaging the Hanging Grid Clip into the bosses of the trim channel and securing it to structural soffit using aircraft cables/GI wire. Installation Procedure: "1. Hang the sections of trim onto the grid system by engaging the top ear of the connection clip under the boss of the channel trim. Slide the lower leg downward to engage the lower boss on the trim and secure by tightening the locking screw" "2. Complete the installation of all channel trims sections. Install and secure the splice plates, corner pieces, alignment plates etc." "3. Make adjustments as necessary to properly align the complete installation. " RM 60.00 Included 0.00 0 0

60 Providing & Fixing Stonewool acoustic ceiling system consisting of factory-finished stone wool tiles of dimensions 600×600 mm / 1200×600 mm and thickness of 12 mm, having an approximate weight of 1.6 – 1.9 kg/m², conforming to EN 13964 performance standards. The tile shall have Class B sound absorption with αw = 0.80 (NRC 0.80) and Reaction to Fire classification A1, suitable for commercial interiors. The panel shall have humidity resistance up to 100% RH with no visible deflection in high-moisture environments, and shall be cleanable by vacuum for routine maintenance. Installation shall be carried out using Silenzo+ exposed T-Grid suspension system comprising Main Tee (24 mm or 15 mm) and Cross Tee members, manufactured from hot-dip galvanised steel, suspended using GI wire hangers fixed to the structural ceiling at recommended intervals. Perimeter wall angles 24×24 mm shall be installed to receive tile edges, and hold-down clips shall be provided where required to ensure stability and system alignment. The completed ceiling shall provide a durable and acoustically effective surface suitable for offices, retail and commercial spaces. 18 Providing & Fixing Stonewool acoustic ceiling system consisting of factory-finished stone wool tiles of dimensions 600×600 mm / 1200×600 mm and thickness of 12 mm, having an approximate weight of 1.6 – 1.9 kg/m², conforming to EN 13964 performance standards. The tile shall have Class B sound absorption with αw = 0.80 (NRC 0.80) and Reaction to Fire classification A1, suitable for commercial interiors. The panel shall have humidity resistance up to 100% RH with no visible deflection in high-moisture environments, and shall be cleanable by vacuum for routine maintenance. Installation shall be carried out using Silenzo+ exposed T-Grid suspension system comprising Main Tee (24 mm or 15 mm) and Cross Tee members, manufactured from hot-dip galvanised steel, suspended using GI wire hangers fixed to the structural ceiling at recommended intervals. Perimeter wall angles 24×24 mm shall be installed to receive tile edges, and hold-down clips shall be provided where required to ensure stability and system alignment. The completed ceiling shall provide a durable and acoustically effective surface suitable for offices, retail and commercial spaces. sqm 414.18 Included 0.00 0 0

61 Supply and Installation of linear hook-on ceiling System. The non perforated panels are made to 2300(L)x300(W) manufactured out of minimum 0.7mm thick GMS and hooked on the shorter side. Finish of the panels to be powder coated dur graphic digitally printed UV cured wood-grain finish with minimum 60 microns base coating. All panels are hooked onto a secondary grid known as U1005 installed at shorter side of the panel to ensure individual demounting of panels for easy accessibility of services. A pri-mary grid of perforated L- Angle in 30x30x1.2mm thick galvanized steel known as U1040 is installed perpendicularly to hook on profiles at maximum centres at 1200mm. The entire ceiling shall be suspended with M6 threaded rod using Hilti M6 fastener with mini-mum load of at least 0.5kn per anchor. The sus-pension system shall be as per manufacturer specification. The panels shall include the site cutting / making openings for services e.g. lights for information boards, smoke detectors, speakers, diffusers, grills etc. Measurement to be done on edge-to-edge basis without any de-ductions for AC grills or any other services inte-grated within the false ceilings. Tolerances ac-cording to TAIM, DIN EN 13964 and quality con-trolled to ISO 9001:2015 approved by SIS, LEED certification by IGBC. Manufacturer shall have the fully automatic powder coating system with power and free conveyorize 3mtr/minute ca-pacity. Powder coating plant shall be equipped with latest modern technology with fully auto-matic inline pre-treatment using nano technol-ogy, Inline automatic water Drying system after pretreatment. 18 Supply and Installation of linear hook-on ceiling System. The non perforated panels are made to 2300(L)x300(W) manufactured out of minimum 0.7mm thick GMS and hooked on the shorter side. Finish of the panels to be powder coated dur graphic digitally printed UV cured wood-grain finish with minimum 60 microns base coating. All panels are hooked onto a secondary grid known as U1005 installed at shorter side of the panel to ensure individual demounting of panels for easy accessibility of services. A pri-mary grid of perforated L- Angle in 30x30x1.2mm thick galvanized steel known as U1040 is installed perpendicularly to hook on profiles at maximum centres at 1200mm. The entire ceiling shall be suspended with M6 threaded rod using Hilti M6 fastener with mini-mum load of at least 0.5kn per anchor. The sus-pension system shall be as per manufacturer specification. The panels shall include the site cutting / making openings for services e.g. lights for information boards, smoke detectors, speakers, diffusers, grills etc. Measurement to be done on edge-to-edge basis without any de-ductions for AC grills or any other services inte-grated within the false ceilings. Tolerances ac-cording to TAIM, DIN EN 13964 and quality con-trolled to ISO 9001:2015 approved by SIS, LEED certification by IGBC. Manufacturer shall have the fully automatic powder coating system with power and free conveyorize 3mtr/minute ca-pacity. Powder coating plant shall be equipped with latest modern technology with fully auto-matic inline pre-treatment using nano technol-ogy, Inline automatic water Drying system after pretreatment. sqm 31.80 Included 0.00 0 0

62 Supply and Installation of straight & curve metal wall cladding panels with flexible system ensuring individually demountable wall elements suitable for in-stalling horizontally 500mm wide panels up to 1300mm length manufactured of 1mm thick GMS with minimum 60micron powder coating. The panels shall be non-perforated surfaces as per the design requirement. Substructure con-sisting of SW02 C Channel profile 50x50x1.20mm GMS, installed vertically to which the wall panels are inserted in a positive-locking and tension-free manner along with the Fixing Bracket SW01 57X54X57X70mm which are fastened to the load-bearing frame/wall us-ing officially approved fastening equipment that has been selected in accordance with the local project specific requirements and fas-tened professionally. The distances of the SW02 C channels and the SW01 wall bracket used as load-bearing profiles for the wall panels have to be defined according to the installation manual and must be proven and established by the contractor. It must be ensured that the dis-tances of the profiles are exactly designed re-garding the module width of the wall panels so that the wall panels can be suspended in a pos-itive-locking and tension-free way. Ensure hori-zontal and flush alignment during the installa-tion of the profiles. Only construction parts may be used that have been approved by the manu-facturer of the wall claddings. All load-bearing parts must be made of galvanised steel sheet. For finishes, ASTM B117, Salt Spray (fog) test 500 hours on powder coated galvanized steel sheet, ISO 2409, paint and vanishes, crosscut test on powder coated galvanized steel sheet. Tolerances according to TAIM, DIN EN 13964 and quality controlled to ISO 9001:2015 ap-proved by SIS.Any additional framing, bridging, lateral supports, back support substructure (if required) shall be in the Main contractor scope. Finish: Digital Printed woodgrain. Manufacturer shall have the fully automatic powder coating system with power and free conveyorize 3mtr/minute capacity. Powder coating plant shall be equipped with latest modern technology with fully automatic inline pre-treatment using nano technology, Inline automatic water Drying system after pretreat-ment. 18 Supply and Installation of straight & curve metal wall cladding panels with flexible system ensuring individually demountable wall elements suitable for in-stalling horizontally 500mm wide panels up to 1300mm length manufactured of 1mm thick GMS with minimum 60micron powder coating. The panels shall be non-perforated surfaces as per the design requirement. Substructure con-sisting of SW02 C Channel profile 50x50x1.20mm GMS, installed vertically to which the wall panels are inserted in a positive-locking and tension-free manner along with the Fixing Bracket SW01 57X54X57X70mm which are fastened to the load-bearing frame/wall us-ing officially approved fastening equipment that has been selected in accordance with the local project specific requirements and fas-tened professionally. The distances of the SW02 C channels and the SW01 wall bracket used as load-bearing profiles for the wall panels have to be defined according to the installation manual and must be proven and established by the contractor. It must be ensured that the dis-tances of the profiles are exactly designed re-garding the module width of the wall panels so that the wall panels can be suspended in a pos-itive-locking and tension-free way. Ensure hori-zontal and flush alignment during the installa-tion of the profiles. Only construction parts may be used that have been approved by the manu-facturer of the wall claddings. All load-bearing parts must be made of galvanised steel sheet. For finishes, ASTM B117, Salt Spray (fog) test 500 hours on powder coated galvanized steel sheet, ISO 2409, paint and vanishes, crosscut test on powder coated galvanized steel sheet. Tolerances according to TAIM, DIN EN 13964 and quality controlled to ISO 9001:2015 ap-proved by SIS.Any additional framing, bridging, lateral supports, back support substructure (if required) shall be in the Main contractor scope. Finish: Digital Printed woodgrain. Manufacturer shall have the fully automatic powder coating system with power and free conveyorize 3mtr/minute capacity. Powder coating plant shall be equipped with latest modern technology with fully automatic inline pre-treatment using nano technology, Inline automatic water Drying system after pretreat-ment. sqm 15.60 Included 0.00 0 0

63 Applying priming coats with acrylic primer of approved brand and manufacture, having low VOC (Volatile Organic Compound ) content. With water thinnable cement primer on wall surface having VOC content less than 50 grams/litre 18 Applying priming coats with acrylic primer of approved brand and manufacture, having low VOC (Volatile Organic Compound ) content. With water thinnable cement primer on wall surface having VOC content less than 50 grams/litre sqm 1534.01 Included 0.00 0 0

64 Providing and applying a full-surface skim coat (approx. 1mm thick) of premium ready-mixed acrylic wall putty over pre-jointed gypsum board false ceilings and wall partitions to equalize surface texture and porosity. The work includes progressive sanding using fine-grit emery paper to achieve a flawless, monolithic, pinhole-free surface ready to receive primer and paint. The rate is inclusive of acrylic putty, sandpaper, scaffolding, and all skilled labor required for application and finishing. 18 Providing and applying a full-surface skim coat (approx. 1mm thick) of premium ready-mixed acrylic wall putty over pre-jointed gypsum board false ceilings and wall partitions to equalize surface texture and porosity. The work includes progressive sanding using fine-grit emery paper to achieve a flawless, monolithic, pinhole-free surface ready to receive primer and paint. The rate is inclusive of acrylic putty, sandpaper, scaffolding, and all skilled labor required for application and finishing. sqm 1648.79 Included 0.00 0 0

65 13.83.2 Wall painting with premium acrylic emulsion paint of interior grade, having VOC (Volatile Organic Compound ) content less than 50 grams/ litre of approved brand and manufacture, including applying additional coats wherever required to achieve even shade and colour. Two coats 18 13.83.2 Wall painting with premium acrylic emulsion paint of interior grade, having VOC (Volatile Organic Compound ) content less than 50 grams/ litre of approved brand and manufacture, including applying additional coats wherever required to achieve even shade and colour. Two coats sqm 114.77 Included 0.00 0 0

66 Lustre Paint Providing and applying two or more coats of premium interior water-based lustre paint to give an even shade and uniform sheen on prepared and primed wall/ceiling surface. The paint shall be applied using a recommended roller (sponge or felt as per manufacturer guidelines) to achieve the desired texture (smooth or granular) without visible lap marks or patches. The rate is inclusive of the lustre paint, rollers, masking tape, surface protection, scaffolding, and all skilled labor required for the application. Measurement shall be in Square Meters (Sqm) of the actual painted ceiling/wall area. Quoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect 18 Lustre Paint Providing and applying two or more coats of premium interior water-based lustre paint to give an even shade and uniform sheen on prepared and primed wall/ceiling surface. The paint shall be applied using a recommended roller (sponge or felt as per manufacturer guidelines) to achieve the desired texture (smooth or granular) without visible lap marks or patches. The rate is inclusive of the lustre paint, rollers, masking tape, surface protection, scaffolding, and all skilled labor required for the application. Measurement shall be in Square Meters (Sqm) of the actual painted ceiling/wall area. Quoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect sqm 1648.79 Included 0.00 0 0

67 Repro Counter with Storage finished in Laminate(750mm widht x 1050mm height) Providing and Fixing Shutters below Counter constructed of 19mm thk. comm ply. Hinged shutters with self and soft close hinges of approved make. All the external and Internal surfaces shall be finished with approved Laminate and 1.5mm thk Edge binding on all the edges Division of the shutters shall be made equally according to the length of the storage. All internal surfaces shall be finished with 1mm thk. laminate including the shutters and 2mm thk Edge binding on all the edges. Rate shall be inclusive of all necessary fittings like hinges, self and soft closing, locks, ball catches, profile handles of approved make and design and miscellaneous hardware items. 18 Repro Counter with Storage finished in Laminate(750mm widht x 1050mm height) Providing and Fixing Shutters below Counter constructed of 19mm thk. comm ply. Hinged shutters with self and soft close hinges of approved make. All the external and Internal surfaces shall be finished with approved Laminate and 1.5mm thk Edge binding on all the edges Division of the shutters shall be made equally according to the length of the storage. All internal surfaces shall be finished with 1mm thk. laminate including the shutters and 2mm thk Edge binding on all the edges. Rate shall be inclusive of all necessary fittings like hinges, self and soft closing, locks, ball catches, profile handles of approved make and design and miscellaneous hardware items. RM 17.00 Included 0.00 0 0

68 Repro Counter with Storage below and counter above finished in Laminate Providing and Fixing Reprographics counter with Planter box above & Storage below of size as mentioned in the drawing in approved finish. Storage of size 750mm (h) x 600 mm (d) Counter Top shall be 750mm deep and shall be in 18 mm thk commercial ply, with sides and bottom in 18 mm thk commercial ply. All exposed surfaces shall be finished in 1 mm thk laminate of approved shade / make. 1.5mm thk Edge band shall be provided to the edge of the top and supports. Shelves fitted on metal buttons in 18 mm thk commercial ply finished on top and bottom with 1 mm thk laminate of approved shade/ make as shown in the drawing. Planter box above repro is fabricating a frame out of MS box section to form a frame structure of size 2400mm (l)x 2700mm (h) x 450 mm (d). MS section positioned vertically at c/c distance of 1000mm & horizontally at 600mm. Metal frame to be powder coated to approved colour. The frame to have trays made of 12mm thk. Marine ply and finished with approved Laminate to hold the Planter boxes. Rate shall be inclusive of all necessary hardware items required as per design and drawing, etc. complete to the satisfaction of the Architect. 18 Repro Counter with Storage below and counter above finished in Laminate Providing and Fixing Reprographics counter with Planter box above & Storage below of size as mentioned in the drawing in approved finish. Storage of size 750mm (h) x 600 mm (d) Counter Top shall be 750mm deep and shall be in 18 mm thk commercial ply, with sides and bottom in 18 mm thk commercial ply. All exposed surfaces shall be finished in 1 mm thk laminate of approved shade / make. 1.5mm thk Edge band shall be provided to the edge of the top and supports. Shelves fitted on metal buttons in 18 mm thk commercial ply finished on top and bottom with 1 mm thk laminate of approved shade/ make as shown in the drawing. Planter box above repro is fabricating a frame out of MS box section to form a frame structure of size 2400mm (l)x 2700mm (h) x 450 mm (d). MS section positioned vertically at c/c distance of 1000mm & horizontally at 600mm. Metal frame to be powder coated to approved colour. The frame to have trays made of 12mm thk. Marine ply and finished with approved Laminate to hold the Planter boxes. Rate shall be inclusive of all necessary hardware items required as per design and drawing, etc. complete to the satisfaction of the Architect. RM 41.00 Included 0.00 0 0

69 Pantry/Serving Counter 750mm Wide in Acrylic Solid Surface (850mm (h) x 750 mm (d)) Front fascia of approx. 50mm thickness & 200mm high back splash finished in Acrylic Solid surface, finished as per Architects Detail/Drawing. Joints to be bonded with only "joint Adhesive for approved solid surface "- as specified by Solid Acrylic Surface Manufacturer. 18 Pantry/Serving Counter 750mm Wide in Acrylic Solid Surface (850mm (h) x 750 mm (d)) Front fascia of approx. 50mm thickness & 200mm high back splash finished in Acrylic Solid surface, finished as per Architects Detail/Drawing. Joints to be bonded with only "joint Adhesive for approved solid surface "- as specified by Solid Acrylic Surface Manufacturer. RM 24.20 Included 0.00 0 0

70 Storages Providing and Fixing storages of size as mentioned in the drawing. Top of the unit shall be in 18 mm thk commercial ply, with sides and bottom in 18 mm thk commercial ply and back in 6mm thk. commercial ply. Shutters shall be in 19 mm thk green block board. All exposed surfaces including shelves shall be finished in 1mm thk laminate of approved shade / make as shown in the 3Dimage/ specified in the drawings. All exposed edges shall be finished in 2 mm thk edge binding of approved shade/ make and all inner surfaces including shutter back shall be finished in 0.8mm thk laminate of approved shade and make. Shelves to be fitted on metal buttons in 18 mm thk commercial ply. Rate shall be inclusive of fixing 1mm thick laminate of approved shade/ make as specified, on all exposed surfaces & the storage back where ever exposed. Rate shall be inclusive of all necessary fittings like hinges, locks, magnetic catches, handles of approved make and any miscellanous hardware items required as per design ans drawing, etc. complete as per Architect's instruction, detailed design and drawings. Division of the shutters shall be made equally according to the length of the storage or as specified in the design/ drawing. Quoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect Basic rate 1 mm thk Laminate Rs. 55/- Sft Full ht. storages in Laminate Finish - 600mm depth 18 Storages Providing and Fixing storages of size as mentioned in the drawing. Top of the unit shall be in 18 mm thk commercial ply, with sides and bottom in 18 mm thk commercial ply and back in 6mm thk. commercial ply. Shutters shall be in 19 mm thk green block board. All exposed surfaces including shelves shall be finished in 1mm thk laminate of approved shade / make as shown in the 3Dimage/ specified in the drawings. All exposed edges shall be finished in 2 mm thk edge binding of approved shade/ make and all inner surfaces including shutter back shall be finished in 0.8mm thk laminate of approved shade and make. Shelves to be fitted on metal buttons in 18 mm thk commercial ply. Rate shall be inclusive of fixing 1mm thick laminate of approved shade/ make as specified, on all exposed surfaces & the storage back where ever exposed. Rate shall be inclusive of all necessary fittings like hinges, locks, magnetic catches, handles of approved make and any miscellanous hardware items required as per design ans drawing, etc. complete as per Architect's instruction, detailed design and drawings. Division of the shutters shall be made equally according to the length of the storage or as specified in the design/ drawing. Quoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect Basic rate 1 mm thk Laminate Rs. 55/- Sft Full ht. storages in Laminate Finish - 600mm depth sqm 32.16 Included 0.00 0 0

71 Storages Providing and Fixing storages of size as mentioned in the drawing. Top of the unit shall be in 18 mm thk commercial ply, with sides and bottom in 18 mm thk commercial ply and back in 6mm thk. commercial ply. Shutters shall be in 19 mm thk green block board. All exposed surfaces including shelves shall be finished in 1mm thk laminate of approved shade / make as shown in the 3Dimage/ specified in the drawings. All exposed edges shall be finished in 2 mm thk edge binding of approved shade/ make and all inner surfaces including shutter back shall be finished in 0.8mm thk laminate of approved shade and make. Shelves to be fitted on metal buttons in 18 mm thk commercial ply. Rate shall be inclusive of fixing 1mm thick laminate of approved shade/ make as specified, on all exposed surfaces & the storage back where ever exposed. Rate shall be inclusive of all necessary fittings like hinges, locks, magnetic catches, handles of approved make and any miscellanous hardware items required as per design ans drawing, etc. complete as per Architect's instruction, detailed design and drawings. Division of the shutters shall be made equally according to the length of the storage or as specified in the design/ drawing. Quoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect Basic rate 1 mm thk Laminate Rs. 55/- Sft Over Head storages in Laminate finish - 400mm depth 18 Storages Providing and Fixing storages of size as mentioned in the drawing. Top of the unit shall be in 18 mm thk commercial ply, with sides and bottom in 18 mm thk commercial ply and back in 6mm thk. commercial ply. Shutters shall be in 19 mm thk green block board. All exposed surfaces including shelves shall be finished in 1mm thk laminate of approved shade / make as shown in the 3Dimage/ specified in the drawings. All exposed edges shall be finished in 2 mm thk edge binding of approved shade/ make and all inner surfaces including shutter back shall be finished in 0.8mm thk laminate of approved shade and make. Shelves to be fitted on metal buttons in 18 mm thk commercial ply. Rate shall be inclusive of fixing 1mm thick laminate of approved shade/ make as specified, on all exposed surfaces & the storage back where ever exposed. Rate shall be inclusive of all necessary fittings like hinges, locks, magnetic catches, handles of approved make and any miscellanous hardware items required as per design ans drawing, etc. complete as per Architect's instruction, detailed design and drawings. Division of the shutters shall be made equally according to the length of the storage or as specified in the design/ drawing. Quoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect Basic rate 1 mm thk Laminate Rs. 55/- Sft Over Head storages in Laminate finish - 400mm depth sqm 12.96 Included 0.00 0 0

72 Storages Providing and Fixing storages of size as mentioned in the drawing. Top of the unit shall be in 18 mm thk commercial ply, with sides and bottom in 18 mm thk commercial ply and back in 6mm thk. commercial ply. Shutters shall be in 19 mm thk green block board. All exposed surfaces including shelves shall be finished in 1mm thk laminate of approved shade / make as shown in the 3Dimage/ specified in the drawings. All exposed edges shall be finished in 2 mm thk edge binding of approved shade/ make and all inner surfaces including shutter back shall be finished in 0.8mm thk laminate of approved shade and make. Shelves to be fitted on metal buttons in 18 mm thk commercial ply. Rate shall be inclusive of fixing 1mm thick laminate of approved shade/ make as specified, on all exposed surfaces & the storage back where ever exposed. Rate shall be inclusive of all necessary fittings like hinges, locks, magnetic catches, handles of approved make and any miscellanous hardware items required as per design ans drawing, etc. complete as per Architect's instruction, detailed design and drawings. Division of the shutters shall be made equally according to the length of the storage or as specified in the design/ drawing. Quoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect Basic rate 1 mm thk Laminate Rs. 55/- Sft Water Dispensor Console in Duco finish - Size : 600mm(L) X 2400mm(H) X 600mm (D) 18 Storages Providing and Fixing storages of size as mentioned in the drawing. Top of the unit shall be in 18 mm thk commercial ply, with sides and bottom in 18 mm thk commercial ply and back in 6mm thk. commercial ply. Shutters shall be in 19 mm thk green block board. All exposed surfaces including shelves shall be finished in 1mm thk laminate of approved shade / make as shown in the 3Dimage/ specified in the drawings. All exposed edges shall be finished in 2 mm thk edge binding of approved shade/ make and all inner surfaces including shutter back shall be finished in 0.8mm thk laminate of approved shade and make. Shelves to be fitted on metal buttons in 18 mm thk commercial ply. Rate shall be inclusive of fixing 1mm thick laminate of approved shade/ make as specified, on all exposed surfaces & the storage back where ever exposed. Rate shall be inclusive of all necessary fittings like hinges, locks, magnetic catches, handles of approved make and any miscellanous hardware items required as per design ans drawing, etc. complete as per Architect's instruction, detailed design and drawings. Division of the shutters shall be made equally according to the length of the storage or as specified in the design/ drawing. Quoted rates to include General Notes and all the above points as required and approved by Architect Basic rate 1 mm thk Laminate Rs. 55/- Sft Water Dispensor Console in Duco finish - Size : 600mm(L) X 2400mm(H) X 600mm (D) No. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

73 PelmetProviding & fixing pelmet of size 300mm deep X 150mm height for roller blinds in 19mm thk. ply finished with approved 1mm laminate internally as per Architect instructions. Block board to be anchored to the structural beam. Fixing detail may vary as per site conditions. Note ply support to be considered till main slab wherever pelmet happens in exposed ceiling area. Rate to be inclusive of the same, etc.complete as per Architect's instruction, detailed design and drawings 18 PelmetProviding & fixing pelmet of size 300mm deep X 150mm height for roller blinds in 19mm thk. ply finished with approved 1mm laminate internally as per Architect instructions. Block board to be anchored to the structural beam. Fixing detail may vary as per site conditions. Note ply support to be considered till main slab wherever pelmet happens in exposed ceiling area. Rate to be inclusive of the same, etc.complete as per Architect's instruction, detailed design and drawings Rm 153.24 Included 0.00 0 0

74 Step For Raised Flooring - 300m wide Providing and Fixing of steps for raised flooring in 19 mm thick Ply finished in laminate etc. complete as per Architect's instruction, detailed design and drawings. 18 Step For Raised Flooring - 300m wide Providing and Fixing of steps for raised flooring in 19 mm thick Ply finished in laminate etc. complete as per Architect's instruction, detailed design and drawings. SQM 1.50 Included 0.00 0 0

75 "FRP Planter Box with live Plants Providing and placing custom-made Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) planter boxes of specified dimensions. The rate is inclusive of: • Minimum 4mm to 6mm FRP wall thickness with adequate structural stiffeners to prevent bulging. • Premium PU (Polyurethane) paint finish in matt/gloss as per architect's approval. • Internal waterproofing and necessary drainage holes. • Anti-root geotextile membrane. • Prepared potting mixture (garden soil, coco peat, and organic manure/vermicompost). • Supply and plantation of healthy, well-rooted live indoor/semi-shade plants as per the approved layout." Size - 550 mm X 500mm X 450mm 18 "FRP Planter Box with live Plants Providing and placing custom-made Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) planter boxes of specified dimensions. The rate is inclusive of: • Minimum 4mm to 6mm FRP wall thickness with adequate structural stiffeners to prevent bulging. • Premium PU (Polyurethane) paint finish in matt/gloss as per architect's approval. • Internal waterproofing and necessary drainage holes. • Anti-root geotextile membrane. • Prepared potting mixture (garden soil, coco peat, and organic manure/vermicompost). • Supply and plantation of healthy, well-rooted live indoor/semi-shade plants as per the approved layout." Size - 550 mm X 500mm X 450mm Nos. 20.00 Included 0.00 0 0

76 "FRP Planter Box with live Plants Providing and placing custom-made Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) planter boxes of specified dimensions. The rate is inclusive of: • Minimum 4mm to 6mm FRP wall thickness with adequate structural stiffeners to prevent bulging. • Premium PU (Polyurethane) paint finish in matt/gloss as per architect's approval. • Internal waterproofing and necessary drainage holes. • Anti-root geotextile membrane. • Prepared potting mixture (garden soil, coco peat, and organic manure/vermicompost). • Supply and plantation of healthy, well-rooted live indoor/semi-shade plants as per the approved layout." Size - 950 mm X 750 mm X 450mm 18 "FRP Planter Box with live Plants Providing and placing custom-made Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) planter boxes of specified dimensions. The rate is inclusive of: • Minimum 4mm to 6mm FRP wall thickness with adequate structural stiffeners to prevent bulging. • Premium PU (Polyurethane) paint finish in matt/gloss as per architect's approval. • Internal waterproofing and necessary drainage holes. • Anti-root geotextile membrane. • Prepared potting mixture (garden soil, coco peat, and organic manure/vermicompost). • Supply and plantation of healthy, well-rooted live indoor/semi-shade plants as per the approved layout." Size - 950 mm X 750 mm X 450mm Nos. 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0

77 "FRP Planter Box with live Plants Providing and placing custom-made Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) planter boxes of specified dimensions. The rate is inclusive of: • Minimum 4mm to 6mm FRP wall thickness with adequate structural stiffeners to prevent bulging. • Premium PU (Polyurethane) paint finish in matt/gloss as per architect's approval. • Internal waterproofing and necessary drainage holes. • Anti-root geotextile membrane. • Prepared potting mixture (garden soil, coco peat, and organic manure/vermicompost). • Supply and plantation of healthy, well-rooted live indoor/semi-shade plants as per the approved layout." Size - 1300 mm X 500 mm X 450mm 18 "FRP Planter Box with live Plants Providing and placing custom-made Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) planter boxes of specified dimensions. The rate is inclusive of: • Minimum 4mm to 6mm FRP wall thickness with adequate structural stiffeners to prevent bulging. • Premium PU (Polyurethane) paint finish in matt/gloss as per architect's approval. • Internal waterproofing and necessary drainage holes. • Anti-root geotextile membrane. • Prepared potting mixture (garden soil, coco peat, and organic manure/vermicompost). • Supply and plantation of healthy, well-rooted live indoor/semi-shade plants as per the approved layout." Size - 1300 mm X 500 mm X 450mm Nos. 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

78 Trophy Shelf with Storage in Duco Finish - 2400mm Ht. Providing and fixing a custom-designed Trophy Shelf with Storage measuring an overall height of 2400mm, with the width and depth as per the approved site layouts and shop drawings. The primary framework and carcass of the unit shall be constructed using 18mm thick, premium-grade Boiling Water Proof (BWP) blockboard or High-Density High Moisture Resistance (HDHMR) board to ensure structural rigidity and prevent warping over time. The backing of the unit shall be finished with 12mm thick matching MDF board securely fastened to the wall to provide absolute stability. To achieve a flawless base for the external finish, all exposed outer surfaces of the plywood framework shall be cladded with a 6mm thick MDF layer, with all exposed edges smoothly finished using a router and edge-binding techniques prior to painting. The functional configuration of the unit shall be divided into two primary sections: a lower concealed storage cabinet and an upper display area. The lower storage section, measuring approximately 750mm to 900mm in height and up to 450mm in depth, shall feature flush-operable shutters constructed from 18mm HDHMR board. The interior carcass of this lower storage, as well as all unexposed internal surfaces, shall be finished with a 1.0mm thick premium suede-finish decorative laminate of an approved shade. The upper section, dedicated to trophy display, shall extend to the full 2400mm height with a slightly recessed depth (approximately 300mm to 350mm) to create a lighter visual profile. This display area shall feature a combination of 18mm thick wooden shelves and 8mm thick clear toughened glass shelves, edge-polished and resting on heavy-duty concealed glass supports or D-brackets, allowing for optimal light transmission. The exterior surfaces of the entire unit—including the outer framework, lower shutter fascias, and upper wooden display shelves—shall be finished in a premium Duco (polyurethane automotive) paint system. The finishing process must include thorough surface preparation, application of a wood primer, two coats of automotive-grade polyester putty, rigorous sanding to achieve a perfectly leveled surface, and the application of a high-build surfacer. This shall be followed by a minimum of three coats of premium Duco topcoat in a matte, satin, or high-gloss finish as approved by the architect or client. The final surface must be machine-buffed to ensure a seamless, pinhole-free, and luxurious architectural finish. All hardware, fittings, and lighting used in the assembly shall be of premium quality. The lower storage doors shall be equipped with concealed 3D-adjustable, soft-close hinges and integrated sleek aluminum profile handles or magnetic push-to-open mechanisms for a seamless look. The upper display section shall include integrated architectural lighting, specifically 8mm recessed aluminum profile channels housing high-density, dotless LED strip lights (CRI > 90, 3000K/4000K as specified). The lighting system shall be complete with concealed drivers, seamless acrylic diffusers, and neat internal wiring routed invisibly through the structural framework. The quoted rate must include all materials, labor, hardware, painting, transportation, scaffolding, and meticulous site installation to line and level. 18 Trophy Shelf with Storage in Duco Finish - 2400mm Ht. Providing and fixing a custom-designed Trophy Shelf with Storage measuring an overall height of 2400mm, with the width and depth as per the approved site layouts and shop drawings. The primary framework and carcass of the unit shall be constructed using 18mm thick, premium-grade Boiling Water Proof (BWP) blockboard or High-Density High Moisture Resistance (HDHMR) board to ensure structural rigidity and prevent warping over time. The backing of the unit shall be finished with 12mm thick matching MDF board securely fastened to the wall to provide absolute stability. To achieve a flawless base for the external finish, all exposed outer surfaces of the plywood framework shall be cladded with a 6mm thick MDF layer, with all exposed edges smoothly finished using a router and edge-binding techniques prior to painting. The functional configuration of the unit shall be divided into two primary sections: a lower concealed storage cabinet and an upper display area. The lower storage section, measuring approximately 750mm to 900mm in height and up to 450mm in depth, shall feature flush-operable shutters constructed from 18mm HDHMR board. The interior carcass of this lower storage, as well as all unexposed internal surfaces, shall be finished with a 1.0mm thick premium suede-finish decorative laminate of an approved shade. The upper section, dedicated to trophy display, shall extend to the full 2400mm height with a slightly recessed depth (approximately 300mm to 350mm) to create a lighter visual profile. This display area shall feature a combination of 18mm thick wooden shelves and 8mm thick clear toughened glass shelves, edge-polished and resting on heavy-duty concealed glass supports or D-brackets, allowing for optimal light transmission. The exterior surfaces of the entire unit—including the outer framework, lower shutter fascias, and upper wooden display shelves—shall be finished in a premium Duco (polyurethane automotive) paint system. The finishing process must include thorough surface preparation, application of a wood primer, two coats of automotive-grade polyester putty, rigorous sanding to achieve a perfectly leveled surface, and the application of a high-build surfacer. This shall be followed by a minimum of three coats of premium Duco topcoat in a matte, satin, or high-gloss finish as approved by the architect or client. The final surface must be machine-buffed to ensure a seamless, pinhole-free, and luxurious architectural finish. All hardware, fittings, and lighting used in the assembly shall be of premium quality. The lower storage doors shall be equipped with concealed 3D-adjustable, soft-close hinges and integrated sleek aluminum profile handles or magnetic push-to-open mechanisms for a seamless look. The upper display section shall include integrated architectural lighting, specifically 8mm recessed aluminum profile channels housing high-density, dotless LED strip lights (CRI > 90, 3000K/4000K as specified). The lighting system shall be complete with concealed drivers, seamless acrylic diffusers, and neat internal wiring routed invisibly through the structural framework. The quoted rate must include all materials, labor, hardware, painting, transportation, scaffolding, and meticulous site installation to line and level. SQM 4.05 Included 0.00 0 0

79 11.52.1 Providing and laying machine cut, mirror polished Marble stone flooring, in required design (Simple geometrical, abstract etc.) and in patterns in combination with Italian marble stones of different colours, shades and finished surface texture etc., in linear portions of the building, all complete as per the architectural drawings, with 18 mm thick stone slab laid over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with white cement slurry @ 4.4 kg/sqm, including pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment to match the marble shade, including rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. 18 11.52.1 Providing and laying machine cut, mirror polished Marble stone flooring, in required design (Simple geometrical, abstract etc.) and in patterns in combination with Italian marble stones of different colours, shades and finished surface texture etc., in linear portions of the building, all complete as per the architectural drawings, with 18 mm thick stone slab laid over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with white cement slurry @ 4.4 kg/sqm, including pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment to match the marble shade, including rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. sqm 66.52 Included 0.00 0 0

80 Providing and laying machine cut, mirror polished Marble stone flooring, in required design (Simple geometrical, abstract etc.) and in patterns in combination with Italian marble stones of different colours, shades and finished surface texture etc., in linear portions of the building, all complete as per the architectural drawings, with 18 mm thick stone slab laid over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with white cement slurry @ 4.4 kg/sqm, including pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment to match the marble shade, including rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. 18 mm thick imported Marble stone slab, Malta Pietra Grey, Grey Italian marble, Italian Grey Dayna Marble etc. 18 Providing and laying machine cut, mirror polished Marble stone flooring, in required design (Simple geometrical, abstract etc.) and in patterns in combination with Italian marble stones of different colours, shades and finished surface texture etc., in linear portions of the building, all complete as per the architectural drawings, with 18 mm thick stone slab laid over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with white cement slurry @ 4.4 kg/sqm, including pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment to match the marble shade, including rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. 18 mm thick imported Marble stone slab, Malta Pietra Grey, Grey Italian marble, Italian Grey Dayna Marble etc. sqm 332.62 Included 0.00 0 0

81 Providing and laying machine cut, mirror polished Marble stone flooring, in required design (Simple geometrical, abstract etc.) and in patterns in combination with Italian marble stones of different colours, shades and finished surface texture etc., in linear portions of the building, all complete as per the architectural drawings, with 18 mm thick stone slab laid over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with white cement slurry @ 4.4 kg/sqm, including pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment to match the marble shade, including rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Providing and applying a premium transparent penetrating stone sealer and polishing coat over newly laid and mirror-polished Italian marble flooring to provide water and oil repellency. The work includes thoroughly cleaning and drying the polished marble surface to ensure it is completely free of dust, moisture, and chemical residues. The sealer shall be applied uniformly in one saturating coat (or two wet-on-wet coats as required by porosity) using a lint-free microfiber cloth or specialized applicator pad, ensuring full penetration. Excess surface sealer must be buffed off completely within the manufacturer's specified open time to prevent hazy residue. The rate is inclusive of the sealer liquid, cleaning consumables, microfiber applicators, masking of adjacent surfaces, and all skilled labor. 18 Providing and laying machine cut, mirror polished Marble stone flooring, in required design (Simple geometrical, abstract etc.) and in patterns in combination with Italian marble stones of different colours, shades and finished surface texture etc., in linear portions of the building, all complete as per the architectural drawings, with 18 mm thick stone slab laid over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with white cement slurry @ 4.4 kg/sqm, including pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment to match the marble shade, including rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Providing and applying a premium transparent penetrating stone sealer and polishing coat over newly laid and mirror-polished Italian marble flooring to provide water and oil repellency. The work includes thoroughly cleaning and drying the polished marble surface to ensure it is completely free of dust, moisture, and chemical residues. The sealer shall be applied uniformly in one saturating coat (or two wet-on-wet coats as required by porosity) using a lint-free microfiber cloth or specialized applicator pad, ensuring full penetration. Excess surface sealer must be buffed off completely within the manufacturer's specified open time to prevent hazy residue. The rate is inclusive of the sealer liquid, cleaning consumables, microfiber applicators, masking of adjacent surfaces, and all skilled labor. sqm 399.14 Included 0.00 0 0

82 DSR 8.11.1 Providing and fixing machine cut, mirror/ eggshell polished , Marble stone work for wall lining (veneer work) including dado, skirting, risers of steps etc., in required design and pattern wherever required, stones of different finished surface texture, on 12 mm (average) thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) laid and jointed with white cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/sqm including pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment of matching shade, including rubbing, curing, polishing etc. all complete as per Architectural drawings, and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. 18 mm thick Italian Marble stone slab,Perlato, Rosso verona, Fire Red or Dark Emperadore etc. 18 DSR 8.11.1 Providing and fixing machine cut, mirror/ eggshell polished , Marble stone work for wall lining (veneer work) including dado, skirting, risers of steps etc., in required design and pattern wherever required, stones of different finished surface texture, on 12 mm (average) thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) laid and jointed with white cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/sqm including pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment of matching shade, including rubbing, curing, polishing etc. all complete as per Architectural drawings, and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. 18 mm thick Italian Marble stone slab,Perlato, Rosso verona, Fire Red or Dark Emperadore etc. sqm 55.01 Included 0.00 0 0

83 Providing and placing premium quality, custom-sized hand-tufted wool or wool-viscose blend finished area rug for high-end executive office usage. The rug shall have a dense pile weight, bound/finished edges (surged or taped as approved), and shall be laid loose directly over the finished hard flooring. The rate is completely inclusive of the finished rug, factory edge binding, protective packaging, transportation to site, unpacking, unrolling, precise placement as per the Architect's/Interior Designer's layout, and final vacuuming. Measurement shall be in Square Meters (Sqm) of the actual finished rug area provided. 18 Providing and placing premium quality, custom-sized hand-tufted wool or wool-viscose blend finished area rug for high-end executive office usage. The rug shall have a dense pile weight, bound/finished edges (surged or taped as approved), and shall be laid loose directly over the finished hard flooring. The rate is completely inclusive of the finished rug, factory edge binding, protective packaging, transportation to site, unpacking, unrolling, precise placement as per the Architect's/Interior Designer's layout, and final vacuuming. Measurement shall be in Square Meters (Sqm) of the actual finished rug area provided. sqm 24.00 Included 0.00 0 0

84 LVT Flooring Supply and installation of commercial heterogeneous Luxury vinyl Tiles . The total thickness would be 5 mm and the thickness of the wear layer would be 0.5mm. The product should be multi-layered consisting of a wear layer with PUR coating, PVC layer, fiberglass layer, and solid backing. Natural creation commercial shall conform to group T wear resistance as per EN 660-2, Flammability resistance of ≥0.45 as per ASTM E6848, Slip resistance of R8- R9 as per DIN1130, Residual indentation of ≤ 0.01mm as per ASTMF1914, Color fastness rating of ≥ 6 as per ASTM 105- B02. The product shall exhibit antistatic behavior, resistance to chemicals, and suitability to castor chair. The floor should be smooth, flat, and free from moisture. Design and shade to be as per the architect’s choice, it should be installed by an authorized dealer in India. The subfloor would be levelled using cementitious self levelling compound of 2 -3 mm thickness. LVT Floor Shade and pattern shall be as per 3D image provided by Architect. Basic Rate of LVT Flooring - Rs. 2750/- Per Sqm 18 LVT Flooring Supply and installation of commercial heterogeneous Luxury vinyl Tiles . The total thickness would be 5 mm and the thickness of the wear layer would be 0.5mm. The product should be multi-layered consisting of a wear layer with PUR coating, PVC layer, fiberglass layer, and solid backing. Natural creation commercial shall conform to group T wear resistance as per EN 660-2, Flammability resistance of ≥0.45 as per ASTM E6848, Slip resistance of R8- R9 as per DIN1130, Residual indentation of ≤ 0.01mm as per ASTMF1914, Color fastness rating of ≥ 6 as per ASTM 105- B02. The product shall exhibit antistatic behavior, resistance to chemicals, and suitability to castor chair. The floor should be smooth, flat, and free from moisture. Design and shade to be as per the architect’s choice, it should be installed by an authorized dealer in India. The subfloor would be levelled using cementitious self levelling compound of 2 -3 mm thickness. LVT Floor Shade and pattern shall be as per 3D image provided by Architect. Basic Rate of LVT Flooring - Rs. 2750/- Per Sqm sqm 426.80 Included 0.00 0 0

85 Providing & fixing of laminate wooden flooring - Class 32(AC4) conforming to EN13329 standards ,thickness of plank minimum 8mm, size of plank- 1291mmx193mm,HDF core board to be swell stop plus with minimum density of 930 kg/m3 according to and conforming to EN622 type 5 standard. Product to be PEFC, FSC & Blue Angel certifications. Fixing to be done using 2mm PE foam and 0.2mm vapour barrier. Product to offer 20 years Gurantee for Residential/domestic use and 5 years Guarantee for commercial usage according to manufacturers guarantee document . Installation shold be done with authorised vendor. Equivalent to Floor Master.. Basic Rate of wooden Flooring - Rs. 1600/- Per Sqm 18 Providing & fixing of laminate wooden flooring - Class 32(AC4) conforming to EN13329 standards ,thickness of plank minimum 8mm, size of plank- 1291mmx193mm,HDF core board to be swell stop plus with minimum density of 930 kg/m3 according to and conforming to EN622 type 5 standard. Product to be PEFC, FSC & Blue Angel certifications. Fixing to be done using 2mm PE foam and 0.2mm vapour barrier. Product to offer 20 years Gurantee for Residential/domestic use and 5 years Guarantee for commercial usage according to manufacturers guarantee document . Installation shold be done with authorised vendor. Equivalent to Floor Master.. Basic Rate of wooden Flooring - Rs. 1600/- Per Sqm sqm 237.26 Included 0.00 0 0

86 Supply and installation of Woven Vinyl tile with integrated acoustic underlay, tile size 500 mm × 500 mm, total thickness 4.7 mm, weight 3.150 kg/m², composition 53% mineral, 9% recycled, 38% primary fossil content, with fibreglass reinforced wear layer and integrated impact noise reduction 19dB recycled PET acoustic underlay (93% recycled). It should be Class 33 (heavy commercial use), EN 1307. Made for intensive use as per EN ISO 4918 (chairs with castors), static charge resistance ≤ 2kV. Reaction to fire as per EN 13501-1 should be Bfl-s1, smoke density as per ASTM E662-15A should be < 450. Important parameters include walking noise as per EN 16205 = 71dB (A) & use in humid areas ‘suitable” as per EN1307. Slip resistance according to EN16165-B must be R 10. The product should be certified with BREEM certification. It should come with a 15-year warranty. It must have the Eurofin Gold certification for indoor air comfort. The product should be PHATHALATE-free. The product should also meet Floorscore and REACH compliance and contribute to U.S.Green Buildings' LEED certification. Flooring to be laid over zero level hard surface (cement sand aggregate screed).Work should be carried out by skilled labour under the supervision of authorised distributors. 18 Supply and installation of Woven Vinyl tile with integrated acoustic underlay, tile size 500 mm × 500 mm, total thickness 4.7 mm, weight 3.150 kg/m², composition 53% mineral, 9% recycled, 38% primary fossil content, with fibreglass reinforced wear layer and integrated impact noise reduction 19dB recycled PET acoustic underlay (93% recycled). It should be Class 33 (heavy commercial use), EN 1307. Made for intensive use as per EN ISO 4918 (chairs with castors), static charge resistance ≤ 2kV. Reaction to fire as per EN 13501-1 should be Bfl-s1, smoke density as per ASTM E662-15A should be < 450. Important parameters include walking noise as per EN 16205 = 71dB (A) & use in humid areas ‘suitable” as per EN1307. Slip resistance according to EN16165-B must be R 10. The product should be certified with BREEM certification. It should come with a 15-year warranty. It must have the Eurofin Gold certification for indoor air comfort. The product should be PHATHALATE-free. The product should also meet Floorscore and REACH compliance and contribute to U.S.Green Buildings' LEED certification. Flooring to be laid over zero level hard surface (cement sand aggregate screed).Work should be carried out by skilled labour under the supervision of authorised distributors. sqm 200.50 Included 0.00 0 0

87 Providing and laying an average thickness of up to 2-3 mm self-levelling underlayment(Material strength complying to M-30 or above)system by cleaning all floors and applying polymer-based primer followed by application of self-levelling underlayment, maintaining an average thickness of up to 3mm. It should be equivalent as recommended by the Vinyl sheet flooring manufacturer and installation team on the concrete surface to provide a smooth & homogeneous surface for laying of vinyl sheet flooring, complete to the entire satisfaction of the Engineering 18 Providing and laying an average thickness of up to 2-3 mm self-levelling underlayment(Material strength complying to M-30 or above)system by cleaning all floors and applying polymer-based primer followed by application of self-levelling underlayment, maintaining an average thickness of up to 3mm. It should be equivalent as recommended by the Vinyl sheet flooring manufacturer and installation team on the concrete surface to provide a smooth & homogeneous surface for laying of vinyl sheet flooring, complete to the entire satisfaction of the Engineering sqm 651.29 Included 0.00 0 0

88 11.41A.1.3 Providing and laying Vitrified tiles in floor in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS:15622, of approved brand & manufacturer, in all colours and shade, laid on 20 mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) jointing with grey cement slurry @3.3 kg/sqm including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc. The tiles must be cut with the zero chipping diamond cutter only . Laying of tiles will be done with the notch trowel, plier, wedge, clips of required thickness, leveling system and rubber mallet for placing the tiles gently and easily. "Double charge vitrified tile polished finish of size: Size of Tile 600 x 1200 mm" 18 11.41A.1.3 Providing and laying Vitrified tiles in floor in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS:15622, of approved brand & manufacturer, in all colours and shade, laid on 20 mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) jointing with grey cement slurry @3.3 kg/sqm including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc. The tiles must be cut with the zero chipping diamond cutter only . Laying of tiles will be done with the notch trowel, plier, wedge, clips of required thickness, leveling system and rubber mallet for placing the tiles gently and easily. "Double charge vitrified tile polished finish of size: Size of Tile 600 x 1200 mm" sqm 68.51 Included 0.00 0 0

89 11.41A.3.2 Providing and laying Vitrified tiles in floor in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS:15622, of approved brand & manufacturer, in all colours and shade, laid on 20 mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) jointing with grey cement slurry @3.3 kg/sqm including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc. The tiles must be cut with the zero chipping diamond cutter only . Laying of tiles will be done with the notch trowel, plier, wedge, clips of required thickness, leveling system and rubber mallet for placing the tiles gently and easily. Glazed Vitrified tiles Matt/Antiskid finish of size Size of Tile 600 x 1200 mm 18 11.41A.3.2 Providing and laying Vitrified tiles in floor in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS:15622, of approved brand & manufacturer, in all colours and shade, laid on 20 mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) jointing with grey cement slurry @3.3 kg/sqm including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc. The tiles must be cut with the zero chipping diamond cutter only . Laying of tiles will be done with the notch trowel, plier, wedge, clips of required thickness, leveling system and rubber mallet for placing the tiles gently and easily. Glazed Vitrified tiles Matt/Antiskid finish of size Size of Tile 600 x 1200 mm sqm 162.33 Included 0.00 0 0

90 Providing and laying large-format glazed vitrified floor tiles of approved shade and pattern conforming to IS 13630 / ISO 13006:2018 with a water absorption average of 0.08%. The tiles shall be of size 1200x2400mm or 1200x1800mm (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) , in approved surface finishes (Full Polished, High Gloss, Quill, Plume, Engravo, or Gritstone). The tiles are to be laid over a 20 mm thick cement mortar bed in proportion 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) and fixed using a high-strength polymer-modified tile adhesive in an average 6 mm thick bed over the prepared surface. The work includes filling joints with matching epoxy grout, curing, cleaning, edge finishing, machine cutting wherever required, and disposal of debris, all complete as per drawing, specifications, and direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. 18 Providing and laying large-format glazed vitrified floor tiles of approved shade and pattern conforming to IS 13630 / ISO 13006:2018 with a water absorption average of 0.08%. The tiles shall be of size 1200x2400mm or 1200x1800mm (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) , in approved surface finishes (Full Polished, High Gloss, Quill, Plume, Engravo, or Gritstone). The tiles are to be laid over a 20 mm thick cement mortar bed in proportion 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) and fixed using a high-strength polymer-modified tile adhesive in an average 6 mm thick bed over the prepared surface. The work includes filling joints with matching epoxy grout, curing, cleaning, edge finishing, machine cutting wherever required, and disposal of debris, all complete as per drawing, specifications, and direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. sqm 564.80 Included 0.00 0 0

91 Providing and fixing Vitrified tiles of approved make, design, and shade (600x600 mm or 1200x600 mm) having thickness as specified by the manufacturer, with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS: 15622. The tiles shall be fixed on walls/floors using High Polymer Modified Tile Adhesive (conforming to IS: 15477 Type 2 or equivalent) applied with a square-notched trowel to achieve an average uniform bed thickness of 3 mm to 5 mm. The work includes providing uniform spacer joints (2 mm to 3 mm) and thoroughly filling and pointing the joints with a specialized 3-part Epoxy Grout of approved make and matching/contrasting shade, including masking tile edges, application, and immediate cleaning with emulsifying pads. The rate is inclusive of all surface preparation, materials, labour, wastage, water charges, scaffolding (if applicable for vertical surfaces), tools, and tackles, complete in all respects as per standard specifications and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. 18 Providing and fixing Vitrified tiles of approved make, design, and shade (600x600 mm or 1200x600 mm) having thickness as specified by the manufacturer, with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS: 15622. The tiles shall be fixed on walls/floors using High Polymer Modified Tile Adhesive (conforming to IS: 15477 Type 2 or equivalent) applied with a square-notched trowel to achieve an average uniform bed thickness of 3 mm to 5 mm. The work includes providing uniform spacer joints (2 mm to 3 mm) and thoroughly filling and pointing the joints with a specialized 3-part Epoxy Grout of approved make and matching/contrasting shade, including masking tile edges, application, and immediate cleaning with emulsifying pads. The rate is inclusive of all surface preparation, materials, labour, wastage, water charges, scaffolding (if applicable for vertical surfaces), tools, and tackles, complete in all respects as per standard specifications and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. sqm 519.68 Included 0.00 0 0

92 DSR 11.54.1Providing and fixing removable raised/false access flooring with system and its components of approved make for different plenum height with possible height adjustment upto 50 mm, comprising of modular load bearing floor panels supported on G.I. rectangular stinger frame work and G.I. Pedestal etc. all complete, as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by Engineer-in-charge consisting of: (a) Providing at required spacing to form modular framework, pedestals made out of GI tube of thickness minimum 2 mm and 25 mm outer diameter, fully welded on to the G.I. Base plate of size 100mm x 100mm x 3mm at the bottom of the pedestal tube, G.I. pedestal head of size 75mmx75mmx3.5 mm welded with GI fully threaded stud 16mm outer diameter with two GI Check nuts screwed on the stud for level adjustment upto 50mm, locking and stabilizing the pedestal head in position at the required level. The pedestals shall be fixed to the subfloor (base) through base plate using epoxy based adhesive of approved make or the machine screw with rawl plug. - 300 mm Finished Floor Height (FFH) (b) Stringers system in all steel construction hot dipped galvanized of rectangular size 570x20x30x0.80mm thick having holes at both ends or securing the stringers on to the pedestal head using fully threaded screws ensuring maximum lateral stability in all directions, the grid formed by the pedestal and stringer assembly shall receive the floor panel, this system shall provide adequate solid, rigid support for access floor panel, the system shall provide a minimum clear uninterrupted clearance between the bottom of the floor for electrical conduits and wiring etc. all complete as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. (c) Providing and fixing Access Floor panel of 600x600x32 mm medium grade Filled Steel anti static high pressure Lamination of 800H grade (FS800H). Access Floor panel shall be steel welded construction with an enclosed bottom pan with uniform pattern of 64 hemispherical cones. The top and bottom plates of Steel Gauges: top 0.6 mm and bottom 0.7 mm fused spot welded together (minimum 64 welds in each dome and 20 welds along each flange). The panel should be Corroresist epoxy coated for lifetime rust protection and cavity formed by the top and bottom plate is filled with Pyrogrip noncombustible Portland cementitious core mixed with lightweight foaming compound. The access floor shall be factory finished with Anti-static High Pressure laminate with Non Warp technology upto 1mm thickness for superior adhesion and Surface flatness within 0.75mm.The panel is to withstand a Concentrated Load of 363 kgs applied on area 25mm x 25mm without collapse in the centre of the panel which is placed on four steel blocks. The panel will withstand and Uniformly Distributed Load (UDL) minimum 1250 kg/sqm and an impact load of 50kg all complete as per the approved manufacturers specification and as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. All specification must be printed on the side of the panel to ensure the quality of the product. 18 DSR 11.54.1Providing and fixing removable raised/false access flooring with system and its components of approved make for different plenum height with possible height adjustment upto 50 mm, comprising of modular load bearing floor panels supported on G.I. rectangular stinger frame work and G.I. Pedestal etc. all complete, as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by Engineer-in-charge consisting of: (a) Providing at required spacing to form modular framework, pedestals made out of GI tube of thickness minimum 2 mm and 25 mm outer diameter, fully welded on to the G.I. Base plate of size 100mm x 100mm x 3mm at the bottom of the pedestal tube, G.I. pedestal head of size 75mmx75mmx3.5 mm welded with GI fully threaded stud 16mm outer diameter with two GI Check nuts screwed on the stud for level adjustment upto 50mm, locking and stabilizing the pedestal head in position at the required level. The pedestals shall be fixed to the subfloor (base) through base plate using epoxy based adhesive of approved make or the machine screw with rawl plug. - 300 mm Finished Floor Height (FFH) (b) Stringers system in all steel construction hot dipped galvanized of rectangular size 570x20x30x0.80mm thick having holes at both ends or securing the stringers on to the pedestal head using fully threaded screws ensuring maximum lateral stability in all directions, the grid formed by the pedestal and stringer assembly shall receive the floor panel, this system shall provide adequate solid, rigid support for access floor panel, the system shall provide a minimum clear uninterrupted clearance between the bottom of the floor for electrical conduits and wiring etc. all complete as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. (c) Providing and fixing Access Floor panel of 600x600x32 mm medium grade Filled Steel anti static high pressure Lamination of 800H grade (FS800H). Access Floor panel shall be steel welded construction with an enclosed bottom pan with uniform pattern of 64 hemispherical cones. The top and bottom plates of Steel Gauges: top 0.6 mm and bottom 0.7 mm fused spot welded together (minimum 64 welds in each dome and 20 welds along each flange). The panel should be Corroresist epoxy coated for lifetime rust protection and cavity formed by the top and bottom plate is filled with Pyrogrip noncombustible Portland cementitious core mixed with lightweight foaming compound. The access floor shall be factory finished with Anti-static High Pressure laminate with Non Warp technology upto 1mm thickness for superior adhesion and Surface flatness within 0.75mm.The panel is to withstand a Concentrated Load of 363 kgs applied on area 25mm x 25mm without collapse in the centre of the panel which is placed on four steel blocks. The panel will withstand and Uniformly Distributed Load (UDL) minimum 1250 kg/sqm and an impact load of 50kg all complete as per the approved manufacturers specification and as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. All specification must be printed on the side of the panel to ensure the quality of the product. sqm 11.44 Included 0.00 0 0

93 DEMOUNTABLE PARTITION DOUBLE GLAZED TOUGHENED GLASS PARTITIONS "Supply and installation of Double glazed mullion free demountable glass partition using Toughened/ Laminated glass in proprietary natural anodised/Black/ Other colors aluminium sections of size 100mm x 30mm with Concealed sealing (No visible Gaskets/Seals) with acoustic rating of upto 45 dB with third party test certificate. The profile will have Carpert Groove at the Bottom on both sides for accomodating max. 8mm carpets.It should consists of intermediate slim junction profiles for Glass to Glass vertical joints, 90 Degree L Junction and T Junction profiles suitably to be used as per room configuration designs.No VISIBLE Clip Lines to provide clutter free view at both side of section. Optional Profile Bottom Seal pair for additional accoustic if required. Glass thickness - 10+12mm Toughened Glass CLT, All Profiles are min 1.5mm thickness excluding 20 microns of Anodizing, Standards applicable •Structural stability test accordance to BS 5234: Part2:1992 & EN 1991-1-1:2002 • Acoustic test for sound insulation in accordance to DIN EN ISO 10140-2 ASTME-E 90 • ALT profile sections are manufactured and tested in accordance to EN573-3, EN755-2, DIN EN 12020 T2 , non-dimensions manufacturing tolerance deviation DIN ISO 2768-1 class C = coarse • Toughened glass complies accordance to BS 6262 (glass supplier specification from market) • Environmental product declaration (EPD) rating accordance to ISO 14025 & EN 15804 Double glazed profile being modular shall have feature of converting existing Double glaze into Single glaze without disturbing Finished areas/ removing existing partition system. Max System Height - 3000mm" Note - Only measurement of fixed glass partiton shall be considered for payment, glass door payment shall be extra as per below 18 DEMOUNTABLE PARTITION DOUBLE GLAZED TOUGHENED GLASS PARTITIONS "Supply and installation of Double glazed mullion free demountable glass partition using Toughened/ Laminated glass in proprietary natural anodised/Black/ Other colors aluminium sections of size 100mm x 30mm with Concealed sealing (No visible Gaskets/Seals) with acoustic rating of upto 45 dB with third party test certificate. The profile will have Carpert Groove at the Bottom on both sides for accomodating max. 8mm carpets.It should consists of intermediate slim junction profiles for Glass to Glass vertical joints, 90 Degree L Junction and T Junction profiles suitably to be used as per room configuration designs.No VISIBLE Clip Lines to provide clutter free view at both side of section. Optional Profile Bottom Seal pair for additional accoustic if required. Glass thickness - 10+12mm Toughened Glass CLT, All Profiles are min 1.5mm thickness excluding 20 microns of Anodizing, Standards applicable •Structural stability test accordance to BS 5234: Part2:1992 & EN 1991-1-1:2002 • Acoustic test for sound insulation in accordance to DIN EN ISO 10140-2 ASTME-E 90 • ALT profile sections are manufactured and tested in accordance to EN573-3, EN755-2, DIN EN 12020 T2 , non-dimensions manufacturing tolerance deviation DIN ISO 2768-1 class C = coarse • Toughened glass complies accordance to BS 6262 (glass supplier specification from market) • Environmental product declaration (EPD) rating accordance to ISO 14025 & EN 15804 Double glazed profile being modular shall have feature of converting existing Double glaze into Single glaze without disturbing Finished areas/ removing existing partition system. Max System Height - 3000mm" Note - Only measurement of fixed glass partiton shall be considered for payment, glass door payment shall be extra as per below sqm 210.54 Included 0.00 0 0

94 Supply & Fixing Single Leaf Double Glazed Aluminium Door with 21mm DGU (6mm toughened glass + 10mm air gap + 5mm toughened Glass) with 100mm frames Stiles all around the door. Aluminium Stile to be formed out of 100x45mm of Door Profile frame with clips & seals with Flush Hinges (3Nos) & Pure 8906 Lever Handle NSL 100 Narrow stile Lock, TS 70 EN 3-4, Door Stop packagenecessary seals to be provided all around the door frames. For doors part of single/double glazed partiton Door rebate profile to be used.In case of Glass overall panel Over Panel Door profile to be used. The profiles shall be suitable for Glass thickness of 10mm.The Profile shall be matt natural anodized, the Profile Manufacturer to supply all the necessary clips, seals and fixing accessories for the system. All Profiles to be with 2 mm Gauge thickness Excluding 20 Micron of Anodizing. 18 Supply & Fixing Single Leaf Double Glazed Aluminium Door with 21mm DGU (6mm toughened glass + 10mm air gap + 5mm toughened Glass) with 100mm frames Stiles all around the door. Aluminium Stile to be formed out of 100x45mm of Door Profile frame with clips & seals with Flush Hinges (3Nos) & Pure 8906 Lever Handle NSL 100 Narrow stile Lock, TS 70 EN 3-4, Door Stop packagenecessary seals to be provided all around the door frames. For doors part of single/double glazed partiton Door rebate profile to be used.In case of Glass overall panel Over Panel Door profile to be used. The profiles shall be suitable for Glass thickness of 10mm.The Profile shall be matt natural anodized, the Profile Manufacturer to supply all the necessary clips, seals and fixing accessories for the system. All Profiles to be with 2 mm Gauge thickness Excluding 20 Micron of Anodizing. per door set 23.00 Included 0.00 0 0

95 Supply & Fixing double Leaf Double Glazed Aluminium Door with 21mm DGU (6mm toughened glass + 10mm air gap + 5mm toughened Glass) with System-100 frames Stiles all around the door. Aluminium Stile to be formed out of 100x45mm of Door Profile frame with clips & seals with dormakaba Flush Hinges (3 Nos) & Pull Handle D type Offset 450x25mm, NDL 100 Narrowstile Dead Lock, TS 70 EN 3-4, Door Stop packagenecessary seals to be provided all around the door frames. For doors part of single/double glazed partiton, Door rebate profile to be used.In case of Glass overall panel Over Panel Door profile to be used. The profiles shall be suitable for Glass thickness of 10mm.The Profile shall be matt natural anodized, the Profile Manufacturer to supply all the necessary clips, seals and fixing accessories for the system. All Profiles to be with 2 mm Gauge thickness Excluding 20 Micron of Anodizing. 18 Supply & Fixing double Leaf Double Glazed Aluminium Door with 21mm DGU (6mm toughened glass + 10mm air gap + 5mm toughened Glass) with System-100 frames Stiles all around the door. Aluminium Stile to be formed out of 100x45mm of Door Profile frame with clips & seals with dormakaba Flush Hinges (3 Nos) & Pull Handle D type Offset 450x25mm, NDL 100 Narrowstile Dead Lock, TS 70 EN 3-4, Door Stop packagenecessary seals to be provided all around the door frames. For doors part of single/double glazed partiton, Door rebate profile to be used.In case of Glass overall panel Over Panel Door profile to be used. The profiles shall be suitable for Glass thickness of 10mm.The Profile shall be matt natural anodized, the Profile Manufacturer to supply all the necessary clips, seals and fixing accessories for the system. All Profiles to be with 2 mm Gauge thickness Excluding 20 Micron of Anodizing. per door set 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

96 MANUAL DOOR SLIDING SYSTEMS Providing and fixing a premium, heavy-duty synchronized sliding wooden door system designed for wall-fixing, utilizing the sliding track mechanism (Weight capacity max up to 150 Kgs per leaf). The system shall be equipped with the Synchro accessory set for simultaneous bi-parting operation, the Adaptor Profile, and timber door suspension brackets/hangers. The sliding door leaves shall be fabricated using 35mm thick, factory-pressed solid core flush doors (BWP Grade), finished with 1mm thick premium high-pressure laminate (HPL) on both faces and sealed with matching hardwood/teakwood lipping on all exposed edges. The rate is completely inclusive of supplying and installing the track system, internal rollers, stoppers, concealed timber floor guides, heavy-duty SS anchor fasteners, and routing/fixing flush pull knobs on both sides of the door leaves. The rate includes all materials, the 35mm laminated wooden shutters, hardware, skilled carpenter labor, cutting, assembly, and precise alignment to ensure smooth, frictionless, and perfectly plumb sliding operation to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Measurement shall be in Square Meters (Sqm) of the total structural opening area. 18 MANUAL DOOR SLIDING SYSTEMS Providing and fixing a premium, heavy-duty synchronized sliding wooden door system designed for wall-fixing, utilizing the sliding track mechanism (Weight capacity max up to 150 Kgs per leaf). The system shall be equipped with the Synchro accessory set for simultaneous bi-parting operation, the Adaptor Profile, and timber door suspension brackets/hangers. The sliding door leaves shall be fabricated using 35mm thick, factory-pressed solid core flush doors (BWP Grade), finished with 1mm thick premium high-pressure laminate (HPL) on both faces and sealed with matching hardwood/teakwood lipping on all exposed edges. The rate is completely inclusive of supplying and installing the track system, internal rollers, stoppers, concealed timber floor guides, heavy-duty SS anchor fasteners, and routing/fixing flush pull knobs on both sides of the door leaves. The rate includes all materials, the 35mm laminated wooden shutters, hardware, skilled carpenter labor, cutting, assembly, and precise alignment to ensure smooth, frictionless, and perfectly plumb sliding operation to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Measurement shall be in Square Meters (Sqm) of the total structural opening area. per door set 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

97 Providing and fixing partition stile door Junction profile (100 x 100 frame) 18 Providing and fixing partition stile door Junction profile (100 x 100 frame) per door set 27.00 Included 0.00 0 0

98 "Supply and Installation of semi automatic Operable acoustic partition consists of 100 mm thick individually movable elements, suspended from top track only designed for sound Insulation of 55 dB. Each panel to have top and bottom operable pressure seals activated automatically by a 24V DC motor ensuring optimum contact pressure up to 800N. The elements must be inter-connected by means of a positive locking convex/concave aluminium profile integrated with magnetic strips having a linear attraction of 40 N/m. Elements must be constructed of a non-deflecting steel tube frame and aluminium profiles, bolted together. The frame must be clad either side with 16 mm MDF panels hung in acoustic isolation from the frame and allowed to vibrate independently of the frame. The facia panels must also be easily removable. The panel must be filled with high density rock wool in accordance with the specified sound insulation requirements. The telescopic element must open and close 120 mm and must be operated by a single mechanism for both the top and bottom seals. All this to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. Finish : Bare MDF Element Finish : Natural Anodized " Sound Barrier Partition above Operable Sliding/Folding Partition Providing and fixing to the required profile and shape 2 layers of 12.5mm thick Gypsum board on GI framework comprising 40x40x18G galvanized tubular frame 610x610mm centre to centre fixed on Roof Structure with 40x40x5 MS cleat, 100mm long 1200 c/c and ceiling framework with welded connections. The Gypsum board to be backed with 50mm thick resin bonded fiberglass cut to size and inserted in GI framework and held in place with 28G x 12mm GI wire netting. The first layer of Gypsum board to have joints over frame and second layer of Gypsum board tohave joint staggered with respect to the first layer, all joints between board in both layers to be taped with paper tape and filled with sealing compound. Gypsum board layer to be sealed at junction with Roof sheeting / structure and false ceiling below with the non-hardening mastic compound, so as to provide smooth surface.Entire work to be done as per drawing, specifications and as per directions of Engineer-in-charge.The cost of G.I structure is in the scope of contractor 18 "Supply and Installation of semi automatic Operable acoustic partition consists of 100 mm thick individually movable elements, suspended from top track only designed for sound Insulation of 55 dB. Each panel to have top and bottom operable pressure seals activated automatically by a 24V DC motor ensuring optimum contact pressure up to 800N. The elements must be inter-connected by means of a positive locking convex/concave aluminium profile integrated with magnetic strips having a linear attraction of 40 N/m. Elements must be constructed of a non-deflecting steel tube frame and aluminium profiles, bolted together. The frame must be clad either side with 16 mm MDF panels hung in acoustic isolation from the frame and allowed to vibrate independently of the frame. The facia panels must also be easily removable. The panel must be filled with high density rock wool in accordance with the specified sound insulation requirements. The telescopic element must open and close 120 mm and must be operated by a single mechanism for both the top and bottom seals. All this to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. Finish : Bare MDF Element Finish : Natural Anodized " Sound Barrier Partition above Operable Sliding/Folding Partition Providing and fixing to the required profile and shape 2 layers of 12.5mm thick Gypsum board on GI framework comprising 40x40x18G galvanized tubular frame 610x610mm centre to centre fixed on Roof Structure with 40x40x5 MS cleat, 100mm long 1200 c/c and ceiling framework with welded connections. The Gypsum board to be backed with 50mm thick resin bonded fiberglass cut to size and inserted in GI framework and held in place with 28G x 12mm GI wire netting. The first layer of Gypsum board to have joints over frame and second layer of Gypsum board tohave joint staggered with respect to the first layer, all joints between board in both layers to be taped with paper tape and filled with sealing compound. Gypsum board layer to be sealed at junction with Roof sheeting / structure and false ceiling below with the non-hardening mastic compound, so as to provide smooth surface.Entire work to be done as per drawing, specifications and as per directions of Engineer-in-charge.The cost of G.I structure is in the scope of contractor Sqm 17.01 Included 0.00 0 0

99 Providing and fixing Roller Blinds as per the approved sample comprising of sunscreen Fabric comprising of 30% polyester and 70% PVC with openess factor of 5% having a width of 250-300 cm.Fabric weight 428±5% Grams per sqm, Thickness 0.73 mm ±5%, GREENGUARD NFPA701 ceritified fabric. Healty/safety standard - Oekotex Standard 100 and it provides UV protection upto 95%.The fabric has mechanical breaking resistance – warp≥ 1310 N/5cm, Weft: > 1420 N/5cm. Color fastnes to Light Grade 8.The Roller blind system consists of 38mm OD extruded out of Aluminium alloy 6063 T6 with silver anodized to provide an everlasting finish and luster, the rotary unit shall be 36mm in OD incorporating a clutch mechanism composed of low – flexing braided polyster cord with nylon core, Control Ball chain shall be composed of braided nylon cord (2mm dia) with high engineering grade plastic beads of 4.5mm diameter mounted co-axially on the cord with a pitch of 6.2mm (C-T-C) Bottom rail should be powder coated Aluminium flat bottom rail of 290 gm to finish it from the ends it should have rail end caps. The clutch will be at the tube. The return end cap bracket shall incorporate snap spring design to facilitate easy installation and removal for maintenance activities. The bracket shall be finished with a flush mounting cover on each side providing an aesthetic finish. It should handle up to 5 Kgs of material. The clutch should mount flush to the face of the bracket which minimize the light gap between the shade and the window frame. All complete as per approval of designer & instruction of Project Manager." 18 Providing and fixing Roller Blinds as per the approved sample comprising of sunscreen Fabric comprising of 30% polyester and 70% PVC with openess factor of 5% having a width of 250-300 cm.Fabric weight 428±5% Grams per sqm, Thickness 0.73 mm ±5%, GREENGUARD NFPA701 ceritified fabric. Healty/safety standard - Oekotex Standard 100 and it provides UV protection upto 95%.The fabric has mechanical breaking resistance – warp≥ 1310 N/5cm, Weft: > 1420 N/5cm. Color fastnes to Light Grade 8.The Roller blind system consists of 38mm OD extruded out of Aluminium alloy 6063 T6 with silver anodized to provide an everlasting finish and luster, the rotary unit shall be 36mm in OD incorporating a clutch mechanism composed of low – flexing braided polyster cord with nylon core, Control Ball chain shall be composed of braided nylon cord (2mm dia) with high engineering grade plastic beads of 4.5mm diameter mounted co-axially on the cord with a pitch of 6.2mm (C-T-C) Bottom rail should be powder coated Aluminium flat bottom rail of 290 gm to finish it from the ends it should have rail end caps. The clutch will be at the tube. The return end cap bracket shall incorporate snap spring design to facilitate easy installation and removal for maintenance activities. The bracket shall be finished with a flush mounting cover on each side providing an aesthetic finish. It should handle up to 5 Kgs of material. The clutch should mount flush to the face of the bracket which minimize the light gap between the shade and the window frame. All complete as per approval of designer & instruction of Project Manager." SQM 224.90 Included 0.00 0 0

100 Fabrication and installation of wooden blind. Blinds will be operated with the help of cord. Head rail: U-Shaped roll formed steel. Dimensions 52 mm x 58 mm. Wall thickness 1mm. Finish: Powder Coated. Colour coordinated with slat colours. End caps are Colour coordinated with headrail and made of PVC material. Bottom Rail: Bottom rail is constructed of real wood of dimensions 50 mm x 16 mm. Colour coordinated with slat colours. Valance: Valance is constructed of real wood of dimensions 63 mm (front face). Colour Coordinated with slat colours. Mounting material: Installation bracket constructed of Zinc plated steel. Designed to use for both top of face fixing. Slat specifications: Thick PVC and wood slat of thickness 2.2mm and slat Width of 50mm (Width tolerance +/- 0.3mm). Colours and finishes available according to collection. Ladder String: 100% Braided Polyester with diameter of 1.4mm.Colour coordinated with the slat colours. Ladder tape: 100% Braided Polyester with dimensions of 25mm width (front side). Colour available according to selection. Control Unit- The control unit shall operate the tapes to provide at least 160 degrees of slat rotation and retain the same angle for all slats. This Control Unit shall not require lubrication after shipment, and shall be operated by either a ball chain or cords as specified. The length of the ball chain or cords shall be the manufacturer’s default compared to the specified length of the blind, unless otherwise specified. Unless otherwise specified, the location of the Control Unit shall be on the left side of the blind. Operation and durability of the tilt mechanism shall pass applicable testing. If cords are specified for operation, cord durability, strength and colourfastness shall pass applicable testing. Control unit should be made of 1:6 gear ratio, to ensure easy lifting of the blind. Outer body should be made of Nylon, inner gears are made of Polyoxymethylene. Spring made of Square Stainless-steel wire 1,2mm X1.12MM. Spools- made of Polyoxymethylene. Spring made of stainless-steel wire SUS 304. 18 Fabrication and installation of wooden blind. Blinds will be operated with the help of cord. Head rail: U-Shaped roll formed steel. Dimensions 52 mm x 58 mm. Wall thickness 1mm. Finish: Powder Coated. Colour coordinated with slat colours. End caps are Colour coordinated with headrail and made of PVC material. Bottom Rail: Bottom rail is constructed of real wood of dimensions 50 mm x 16 mm. Colour coordinated with slat colours. Valance: Valance is constructed of real wood of dimensions 63 mm (front face). Colour Coordinated with slat colours. Mounting material: Installation bracket constructed of Zinc plated steel. Designed to use for both top of face fixing. Slat specifications: Thick PVC and wood slat of thickness 2.2mm and slat Width of 50mm (Width tolerance +/- 0.3mm). Colours and finishes available according to collection. Ladder String: 100% Braided Polyester with diameter of 1.4mm.Colour coordinated with the slat colours. Ladder tape: 100% Braided Polyester with dimensions of 25mm width (front side). Colour available according to selection. Control Unit- The control unit shall operate the tapes to provide at least 160 degrees of slat rotation and retain the same angle for all slats. This Control Unit shall not require lubrication after shipment, and shall be operated by either a ball chain or cords as specified. The length of the ball chain or cords shall be the manufacturer’s default compared to the specified length of the blind, unless otherwise specified. Unless otherwise specified, the location of the Control Unit shall be on the left side of the blind. Operation and durability of the tilt mechanism shall pass applicable testing. If cords are specified for operation, cord durability, strength and colourfastness shall pass applicable testing. Control unit should be made of 1:6 gear ratio, to ensure easy lifting of the blind. Outer body should be made of Nylon, inner gears are made of Polyoxymethylene. Spring made of Square Stainless-steel wire 1,2mm X1.12MM. Spools- made of Polyoxymethylene. Spring made of stainless-steel wire SUS 304. SQM 123.38 Included 0.00 0 0

101 Aluminium Skirting "Providing and fixing 100mm height two-part modular extruded aluminium floor skirting. The system shall consist of a concealed structural aluminium wall retainer fixed to the masonry/partition wall using dash fasteners/screws at regular intervals, and a snap-on decorative aluminium cover profile of 1.5mm thickness. The finish shall be factory-anodized [Satin Silver / Black / Champagne]. The rate shall include the cost of all materials, hardware (screws, PVC rawl plugs), moulded internal/external corner connectors, end caps, wastage, and labour for installation in perfect line and level, complete as per manufacturer's specification and direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Make: Bottomline, Inpro or equivalent" 18 Aluminium Skirting "Providing and fixing 100mm height two-part modular extruded aluminium floor skirting. The system shall consist of a concealed structural aluminium wall retainer fixed to the masonry/partition wall using dash fasteners/screws at regular intervals, and a snap-on decorative aluminium cover profile of 1.5mm thickness. The finish shall be factory-anodized [Satin Silver / Black / Champagne]. The rate shall include the cost of all materials, hardware (screws, PVC rawl plugs), moulded internal/external corner connectors, end caps, wastage, and labour for installation in perfect line and level, complete as per manufacturer's specification and direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Make: Bottomline, Inpro or equivalent" RM 119.75 Included 0.00 0 0

102 SS Transition Strips Providing and fixing Stainless Steel (SS) Grade 304 transition strip at the junction of carpet and hard floorings. The top visible cover profile shall be 25mm wide and 1.5mm thick, featuring machine-buffed, chamfered edges to ensure a smooth, trip-free transition and prevent carpet fraying. The installation must utilize a completely concealed fixing system such as a screwed-down aluminium/SS base track with a snap-on SS top profile, or an anchor flange concealed beneath the flooring), ensuring zero visible fasteners on the finished surface. The visible SS surface shall be finished to a [Satin Brushed / Mirror] polish. The rate shall include the cost of all materials, sub-floor preparation, mechanical fasteners, heavy-duty construction adhesive/epoxy where required, wastage, edge buffing, and skilled labour, complete in all respects as per Architect's instruction, detailed design, and drawings. 18 SS Transition Strips Providing and fixing Stainless Steel (SS) Grade 304 transition strip at the junction of carpet and hard floorings. The top visible cover profile shall be 25mm wide and 1.5mm thick, featuring machine-buffed, chamfered edges to ensure a smooth, trip-free transition and prevent carpet fraying. The installation must utilize a completely concealed fixing system such as a screwed-down aluminium/SS base track with a snap-on SS top profile, or an anchor flange concealed beneath the flooring), ensuring zero visible fasteners on the finished surface. The visible SS surface shall be finished to a [Satin Brushed / Mirror] polish. The rate shall include the cost of all materials, sub-floor preparation, mechanical fasteners, heavy-duty construction adhesive/epoxy where required, wastage, edge buffing, and skilled labour, complete in all respects as per Architect's instruction, detailed design, and drawings. RM 136.15 Included 0.00 0 0

103 Aluminium Corner Guards "Providing and fixing 25 mm x 25 mm extruded Aluminium corner guards to column edges, wall edges, or designated high-traffic corners. The system shall be a two-part concealed assembly consisting of a continuous structural aluminium base retainer and a snap-on aluminium outer capping to completely conceal all mechanical fasteners. The aluminium profiles shall have a minimum wall thickness of 1.5mm and a factory-finished Satin Anodized / Powder-Coated]surface. The base retainer shall be securely fixed to the masonry/drywall plumb and true to line using appropriate rawl plugs and counter-sunk screws at maximum 300mm intervals. The rate shall include the cost of all extrusions, top/bottom end caps , mechanical fasteners, wastage, staging, and skilled labour required to install the guards seamlessly as per Architect's instruction, detailed design, and drawings. 18 Aluminium Corner Guards "Providing and fixing 25 mm x 25 mm extruded Aluminium corner guards to column edges, wall edges, or designated high-traffic corners. The system shall be a two-part concealed assembly consisting of a continuous structural aluminium base retainer and a snap-on aluminium outer capping to completely conceal all mechanical fasteners. The aluminium profiles shall have a minimum wall thickness of 1.5mm and a factory-finished Satin Anodized / Powder-Coated]surface. The base retainer shall be securely fixed to the masonry/drywall plumb and true to line using appropriate rawl plugs and counter-sunk screws at maximum 300mm intervals. The rate shall include the cost of all extrusions, top/bottom end caps , mechanical fasteners, wastage, staging, and skilled labour required to install the guards seamlessly as per Architect's instruction, detailed design, and drawings. RM 12.00 Included 0.00 0 0

104 Wallpaper Providing and Fixing fabric backing commercial grade wall paper of approved shade with recommended adhesive of approved make which have 100% washable, scratch resistance, peel proof, and fire retardant properties. Cost to include preparation on the punned surface for receiving the wall paper as per the Manufacturer specifications and Directions, etc. complete to the satisfaction of the Architect. (200-300 GSM) 18 Wallpaper Providing and Fixing fabric backing commercial grade wall paper of approved shade with recommended adhesive of approved make which have 100% washable, scratch resistance, peel proof, and fire retardant properties. Cost to include preparation on the punned surface for receiving the wall paper as per the Manufacturer specifications and Directions, etc. complete to the satisfaction of the Architect. (200-300 GSM) sqm 39.34 Included 0.00 0 0

105 MS Support for Camera , Wi-Fi and Ceiling Mounted Projector Fabricating & fixing MS Support from true ceiling for Camera & Wi-Fi at given location as per instruction by Architect 18 MS Support for Camera , Wi-Fi and Ceiling Mounted Projector Fabricating & fixing MS Support from true ceiling for Camera & Wi-Fi at given location as per instruction by Architect Nos. 30.00 Included 0.00 0 0

106 Providing and fixing Stainless steel grade 202 round open top Dustbin, size - 10x14 Inch 18 Providing and fixing Stainless steel grade 202 round open top Dustbin, size - 10x14 Inch Nos. 120.00 Included 0.00 0 0

107 Providing and fixing Company Name & Logo Signage in Reception/ Entrance Lobby using 12mm acrylic Channel letters + colour as per pantone shade of Dupont make (min 3 coats ) fixing by Double sided tape. Logo : 720mm x 665mm Hindi : 1615mm x 360mm English : 1580mm x 265mm 18 Providing and fixing Company Name & Logo Signage in Reception/ Entrance Lobby using 12mm acrylic Channel letters + colour as per pantone shade of Dupont make (min 3 coats ) fixing by Double sided tape. Logo : 720mm x 665mm Hindi : 1615mm x 360mm English : 1580mm x 265mm Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

108 Providing and fixing of Door Push - Pull, signages: 1.5 mm SS brushed finish + Etching + Lacquer, + Anodized, fixing by 3M Double sided tape. Size -100mm x 100mm 18 Providing and fixing of Door Push - Pull, signages: 1.5 mm SS brushed finish + Etching + Lacquer, + Anodized, fixing by 3M Double sided tape. Size -100mm x 100mm Nos. 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0

109 Providing and fixing Company Name & Logo Signage in Reception/ Entrance Lobby: Size of the logo will be 2400mm x 665mm Bounce back letters : SS 304 grade finish letters with halo effect. Raising will be SS and back will be 3mm acrylic with raising to create halo effect Logo : 720mm x 665mm Hindi : 1615mm x 360mm English : 1580mm x 265mm 18 Providing and fixing Company Name & Logo Signage in Reception/ Entrance Lobby: Size of the logo will be 2400mm x 665mm Bounce back letters : SS 304 grade finish letters with halo effect. Raising will be SS and back will be 3mm acrylic with raising to create halo effect Logo : 720mm x 665mm Hindi : 1615mm x 360mm English : 1580mm x 265mm Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

110 Fire Extinguisher signages - size (300mmx180mm) 18 Fire Extinguisher signages - size (300mmx180mm) Nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

111 Fire Extinguisher Stand 18 Fire Extinguisher Stand Nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

112 Supply and Installation of Pen tray for the pen, duster . size (750x150mm) / (1000x150mm) 18 Supply and Installation of Pen tray for the pen, duster . size (750x150mm) / (1000x150mm) Nos. 15.00 Included 0.00 0 0

113 Door Mats "Supply and fixing of INTERCONNECTED ROLLING - ALUMINIUM MATTING - Profile Colors : Silver or Black, Position of Matting : Inside/Foyer Area, Material : Aluminium Profile with Carpet, Area : High Traffic,Trolley Crossings : Heavy Trolley, Maintenance : Easy to clean, Application :Recessed / Surface" Size - 2000mm x 900mm, of approved shade and design 18 Door Mats "Supply and fixing of INTERCONNECTED ROLLING - ALUMINIUM MATTING - Profile Colors : Silver or Black, Position of Matting : Inside/Foyer Area, Material : Aluminium Profile with Carpet, Area : High Traffic,Trolley Crossings : Heavy Trolley, Maintenance : Easy to clean, Application :Recessed / Surface" Size - 2000mm x 900mm, of approved shade and design Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

114 Graphics Providing & fixing Graphic Film of approved make, with recommended adhesive of approved make & sample as per manufacturer's specifications. Rate of Wall Graphics film shall be inclusive of Design, Image cost & preparation on the punned surface for receiving the graphic. 18 Graphics Providing & fixing Graphic Film of approved make, with recommended adhesive of approved make & sample as per manufacturer's specifications. Rate of Wall Graphics film shall be inclusive of Design, Image cost & preparation on the punned surface for receiving the graphic. sqm 158.38 Included 0.00 0 0

115 Frosted Film Providing and applying Vinyl glass privacy film on internal glass parition or window/door glass panels neatly complete as directed by the architect/EIC. The film must be manufactured with a thickness of 3mm and utilize a pressure-sensitive adhesive. Minimum performance requirements mandate a Visible Light Transmittance (VLT) of 70%, a Total Solar Energy Rejected (TSER) of 48%, a Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) of 0.52, and an Ultraviolet Rejection (UVR) of greater than 99%. Custom Printed design on glazed surfaces shall be as per design if required, installation as per manufacturer's specifications and guidelines. 18 Frosted Film Providing and applying Vinyl glass privacy film on internal glass parition or window/door glass panels neatly complete as directed by the architect/EIC. The film must be manufactured with a thickness of 3mm and utilize a pressure-sensitive adhesive. Minimum performance requirements mandate a Visible Light Transmittance (VLT) of 70%, a Total Solar Energy Rejected (TSER) of 48%, a Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) of 0.52, and an Ultraviolet Rejection (UVR) of greater than 99%. Custom Printed design on glazed surfaces shall be as per design if required, installation as per manufacturer's specifications and guidelines. sqm 147.38 Included 0.00 0 0

116 ARTISTIC WALL FEAUTURE DEPICTING PGCIL'S INCEPTION, GROWTH AND JOURNEY ART WITH MURAL AND INTERNAL CONCEPT CREATION Providing and fixing thematic timeline wall display comprising wall preparation with putty, primer and premium paint finish. Feature wave element shall be made from 10mm thick CNC cut PVC sheets fixed on wall with concealed supports. Joints between PVC sheets shall be treated with putty, sanded and painted to achieve a seamless monolithic finish without visible panel joints. Wave element shall incorporate continuous LED cove lighting with aluminium profile, diffuser, LED strips, drivers and wiring complete. All text, graphics and timelines shall be executed in high-resolution self-adhesive vinyl applied directly on painted wall. Photographs shall be produced as UV printed acrylic frames with concealed fixing arrangement. Item includes all hardware, electrical accessories, installation, testing and commissioning, complete in all respects as per approved design and direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Approved Make - Designer/artist with relevant experience shall be approved by EIC 18 ARTISTIC WALL FEAUTURE DEPICTING PGCIL'S INCEPTION, GROWTH AND JOURNEY ART WITH MURAL AND INTERNAL CONCEPT CREATION Providing and fixing thematic timeline wall display comprising wall preparation with putty, primer and premium paint finish. Feature wave element shall be made from 10mm thick CNC cut PVC sheets fixed on wall with concealed supports. Joints between PVC sheets shall be treated with putty, sanded and painted to achieve a seamless monolithic finish without visible panel joints. Wave element shall incorporate continuous LED cove lighting with aluminium profile, diffuser, LED strips, drivers and wiring complete. All text, graphics and timelines shall be executed in high-resolution self-adhesive vinyl applied directly on painted wall. Photographs shall be produced as UV printed acrylic frames with concealed fixing arrangement. Item includes all hardware, electrical accessories, installation, testing and commissioning, complete in all respects as per approved design and direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Approved Make - Designer/artist with relevant experience shall be approved by EIC sqm 19.71 Included 0.00 0 0

117 Providing and fixing a custom minimal art wall installation, comprising a seamlessly curved wooden panel base, concealed lighting, and floating metal artwork. The base structure shall be fabricated using 1" x 1.5" GI at 16" center-to-center, clad with 12mm thick commercial BWR-grade plywood and topped with 6mm thick flexible plywood to achieve the continuous curved profile. The surface shall be finished with 4mm thick premium decorative natural wood veneer matching the existing reception interiors and sealed with three coats of premium matt PU or Melamine clear polish. The work includes supplying and installing warm-white (3000K-4000K) flexible LED strip lighting (120 LEDs/meter) concealed within an extruded aluminum profile with frosted diffusers and appropriate SMPS drivers at the top edge to create a soft cove lighting effect. Additionally, the item entails the custom fabrication and installation of a minimalist transmission line artwork utilizing SS 304 grade solid flat bars or round rods; the design is to be CNC laser-cut, seamlessly welded, and finished with a designer-approved electroplated or PVD coating (such as brushed steel or matte black). The metal artwork shall be securely mounted onto the curved wooden ground using concealed stainless steel studs or spacers to achieve a 1-inch floating effect with no visible fasteners. The rate shall be inclusive of all necessary hardware, edge-binding, Fevicol SH adhesives, staging, and final site cleaning to complete the installation as per the design intent and site conditions. Approved Make - Designer/artist with relevant experience shall be approved by EIC 18 Providing and fixing a custom minimal art wall installation, comprising a seamlessly curved wooden panel base, concealed lighting, and floating metal artwork. The base structure shall be fabricated using 1" x 1.5" GI at 16" center-to-center, clad with 12mm thick commercial BWR-grade plywood and topped with 6mm thick flexible plywood to achieve the continuous curved profile. The surface shall be finished with 4mm thick premium decorative natural wood veneer matching the existing reception interiors and sealed with three coats of premium matt PU or Melamine clear polish. The work includes supplying and installing warm-white (3000K-4000K) flexible LED strip lighting (120 LEDs/meter) concealed within an extruded aluminum profile with frosted diffusers and appropriate SMPS drivers at the top edge to create a soft cove lighting effect. Additionally, the item entails the custom fabrication and installation of a minimalist transmission line artwork utilizing SS 304 grade solid flat bars or round rods; the design is to be CNC laser-cut, seamlessly welded, and finished with a designer-approved electroplated or PVD coating (such as brushed steel or matte black). The metal artwork shall be securely mounted onto the curved wooden ground using concealed stainless steel studs or spacers to achieve a 1-inch floating effect with no visible fasteners. The rate shall be inclusive of all necessary hardware, edge-binding, Fevicol SH adhesives, staging, and final site cleaning to complete the installation as per the design intent and site conditions. Approved Make - Designer/artist with relevant experience shall be approved by EIC sqm 19.71 Included 0.00 0 0

118 Providing and Fixing High Quality UV Resistant internal Green Mat (1 meter * 1 meter) with MS Frame and other necessary fittings, having 3 years warranty for discoloring 18 Providing and Fixing High Quality UV Resistant internal Green Mat (1 meter * 1 meter) with MS Frame and other necessary fittings, having 3 years warranty for discoloring sqm 37.80 Included 0.00 0 0

119 Artwork : Artwork to be prepared and designed by the artist as per the designs shared by architect and to have digital printing with brush strokes over it. Artwork frame to have wooden box frame finished in metallic shade duco or as per the approved design and shade shared in the presentation. The Artwork to be hung with hooks on all 4 sides as per the requirement. Note - The artwork will be as per approval of architect or Engineer Incharge. ( Base Rate of material is Rs300 per sqft excluding GST & delivery charges)). 18 Artwork : Artwork to be prepared and designed by the artist as per the designs shared by architect and to have digital printing with brush strokes over it. Artwork frame to have wooden box frame finished in metallic shade duco or as per the approved design and shade shared in the presentation. The Artwork to be hung with hooks on all 4 sides as per the requirement. Note - The artwork will be as per approval of architect or Engineer Incharge. ( Base Rate of material is Rs300 per sqft excluding GST & delivery charges)). Sqm 200.00 Included 0.00 0 0

TOTAL AMOUNT EXCL GST 0.00 0 0

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/T/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/25/13562; (RFX- 5002004825) Schedule - 1.2

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI As per Lum-sum 0.00%

(SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES ) AS per Percent #REF!

As per lum-sum on Sch-3 0.00%

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To: As per Percent on Sch-3 #REF!

Contracts Services, 3rd Floor Total Discount #REF!

Name : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 SCO Bay 5-10, near Haryana Pollution Control

…….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 board Office, Sector 16A, Faridabad, Haryana 121002 Multipackage lum-sum 0.00%

INSTALLATION CHARGES Amount after Discount (Rs.) Dis Alert Amount after MPD (Rs.)

All Prices are in Indian Rupees.

SI. No. PR No PR Line Item No Activity Header PR Activity No Activity Description Service Code SAC (Service Accounting Codes) Whether SAC in column '8’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable the SAC * Rate of GST applicable ( in %) Whether rate of GST in column ‘4’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable rate of GST * Description Unit Quantity Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Total GST as confirmed by Bidder Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges

PART A (Substation Portion)

I INSTALLATION Revaluation of J column Tax Calculation

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

1 DNS Department Name SignProviding a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions. Sign is single sided with 1 aluminium profile click fitted on 2 plastic moulded endcaps.Sign is including all plastic injection moulded end caps black in shade which are directly press fitted , media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) 18 DNS Department Name SignProviding a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions. Sign is single sided with 1 aluminium profile click fitted on 2 plastic moulded endcaps.Sign is including all plastic injection moulded end caps black in shade which are directly press fitted , media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) nos 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

2 RNS Room Nameplate Sign Providing a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions. Sign is single sided with 1 aluminium profile click fitted on 2 plastic moulded endcaps. Sign is including all plastic injection moulded end caps black in shade which are directly press fitted ,media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) 18 RNS Room Nameplate Sign Providing a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions. Sign is single sided with 1 aluminium profile click fitted on 2 plastic moulded endcaps. Sign is including all plastic injection moulded end caps black in shade which are directly press fitted ,media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) nos 45.00 Included 0.00 0 0

3 RSS Reception Suspended Sign Providing a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 Years warranty under normal working conditions.Sign is double sided with 2 aluminium profiles connected with each other with 2 plastic moulded endcaps. Galvanised iron multistrand twisted 2 mm diameter wire (upto 1.5 meter in length) with Stainless steel eco-suspension clips screw fitted directly in ceiling (rigid base) engaged with wire stainless steel eco suspension clips with wire adjustment mechanism. Sign is including all plastic injection moulded end caps black in shade which are directly press fitted ,media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) 18 RSS Reception Suspended Sign Providing a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 Years warranty under normal working conditions.Sign is double sided with 2 aluminium profiles connected with each other with 2 plastic moulded endcaps. Galvanised iron multistrand twisted 2 mm diameter wire (upto 1.5 meter in length) with Stainless steel eco-suspension clips screw fitted directly in ceiling (rigid base) engaged with wire stainless steel eco suspension clips with wire adjustment mechanism. Sign is including all plastic injection moulded end caps black in shade which are directly press fitted ,media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) nos 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

4 SSS Small Suspended sign Providing a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 Years warranty under normal working conditions.Sign is double sided with 2 aluminium profiles connected with each other with 2 plastic moulded endcaps. Galvanised iron multistrand twisted 2 mm diameter wire (upto 1.5 meter in length) with Stainless steel eco-suspension clips screw fitted directly in ceiling (rigid base) engaged with wire stainless steel eco suspension clips with wire adjustment mechanism. Sign is including all plastic injection moulded end caps black in shade which are directly press fitted ,media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) 18 SSS Small Suspended sign Providing a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 Years warranty under normal working conditions.Sign is double sided with 2 aluminium profiles connected with each other with 2 plastic moulded endcaps. Galvanised iron multistrand twisted 2 mm diameter wire (upto 1.5 meter in length) with Stainless steel eco-suspension clips screw fitted directly in ceiling (rigid base) engaged with wire stainless steel eco suspension clips with wire adjustment mechanism. Sign is including all plastic injection moulded end caps black in shade which are directly press fitted ,media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) nos 28.00 Included 0.00 0 0

5 FDS Floor directory sign Providing a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin aluminium homogeneous billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions.Sign is single sided with aluminium side tracks and common click clips for panel fitting. Sign is including all plastic injection moulded clips black in shade which are slided in side tracks ,media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) 18 FDS Floor directory sign Providing a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin aluminium homogeneous billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions.Sign is single sided with aluminium side tracks and common click clips for panel fitting. Sign is including all plastic injection moulded clips black in shade which are slided in side tracks ,media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) nos 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

6 WS Washroom sign Providing a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions.Sign is single sided with 1 aluminium profile click fitted on 2 plastic moulded endcaps. Sign is including all plastic injection moulded end caps black in shade which are directly press fitted ,media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) 18 WS Washroom sign Providing a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions.Sign is single sided with 1 aluminium profile click fitted on 2 plastic moulded endcaps. Sign is including all plastic injection moulded end caps black in shade which are directly press fitted ,media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) nos 9.00 Included 0.00 0 0

7 SS Shaft Signs Providing a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions.Sign is single sided with 1 aluminium profile click fitted on 2 plastic moulded endcaps. Sign is including all plastic injection moulded end caps black in shade which are directly press fitted ,media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) 18 SS Shaft Signs Providing a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions.Sign is single sided with 1 aluminium profile click fitted on 2 plastic moulded endcaps. Sign is including all plastic injection moulded end caps black in shade which are directly press fitted ,media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) nos 17.00 Included 0.00 0 0

8 SIDS Staircase ID Sign Providing a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions.Sign is single sided with 1 aluminium profile click fitted on 2 plastic moulded endcaps.Sign is including all plastic injection moulded end caps black in shade which are directly press fitted ,media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) 18 SIDS Staircase ID Sign Providing a signs made as using Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with Premium grade Anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as per International standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions.Sign is single sided with 1 aluminium profile click fitted on 2 plastic moulded endcaps.Sign is including all plastic injection moulded end caps black in shade which are directly press fitted ,media can be flat bed UV printed on panels/ profiles. MPI panels fitted and installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) nos 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

9 LS Lift Sign Providing sign of Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa Made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with premium grade anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as peinternational standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions. Profile to form frame with overall depth of 10 mm with media of thickness upto 3mm & 2 mm thick acrylic/ACP . I-sign Fix profile of with M.S zinc coated corners with grub screws. Installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) 18 LS Lift Sign Providing sign of Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa Made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with premium grade anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as peinternational standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions. Profile to form frame with overall depth of 10 mm with media of thickness upto 3mm & 2 mm thick acrylic/ACP . I-sign Fix profile of with M.S zinc coated corners with grub screws. Installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) nos 8.00 Included 0.00 0 0

10 LCF Lift in case of fire use stair Providing sign of Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa Made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with premium grade anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as peinternational standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions. Profile to form frame with overall depth of 10 mm with media of thickness upto 3mm & 2 mm thick acrylic/ACP . I-sign Fix profile of with M.S zinc coated corners with grub screws. Installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) 18 LCF Lift in case of fire use stair Providing sign of Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa Made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with premium grade anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as peinternational standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions. Profile to form frame with overall depth of 10 mm with media of thickness upto 3mm & 2 mm thick acrylic/ACP . I-sign Fix profile of with M.S zinc coated corners with grub screws. Installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) nos 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

11 FE Fire extinguisher Providing sign of Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa Made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with premium grade anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as peinternational standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions. Profile to form frame with overall depth of 10 mm with media of thickness upto 3mm & 2 mm thick acrylic/ACP . I-sign Fix profile of with M.S zinc coated corners with grub screws. Installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) 18 FE Fire extinguisher Providing sign of Modular Aluminium extrusions (Alloy 6060 as per European standards EN755-2-2008 tensile strength 190 MPa Made from virgin homogeneous aluminium billet) with premium grade anodizing (Thickness 15-20 microns) as peinternational standards, with 10 years warranty under normal working conditions. Profile to form frame with overall depth of 10 mm with media of thickness upto 3mm & 2 mm thick acrylic/ACP . I-sign Fix profile of with M.S zinc coated corners with grub screws. Installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) nos 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0

12 EES Emergency Exit sign emergency exit sign- illuminated, surface mount (wall or ceiling) Dual sided made up of plastic material, battery backup of 3 hours (180 mins).Battery life of 300 cycles of charge & discharge Li-ion battery 3.7 Volt, 2200 mAh, Charge time of 24 hours. Input voltage 220-240 Volt A.C, 50/60 Hz. Viewing distance 30 meter, degree of protection IP20 (rating for protection against solid object up-to 12 mm) white light colour full back (white colour) 3 Watt LED illumination (without graphics). Test facility auto self test, and battery damage indication, Power AC ON & AC OFF mode(manual switch to change modes).Luminescence of >15 cd/m2,AC connection 0.75 sq-meter.Sign with 12 months warranty for electric circuit & 6 months warranty for battery. Sign provided with dual mounting arrangement of mounting on wall & ceiling both (with flat rigid support/base).Sign is including all connection wires (upto 1 mtr) & high tensile strength zinc coated self tapering screws (4 nos with screw wall plastic packing), installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) 18 EES Emergency Exit sign emergency exit sign- illuminated, surface mount (wall or ceiling) Dual sided made up of plastic material, battery backup of 3 hours (180 mins).Battery life of 300 cycles of charge & discharge Li-ion battery 3.7 Volt, 2200 mAh, Charge time of 24 hours. Input voltage 220-240 Volt A.C, 50/60 Hz. Viewing distance 30 meter, degree of protection IP20 (rating for protection against solid object up-to 12 mm) white light colour full back (white colour) 3 Watt LED illumination (without graphics). Test facility auto self test, and battery damage indication, Power AC ON & AC OFF mode(manual switch to change modes).Luminescence of >15 cd/m2,AC connection 0.75 sq-meter.Sign with 12 months warranty for electric circuit & 6 months warranty for battery. Sign provided with dual mounting arrangement of mounting on wall & ceiling both (with flat rigid support/base).Sign is including all connection wires (upto 1 mtr) & high tensile strength zinc coated self tapering screws (4 nos with screw wall plastic packing), installed at site in plumb and level at specified location as per drawing to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. (media should be bilingual (Hindi & English)) nos 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0

TOTAL AMOUNT EXCL GST 0.00 0 0

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/T/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/25/13562; (RFX- 5002004825) Schedule - 1.3

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI As per Lum-sum 0.00%

(SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES ) AS per Percent #REF!

As per lum-sum on Sch-3 0.00%

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To: As per Percent on Sch-3 #REF!

Contracts Services, 3rd Floor Total Discount #REF!

Name : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 SCO Bay 5-10, near Haryana Pollution Control

…….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 board Office, Sector 16A, Faridabad, Haryana 121002 Multipackage lum-sum 0.00%

INSTALLATION CHARGES Amount after Discount (Rs.) Dis Alert Amount after MPD (Rs.)

All Prices are in Indian Rupees.

SI. No. PR No PR Line Item No Activity Header PR Activity No Activity Description Service Code SAC (Service Accounting Codes) Whether SAC in column '8’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable the SAC * Rate of GST applicable ( in %) Whether rate of GST in column ‘4’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable rate of GST * Description Unit Quantity Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Total GST as confirmed by Bidder Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges

PART A (Substation Portion)

I INSTALLATION Revaluation of J column Tax Calculation

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

1 Supply and installation of Wall Hung WC Pan, Soft Close, White. Size: 550(L)x375(W)x355(H) mm. Note: For low water flushing (2L/4L). Made in India. Model C004-WC 18 Supply and installation of Wall Hung WC Pan, Soft Close, White. Size: 550(L)x375(W)x355(H) mm. Note: For low water flushing (2L/4L). Made in India. Model C004-WC Nos. 27.00 Included 0.00 0 0

2 Supply and installationing and fixing and fixing of Water Closet (Matt Black) : Finish :Matt Black, Dimension :540(L) x 355(W) x 365(H) MM Model DWB0011 18 Supply and installationing and fixing and fixing of Water Closet (Matt Black) : Finish :Matt Black, Dimension :540(L) x 355(W) x 365(H) MM Model DWB0011 Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

3 Supply and installation of wall-mounted white urinal with concealed sensor, automatic operation with pre & post flush via infrared sensor, water output 0.5–1L/flush, sensing range 40–70 cm. Powered by AC 220V, 50Hz with battery backup (4 x AA Duracell). Intelligent technology, IGBC Certified. Model Kinox KUF 18 Supply and installation of wall-mounted white urinal with concealed sensor, automatic operation with pre & post flush via infrared sensor, water output 0.5–1L/flush, sensing range 40–70 cm. Powered by AC 220V, 50Hz with battery backup (4 x AA Duracell). Intelligent technology, IGBC Certified. Model Kinox KUF Nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

4 Supply and installationing and fixing of CONCEALED CISTERN - FULL FRAME WITH TANK (WITH ACCESSORIES) Full Flush- 6 L (Can be controlled to 4 L), Half Flush – 3 L (Can be controlled to 2 L), IGBC Certified Model ECC01FA 18 Supply and installationing and fixing of CONCEALED CISTERN - FULL FRAME WITH TANK (WITH ACCESSORIES) Full Flush- 6 L (Can be controlled to 4 L), Half Flush – 3 L (Can be controlled to 2 L), IGBC Certified Model ECC01FA Nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

5 Providing of UNDER COUNTER BASIN (WITHOUT COLLAR), Dimension (mm) 380(L) x 490(W) x 170(H) Shape : Rectangle, Colour: White, Warranty: 10 years Model:C016-WB 18 Providing of UNDER COUNTER BASIN (WITHOUT COLLAR), Dimension (mm) 380(L) x 490(W) x 170(H) Shape : Rectangle, Colour: White, Warranty: 10 years Model:C016-WB Nos. 14.00 Included 0.00 0 0

6 Supply and installationing and fixing and fixing of Wash Basin (Matt Black) : Finish:Matt Black, Dimension :710(L) x 360(W) x 135(H) MM Model DWB003 18 Supply and installationing and fixing and fixing of Wash Basin (Matt Black) : Finish:Matt Black, Dimension :710(L) x 360(W) x 135(H) MM Model DWB003 Nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

7 Supply and installationing and fixing of AUTOMATIC SENSOR TAP (ELECTRICAL & BATTERY)-(MADE IN INDIA) Operation: Infrared Sensor, Voltage: DC6V or AC220V-240V (6V Output), Battery Consumption (DC): 4xAA alkaline batteries (up-to 1.5yr lifespan), Power consumption: =0.3mW, Sensing distance: 10-20cm, Respond time: 1 Second Flow, Rate: 1.0L – 1.5L/min, IGBC Certified Model ET04BE 18 Supply and installationing and fixing of AUTOMATIC SENSOR TAP (ELECTRICAL & BATTERY)-(MADE IN INDIA) Operation: Infrared Sensor, Voltage: DC6V or AC220V-240V (6V Output), Battery Consumption (DC): 4xAA alkaline batteries (up-to 1.5yr lifespan), Power consumption: =0.3mW, Sensing distance: 10-20cm, Respond time: 1 Second Flow, Rate: 1.0L – 1.5L/min, IGBC Certified Model ET04BE Nos. 18.00 Included 0.00 0 0

8 Supply and installationing and fixing of Automatic Sensor Tap Product Auto Tap (Basin Mount) Operation Automatic Infra-Red Sensor Power Electrical (AC 220V, 50 Hz) Inlet Water Pressure 0.2-0.6 MPA Material Brass Finish Chrome-plated Sensing Range 09 -20 cm Product Warranty Sensor Faucets/ Electronic Parts/ Solenoid Valve 1 Years Sensor Faucets Body 10 Years Model : ET18BE 18 Supply and installationing and fixing of Automatic Sensor Tap Product Auto Tap (Basin Mount) Operation Automatic Infra-Red Sensor Power Electrical (AC 220V, 50 Hz) Inlet Water Pressure 0.2-0.6 MPA Material Brass Finish Chrome-plated Sensing Range 09 -20 cm Product Warranty Sensor Faucets/ Electronic Parts/ Solenoid Valve 1 Years Sensor Faucets Body 10 Years Model : ET18BE Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

9 Supply and installation of Auto Tap + Soap Dispenser Set. Sensor type, Brass finish, Matte Black plated. Flow: 1.0–1.5L/min. Soap Volume: 1000ml. Color: Matt Black. IGBC Certified. Made in India. Model : BKSDT10 18 Supply and installation of Auto Tap + Soap Dispenser Set. Sensor type, Brass finish, Matte Black plated. Flow: 1.0–1.5L/min. Soap Volume: 1000ml. Color: Matt Black. IGBC Certified. Made in India. Model : BKSDT10 Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

10 Supply and installationing and fixing and fixing of Trimax S1 Auto Soap Dispenser (Battery Operated) : Operation :Automatic Infra-Red Sensor, Material :304 Stainless Steel, Capacity :1100 ML, Power :Battery Operated (4 x AA Alkaline Duracell), Sensing Range :10 CM, Dimension :137(L) x 96(W) x 267(H) MM, Product Warranty :6 Months Model : Trimax S1 Auto Soap Dispenser 18 Supply and installationing and fixing and fixing of Trimax S1 Auto Soap Dispenser (Battery Operated) : Operation :Automatic Infra-Red Sensor, Material :304 Stainless Steel, Capacity :1100 ML, Power :Battery Operated (4 x AA Alkaline Duracell), Sensing Range :10 CM, Dimension :137(L) x 96(W) x 267(H) MM, Product Warranty :6 Months Model : Trimax S1 Auto Soap Dispenser Nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

11 Supply and installationing and fixing of WASHROOM PANEL/RECESSED/S.STEEL (3IN1) MANUAL PAPER DISPENSER / HIGH SPEED HAND DRYER / WASTE RECEPTACLE), Capacity : 600 C-Fold or 800 Multi Fold Paper Towel, Hand Dryer : 1350W, Waste Container : 18-8, Type-304, Stainless Steel, Capacity : 21 Litres Wall Opening Required : 315mm (W) x 1665mm (H) x 126mm (D) Model : KINOX KMR2N 18 Supply and installationing and fixing of WASHROOM PANEL/RECESSED/S.STEEL (3IN1) MANUAL PAPER DISPENSER / HIGH SPEED HAND DRYER / WASTE RECEPTACLE), Capacity : 600 C-Fold or 800 Multi Fold Paper Towel, Hand Dryer : 1350W, Waste Container : 18-8, Type-304, Stainless Steel, Capacity : 21 Litres Wall Opening Required : 315mm (W) x 1665mm (H) x 126mm (D) Model : KINOX KMR2N Nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

12 Supply and installation of 4-in-1 Sanitary Napkin Hygiene Panel for feminine washroom, comprising sanitary napkin dispenser (capacity: 20–25 pcs), toilet paper holder, disposable bag dispenser (capacity: 50 bags), and waste receptacle (capacity: 4.6L), with full-length stainless steel piano flap. Made of Jindal Stainless Steel Grade 304, Dimensions: 600mm (H) x 330mm (W) x 130mm (D),Origin: Made in India. Model : ESN04B 18 Supply and installation of 4-in-1 Sanitary Napkin Hygiene Panel for feminine washroom, comprising sanitary napkin dispenser (capacity: 20–25 pcs), toilet paper holder, disposable bag dispenser (capacity: 50 bags), and waste receptacle (capacity: 4.6L), with full-length stainless steel piano flap. Made of Jindal Stainless Steel Grade 304, Dimensions: 600mm (H) x 330mm (W) x 130mm (D),Origin: Made in India. Model : ESN04B Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

13 Supply and installation of Health Faucet with 1-meter tube and hook, Made of Jindal Stainless Steel Grade 304, Operational pressure: 1–6 Bar, minimum recommended pressure: 1 Bar, flow rate: 7.3 LPM @ 3 Bar, IGBC Certified, Origin: Made in India. Model : EHF10-CP 18 Supply and installation of Health Faucet with 1-meter tube and hook, Made of Jindal Stainless Steel Grade 304, Operational pressure: 1–6 Bar, minimum recommended pressure: 1 Bar, flow rate: 7.3 LPM @ 3 Bar, IGBC Certified, Origin: Made in India. Model : EHF10-CP Nos. 28.00 Included 0.00 0 0

14 Supply and installation of Circular Waste Ring. Dia: 240mm (Outer), 200mm (Inner). Made of Jindal Stainless Steel Grade 304, Suitable for washbasin area. Origin: India. Model : CWC3 18 Supply and installation of Circular Waste Ring. Dia: 240mm (Outer), 200mm (Inner). Made of Jindal Stainless Steel Grade 304, Suitable for washbasin area. Origin: India. Model : CWC3 Nos. 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

15 Supply and installation of Stainless Steel Toilet Paper Holder with Flap, Suitable for WC cubicle area. Made of Jindal Stainless Steel Grade 304 Made in India. Model : EPH07P 18 Supply and installation of Stainless Steel Toilet Paper Holder with Flap, Suitable for WC cubicle area. Made of Jindal Stainless Steel Grade 304 Made in India. Model : EPH07P Nos. 27.00 Included 0.00 0 0

16 Supply and installationing and fixing of SS Toilet Paper Holder with Mobile Holder. Size: 18.8x9.5 cm. Made of Jindal Stainless Steel Grade 304, Black Matte. Made in India.Model : BEPH07P 18 Supply and installationing and fixing of SS Toilet Paper Holder with Mobile Holder. Size: 18.8x9.5 cm. Made of Jindal Stainless Steel Grade 304, Black Matte. Made in India.Model : BEPH07P Nos. 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

17 Supply and installationing and fixing of Washbasin Bottle Trap Material Brass Description Washbasin Bottle Trap Dimension (mm) 290(L) X 55 (W) X 300(H) Colour Black Model : EBT12-CP 18 Supply and installationing and fixing of Washbasin Bottle Trap Material Brass Description Washbasin Bottle Trap Dimension (mm) 290(L) X 55 (W) X 300(H) Colour Black Model : EBT12-CP Nos. 28.00 Included 0.00 0 0

18 Supply and installation of Fragrance Dispenser with LCD display and digital timer. Made of Jindal Stainless Steel Grade 304, Timer options: 2/4/6 hrs. Spray capacity: 3000 sprays. Dimensions: 80(L) × 55(W) × 235(H) mm. Warranty: 1 year. Origin: Made in India. Model : EA66S 18 Supply and installation of Fragrance Dispenser with LCD display and digital timer. Made of Jindal Stainless Steel Grade 304, Timer options: 2/4/6 hrs. Spray capacity: 3000 sprays. Dimensions: 80(L) × 55(W) × 235(H) mm. Warranty: 1 year. Origin: Made in India. Model : EA66S Nos. 8.00 Included 0.00 0 0

19 18.8.1 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings and fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc. 15 mm nominal dia Pipes 18 18.8.1 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings and fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc. 15 mm nominal dia Pipes Rmt 75.00 Included 0.00 0 0

20 18.9.3 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement, trenching, refilling & testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. External work 25 mm nominal dia Pipes 18 18.9.3 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement, trenching, refilling & testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. External work 25 mm nominal dia Pipes Rmt 100.00 Included 0.00 0 0

21 18.17.1 Providing and fixing gun metal gate valve with C.I. wheel of approved quality (screwed end): 25 mm nominal bore 18 18.17.1 Providing and fixing gun metal gate valve with C.I. wheel of approved quality (screwed end): 25 mm nominal bore Nos 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

22 Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning of UPVC SWR pipe type 'B' conforms to IS : 13592-1992 with all fittings such as bends, tees, elbow, 'Y', offset, cleaning pipe door, clamps etc. conforming to IS:14735-1999 and steel structural supports etc. including cutting the floors, walls and making good the same in cement concrete 1:2:4 & cement mortar 1:4. The wall thickness of pipe and technical characteristic conforms to IS : 13592-1992 type 'B'. The fitting dimension conforming to IS : 14735-1999. The jointing to be completed with rubber ring joint/solvent weld joint as required/applicable.75 mm (OD) 18 Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning of UPVC SWR pipe type 'B' conforms to IS : 13592-1992 with all fittings such as bends, tees, elbow, 'Y', offset, cleaning pipe door, clamps etc. conforming to IS:14735-1999 and steel structural supports etc. including cutting the floors, walls and making good the same in cement concrete 1:2:4 & cement mortar 1:4. The wall thickness of pipe and technical characteristic conforms to IS : 13592-1992 type 'B'. The fitting dimension conforming to IS : 14735-1999. The jointing to be completed with rubber ring joint/solvent weld joint as required/applicable.75 mm (OD) Rmt 100.00 Included 0.00 0 0

23 Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning of UPVC SWR pipe type 'B' conforms to IS : 13592-1992 with all fittings such as bends, tees, elbow, 'Y', offset, cleaning pipe door, clamps etc. conforming to IS:14735-1999 and steel structural supports etc. including cutting the floors, walls and making good the same in cement concrete 1:2:4 & cement mortar 1:4. The wall thickness of pipe and technical characteristic conforms to IS : 13592-1992 type 'B'. The fitting dimension conforming to IS : 14735-1999. The jointing to be completed with rubber ring joint/solvent weld joint as required/applicable.110 mm (OD) 18 Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning of UPVC SWR pipe type 'B' conforms to IS : 13592-1992 with all fittings such as bends, tees, elbow, 'Y', offset, cleaning pipe door, clamps etc. conforming to IS:14735-1999 and steel structural supports etc. including cutting the floors, walls and making good the same in cement concrete 1:2:4 & cement mortar 1:4. The wall thickness of pipe and technical characteristic conforms to IS : 13592-1992 type 'B'. The fitting dimension conforming to IS : 14735-1999. The jointing to be completed with rubber ring joint/solvent weld joint as required/applicable.110 mm (OD) Rmt 100.00 Included 0.00 0 0

24 Providing and fixing PVC / UPVC Multi-inlet Floor Trap (Nahani trap) with stainless steel grating. 18 Providing and fixing PVC / UPVC Multi-inlet Floor Trap (Nahani trap) with stainless steel grating. Nos 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

25 Core cutting in RCC slab/walls for passage of 150mm/ 110mm / 75mm pipes and sealing with non-shrink grout. 18 Core cutting in RCC slab/walls for passage of 150mm/ 110mm / 75mm pipes and sealing with non-shrink grout. Nos 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0

TOTAL AMOUNT EXCL GST TOTAL AMOUNT EXCL GST 0.00 0 0

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/T/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/25/13562; (RFX- 5002004825) Schedule - 1.4

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI As per Lum-sum 0.00%

(SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES ) AS per Percent #REF!

As per lum-sum on Sch-3 0.00%

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To: As per Percent on Sch-3 #REF!

Contracts Services, 3rd Floor Total Discount #REF!

Name : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 SCO Bay 5-10, near Haryana Pollution Control

…….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 board Office, Sector 16A, Faridabad, Haryana 121002 Multipackage lum-sum 0.00%

INSTALLATION CHARGES Amount after Discount (Rs.) Dis Alert Amount after MPD (Rs.)

All Prices are in Indian Rupees.

SI. No. PR No PR Line Item No Activity Header PR Activity No Activity Description Service Code SAC (Service Accounting Codes) Whether SAC in column '8’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable the SAC * Rate of GST applicable ( in %) Whether rate of GST in column ‘4’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable rate of GST * Description Unit Quantity Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Total GST as confirmed by Bidder Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges

PART A (Substation Portion)

I INSTALLATION Revaluation of J column Tax Calculation

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

1 27.7.8 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground)Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 150 mm nominal bore (class C) 18 27.7.8 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground)Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 150 mm nominal bore (class C) Rm 20.00 Included 0.00 0 0

2 27.7.7 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground)Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 100 mm nominal bore (class C) 18 27.7.7 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground)Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 100 mm nominal bore (class C) Rm 35.00 Included 0.00 0 0

3 27.7.6 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground) Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 80 mm nominal bore (class C) 18 27.7.6 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground) Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 80 mm nominal bore (class C) Rm 55.00 Included 0.00 0 0

4 27.7.5 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground)Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 65 mm nominal bore (class C) 18 27.7.5 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground)Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 65 mm nominal bore (class C) Rm 60.00 Included 0.00 0 0

5 27.7.4 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground)Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 50 mm nominal bore (class C) 18 27.7.4 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground)Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 50 mm nominal bore (class C) Rm 75.00 Included 0.00 0 0

6 27.7.3 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground) Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 40 mm nominal bore (class C) 18 27.7.3 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground) Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 40 mm nominal bore (class C) Rm 80.00 Included 0.00 0 0

7 27.7.2 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground) Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 32 mm nominal bore (class C) 18 27.7.2 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground) Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 32 mm nominal bore (class C) Rm 25.00 Included 0.00 0 0

8 27.7.1 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground) Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 25 mm nominal bore (class C) 18 27.7.1 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/IS:1239 including Welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges,tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required : (Above Ground) Note: Threaded joint upto 50mm diameter pipe. Welded joint above 50mm diameter pipe. 25 mm nominal bore (class C) Rm 610.00 Included 0.00 0 0

9 27.21.1 Providing, fixing, testing & commissioning of 15mm dia uartzoid bulb type sprinklers of rating 68 degree centigrade with required accessories : Pendent Sprinkler 18 27.21.1 Providing, fixing, testing & commissioning of 15mm dia uartzoid bulb type sprinklers of rating 68 degree centigrade with required accessories : Pendent Sprinkler Each 200.00 Included 0.00 0 0

10 27.21.2 Providing, fixing, testing & commissioning of 15mm dia uartzoid bulb type sprinklers of rating 68 degree centigrade with required accessories : Upright Sprinkler 18 27.21.2 Providing, fixing, testing & commissioning of 15mm dia uartzoid bulb type sprinklers of rating 68 degree centigrade with required accessories : Upright Sprinkler Each 0.00 Included 0.00 0 0

11 27.21.3 Providing, fixing, testing & commissioning of 15mm dia uartzoid bulb type sprinklers of rating 68 degree centigrade with required accessories : Horizontal side wall sprinkler 18 27.21.3 Providing, fixing, testing & commissioning of 15mm dia uartzoid bulb type sprinklers of rating 68 degree centigrade with required accessories : Horizontal side wall sprinkler Each 50.00 Included 0.00 0 0

12 27.11.6 Supplying, fixing, testing and commissioning of butterfly valve of PN 1.6 rating with bronze/gunmetal seat duly ISI marked complete with nuts, bolts, washers, gaskets conforming to IS 13095 of following sizes as required : 150 mm dia 18 27.11.6 Supplying, fixing, testing and commissioning of butterfly valve of PN 1.6 rating with bronze/gunmetal seat duly ISI marked complete with nuts, bolts, washers, gaskets conforming to IS 13095 of following sizes as required : 150 mm dia Each 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

13 27.22 Providing & fixing of pressure switch in M.S. pipe line including connection etc. as required. 18 27.22 Providing & fixing of pressure switch in M.S. pipe line including connection etc. as required. Each 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

14 27.25.3 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of sprinkler flexible pipe (UL Listed) of stainless steel complete with 15 NPT on reducer thread with maximum working pressure of 175 PSI test pressure of 875 PSI (Burst) with branch line (Inlet) 25mm NPT male thread to sprinkler head (Outlet) 15mm NPT female thread with reducer, nipple, 2 side brackets, center bracket, stockbar of following sizes complete as required.. 1200mm 18 27.25.3 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of sprinkler flexible pipe (UL Listed) of stainless steel complete with 15 NPT on reducer thread with maximum working pressure of 175 PSI test pressure of 875 PSI (Burst) with branch line (Inlet) 25mm NPT male thread to sprinkler head (Outlet) 15mm NPT female thread with reducer, nipple, 2 side brackets, center bracket, stockbar of following sizes complete as required.. 1200mm Set 100.00 Included 0.00 0 0

15 27.25.4 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of sprinkler flexible pipe (UL Listed) of stainless steel complete with 15 NPT on reducer thread with maximum working pressure of 175 PSI test pressure of 875 PSI (Burst) with branch line (Inlet) 25mm NPT male thread to sprinkler head (Outlet) 15mm NPT female thread with reducer, nipple, 2 side brackets, center bracket, stockbar of following sizes complete as required. 1500mm 18 27.25.4 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of sprinkler flexible pipe (UL Listed) of stainless steel complete with 15 NPT on reducer thread with maximum working pressure of 175 PSI test pressure of 875 PSI (Burst) with branch line (Inlet) 25mm NPT male thread to sprinkler head (Outlet) 15mm NPT female thread with reducer, nipple, 2 side brackets, center bracket, stockbar of following sizes complete as required. 1500mm Set 100.00 Included 0.00 0 0

16 27.29 Providing, installation, testing & commissioning of adjustable rosette plate for 15mm dia in white finish UL Listed or FM approved complete as required. 18 27.29 Providing, installation, testing & commissioning of adjustable rosette plate for 15mm dia in white finish UL Listed or FM approved complete as required. Each 200.00 Included 0.00 0 0

17 Providing and fixing carbon-di-oxide type fire extinguishers consisting of welded M.S. cylindrical body, internal discharge tube, discharge nozzle, suspension bracket, conforming to IS 2878, finished externally with red enamel paint and fixed to wall with brackets complete with internal charges. Capacity 4.5 kg 18 Providing and fixing carbon-di-oxide type fire extinguishers consisting of welded M.S. cylindrical body, internal discharge tube, discharge nozzle, suspension bracket, conforming to IS 2878, finished externally with red enamel paint and fixed to wall with brackets complete with internal charges. Capacity 4.5 kg Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

18 Providing & Fixing of stored pressure Fire Extinguisher ABC powder type (Mono Ammonium Phosphate Powder) Magnetic Pressure Gauge having the facility to check at site, Discharge Time less than 9 Secs, Controllable discharge mechanism, Range minimum 4 Meters, applicable on Class A,B,C and electrically started Fire, A Rating- 21A, B Rating 55B as per BS EN-3 BIS 15683 marked, Can Construction : Deep drawn & CO2 Mig welded, Valve Construction : Forging & Machining, Internal Coating of Can : Epoxy Powder coating, External Coating ofCan : Epoxy Polyster Powder coating, Sheet metal thickness : 1.60MM, Helium LeakDetection Tested, Warranty.Capacity 6 Kg. 18 Providing & Fixing of stored pressure Fire Extinguisher ABC powder type (Mono Ammonium Phosphate Powder) Magnetic Pressure Gauge having the facility to check at site, Discharge Time less than 9 Secs, Controllable discharge mechanism, Range minimum 4 Meters, applicable on Class A,B,C and electrically started Fire, A Rating- 21A, B Rating 55B as per BS EN-3 BIS 15683 marked, Can Construction : Deep drawn & CO2 Mig welded, Valve Construction : Forging & Machining, Internal Coating of Can : Epoxy Powder coating, External Coating ofCan : Epoxy Polyster Powder coating, Sheet metal thickness : 1.60MM, Helium LeakDetection Tested, Warranty.Capacity 6 Kg. Nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

19 . Providing & Fixing of 5Kg Automatic ceiling mounted Fire Suppression Extinguisher Direct Low Pressure, Dupont™ Clean Agent FE 36 Zero ODP, Stored Pressure Type, fitted with Pressure Gauge, Discharge Time 32 Seconds approx, Applicable on class A, B, C and electrically started fires, With suitable support (UPS ROOM & BATTARY ROOM and Server Room) - For Below Ceiling Level. 18 . Providing & Fixing of 5Kg Automatic ceiling mounted Fire Suppression Extinguisher Direct Low Pressure, Dupont™ Clean Agent FE 36 Zero ODP, Stored Pressure Type, fitted with Pressure Gauge, Discharge Time 32 Seconds approx, Applicable on class A, B, C and electrically started fires, With suitable support (UPS ROOM & BATTARY ROOM and Server Room) - For Below Ceiling Level. Nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

20 Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning of full way level operated forged brass ball valve of brass body with forged brass hard chrome plated steel ball tested to a pressure not lass than 15 kg/sq.cm with threaded/flanged complete with nuts, bolts, gaskets, washers etc. as required complete as per direction of Engineer incharge. 25 mm NB 18 Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning of full way level operated forged brass ball valve of brass body with forged brass hard chrome plated steel ball tested to a pressure not lass than 15 kg/sq.cm with threaded/flanged complete with nuts, bolts, gaskets, washers etc. as required complete as per direction of Engineer incharge. 25 mm NB Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

TOTAL AMOUNT EXCL GST 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/T/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/25/13562; (RFX- 5002004825) Schedule - 1.5

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI As per Lum-sum 0.00%

(SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES ) AS per Percent #REF!

As per lum-sum on Sch-3 0.00%

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To: As per Percent on Sch-3 #REF!

Contracts Services, 3rd Floor Total Discount #REF!

Name : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 SCO Bay 5-10, near Haryana Pollution Control

…….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 board Office, Sector 16A, Faridabad, Haryana 121002 Multipackage lum-sum 0.00%

INSTALLATION CHARGES Amount after Discount (Rs.) Dis Alert Amount after MPD (Rs.)

All Prices are in Indian Rupees.

SI. No. PR No PR Line Item No Activity Header PR Activity No Activity Description Service Code SAC (Service Accounting Codes) Whether SAC in column '8’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable the SAC * Rate of GST applicable ( in %) Whether rate of GST in column ‘4’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable rate of GST * Description Unit Quantity Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Total GST as confirmed by Bidder Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges

PART A (Substation Portion)

I INSTALLATION Revaluation of J column Tax Calculation

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

1 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Outdoor Unit The IEER shall be 6.5 minimum. Further for enhanced savings COP at 50% load at 35 Deg C ambient in cooling mode at 27 Deg C/ 19 Deg C DBT/ WBT of each refrigerant circuit system mentioned below shall be 6.50 min. The unit shall also have feature to automatically modulate the evaporative temperature between 6 deg C to 10 deg C with respect to load for better comfort and energy efficiency. The condensing coils shall be coated with special anti corrosion coating at site for additional protection. 6 HP Heat Pump Type (Cooling & Heating ) Nominal Capacity in Single / Two or more modules including interconnection kit & MS Stands 18 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Outdoor Unit The IEER shall be 6.5 minimum. Further for enhanced savings COP at 50% load at 35 Deg C ambient in cooling mode at 27 Deg C/ 19 Deg C DBT/ WBT of each refrigerant circuit system mentioned below shall be 6.50 min. The unit shall also have feature to automatically modulate the evaporative temperature between 6 deg C to 10 deg C with respect to load for better comfort and energy efficiency. The condensing coils shall be coated with special anti corrosion coating at site for additional protection. 6 HP Heat Pump Type (Cooling & Heating ) Nominal Capacity in Single / Two or more modules including interconnection kit & MS Stands Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

2 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Outdoor Unit The IEER shall be 6.5 minimum. Further for enhanced savings COP at 50% load at 35 Deg C ambient in cooling mode at 27 Deg C/ 19 Deg C DBT/ WBT of each refrigerant circuit system mentioned below shall be 6.50 min. The unit shall also have feature to automatically modulate the evaporative temperature between 6 deg C to 10 deg C with respect to load for better comfort and energy efficiency. The condensing coils shall be coated with special anti corrosion coating at site for additional protection. 24 HP Heat Pump Type (Cooling & Heating ) Nominal Capacity in Single / Two or more modules including interconnection kit & MS Stands 18 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Outdoor Unit The IEER shall be 6.5 minimum. Further for enhanced savings COP at 50% load at 35 Deg C ambient in cooling mode at 27 Deg C/ 19 Deg C DBT/ WBT of each refrigerant circuit system mentioned below shall be 6.50 min. The unit shall also have feature to automatically modulate the evaporative temperature between 6 deg C to 10 deg C with respect to load for better comfort and energy efficiency. The condensing coils shall be coated with special anti corrosion coating at site for additional protection. 24 HP Heat Pump Type (Cooling & Heating ) Nominal Capacity in Single / Two or more modules including interconnection kit & MS Stands Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

3 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Indoor units address setting and capacity as mentioned below. multispeed motor, coil section with DX coil, outer cabinet, drain pan, drain water lift-up mechanism insulation, pipe connections, fresh air intake etc. of various capacities as per specifications and drawings. All indoor Units should have force shut option port or adaptor to connect with fire alarm adaptor, so that the unit automatically stops in case or fire, if required Cassette Type Unit ( Multi Flow Type) 1.00 TR / 459 CFM approximate. 18 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Indoor units address setting and capacity as mentioned below. multispeed motor, coil section with DX coil, outer cabinet, drain pan, drain water lift-up mechanism insulation, pipe connections, fresh air intake etc. of various capacities as per specifications and drawings. All indoor Units should have force shut option port or adaptor to connect with fire alarm adaptor, so that the unit automatically stops in case or fire, if required Cassette Type Unit ( Multi Flow Type) 1.00 TR / 459 CFM approximate. Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

4 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Indoor units address setting and capacity as mentioned below. multispeed motor, coil section with DX coil, outer cabinet, drain pan, drain water lift-up mechanism insulation, pipe connections, fresh air intake etc. of various capacities as per specifications and drawings. All indoor Units should have force shut option port or adaptor to connect with fire alarm adaptor, so that the unit automatically stops in case or fire, if required Cassette Type Unit ( Multi Flow Type) 2.55TR / 865 CFM approximate. 18 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Indoor units address setting and capacity as mentioned below. multispeed motor, coil section with DX coil, outer cabinet, drain pan, drain water lift-up mechanism insulation, pipe connections, fresh air intake etc. of various capacities as per specifications and drawings. All indoor Units should have force shut option port or adaptor to connect with fire alarm adaptor, so that the unit automatically stops in case or fire, if required Cassette Type Unit ( Multi Flow Type) 2.55TR / 865 CFM approximate. Nos. 14.00 Included 0.00 0 0

5 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Indoor units address setting and capacity as mentioned below. multispeed motor, coil section with DX coil, outer cabinet, drain pan, drain water lift-up mechanism insulation, pipe connections, fresh air intake etc. of various capacities as per specifications and drawings. All indoor Units should have force shut option port or adaptor to connect with fire alarm adaptor, so that the unit automatically stops in case or fire, if required Cassette Type Unit ( Multi Flow Type) 3.18 TR / 1150 CFM approximate. 18 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Indoor units address setting and capacity as mentioned below. multispeed motor, coil section with DX coil, outer cabinet, drain pan, drain water lift-up mechanism insulation, pipe connections, fresh air intake etc. of various capacities as per specifications and drawings. All indoor Units should have force shut option port or adaptor to connect with fire alarm adaptor, so that the unit automatically stops in case or fire, if required Cassette Type Unit ( Multi Flow Type) 3.18 TR / 1150 CFM approximate. Nos. 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

6 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Indoor units address setting and capacity as mentioned below. multispeed motor, coil section with DX coil, outer cabinet, drain pan, drain water lift-up mechanism insulation, pipe connections, fresh air intake etc. of various capacities as per specifications and drawings. All indoor Units should have force shut option port or adaptor to connect with fire alarm adaptor, so that the unit automatically stops in case or fire, if required Cassette Type Unit ( Multi Flow Type) . 4.55 TR / 1600 CFM approximate. 18 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Indoor units address setting and capacity as mentioned below. multispeed motor, coil section with DX coil, outer cabinet, drain pan, drain water lift-up mechanism insulation, pipe connections, fresh air intake etc. of various capacities as per specifications and drawings. All indoor Units should have force shut option port or adaptor to connect with fire alarm adaptor, so that the unit automatically stops in case or fire, if required Cassette Type Unit ( Multi Flow Type) . 4.55 TR / 1600 CFM approximate. Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

7 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Indoor units address setting and capacity as mentioned below. multispeed motor, coil section with DX coil, outer cabinet, drain pan, drain water lift-up mechanism insulation, pipe connections, fresh air intake etc. of various capacities as per specifications and drawings. All indoor Units should have force shut option port or adaptor to connect with fire alarm adaptor, so that the unit automatically stops in case or fire, if required Cassette Type Unit ( Multi Flow Type) Hi Wall Type Unit 2.00 TR / 671 CFM approximate. 18 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Indoor units address setting and capacity as mentioned below. multispeed motor, coil section with DX coil, outer cabinet, drain pan, drain water lift-up mechanism insulation, pipe connections, fresh air intake etc. of various capacities as per specifications and drawings. All indoor Units should have force shut option port or adaptor to connect with fire alarm adaptor, so that the unit automatically stops in case or fire, if required Cassette Type Unit ( Multi Flow Type) Hi Wall Type Unit 2.00 TR / 671 CFM approximate. Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

8 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Y-joint set. 18 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Y-joint set. Nos. 25.00 Included 0.00 0 0

9 Supply Instalaltion, testing & commissioning of self diagnostic type remote controllers . Cordless/ Corded Type 18 Supply Instalaltion, testing & commissioning of self diagnostic type remote controllers . Cordless/ Corded Type NO. 25.00 Included 0.00 0 0

10 Supply Instalaltion, testing & commissioning of Intelligent central controller system suitable for 25 indoor units to operate, monitor, on/off, temperature setting etc. 18 Supply Instalaltion, testing & commissioning of Intelligent central controller system suitable for 25 indoor units to operate, monitor, on/off, temperature setting etc. NO. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

11 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Refrigent suitable for all outdoor Unit 5 IDUs. 18 Supply Installation, testing & commissioning of Refrigent suitable for all outdoor Unit 5 IDUs. NO. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

12 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 6.4 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 19 mm thick 18 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 6.4 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 19 mm thick RMT 80.00 Included 0.00 0 0

13 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 9.5 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 19 mm thick 18 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 9.5 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 19 mm thick RMT 120.00 Included 0.00 0 0

14 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 12.7 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 19 mm thick 18 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 12.7 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 19 mm thick RMT 70.00 Included 0.00 0 0

15 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 15.9 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 19 mm thick 18 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 15.9 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 19 mm thick RMT 70.00 Included 0.00 0 0

16 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 19.1 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 25 mm thick 18 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 19.1 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 25 mm thick RMT 60.00 Included 0.00 0 0

17 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 22.2 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 25 mm thick 18 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 22.2 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 25 mm thick RMT 80.00 Included 0.00 0 0

18 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 28.6 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 25 mm thick 18 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 28.6 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 25 mm thick RMT 90.00 Included 0.00 0 0

19 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 34.0 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 25 mm thick 18 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required : 34.0 mm O.D. Pipe Size with insulation of 25 mm thick RMT 80.00 Included 0.00 0 0

20 Supply and fixing of UPVC drain water piping complete with fittings, support as per specification and insulated with 19 mm thick insulated with Class O XLPE insulation. 25 mm dia 18 Supply and fixing of UPVC drain water piping complete with fittings, support as per specification and insulated with 19 mm thick insulated with Class O XLPE insulation. 25 mm dia RMT 120.00 Included 0.00 0 0

21 Supply and fixing of UPVC drain water piping complete with fittings, support as per specification and insulated with 19 mm thick insulated with Class O XLPE insulation. 32 mm dia 18 Supply and fixing of UPVC drain water piping complete with fittings, support as per specification and insulated with 19 mm thick insulated with Class O XLPE insulation. 32 mm dia RMT 60.00 Included 0.00 0 0

22 Supply and fixing of UPVC drain water piping complete with fittings, support as per specification and insulated with 19 mm thick insulated with Class O XLPE insulation. 50 mm dia 18 Supply and fixing of UPVC drain water piping complete with fittings, support as per specification and insulated with 19 mm thick insulated with Class O XLPE insulation. 50 mm dia RMT 30.00 Included 0.00 0 0

23 Supply & Installation of Factory Fabricated Pre-Insulated SMART PIR Flat Oval Ducts, CNC machine cut Ducts made of SMART Pre-Insulated PIR Panels complete CFC & HCFC Free with 20mm Internal side Embossed Aluminium foil of 80 Micron Thickness and External Side Embossed Aluminium foil of 200 Micron Thickness (Anti microbial, Anti fungal, Anti corrosion and UV Protection coating) and close cell not less than 93% Rigid Cellular foam insulation of thickness as specified below and material shall be Class O listed from any gloval lab as per BS 476 Part 6 & Part 7, Panel shoul be tested as per UL 181 & UL 94 & 2 hours fire rating with 2 hours fire rating, with Density of 45(±3)kg/m3 and above and should have Thermal Conductivity 0.023 W/mK , Water absorption shall be not more than 0.03% as per EN 13403 and the panel should be GreenPro, GRIHA, SGBC & EPD certifed PIR Panel should be BIS Certified. The joint between the ducts shall be done by means of metal Coupler system with Special Reinforced tape and Tiger clamp between the ducts. Measurement would be done on outer to outer. Supporting by means of Wire supporting of reputed make recommended by Manufacturer to be provided. Installation to be carried out by Manufacturer's installation team only.Manufacture should have minimum 10 years of experience in manufacturing of same product in India.as required. 20 mm Thickness 18 Supply & Installation of Factory Fabricated Pre-Insulated SMART PIR Flat Oval Ducts, CNC machine cut Ducts made of SMART Pre-Insulated PIR Panels complete CFC & HCFC Free with 20mm Internal side Embossed Aluminium foil of 80 Micron Thickness and External Side Embossed Aluminium foil of 200 Micron Thickness (Anti microbial, Anti fungal, Anti corrosion and UV Protection coating) and close cell not less than 93% Rigid Cellular foam insulation of thickness as specified below and material shall be Class O listed from any gloval lab as per BS 476 Part 6 & Part 7, Panel shoul be tested as per UL 181 & UL 94 & 2 hours fire rating with 2 hours fire rating, with Density of 45(±3)kg/m3 and above and should have Thermal Conductivity 0.023 W/mK , Water absorption shall be not more than 0.03% as per EN 13403 and the panel should be GreenPro, GRIHA, SGBC & EPD certifed PIR Panel should be BIS Certified. The joint between the ducts shall be done by means of metal Coupler system with Special Reinforced tape and Tiger clamp between the ducts. Measurement would be done on outer to outer. Supporting by means of Wire supporting of reputed make recommended by Manufacturer to be provided. Installation to be carried out by Manufacturer's installation team only.Manufacture should have minimum 10 years of experience in manufacturing of same product in India.as required. 20 mm Thickness SMT 900.00 Included 0.00 0 0

24 Supply,installation and testing of powder coated aluminium extruded grills/diffusers as per specifications given in tender and of following sizes: Single Louvered supply / Return Air registers (Grill) 18 Supply,installation and testing of powder coated aluminium extruded grills/diffusers as per specifications given in tender and of following sizes: Single Louvered supply / Return Air registers (Grill) SMT 12.00 Included 0.00 0 0

25 Supply,installation and testing of powder coated aluminium extruded grills/diffusers as per specifications given in tender and of following sizes: Supply / return suare ceiling air terminals (diffusers) 18 Supply,installation and testing of powder coated aluminium extruded grills/diffusers as per specifications given in tender and of following sizes: Supply / return suare ceiling air terminals (diffusers) SMT 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

26 Supply,installation and testing of powder coated aluminium extruded grills/diffusers as per specifications given in tender and of following sizes: Fresh / Exhaust air louvers with bird screen & damper 18 Supply,installation and testing of powder coated aluminium extruded grills/diffusers as per specifications given in tender and of following sizes: Fresh / Exhaust air louvers with bird screen & damper SMT 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

27 Supply,installation and testing of powder coated aluminium extruded grills/diffusers as per specifications given in tender and of following sizes: Flexible connection for AHU/FCU madeup of f/r fabric compelte with flange 18 Supply,installation and testing of powder coated aluminium extruded grills/diffusers as per specifications given in tender and of following sizes: Flexible connection for AHU/FCU madeup of f/r fabric compelte with flange NO. 0.00 Included 0.00 0 0

28 Supply,installation and testing of powder coated aluminium extruded grills/diffusers as per specifications given in tender and of following sizes: Insulated flexible duct up to 200mm dia (if required at site) 18 Supply,installation and testing of powder coated aluminium extruded grills/diffusers as per specifications given in tender and of following sizes: Insulated flexible duct up to 200mm dia (if required at site) RMT 50.00 Included 0.00 0 0

29 Supply,installation and testing of multiblade type GI Duct Damper for duct/collars to be provided with suitable links and quadrants for control of volume of air 18 Supply,installation and testing of multiblade type GI Duct Damper for duct/collars to be provided with suitable links and quadrants for control of volume of air SMT 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

30 Supplying & fixing of powder coated Linear extruded aluminium Supply / Return Air Grills with aluminium volume control dampers as per specifications. 150 mm 18 Supplying & fixing of powder coated Linear extruded aluminium Supply / Return Air Grills with aluminium volume control dampers as per specifications. 150 mm RMT 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

31 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Cubical type sectinalised floor standing switch board of 31 MVA fault capacity at 415 V complete with 4 strip, 400 A capacity Aluminium Bus - Bar Electrolytic grade, cable alley, switchgears of following capacity & as per specifications. 18 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Cubical type sectinalised floor standing switch board of 31 MVA fault capacity at 415 V complete with 4 strip, 400 A capacity Aluminium Bus - Bar Electrolytic grade, cable alley, switchgears of following capacity & as per specifications. No 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

32 Supply, laying, testing and commissioning of power and control cabling, as per Standard specification including end termination as required. Power / Control Cabling ( PVC insulated and PVC sheathed, armoured, Copper Conductor of 1.1 KV grade on existing cable trays). 4C x 6 Sq mm 18 Supply, laying, testing and commissioning of power and control cabling, as per Standard specification including end termination as required. Power / Control Cabling ( PVC insulated and PVC sheathed, armoured, Copper Conductor of 1.1 KV grade on existing cable trays). 4C x 6 Sq mm RMT 60.00 Included 0.00 0 0

33 Supply, laying, testing and commissioning of power and control cabling, as per Standard specification including end termination as required. Power / Control Cabling ( PVC insulated and PVC sheathed, armoured, Copper Conductor of 1.1 KV grade on existing cable trays). 4C x 10 Sq mm 18 Supply, laying, testing and commissioning of power and control cabling, as per Standard specification including end termination as required. Power / Control Cabling ( PVC insulated and PVC sheathed, armoured, Copper Conductor of 1.1 KV grade on existing cable trays). 4C x 10 Sq mm RMT 150.00 Included 0.00 0 0

34 Supply, laying, testing and commissioning of power and control cabling, as per Standard specification including end termination as required. Power / Control Cabling ( PVC insulated and PVC sheathed, armoured, Copper Conductor of 1.1 KV grade on existing cable trays). 2C x 1.5 Sq mm 18 Supply, laying, testing and commissioning of power and control cabling, as per Standard specification including end termination as required. Power / Control Cabling ( PVC insulated and PVC sheathed, armoured, Copper Conductor of 1.1 KV grade on existing cable trays). 2C x 1.5 Sq mm RMT 2000.00 Included 0.00 0 0

35 Supply, laying, testing and commissioning of power and control cabling, as per Standard specification including end termination as required. Power / Control Cabling ( PVC insulated and PVC sheathed, armoured, Copper Conductor of 1.1 KV grade on existing cable trays). 3C x 2.5 Sq mm 18 Supply, laying, testing and commissioning of power and control cabling, as per Standard specification including end termination as required. Power / Control Cabling ( PVC insulated and PVC sheathed, armoured, Copper Conductor of 1.1 KV grade on existing cable trays). 3C x 2.5 Sq mm RMT 200.00 Included 0.00 0 0

36 Providing & fixing of weather-Proof Isolators consisting of 40A, 300 mA ELCB for each Outdoor unit for Each refrigerant ckt. 18 Providing & fixing of weather-Proof Isolators consisting of 40A, 300 mA ELCB for each Outdoor unit for Each refrigerant ckt. NOs. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

37 Providing & fixing of weather-Proof Isolators consisting of 63A, 300 mA ELCB for each Outdoor unit for Each refrigerant ckt. 18 Providing & fixing of weather-Proof Isolators consisting of 63A, 300 mA ELCB for each Outdoor unit for Each refrigerant ckt. NOs. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

38 Supply installation, testing and commissioning of Tube Axial fan confirming to IS-3588 (revised) complete with tube casing in MS/GI standard construction epoxy painted, impeller with adjustable blade angles, bird screen ,gravity louvers, fire retardent double fold moisture and fire proof with flame retardent fabric confirming to IS-206 (revised) fire retardent flexible connection, necessary nut bolts and directly coupled TEFC Sq.cage induction motor (F-class insulation & B-class Temp. rise) suitable for 415V±10%, 50 Hz. 3 phase electric supply complete with required hardware etc. Ventilation ( In Case of Fire ) Air Qty. = 25000 CFM Static Pressure = 20mm Wg Fan Speed = not exceeding 700 rpm Prposed Motor = 12.5 KW Fan Dia = 1000 mm (Approx.) Noise level = not exceed 90 db at 1 meter distance Tube Axial Fans as described above. 18 Supply installation, testing and commissioning of Tube Axial fan confirming to IS-3588 (revised) complete with tube casing in MS/GI standard construction epoxy painted, impeller with adjustable blade angles, bird screen ,gravity louvers, fire retardent double fold moisture and fire proof with flame retardent fabric confirming to IS-206 (revised) fire retardent flexible connection, necessary nut bolts and directly coupled TEFC Sq.cage induction motor (F-class insulation & B-class Temp. rise) suitable for 415V±10%, 50 Hz. 3 phase electric supply complete with required hardware etc. Ventilation ( In Case of Fire ) Air Qty. = 25000 CFM Static Pressure = 20mm Wg Fan Speed = not exceeding 700 rpm Prposed Motor = 12.5 KW Fan Dia = 1000 mm (Approx.) Noise level = not exceed 90 db at 1 meter distance Tube Axial Fans as described above. NO. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

39 32 A 6 pole isolator switch for S/Ex Fan Motor with sheet metal enclosure, rain protection etc. as required to suit the site condition. 18 32 A 6 pole isolator switch for S/Ex Fan Motor with sheet metal enclosure, rain protection etc. as required to suit the site condition. NO. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

40 For Ventilation Fan 01 Set - 40 A TP MCB with BIS DOL starter , overload relay start/stop push buttons, ammeter (0-40A), on / off / trip indication lights with protection fuse, single phase preventer. 18 For Ventilation Fan 01 Set - 40 A TP MCB with BIS DOL starter , overload relay start/stop push buttons, ammeter (0-40A), on / off / trip indication lights with protection fuse, single phase preventer. NO. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

41 Supply installation, testing and commissioning of Inline / Cabinet / SISW Fan directly coupled TEFC Sq.cage induction motor (F-class insulation & B-class Temp. rise) suitable for 415V±10%, 50 Hz. 1 / 3 phase electric supply complete with required hardware etc. Toilet Exhaust Inline Ventilation fan Air Qty. = 100 CFM Static Pressure = 10 mm Wg Fan Speed = not exceeding 2500 rpm Motor = 0.15KW Fan Dia = 300 mm (Approx.) Noise level = not exceed 90 db at 1 meter distance 18 Supply installation, testing and commissioning of Inline / Cabinet / SISW Fan directly coupled TEFC Sq.cage induction motor (F-class insulation & B-class Temp. rise) suitable for 415V±10%, 50 Hz. 1 / 3 phase electric supply complete with required hardware etc. Toilet Exhaust Inline Ventilation fan Air Qty. = 100 CFM Static Pressure = 10 mm Wg Fan Speed = not exceeding 2500 rpm Motor = 0.15KW Fan Dia = 300 mm (Approx.) Noise level = not exceed 90 db at 1 meter distance NO. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

42 Supply installation, testing and commissioning of Inline / Cabinet / SISW Fan directly coupled TEFC Sq.cage induction motor (F-class insulation & B-class Temp. rise) suitable for 415V±10%, 50 Hz. 1 / 3 phase electric supply complete with required hardware etc. Toilet Exhaust Inline Ventilation fan Air Qty. = 500 CFM Static Pressure = 10 mm Wg Fan Speed = not exceeding 2500 rpm Motor = 0.15KW Fan Dia = 450 mm (Approx.) Noise level = not exceed 90 db at 1 meter distance 18 Supply installation, testing and commissioning of Inline / Cabinet / SISW Fan directly coupled TEFC Sq.cage induction motor (F-class insulation & B-class Temp. rise) suitable for 415V±10%, 50 Hz. 1 / 3 phase electric supply complete with required hardware etc. Toilet Exhaust Inline Ventilation fan Air Qty. = 500 CFM Static Pressure = 10 mm Wg Fan Speed = not exceeding 2500 rpm Motor = 0.15KW Fan Dia = 450 mm (Approx.) Noise level = not exceed 90 db at 1 meter distance NO. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

TOTAL AMOUNT EXCL GST 0.00 0 0

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/T/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/25/13562; (RFX- 5002004825) Schedule - 1.6

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI As per Lum-sum 0.00%

(SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES ) AS per Percent #REF!

As per lum-sum on Sch-3 0.00%

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To: As per Percent on Sch-3 #REF!

Contracts Services, 3rd Floor Total Discount #REF!

Name : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 SCO Bay 5-10, near Haryana Pollution Control

…….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 board Office, Sector 16A, Faridabad, Haryana 121002 Multipackage lum-sum 0.00%

INSTALLATION CHARGES Amount after Discount (Rs.) Dis Alert Amount after MPD (Rs.)

All Prices are in Indian Rupees.

SI. No. PR No PR Line Item No Activity Header PR Activity No Activity Description Service Code SAC (Service Accounting Codes) Whether SAC in column '8’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable the SAC * Rate of GST applicable ( in %) Whether rate of GST in column ‘4’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable rate of GST * Description Unit Quantity Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Total GST as confirmed by Bidder Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges

PART A (Substation Portion)

I INSTALLATION Revaluation of J column Tax Calculation

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

1 1.10.3 Wiring for light point/ fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point with 1.5 sq.mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit, with modular switch, modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5 sq.mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc. as required. Group C 18 1.10.3 Wiring for light point/ fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point with 1.5 sq.mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit, with modular switch, modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5 sq.mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc. as required. Group C Point 395.00 Included 0.00 0 0 0

2 1.55.3 Wiring for group controlled (looped) light point/fan point/exhaust fan point/ call bell point (without independent switch etc.) with 1.5 sq. mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface/ recessed PVC conduit, and earthing the point with 1.5 sq. mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc. as required. Group C 18 1.55.3 Wiring for group controlled (looped) light point/fan point/exhaust fan point/ call bell point (without independent switch etc.) with 1.5 sq. mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface/ recessed PVC conduit, and earthing the point with 1.5 sq. mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc. as required. Group C Point 592.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

3 1.11 Wiring for twin control light point with 1.5 sq.mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface / recessed medium class PVC conduit, 2way modular switch, modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the p oint with 1.5 sq.mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc. as required. 18 1.11 Wiring for twin control light point with 1.5 sq.mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface / recessed medium class PVC conduit, 2way modular switch, modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the p oint with 1.5 sq.mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc. as required. Point 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

4 1.12 Wiring for light/ power plug with 2X4 sq. mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit along with 1 No. 4 sq. mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable for loop earthing as required. 18 1.12 Wiring for light/ power plug with 2X4 sq. mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit along with 1 No. 4 sq. mm FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable for loop earthing as required. Metre 1740.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

5 1.14.2 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring along with earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit as required. 2 X 2.5 sq. mm + 1 X 2.5 sq. mm earth wire 18 1.14.2 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring along with earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit as required. 2 X 2.5 sq. mm + 1 X 2.5 sq. mm earth wire Metre 13537.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

6 1.14.4 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring along with earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit as required. 2 x 6 sq.mm. + 1 x 6 sq.mm. Earth wire. 18 1.14.4 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring along with earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit as required. 2 x 6 sq.mm. + 1 x 6 sq.mm. Earth wire. Metre 120.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

7 1.14.5 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring along with earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit as required. 2 x 10 sq.mm. + 1 x 6 sq.mm. Earth wire. 18 1.14.5 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring along with earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit as required. 2 x 10 sq.mm. + 1 x 6 sq.mm. Earth wire. Metre 80.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

8 1.14.10 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring along with earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit as required. 4 x 10 sq.mm. + 2 x 6 sq.mm. Earth wire. 18 1.14.10 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring along with earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS/HFFR PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit as required. 4 x 10 sq.mm. + 2 x 6 sq.mm. Earth wire. Metre 560.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

9 1.31 Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover in front on surface or in recess, including providing and fixing 3 pin 5/6 A modular socket outlet and 5/6 A modular switch, connections etc. as required.. 18 1.31 Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover in front on surface or in recess, including providing and fixing 3 pin 5/6 A modular socket outlet and 5/6 A modular switch, connections etc. as required. Each 473.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

10 1.32 Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover in front on surface or in recess, including providing and fixing 6 pin 5/6 & 15/16 A modular socket outlet and 15/16 A modular switch, connections etc. as required. 18 1.32 Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover in front on surface or in recess, including providing and fixing 6 pin 5/6 & 15/16 A modular socket outlet and 15/16 A modular switch, connections etc. as required. Each 58.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

11 1.57 Supplying & fixing suitable size GI box wih modular plate and cover in front on surface or in recess including providing and fixing 25 A modular socket outlet and 25 A modular SP MCB, "C" curve including connections, painting etc. as required. 18 1.57 Supplying & fixing suitable size GI box wih modular plate and cover in front on surface or in recess including providing and fixing 25 A modular socket outlet and 25 A modular SP MCB, "C" curve including connections, painting etc. as required. Each 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

12 2.10.1 Supplying and fixing 5 A to 32 A rating, 240/415 V, 10 kA, "C" curve, miniature circuit breaker suitable for inductive load of following poles in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as Required. Single pole 18 2.10.1 Supplying and fixing 5 A to 32 A rating, 240/415 V, 10 kA, "C" curve, miniature circuit breaker suitable for inductive load of following poles in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as Required. Single pole Each 348.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

13 2.4.2 Supplying and Fixing Following way, Horizontal Type Three Pole and Neutral, Sheet Steel, MCB Distribution Board, 415 V, on surface/ recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator). 6 Way (4 + 18), Double Door 18 2.4.2 Supplying and Fixing Following way, Horizontal Type Three Pole and Neutral, Sheet Steel, MCB Distribution Board, 415 V, on surface/ recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator). 6 Way (4 + 18), Double Door Each 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

14 2.4.3 Supplying and Fixing Following way, Horizontal Type Three Pole and Neutral, Sheet Steel, MCB Distribution Board, 415 V, on surface/ recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator). 8 Way (4 + 24), Double Door 18 2.4.3 Supplying and Fixing Following way, Horizontal Type Three Pole and Neutral, Sheet Steel, MCB Distribution Board, 415 V, on surface/ recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator). 8 Way (4 + 24), Double Door Each 12.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

15 2.3.2 Supplying and fixing following way, Single Pole and Neutral, sheet steel, MCB distribution board, 240 V, on surface/ recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator). 8 Way Double door. 18 2.3.2 Supplying and fixing following way, Single Pole and Neutral, sheet steel, MCB distribution board, 240 V, on surface/ recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator). 8 Way Double door. Each 0.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

16 2.3.3 Supplying and fixing following way, Single Pole and Neutral, sheet steel, MCB distribution board, 240 V, on surface/ recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator). 12 Way Double door. 18 2.3.3 Supplying and fixing following way, Single Pole and Neutral, sheet steel, MCB distribution board, 240 V, on surface/ recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator). 12 Way Double door. Each 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

17 2.3.4 Supplying and fixing following way, Single Pole and Neutral, sheet steel, MCB distribution board, 240 V, on surface/ recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator). 16 Way Double door. 18 2.3.4 Supplying and fixing following way, Single Pole and Neutral, sheet steel, MCB distribution board, 240 V, on surface/ recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator). 16 Way Double door. Each 0.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

18 2.12.1 Supplying and fixing following Rating, Double pole, 240 V, isolator in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as Required. 40 Amps 18 2.12.1 Supplying and fixing following Rating, Double pole, 240 V, isolator in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as Required. 40 Amps Each 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

19 2.13.2 Supplying and fixing following rating, four pole, 415 V, isolator in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as Required. 63 Amps 18 2.13.2 Supplying and fixing following rating, four pole, 415 V, isolator in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as Required. 63 Amps Each 14.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

20 2.14.2 Supplying and fixing following rating, double pole, (single phase and neutral), 240 V, residual current circuit breaker (RCCB), having a sensitivity current 30 mA in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as Required. 40 Amps 18 2.14.2 Supplying and fixing following rating, double pole, (single phase and neutral), 240 V, residual current circuit breaker (RCCB), having a sensitivity current 30 mA in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as Required. 40 Amps Each 42.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

21 1.27.1 Supplying and Fixing Following Size/ Modules, GI Box Alongwith Modular Base & Cover Plate for Modular Switches in Recess etc. as Required. 1 or 2 Module (75 mm x 75 mm) 18 1.27.1 Supplying and Fixing Following Size/ Modules, GI Box Alongwith Modular Base & Cover Plate for Modular Switches in Recess etc. as Required. 1 or 2 Module (75 mm x 75 mm) Each 290.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

22 1.24.6 Supplying and Fixing Following Modular Switch/ Socket on The Existing Modular plate & Switch Box including connections But Excluding Modular Plate etc. as required. Telephone Socket outlet. 18 1.24.6 Supplying and Fixing Following Modular Switch/ Socket on The Existing Modular plate & Switch Box including connections But Excluding Modular Plate etc. as required. Telephone Socket outlet. Each 126.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

23 1.24.7 Supplying and Fixing Following Modular Switch/ Socket on The Existing Modular plate & Switch Box including connections But Excluding Modular Plate etc. as required. TV Antenna socket outlet. 18 1.24.7 Supplying and Fixing Following Modular Switch/ Socket on The Existing Modular plate & Switch Box including connections But Excluding Modular Plate etc. as required. TV Antenna socket outlet. Each 16.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

24 1.21.2 Supplying and fixing of following sizes of medium class PVC conduit along with accessories in surface/recess including cutting the wall and making good the same in case of recessed conduit as required. 25 mm. 18 1.21.2 Supplying and fixing of following sizes of medium class PVC conduit along with accessories in surface/recess including cutting the wall and making good the same in case of recessed conduit as required. 25 mm. Metre 5824.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

25 1.18.2Supplying and drawing following pair 0.5 mm dia FRLS PVC insulated annealed copper conductor, Unarmored Telephone cable in the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required. 2 Pair 18 1.18.2Supplying and drawing following pair 0.5 mm dia FRLS PVC insulated annealed copper conductor, Unarmored Telephone cable in the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required. 2 Pair Metre 2520.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

26 1.19 Supplying and drawing co-axial TV cable RG-6 grade, 0.7 mm solid copper conductor PE insulated, shielded with fine tinned copper braid and protected with PVC sheath in the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required. 18 1.19 Supplying and drawing co-axial TV cable RG-6 grade, 0.7 mm solid copper conductor PE insulated, shielded with fine tinned copper braid and protected with PVC sheath in the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required. Metre 320.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

27 DSR 39.18.1 Supplying, drawing, Testing and commissioning of Cat6A UTP 4 pair, 23 AWG solid copper cable in existing conduit/ on surface, U/FTP, LSZH, Non Plenum, Horizontal (solid) Cable suitable for high speed data networking application supporting upto 10Gbps over a 100 meter channel. The 4 Unshielded Twisted Pairs (UTP) cable with color coded insulation for easy indentification should have FLAME PROPERTIES i.e. Flammability Test - IEC 60332-1, Smoke Density - IEC 61034, LSZH standards compliance: ANSI/TIA-568 C.2, ISO/IEC 11801, IEEE 802.3an, RoHS. Delay Skew should be < 45NS. The outer Cable Diameter should be 7.5 + 2 mm. Cable should have been tested and verified by UL/ ETL etc. complete as required. 1 run of cable 18 DSR 39.18.1 Supplying, drawing, Testing and commissioning of Cat6A UTP 4 pair, 23 AWG solid copper cable in existing conduit/ on surface, U/FTP, LSZH, Non Plenum, Horizontal (solid) Cable suitable for high speed data networking application supporting upto 10Gbps over a 100 meter channel. The 4 Unshielded Twisted Pairs (UTP) cable with color coded insulation for easy indentification should have FLAME PROPERTIES i.e. Flammability Test - IEC 60332-1, Smoke Density - IEC 61034, LSZH standards compliance: ANSI/TIA-568 C.2, ISO/IEC 11801, IEEE 802.3an, RoHS. Delay Skew should be < 45NS. The outer Cable Diameter should be 7.5 + 2 mm. Cable should have been tested and verified by UL/ ETL etc. complete as required. 1 run of cable Metre 4440.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

28 Supplying & Fixing Modular Type Computer jack RJ 45 ISI mark 1 Module on existing Mounting plate and box Complete with all accessories as required. 18 Supplying & Fixing Modular Type Computer jack RJ 45 ISI mark 1 Module on existing Mounting plate and box Complete with all accessories as required. Each 148.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

29 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable UP/DOWN IP20 curvilinear suspended luminaire made of extruded aluminium housing and is should have high transmissive diffuser. Housing color(RAL code) to be approved by specifier. Fixture should have minimum efficacy at System level (Not Chip Level) >85lumens/watt(SDCM<3) and a minimum system lumen output of 1700lumens/m (±10%) and maximum system wattage of 20W/m.Luminaire should have Life of 50,000hrs@L70 Lumen maintenance at 45deg C ambient temperature, CCT up to 4000K, IP20, IK02, CRI >80, PF >0.95, THD<10% at full load and an operating Voltage Range of( 180 - 264)V AC, Internal Surge Protection 2KV & driver efficacy >85%. The fixture should comply with the parameters as per IS10322. Fixture should have class I insulation. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham SP / Tridonic Prog / Osram OTI make. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. 18 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable UP/DOWN IP20 curvilinear suspended luminaire made of extruded aluminium housing and is should have high transmissive diffuser. Housing color(RAL code) to be approved by specifier. Fixture should have minimum efficacy at System level (Not Chip Level) >85lumens/watt(SDCM<3) and a minimum system lumen output of 1700lumens/m (±10%) and maximum system wattage of 20W/m.Luminaire should have Life of 50,000hrs@L70 Lumen maintenance at 45deg C ambient temperature, CCT up to 4000K, IP20, IK02, CRI >80, PF >0.95, THD<10% at full load and an operating Voltage Range of( 180 - 264)V AC, Internal Surge Protection 2KV & driver efficacy >85%. The fixture should comply with the parameters as per IS10322. Fixture should have class I insulation. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham SP / Tridonic Prog / Osram OTI make. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Mtrs 539.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

30 Supply and Installation of 8ft 60W 70% DOWN/ 30% UP LED linear pendant mounted DALI Dimmable and tunable Luminaire suitable for suspended insatllation in offices, studio and similiar interiors. The luminaire having 6000lm (±10%) at 5700K and system efficacy 100lm/W(at 5700K) shall have a slim extruded aluminium body with die cast endcaps and use high efficeincy LEDs with a polycarbonate optics, providing symmetric 60 degree optics. Housing color(RAL code) to be approved by specifier. Luminaire shall have technology edge with high efficacy LEDs .It shall have low glare with <16 (Up/Down), tunable CCT ranges from 2700K-5700K, CRI 80 and a rated LED life span of 50,000 hrs at L70. The fixture shall operate at 240V AC, with a voltage range of 180-264 (normal driver), support loop-in loop-out wiring. It shall operate between 0-45 deg C and include surge protection of 2kV. The luminaire must comply ANSI bin C78.377A for CCT Binning. Driver Efficiency > 85% Power factor greater than 0.95 and total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 10%. Luminaire shall have non-integrated driver and comply LG6 Guidelines. DALI 2 Driver must be of Fulham SP / Tridonic Prog / Osram OTI Make only with Part 251, 252 and 253 for energy mesaurement data. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. Dimensions: 2390 x 200 x38 mm with Tolerance (±2mm). Luminaire should have RoHS, EMI EMC as per IEC 61547. Light should be integrated with LMS of same make for better compatibility. 18 Supply and Installation of 8ft 60W 70% DOWN/ 30% UP LED linear pendant mounted DALI Dimmable and tunable Luminaire suitable for suspended insatllation in offices, studio and similiar interiors. The luminaire having 6000lm (±10%) at 5700K and system efficacy 100lm/W(at 5700K) shall have a slim extruded aluminium body with die cast endcaps and use high efficeincy LEDs with a polycarbonate optics, providing symmetric 60 degree optics. Housing color(RAL code) to be approved by specifier. Luminaire shall have technology edge with high efficacy LEDs .It shall have low glare with <16 (Up/Down), tunable CCT ranges from 2700K-5700K, CRI 80 and a rated LED life span of 50,000 hrs at L70. The fixture shall operate at 240V AC, with a voltage range of 180-264 (normal driver), support loop-in loop-out wiring. It shall operate between 0-45 deg C and include surge protection of 2kV. The luminaire must comply ANSI bin C78.377A for CCT Binning. Driver Efficiency > 85% Power factor greater than 0.95 and total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 10%. Luminaire shall have non-integrated driver and comply LG6 Guidelines. DALI 2 Driver must be of Fulham SP / Tridonic Prog / Osram OTI Make only with Part 251, 252 and 253 for energy mesaurement data. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. Dimensions: 2390 x 200 x38 mm with Tolerance (±2mm). Luminaire should have RoHS, EMI EMC as per IEC 61547. Light should be integrated with LMS of same make for better compatibility. Nos 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

31 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable 20W suspended by 1.5m suspension kit, 4 feet linear, IP20, SMD LED luminaire with system efficacy of 120 lumen/watt and system lumen output of 2400 lumen, operating in an ambient temperature of 0⁰C to 45⁰C. Operating at 50Hz frequency, luminaire shall have extruded aluminium housing with high efficiency prismatic diffuser for UGR<19 and must have provision for end to end seamless connected prismatic Roll-On diffuser. Housing color(RAL code) to be approved by specifier. PCT package of wattage of 0.2-0.5 W LEDs used in the product shall comply with IEC 62471 for Photo-biological safety. LM 80-08 compliant LEDs from reputed makes such as Nichia/Cree/ Bridgelux/ Lumiled/ Osram/Seoul should be provided. The LED shall comply with L70 life of 50000 burning hours tested at maximum current. The LEDs used should be with CCT of 4000 K and CRI of Minimum 80, with MacAdam CCT binning ≤3 mounted on 1.6mm FR4 / MCPCB with 35 micron cu layer. LED Driver shall be Isolated type, Constant Current topology driver with proper heat sink for heat dissipation suitable to operate in input voltage range of 180V to 264V (nominal rated voltage – 240V) with 2KV internal surge protection, Power factor of minimum 0.95, driver efficacy of minimum 85% and total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than or equal to 10% should be integral to the luminaire. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham SP / Tridonic Prog / Osram OTI make. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. Ceiling cut-out: 1200X56mm, Weight: 4.5Kg. RAL code to be approved by 18 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable 20W suspended by 1.5m suspension kit, 4 feet linear, IP20, SMD LED luminaire with system efficacy of 120 lumen/watt and system lumen output of 2400 lumen, operating in an ambient temperature of 0⁰C to 45⁰C. Operating at 50Hz frequency, luminaire shall have extruded aluminium housing with high efficiency prismatic diffuser for UGR<19 and must have provision for end to end seamless connected prismatic Roll-On diffuser. Housing color(RAL code) to be approved by specifier. PCT package of wattage of 0.2-0.5 W LEDs used in the product shall comply with IEC 62471 for Photo-biological safety. LM 80-08 compliant LEDs from reputed makes such as Nichia/Cree/ Bridgelux/ Lumiled/ Osram/Seoul should be provided. The LED shall comply with L70 life of 50000 burning hours tested at maximum current. The LEDs used should be with CCT of 4000 K and CRI of Minimum 80, with MacAdam CCT binning ≤3 mounted on 1.6mm FR4 / MCPCB with 35 micron cu layer. LED Driver shall be Isolated type, Constant Current topology driver with proper heat sink for heat dissipation suitable to operate in input voltage range of 180V to 264V (nominal rated voltage – 240V) with 2KV internal surge protection, Power factor of minimum 0.95, driver efficacy of minimum 85% and total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than or equal to 10% should be integral to the luminaire. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham SP / Tridonic Prog / Osram OTI make. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. Ceiling cut-out: 1200X56mm, Weight: 4.5Kg. RAL code to be approved by Nos 16.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

32 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable & Tunable IP20 linear suspended standalone/continuous fitting made of extruded aluminium housing with powder coating and is should have Microstructured antiglare optical lens. Housing color(RAL code) to be approved by specifier. Fixture should have minimum efficacy at System level (Not Chip Level) >120lumens/watt(SDCM<3) at 5700K and a minimum system lumen output of 2400 (downlight) lumens at 5700K and maximum system wattage of 20W and Beam angle 60-65deg, sheilding angle should be greater than 65deg. Fixture should have office complaince i.e UGR<16. Luminaire should have Life of 50000hrs@L70B0 Lumen maintenance at 45deg C ambient temperature, tunable CCT ranges from 2700K - 5700K, IK02, CRI >80, PF >0.95, THD<10% at full load, EMC/EMI compliance and an operating Voltage Range of 150 - 270V AC & Internal Surge Protection 2KV. The fixture should comply with the parameters as per IS10322. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham SP / Tridonic Prog / Osram OTI make. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Including 3 core 1.5 sq.mm. Dimensions: 1104x53x85mm (±2mm), Weight 2.6Kg. 18 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable & Tunable IP20 linear suspended standalone/continuous fitting made of extruded aluminium housing with powder coating and is should have Microstructured antiglare optical lens. Housing color(RAL code) to be approved by specifier. Fixture should have minimum efficacy at System level (Not Chip Level) >120lumens/watt(SDCM<3) at 5700K and a minimum system lumen output of 2400 (downlight) lumens at 5700K and maximum system wattage of 20W and Beam angle 60-65deg, sheilding angle should be greater than 65deg. Fixture should have office complaince i.e UGR<16. Luminaire should have Life of 50000hrs@L70B0 Lumen maintenance at 45deg C ambient temperature, tunable CCT ranges from 2700K - 5700K, IK02, CRI >80, PF >0.95, THD<10% at full load, EMC/EMI compliance and an operating Voltage Range of 150 - 270V AC & Internal Surge Protection 2KV. The fixture should comply with the parameters as per IS10322. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham SP / Tridonic Prog / Osram OTI make. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Including 3 core 1.5 sq.mm. Dimensions: 1104x53x85mm (±2mm), Weight 2.6Kg. Nos 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

33 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable 800mm dia Pendent Mounted Ring LED. Fixture to be made of extrusion Aluminum housing in with HET plastic diffuser. Housing color(RAL code) to be approved by specifier. LED Used shall be SMD type with Minimum system Lumens 3600 @40W & efficacy 80lm/W,Life of fixture : 50000 burning Hrs. @ L70 Lumen maintenance, CCT of 4000/5700K (SDCM<=3), CRI Ra >=80, PF >0.95, operating Voltage Range of 150-270 V AC. Minimum Internal Surge Protection 2.0KV. LED driver should have CISPR 15 / EN 55015 compliance to limit for radio disturbance characteristics. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Both the fixture and Driver should have separate BIS approval. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham / Helvar / Tridonic make. 18 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable 800mm dia Pendent Mounted Ring LED. Fixture to be made of extrusion Aluminum housing in with HET plastic diffuser. Housing color(RAL code) to be approved by specifier. LED Used shall be SMD type with Minimum system Lumens 3600 @40W & efficacy 80lm/W,Life of fixture : 50000 burning Hrs. @ L70 Lumen maintenance, CCT of 4000/5700K (SDCM<=3), CRI Ra >=80, PF >0.95, operating Voltage Range of 150-270 V AC. Minimum Internal Surge Protection 2.0KV. LED driver should have CISPR 15 / EN 55015 compliance to limit for radio disturbance characteristics. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Both the fixture and Driver should have separate BIS approval. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham / Helvar / Tridonic make. Nos 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

34 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable 1000mm dia Pendent Mounted Ring LED. Fixture to be made of extrusion Aluminum housing in finish with HET plastic diffuser. Housing color(RAL code) to be approved by specifier. LED Used shall be SMD type with Minimum system Lumens 4500 @50W & efficacy 80lm/W,Life of fixture : 50000 burning Hrs. @ L70 Lumen maintenance, CCT of 4000/5700K (SDCM<=3), CRI Ra >=80, PF >0.95, operating Voltage Range of 150-270 V AC. Minimum Internal Surge Protection 2.0KV. LED driver should have CISPR 15 / EN 55015 compliance to limit for radio disturbance characteristics. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Both the fixture and Driver should have separate BIS approval. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham / Helvar / Tridonic make. 18 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable 1000mm dia Pendent Mounted Ring LED. Fixture to be made of extrusion Aluminum housing in finish with HET plastic diffuser. Housing color(RAL code) to be approved by specifier. LED Used shall be SMD type with Minimum system Lumens 4500 @50W & efficacy 80lm/W,Life of fixture : 50000 burning Hrs. @ L70 Lumen maintenance, CCT of 4000/5700K (SDCM<=3), CRI Ra >=80, PF >0.95, operating Voltage Range of 150-270 V AC. Minimum Internal Surge Protection 2.0KV. LED driver should have CISPR 15 / EN 55015 compliance to limit for radio disturbance characteristics. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Both the fixture and Driver should have separate BIS approval. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham / Helvar / Tridonic make. Nos 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

35 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable & tunable 15W recessed, deep inset COB LED Downlight luminaire having 1350 lumens at 5700K with dimensions of 83mm dia and height of 91mm. The cut out dia (Φ) should not be more than 78mm. Luminaire shall be made up of pure polyster powder coated pressure die cast Aluminium housing with inbuilt heat sink to provide better thermal management to enhance LED life. The luminaire should be equiped with the secondary optics of high efficiency white coloured reflector. The luminaire should be available with multiple beam angle options of 40° and 60°. LM 80-08 compliant ceramic / aluminium base LEDs from reputed makes such as Nichia/Cree/ Bridgelux/ Lumiled/ Osram/Citizen should be provided. LEDs used in the product shall comply with EN 62471 for Photo-biological safety and certificate for the same from manufacturer shall be provided. The luminaire should be IP20 rated. The LED shall be compliant with LM80-08 standard with L70 life of 50000 Hrs tested at maximum current (Complete LM 80 test report for LED should be submitted for 10000 hrs of testing). The LEDs used should be with tunable CCT ranges from 2700-5700K and CRI of Minimum 80. LED Driver shall be non-integrated type, Isolated, Constant Current operated driver with range 150-270V AC. Driver Efficiency > 75% & 2.0 KV internal surge protection, Power factor greater than 0.90 and total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% should be integral to the luminaire. DALI 2 Driver must be of Fulham SP / Tridonic Prog / Osram OTI Make only with Part 251, 252 and 253 for energy mesaurement data. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. 18 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable & tunable 15W recessed, deep inset COB LED Downlight luminaire having 1350 lumens at 5700K with dimensions of 83mm dia and height of 91mm. The cut out dia (Φ) should not be more than 78mm. Luminaire shall be made up of pure polyster powder coated pressure die cast Aluminium housing with inbuilt heat sink to provide better thermal management to enhance LED life. The luminaire should be equiped with the secondary optics of high efficiency white coloured reflector. The luminaire should be available with multiple beam angle options of 40° and 60°. LM 80-08 compliant ceramic / aluminium base LEDs from reputed makes such as Nichia/Cree/ Bridgelux/ Lumiled/ Osram/Citizen should be provided. LEDs used in the product shall comply with EN 62471 for Photo-biological safety and certificate for the same from manufacturer shall be provided. The luminaire should be IP20 rated. The LED shall be compliant with LM80-08 standard with L70 life of 50000 Hrs tested at maximum current (Complete LM 80 test report for LED should be submitted for 10000 hrs of testing). The LEDs used should be with tunable CCT ranges from 2700-5700K and CRI of Minimum 80. LED Driver shall be non-integrated type, Isolated, Constant Current operated driver with range 150-270V AC. Driver Efficiency > 75% & 2.0 KV internal surge protection, Power factor greater than 0.90 and total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% should be integral to the luminaire. DALI 2 Driver must be of Fulham SP / Tridonic Prog / Osram OTI Make only with Part 251, 252 and 253 for energy mesaurement data. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. Nos 125.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

36 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable 15W recessed, deep inset COB LED Downlight luminaire having 1350 lumens with dimensions of 83mm dia and height of 91mm. The cut out dia (Φ) should not be more than 78mm. Luminaire shall be made up of pure polyster powder coated pressure die cast Aluminium housing with inbuilt heat sink to provide better thermal management to enhance LED life. The luminaire should be equiped with the secondary optics of high efficiency white coloured reflector. The luminaire should be available with multiple beam angle options of 40° and 60°.LM 80-08 compliant ceramic / aluminium base LEDs from reputed makes such as Nichia/Cree/ Bridgelux/ Lumiled/ Osram/Citizen should be provided. LEDs used in the product shall comply with EN 62471 for Photo-biological safety and certificate for the same from manufacturer shall be provided. The luminaire should be IP20 rated. The LED shall be compliant with LM80-08 standard with L70 life of 50000 Hrs tested at maximum current (Complete LM 80 test report for LED should be submitted for 10000 hrs of testing). The LEDs used should be with CCT of 4000 K and CRI of Minimum 80. LED Driver shall be non-integrated type, Isolated, Constant Current operated driver with range 150-270V AC. Driver Efficiency > 75% & 2.0 KV internal surge protection, Power factor greater than 0.90 and total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% should be integral to the luminaire. DALI 2 Driver must be of Fulham SP / Tridonic Prog / Osram OTI Make only with Part 251, 252 and 253 for energy mesaurement data. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. 18 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable 15W recessed, deep inset COB LED Downlight luminaire having 1350 lumens with dimensions of 83mm dia and height of 91mm. The cut out dia (Φ) should not be more than 78mm. Luminaire shall be made up of pure polyster powder coated pressure die cast Aluminium housing with inbuilt heat sink to provide better thermal management to enhance LED life. The luminaire should be equiped with the secondary optics of high efficiency white coloured reflector. The luminaire should be available with multiple beam angle options of 40° and 60°.LM 80-08 compliant ceramic / aluminium base LEDs from reputed makes such as Nichia/Cree/ Bridgelux/ Lumiled/ Osram/Citizen should be provided. LEDs used in the product shall comply with EN 62471 for Photo-biological safety and certificate for the same from manufacturer shall be provided. The luminaire should be IP20 rated. The LED shall be compliant with LM80-08 standard with L70 life of 50000 Hrs tested at maximum current (Complete LM 80 test report for LED should be submitted for 10000 hrs of testing). The LEDs used should be with CCT of 4000 K and CRI of Minimum 80. LED Driver shall be non-integrated type, Isolated, Constant Current operated driver with range 150-270V AC. Driver Efficiency > 75% & 2.0 KV internal surge protection, Power factor greater than 0.90 and total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% should be integral to the luminaire. DALI 2 Driver must be of Fulham SP / Tridonic Prog / Osram OTI Make only with Part 251, 252 and 253 for energy mesaurement data. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. Nos 50.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

37 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable and tuneable Suspened LED stretch fabric Luminaire of dimension 5800mmX2800mm(±5%), with extruded aluminum housing delivering upto 3890lumen/sq m and it draws 55W/sq m maximum from standard 220-240V AC Supply and Installation. Fixture offers excellent light output, long source life, high CRI, and energy efficiency, in a beautiful, clean plane of light. Industry-best quality of 80+ CRI and color consistency within a 3-step MacAdam ellipse provides a glare-free direct view luminaire, and abundant, uniform daylight illumination evenly lit across the entire task surface.The diffuser shall be Special translucent stretch fabric having good resistance properties -Flame retardant, Anti-bacterial, Anti-Fungal and Anti-Static, Impermeable to Water and steam for uniform and optimum light distribution. Fixture should have IP20, tunable CCT 2700-6500k, PF ≥ 0.95, THD<=10%, CRI 80 and drive should have Surge Protection upto 2KV and must be compatible with DALI 2.0 for both tunning and dimmable option. The LED Driver shall be easily available in India for repair and service. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham / Helvar / Tridonic make. The luminaire shall be with following certifications: LM79 & LM80 issued by LED manufacture along with Photo Biological Safety Standard. 18 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable and tuneable Suspened LED stretch fabric Luminaire of dimension 5800mmX2800mm(±5%), with extruded aluminum housing delivering upto 3890lumen/sq m and it draws 55W/sq m maximum from standard 220-240V AC Supply and Installation. Fixture offers excellent light output, long source life, high CRI, and energy efficiency, in a beautiful, clean plane of light. Industry-best quality of 80+ CRI and color consistency within a 3-step MacAdam ellipse provides a glare-free direct view luminaire, and abundant, uniform daylight illumination evenly lit across the entire task surface.The diffuser shall be Special translucent stretch fabric having good resistance properties -Flame retardant, Anti-bacterial, Anti-Fungal and Anti-Static, Impermeable to Water and steam for uniform and optimum light distribution. Fixture should have IP20, tunable CCT 2700-6500k, PF ≥ 0.95, THD<=10%, CRI 80 and drive should have Surge Protection upto 2KV and must be compatible with DALI 2.0 for both tunning and dimmable option. The LED Driver shall be easily available in India for repair and service. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham / Helvar / Tridonic make. The luminaire shall be with following certifications: LM79 & LM80 issued by LED manufacture along with Photo Biological Safety Standard. Sqmtr 25.50 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

38 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable backlit, 33W SMD LED 2x2 luminaire suitable for Armstrong / CRG /TRAC / USG/Celotex modular ceiling system having luminous efficacy of 100 lpw (3300lm) with dimension of 595mm x 595mm and height of 48mm. The luminaire should be able to be mounted on POP/Gypsum ceiling with the help of additional frame. Luminaire shall be made up of white powder coated extruded Aluminium housing with C-shaped drop down opal diffuser. The luminaire should be IP20 rated. The LED shall be compliant with LM80-08 standard with L70 life of 50000 Hrs. The LEDs used should be with CCT of 4000 K and CRI of Minimum 80. Total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 10% should be integral to the luminaire. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham / Helvar / Tridonic make. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. Light should be integrated with LMS of same make for better compatibility. 18 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable backlit, 33W SMD LED 2x2 luminaire suitable for Armstrong / CRG /TRAC / USG/Celotex modular ceiling system having luminous efficacy of 100 lpw (3300lm) with dimension of 595mm x 595mm and height of 48mm. The luminaire should be able to be mounted on POP/Gypsum ceiling with the help of additional frame. Luminaire shall be made up of white powder coated extruded Aluminium housing with C-shaped drop down opal diffuser. The luminaire should be IP20 rated. The LED shall be compliant with LM80-08 standard with L70 life of 50000 Hrs. The LEDs used should be with CCT of 4000 K and CRI of Minimum 80. Total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 10% should be integral to the luminaire. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham / Helvar / Tridonic make. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. Light should be integrated with LMS of same make for better compatibility. Nos 20.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

39 Supply and Installation of 9W recessed, deep inset COB LED Downlight luminaire having 810 lumens with dimensions of 62mm dia and height of 74mm. The cut out dia (Φ) should not be more than 57mm. Luminaire shall be made up of pure polyster powder coated pressure die cast Aluminium housing with inbuilt heat sink to provide better thermal management to enhance LED life. The luminaire should be equiped with the secondary optics of high efficiency white coloured reflector. The luminaire should be available with multiple beam angle options of 40° and 60°.LM 80-08 compliant ceramic / aluminium base LEDs from reputed makes such as Nichia/Cree/ Bridgelux/ Lumiled/ Osram/Citizen should be provided. LEDs used in the product shall comply with EN 62471 for Photo-biological safety and certificate for the same from manufacturer shall be provided. The luminaire should be IP20 rated. The LED shall be compliant with LM80-08 standard with L70 life of 50000 Hrs tested at maximum current (Complete LM 80 test report for LED should be submitted for 10000 hrs of testing). The LEDs used should be with CCT of 4000 K and CRI of Minimum 80. LED Driver shall be non-integrated type, Isolated, Constant Current operated driver with range 140-270V AC. Driver Efficiency > 85% & 3.0 KV internal surge protection, Power factor greater than 0.95 and total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 10% should be integral to the luminaire. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. 18 Supply and Installation of 9W recessed, deep inset COB LED Downlight luminaire having 810 lumens with dimensions of 62mm dia and height of 74mm. The cut out dia (Φ) should not be more than 57mm. Luminaire shall be made up of pure polyster powder coated pressure die cast Aluminium housing with inbuilt heat sink to provide better thermal management to enhance LED life. The luminaire should be equiped with the secondary optics of high efficiency white coloured reflector. The luminaire should be available with multiple beam angle options of 40° and 60°.LM 80-08 compliant ceramic / aluminium base LEDs from reputed makes such as Nichia/Cree/ Bridgelux/ Lumiled/ Osram/Citizen should be provided. LEDs used in the product shall comply with EN 62471 for Photo-biological safety and certificate for the same from manufacturer shall be provided. The luminaire should be IP20 rated. The LED shall be compliant with LM80-08 standard with L70 life of 50000 Hrs tested at maximum current (Complete LM 80 test report for LED should be submitted for 10000 hrs of testing). The LEDs used should be with CCT of 4000 K and CRI of Minimum 80. LED Driver shall be non-integrated type, Isolated, Constant Current operated driver with range 140-270V AC. Driver Efficiency > 85% & 3.0 KV internal surge protection, Power factor greater than 0.95 and total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 10% should be integral to the luminaire. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. Nos 20.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

40 Supply and Installation ofDALI dimmable 20W Suspended Acoustic Mute light fixture of 1200mm length linear profile. The light fixture should be impeccably integrated with Acoustic material which enhances the product Aesthetic looks. The Acoustic PET board material should be made of High quality Acoustic polyester fibre with Hybrid technology. The Hybrid technology utilizes deep airspaces and multiple layers construction which in combinations of Acoustic material+Soft polyester+PET Board which insures Higher NRC Value of 0.85-0.9 and greater SAC Sound absorption coefficient. Hybrid deep airspaces technology insures the up to 40-50% Average decrement in reverberation time (RT60). All the acoustic materials must be tested in third Party Acoustic Labs preferably in ARAI to insure the quality of product. The PET board should be made of 100% recyclable/sustainable material. Acoustic body should be light weight for easy and effective installation and should be having fire Retardant property & should comply to Fire Classification: B s1, d0 as per EN 13501. The Acoustic materials should be high resistance to humidity and moisture. The product should be Non VOC compliant and should be having Anti-fungal properties. The Acoustic material should be also available for customization as per customer demand in Different customization options in shape, size, formation and RAL shades. The luminaire integrated with the acoustic material should be having system output ranges from ≥2000 lm with collimeter lens having UGR<16. Luminaire shall have Optical Grade High Efficiency Translucent PC diffuser. The LED used inside the light fixture should be LM 80-08 compliant, ANSI rated LEDs from reputed makes such as Nichia, Japan / Cree, USA / Bridgelux, USA / Lumiled USA / Citizen Japan should be provided. Luminaire shall use multiple LEDs of less than 0.5W Class for better diffusion and heat management. The LEDs shall be driven on optimal point for higher reliability & performance. The LED shall be compliant with LM80-08 standard with Useful L70 life of 50000 Hrs (Complete LM 80 test report for LED should be submitted). The LEDs used in luminaire should be ANSI standard Rated LED with CCT of 4000K and CRI of Minimum 80. LEDs used must be tested as per EN62471 for Photobiological Safety of humans. The Driver should be Isolated type, multistage Constant Current Constant Voltage topology driver suitable to operate in input voltage range of 150V to 270V ( nominal rated voltage – 240V) with minimum 2KV surge protection, driver efficiency is ≥85% along with Power factor≥0.95 and total harmonic distortion iTHD≤10% should be non-integral to the luminaire. Driver shall be made in India for better service and availability. Driver output voltage shall be less than SELV limits for safe DC operation and maintenance. The light fixture should BIS approved/certified. Also the light fixture should be having LM79 Test Report from Third Party NABL Lab with IES Files. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. 18 Supply and Installation ofDALI dimmable 20W Suspended Acoustic Mute light fixture of 1200mm length linear profile. The light fixture should be impeccably integrated with Acoustic material which enhances the product Aesthetic looks. The Acoustic PET board material should be made of High quality Acoustic polyester fibre with Hybrid technology. The Hybrid technology utilizes deep airspaces and multiple layers construction which in combinations of Acoustic material+Soft polyester+PET Board which insures Higher NRC Value of 0.85-0.9 and greater SAC Sound absorption coefficient. Hybrid deep airspaces technology insures the up to 40-50% Average decrement in reverberation time (RT60). All the acoustic materials must be tested in third Party Acoustic Labs preferably in ARAI to insure the quality of product. The PET board should be made of 100% recyclable/sustainable material. Acoustic body should be light weight for easy and effective installation and should be having fire Retardant property & should comply to Fire Classification: B s1, d0 as per EN 13501. The Acoustic materials should be high resistance to humidity and moisture. The product should be Non VOC compliant and should be having Anti-fungal properties. The Acoustic material should be also available for customization as per customer demand in Different customization options in shape, size, formation and RAL shades. The luminaire integrated with the acoustic material should be having system output ranges from ≥2000 lm with collimeter lens having UGR<16. Luminaire shall have Optical Grade High Efficiency Translucent PC diffuser. The LED used inside the light fixture should be LM 80-08 compliant, ANSI rated LEDs from reputed makes such as Nichia, Japan / Cree, USA / Bridgelux, USA / Lumiled USA / Citizen Japan should be provided. Luminaire shall use multiple LEDs of less than 0.5W Class for better diffusion and heat management. The LEDs shall be driven on optimal point for higher reliability & performance. The LED shall be compliant with LM80-08 standard with Useful L70 life of 50000 Hrs (Complete LM 80 test report for LED should be submitted). The LEDs used in luminaire should be ANSI standard Rated LED with CCT of 4000K and CRI of Minimum 80. LEDs used must be tested as per EN62471 for Photobiological Safety of humans. The Driver should be Isolated type, multistage Constant Current Constant Voltage topology driver suitable to operate in input voltage range of 150V to 270V ( nominal rated voltage – 240V) with minimum 2KV surge protection, driver efficiency is ≥85% along with Power factor≥0.95 and total harmonic distortion iTHD≤10% should be non-integral to the luminaire. Driver shall be made in India for better service and availability. Driver output voltage shall be less than SELV limits for safe DC operation and maintenance. The light fixture should BIS approved/certified. Also the light fixture should be having LM79 Test Report from Third Party NABL Lab with IES Files. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. Nos 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

41 Supply and Installation of 460mm dia decorative Pendent Mounted LED. Fixture to be made of Spun aluminium powder coated housing in white finish with HET Plastic diffuser. LED Used shall be SMD type with Minimum system Lumens 1600 @20W & efficacy 80lm/W, Life of fixture : 50000 burning Hrs. @ L70 Lumen maintenance, CCT of 4000/5700K (SDCM<=5), CRI Ra >=80, PF >0.95, operating Voltage Range of 150-270 V AC. Minimum Internal Surge Protection 3KV. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Both the fixture and Driver should have separate BIS approval. Fixture dimensions are Ø 460 X W230mm, weight: 2.5Kg.. 18 Supply and Installation of 460mm dia decorative Pendent Mounted LED. Fixture to be made of Spun aluminium powder coated housing in white finish with HET Plastic diffuser. LED Used shall be SMD type with Minimum system Lumens 1600 @20W & efficacy 80lm/W, Life of fixture : 50000 burning Hrs. @ L70 Lumen maintenance, CCT of 4000/5700K (SDCM<=5), CRI Ra >=80, PF >0.95, operating Voltage Range of 150-270 V AC. Minimum Internal Surge Protection 3KV. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Both the fixture and Driver should have separate BIS approval. Fixture dimensions are Ø 460 X W230mm, weight: 2.5Kg.. Nos 20.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

42 Supply and Installation of Recess Mounted Magnetic Track with Cut-out of 27mm -30mm. The dimensions are as follows: Dimensions (mm): 25 (W) x 56 (H) x (L) Available -1000mm. All dimensions are in tolerance of ± 5mm & Lifetime: 50,000hrs Mounting Type: Recessed Type ,designed for Indoor Application with Ingress Protection of IP20. 18 Supply and Installation of Recess Mounted Magnetic Track with Cut-out of 27mm -30mm. The dimensions are as follows: Dimensions (mm): 25 (W) x 56 (H) x (L) Available -1000mm. All dimensions are in tolerance of ± 5mm & Lifetime: 50,000hrs Mounting Type: Recessed Type ,designed for Indoor Application with Ingress Protection of IP20. Nos 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

43 Supply and Installation of Recess Mounted Magnetic Track with Cut-out of 27mm -30mm. The dimensions are as follows: Dimensions (mm): 25 (W) x 56 (H) x (L) Available -2000mm. All dimensions are in tolerance of ± 5mm & Lifetime: 50,000hrs Mounting Type: Recessed Type ,designed for Indoor Application with Ingress Protection of IP20. 18 Supply and Installation of Recess Mounted Magnetic Track with Cut-out of 27mm -30mm. The dimensions are as follows: Dimensions (mm): 25 (W) x 56 (H) x (L) Available -2000mm. All dimensions are in tolerance of ± 5mm & Lifetime: 50,000hrs Mounting Type: Recessed Type ,designed for Indoor Application with Ingress Protection of IP20. Nos 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

44 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable 10W COB LED Downlight luminaire having 800 lumens with cut-out (Φ) dia of 54mm and height of 150mm, suitable for surface mounting. Luminaire shall be made up of white powder coated extruded Aluminium housing with inbuilt heat sink to provide better thermal management to enhance LED life. The luminaire should be equiped with the secondary optics of high efficiency reflector with clear glass to have precise light beam to cut down glare to UGR <19. LM 80-08 compliant LEDs from reputed makes such as Nichia/Cree/ Bridgelux/ Lumiled/ Osram/Seoul should be provided. LEDs used in the product shall comply with EN 62471 for Photo-biological safety and certificate for the same from manufacturer shall be provided. The luminaire should be IP20 rated. The LED shall be compliant with LM80-08 standard with L70 life of 50000 Hrs tested at maximum current (Complete LM 80 test report for LED should be submitted for 10000 hrs of testing). The LEDs used should be with CCT of 4000 K and CRI of Minimum 80. LED Driver shall be Integrated type, Isolated, Constant Current operated driver with range 140-280V AC. Driver Efficiency > 80% &2KV internal surge protection, Power factor greater than 0.90 and total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% should be integral to the luminaire. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham / Helvar / Tridonic make. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. 18 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable 10W COB LED Downlight luminaire having 800 lumens with cut-out (Φ) dia of 54mm and height of 150mm, suitable for surface mounting. Luminaire shall be made up of white powder coated extruded Aluminium housing with inbuilt heat sink to provide better thermal management to enhance LED life. The luminaire should be equiped with the secondary optics of high efficiency reflector with clear glass to have precise light beam to cut down glare to UGR <19. LM 80-08 compliant LEDs from reputed makes such as Nichia/Cree/ Bridgelux/ Lumiled/ Osram/Seoul should be provided. LEDs used in the product shall comply with EN 62471 for Photo-biological safety and certificate for the same from manufacturer shall be provided. The luminaire should be IP20 rated. The LED shall be compliant with LM80-08 standard with L70 life of 50000 Hrs tested at maximum current (Complete LM 80 test report for LED should be submitted for 10000 hrs of testing). The LEDs used should be with CCT of 4000 K and CRI of Minimum 80. LED Driver shall be Integrated type, Isolated, Constant Current operated driver with range 140-280V AC. Driver Efficiency > 80% &2KV internal surge protection, Power factor greater than 0.90 and total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% should be integral to the luminaire. LED driver should be DALI2.0 compatible and it must of Fulham / Helvar / Tridonic make. Manufacturer shall have inhouse lab approved by NABL or ministry of science of govt of India. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Compliance to Indian Standards of IS10322 Part 5 / Sect 5:1967; 16105 : 2012; IS 16106 : 2012; IS 15885 (Part2/Sec13) : 2012; IS 16108 : 2012. Nos 100.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

45 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable Magnetic cylindrical track Light with collimeter lens of System Wattage 12W in Black Color Housing. The lights can be easily attach of de-attach from the track channel. The magnetic lamp inside with dimmable driver, match with transformer dimming. CT-3000/4000K, CRI-80 Watt- 12W Beam Angle 24°, Dia Ø45, length: 100mm, Tolerence of ± 5mm. 18 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable Magnetic cylindrical track Light with collimeter lens of System Wattage 12W in Black Color Housing. The lights can be easily attach of de-attach from the track channel. The magnetic lamp inside with dimmable driver, match with transformer dimming. CT-3000/4000K, CRI-80 Watt- 12W Beam Angle 24°, Dia Ø45, length: 100mm, Tolerence of ± 5mm. Nos 20.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

46 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable Magnetic fixed head LED Light with collimeter of System Wattage 12W in Black Color Housing. The lights can be easily attach of de-attach from the track channel. The magnetic lamp inside with dimmable driver, match with transformer dimming. CT-3000/4000K, CRI-80 Watt- 12W Beam Angle 36° width - 22mm Length -220mm height -45mm Tolerence of ± 5mm. 18 Supply and Installation of DALI dimmable Magnetic fixed head LED Light with collimeter of System Wattage 12W in Black Color Housing. The lights can be easily attach of de-attach from the track channel. The magnetic lamp inside with dimmable driver, match with transformer dimming. CT-3000/4000K, CRI-80 Watt- 12W Beam Angle 36° width - 22mm Length -220mm height -45mm Tolerence of ± 5mm. Nos 15.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

47 Supply and Installation of Magnetic track fixed jointer for seamless continuous installation. 18 Supply and Installation of Magnetic track fixed jointer for seamless continuous installation. Nos 20.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

48 Supply and Installation of Magnetic Track Driver Available in 200W Surge Protection 3KVA ,48V Split Transformer (external power supply) to be rquired to install as per the site requirement. 18 Supply and Installation of Magnetic Track Driver Available in 200W Surge Protection 3KVA ,48V Split Transformer (external power supply) to be rquired to install as per the site requirement. Nos 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

49 Supply and Installation of Magneto Track connector -INPUTLINE (For DALI of external driver only). 18 Supply and Installation of Magneto Track connector -INPUTLINE (For DALI of external driver only). Nos 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

50 Supply and Installation of wireless IoT System having BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption based 32 child DALI controller and analog 2 channel (0-10V) output, operates on 100-277 VAC, 10-30mA, 50Hz, DALI 2.0 protocol. Sensor input of 0-3V DC & 1mA. For analog dimming, It provides output voltage of 0-10V DC +/- 0.2V and 15mA per channel. For DALI output, it provides 12-20V DC and 160mA max for 32 DALI devices. An auxillary power output of 3.3VDC and 30mA. 0 - 100% dimming, device to device range 30m. Controller must control individually control standard DALI or Tunable DALI Drivers independantly or combination of both. Operating temperature -20 to 50 deg celsius, surge protection 3kV. System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Luminaire and IOT system should be of same make.Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. Mobile Application shall have features of individual & group control for On/off/dimming/ colour tuneing / Scene Control / Animation etc. Device must have security key for commissioning and replacement for future. Dimension: 70.9 X 45.4 X 26.1mm(+/-2) 18 Supply and Installation of wireless IoT System having BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption based 32 child DALI controller and analog 2 channel (0-10V) output, operates on 100-277 VAC, 10-30mA, 50Hz, DALI 2.0 protocol. Sensor input of 0-3V DC & 1mA. For analog dimming, It provides output voltage of 0-10V DC +/- 0.2V and 15mA per channel. For DALI output, it provides 12-20V DC and 160mA max for 32 DALI devices. An auxillary power output of 3.3VDC and 30mA. 0 - 100% dimming, device to device range 30m. Controller must control individually control standard DALI or Tunable DALI Drivers independantly or combination of both. Operating temperature -20 to 50 deg celsius, surge protection 3kV. System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Luminaire and IOT system should be of same make.Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. Mobile Application shall have features of individual & group control for On/off/dimming/ colour tuneing / Scene Control / Animation etc. Device must have security key for commissioning and replacement for future. Dimension: 70.9 X 45.4 X 26.1mm(+/-2) Nos 32.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

51 Supply and Installation of wireless IoT System having BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption based 4 child DALI controller, operates on 90-277 VAC, 65mA, 50Hz, following DALI 2.0 protocol. It must have auxillary power output of 12V DC & 100mA to power sensor devices & 8mA current connected to 4 DALI drivers, 0 - 100% dimming, device to device range 30m. Controller must individually control standard DALI or Tunable DALI Drivers independantly or combination of both. Operating temperature -20 to 50 deg celsius, surge protection 4kV. System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. Mobile Application shall have features of individual & group control for On/off/dimming/ colour tuneing / Scene Control / Animation etc. Device must have security key for commissioning and replacement for future. Dimension: 45.1 x 35.1 x 20.2mm(+/-2) 18 Supply and Installation of wireless IoT System having BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption based 4 child DALI controller, operates on 90-277 VAC, 65mA, 50Hz, following DALI 2.0 protocol. It must have auxillary power output of 12V DC & 100mA to power sensor devices & 8mA current connected to 4 DALI drivers, 0 - 100% dimming, device to device range 30m. Controller must individually control standard DALI or Tunable DALI Drivers independantly or combination of both. Operating temperature -20 to 50 deg celsius, surge protection 4kV. System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. Mobile Application shall have features of individual & group control for On/off/dimming/ colour tuneing / Scene Control / Animation etc. Device must have security key for commissioning and replacement for future. Dimension: 45.1 x 35.1 x 20.2mm(+/-2) Nos 20.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

52 Supply and Installation of BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption based multi sensing device with low bay PIR and ambient light (0-2000 lux) sensing, with two 0-10V DC channels to control CCT and intensity. Operates on input voltage of 12-20 V DC with input current of 30mA at 12VDC and 25mA at 24VDC, 50Hz. Output is a 2 channel, 0-10V DC with 15mA current. Ceiling mounting height is 2.4m - 4m and maximum detection range is 14m dia at 4m mounting height. Device to device range 30m, operating temperature 0 to 50 deg celsius. Luminaire and sensor should be of same make. System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. Mobile Application shall have features of commissioning of the sensors along with setting step dim function, sensitivity levels and time day options. Device must have security key for commissioning and replacement for future. Device must have security key for commissioning and replacement for future. Dimension: 89.8 x 107.7mm(+/-2) 18 Supply and Installation of BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption based multi sensing device with low bay PIR and ambient light (0-2000 lux) sensing, with two 0-10V DC channels to control CCT and intensity. Operates on input voltage of 12-20 V DC with input current of 30mA at 12VDC and 25mA at 24VDC, 50Hz. Output is a 2 channel, 0-10V DC with 15mA current. Ceiling mounting height is 2.4m - 4m and maximum detection range is 14m dia at 4m mounting height. Device to device range 30m, operating temperature 0 to 50 deg celsius. Luminaire and sensor should be of same make. System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. Mobile Application shall have features of commissioning of the sensors along with setting step dim function, sensitivity levels and time day options. Device must have security key for commissioning and replacement for future. Device must have security key for commissioning and replacement for future. Dimension: 89.8 x 107.7mm(+/-2) Nos 15.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

53 Supply and Installation of BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption based, AC Powered Wireless PIR Motion & Light Sensor (0-2000 lux). Operates on input voltage of 90-277 V AC with input current of 9mA at 230VAC and 15mA at 90VAC, 50Hz. Ceiling mounted with maximum height of 4m and maximum detection range of 14m dia at 4m mounting height. Device to device range 30m, operating temperature 0 to 80 deg celsius, surge rating 4kV. System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Luminaire and sensor should be of same make.Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. Mobile Application shall have features of commissioning of the sensors along with setting step dim function, sensitivity levels and time day options. Device must have security key for commissioning and replacement for future. Device must have security key for commissioning and replacement for future. Diemnsion: 89.8 x 107.7mm(+/-2) 18 Supply and Installation of BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption based, AC Powered Wireless PIR Motion & Light Sensor (0-2000 lux). Operates on input voltage of 90-277 V AC with input current of 9mA at 230VAC and 15mA at 90VAC, 50Hz. Ceiling mounted with maximum height of 4m and maximum detection range of 14m dia at 4m mounting height. Device to device range 30m, operating temperature 0 to 80 deg celsius, surge rating 4kV. System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Luminaire and sensor should be of same make.Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. Mobile Application shall have features of commissioning of the sensors along with setting step dim function, sensitivity levels and time day options. Device must have security key for commissioning and replacement for future. Device must have security key for commissioning and replacement for future. Diemnsion: 89.8 x 107.7mm(+/-2) Nos 23.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

54 Supply and Installation of WiFi and BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption Gateway with Ethernet and built-in Real Time Clock for cloud connectivity and scheduling.It is powered by 5V, 2A Mini USB / DC Adaptor and has 1 ethernet port with 10/100 Mbps data transmission rate. RTC is battery powered with 3V DC. Device to device range 30m X 30m, operating ambient temperature of -20 to 55 deg celsius. Luminaire and gateway should be of same make.System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. Device must have security key for commissioning and replacement for future. Diemsnion: 120 x 120 x 29.5mm(+/-2) 18 Supply and Installation of WiFi and BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption Gateway with Ethernet and built-in Real Time Clock for cloud connectivity and scheduling.It is powered by 5V, 2A Mini USB / DC Adaptor and has 1 ethernet port with 10/100 Mbps data transmission rate. RTC is battery powered with 3V DC. Device to device range 30m X 30m, operating ambient temperature of -20 to 55 deg celsius. Luminaire and gateway should be of same make.System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. Device must have security key for commissioning and replacement for future. Diemsnion: 120 x 120 x 29.5mm(+/-2) Nos 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

55 Supply and Installation of iSense Air Quality Sensor with capability to monitor AQI, temperature, humidity, CO₂, PM1.0, PM2.5, PM10, and TVOC. The sensor operates on 5VDC Mini B-USB with 0.5W power consumption, using Bluetooth communication (2402–2480MHz frequency and 30m range) and internal wire antenna. It connects with the Wipro iSense IoL app and Enor E gateway for real-time remote monitoring and data upload. Measuring ranges: Temperature 0–50°C, RH 0–100%, CO₂ 400–65,000 ppm, PM 0–500 µg/m³, TVOC 0–65,000 ppb, and AQI 1–5. Enclosure made of durable polycarbonate ABS , suitable for surface mounting with screw/hook options. Ensures reliable, encrypted communication with AES 128-bit. Dimension (L x W x H):124.2 x 66 x 36mm (±2mm) 18 Supply and Installation of iSense Air Quality Sensor with capability to monitor AQI, temperature, humidity, CO₂, PM1.0, PM2.5, PM10, and TVOC. The sensor operates on 5VDC Mini B-USB with 0.5W power consumption, using Bluetooth communication (2402–2480MHz frequency and 30m range) and internal wire antenna. It connects with the Wipro iSense IoL app and Enor E gateway for real-time remote monitoring and data upload. Measuring ranges: Temperature 0–50°C, RH 0–100%, CO₂ 400–65,000 ppm, PM 0–500 µg/m³, TVOC 0–65,000 ppb, and AQI 1–5. Enclosure made of durable polycarbonate ABS , suitable for surface mounting with screw/hook options. Ensures reliable, encrypted communication with AES 128-bit. Dimension (L x W x H):124.2 x 66 x 36mm (±2mm) Nos 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

56 Supply and Installation of BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption based wireless battery powered 5-button wall switch that controls ON/OFF, intensity and CCT of an individual or group of luminaires.Operates on 3V DC input voltage in an ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg celsius and device to device range 30m. Luminaire and switch should be of same make.System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. Dimensions: 105 X 40 X 12mm(+/-2) 18 Supply and Installation of BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption based wireless battery powered 5-button wall switch that controls ON/OFF, intensity and CCT of an individual or group of luminaires.Operates on 3V DC input voltage in an ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg celsius and device to device range 30m. Luminaire and switch should be of same make.System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. Dimensions: 105 X 40 X 12mm(+/-2) Nos 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

57 Supply and Installation of BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption based wireless battery powered 8-button wall switch that controls ON/OFF, intensity and CCT of an individual or group of luminaires and scene setting. Operates on 220-240V AC input voltage in an ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg celsius and device to device range 30m. Luminaire and switch should be of same make. System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. Dimensio: 44.4 x 33.2 x 105mm(+/-2) 18 Supply and Installation of BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption based wireless battery powered 8-button wall switch that controls ON/OFF, intensity and CCT of an individual or group of luminaires and scene setting. Operates on 220-240V AC input voltage in an ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg celsius and device to device range 30m. Luminaire and switch should be of same make. System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. Dimensio: 44.4 x 33.2 x 105mm(+/-2) Nos 15.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

58 Supply and Installation of EDGE Gateway for facilitating 2 way data flow between BLE mesh networks and BMS, it operates on 5VDC and 3A input current. Multiple gateways to BMS connectivity through 2.4 and 5GHz Wi-Fi bands or ethernet. Ambient operating temperature of 0 to 50 deg celsius. System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. 18 Supply and Installation of EDGE Gateway for facilitating 2 way data flow between BLE mesh networks and BMS, it operates on 5VDC and 3A input current. Multiple gateways to BMS connectivity through 2.4 and 5GHz Wi-Fi bands or ethernet. Ambient operating temperature of 0 to 50 deg celsius. System shall support easy commissioning and configuration via Mobile Application along with user and site management features. Optional Cloud Application must be available for control and monitoring of the devices along with analytics reports. Nos 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

59 Supply and Installation of BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption curtain controller of IP44 with an 230V AC powered smart control motor that must control roller blinds. It should be controllable anytime from anywhere and it can open, close and also should stop at any position as per requirement. It can be automated with motion control and light sensor along with time based scheduling as per the nature's cycle. Luminaire and curtain controller should be of same make.It should have Inbuilt memory unit capable of time based scheduling and dimming to automate control of lights, sensors & switches. It should comes with motor, track & inbuilt controller can handle curtain width upto 2m. Maximum supported curtain width should be 51Kg and weight: 6.3Kg 18 Supply and Installation of BLE 5.2 AES 128 Bit encyption curtain controller of IP44 with an 230V AC powered smart control motor that must control roller blinds. It should be controllable anytime from anywhere and it can open, close and also should stop at any position as per requirement. It can be automated with motion control and light sensor along with time based scheduling as per the nature's cycle. Luminaire and curtain controller should be of same make.It should have Inbuilt memory unit capable of time based scheduling and dimming to automate control of lights, sensors & switches. It should comes with motor, track & inbuilt controller can handle curtain width upto 2m. Maximum supported curtain width should be 51Kg and weight: 6.3Kg Nos 56.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

60 Provides all features of commissioning, configuration, control and automation as in mobile app along with license. Additionally, measures, tracks and reports real time energy usage for every floor, zone, group and device; gives data on occupancy patterns by heat maps; emergency monitoring, space and energy management, asset tracking, multi-tier data security, data encryption, authenticated user access, on premise and remote access with BMS point integration 18 Provides all features of commissioning, configuration, control and automation as in mobile app along with license. Additionally, measures, tracks and reports real time energy usage for every floor, zone, group and device; gives data on occupancy patterns by heat maps; emergency monitoring, space and energy management, asset tracking, multi-tier data security, data encryption, authenticated user access, on premise and remote access with BMS point integration Nos 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

61 Supply Installation and Commissioning of Flexi Strip 5W/M Flexible LED Strip with high performance LEDs, suitable for mounting in cove for indirect lighting with non- integral electronic LED driver. High efficiency long life LED package in integral module with lumen efficacy of >100 lm/W. Powered by an integrated driver, SELV Output electronic LED driver (SMPS based constant current supply) with Output Short-circuit protection, Surge protection & other reliability test. Lumen Output of 1000lumens/mtr. CRI >80, Color temperature 4000K, IP20. Life class of 50,000 hrs @ L70B0, Operating Temperature:0 TO +45 DEG.C; Input Supply Voltage Range: 12 VDC, Frequency: 50-60 HZ; 5m Roll. Similar to Wipro LS06 or equivalent in Regent/Trilux 18 Supply Installation and Commissioning of Flexi Strip 5W/M Flexible LED Strip with high performance LEDs, suitable for mounting in cove for indirect lighting with non- integral electronic LED driver. High efficiency long life LED package in integral module with lumen efficacy of >100 lm/W. Powered by an integrated driver, SELV Output electronic LED driver (SMPS based constant current supply) with Output Short-circuit protection, Surge protection & other reliability test. Lumen Output of 1000lumens/mtr. CRI >80, Color temperature 4000K, IP20. Life class of 50,000 hrs @ L70B0, Operating Temperature:0 TO +45 DEG.C; Input Supply Voltage Range: 12 VDC, Frequency: 50-60 HZ; 5m Roll. Similar to Wipro LS06 or equivalent in Regent/Trilux RMT 832.22 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

62 MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL 1 & 2 SITC of cubicle LT pannel suitable for 415V, 3 phase, 4 wire 50 HZ Ac Supply and Installationsystem, fabricated in conmpartmentalized (preferbly) design from CRCA sheet of 2mm thick for frame work and covers, 3mm thick for gland, plates i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank process for powder coating in approved shade, having suitable Amp capacity extensible type TPN aluminium alloy bus bars of high conductivity, DMC/SMC bus bar supports, , bottom base channel of MS section not less than 50mm x 50mm x 5mm thick, entire pannel shall have a common copper earth bar 25mm x 5 mm at the rear with 2 Nos. earth stud, solid connections from main bus bar to switch gears with required size of AI. bus bars and control wiring with 2.5 sq.mm. FRLS PVC insulated copper conducter S/C cable, cable alleys, cable gland plates in two half. i/c providing following switch gears :- INCOMER : 200 AMP FP MCCB BUS BAR : 250 AMP, 500 Volts, 3 phase 50 HZ 4P high conductivity electrolytic Aluminium bus bar of suitable length, insulated by heat shrinkable sleeves. The current density of bus bar shall be minimum 0.8 sq mm/amp. The Maximum allowable temperature for the Bus bar to be restricted to 90 deg C. The temperature rise should be restricted to 45 deg C above ambient Temperature. OUT GOINGS : 63 AMP 4P MCB Including 1 set of Indication Lamp - 4 63 AMP 4P MCB Including 1 set of Indication Lamp (ahu) - 1 100 AMP 4P MCCB Including 1 set of Indication Lamp (UPS Panel) - 1 no. 1 No 100 AMP 4P MCCB (Spare) 63 AMP 4P MCB (Spare) - 2 complete panel as above and complete 18 MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL 1 & 2 SITC of cubicle LT pannel suitable for 415V, 3 phase, 4 wire 50 HZ Ac Supply and Installationsystem, fabricated in conmpartmentalized (preferbly) design from CRCA sheet of 2mm thick for frame work and covers, 3mm thick for gland, plates i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank process for powder coating in approved shade, having suitable Amp capacity extensible type TPN aluminium alloy bus bars of high conductivity, DMC/SMC bus bar supports, , bottom base channel of MS section not less than 50mm x 50mm x 5mm thick, entire pannel shall have a common copper earth bar 25mm x 5 mm at the rear with 2 Nos. earth stud, solid connections from main bus bar to switch gears with required size of AI. bus bars and control wiring with 2.5 sq.mm. FRLS PVC insulated copper conducter S/C cable, cable alleys, cable gland plates in two half. i/c providing following switch gears :- INCOMER : 200 AMP FP MCCB BUS BAR : 250 AMP, 500 Volts, 3 phase 50 HZ 4P high conductivity electrolytic Aluminium bus bar of suitable length, insulated by heat shrinkable sleeves. The current density of bus bar shall be minimum 0.8 sq mm/amp. The Maximum allowable temperature for the Bus bar to be restricted to 90 deg C. The temperature rise should be restricted to 45 deg C above ambient Temperature. OUT GOINGS : 63 AMP 4P MCB Including 1 set of Indication Lamp - 4 63 AMP 4P MCB Including 1 set of Indication Lamp (ahu) - 1 100 AMP 4P MCCB Including 1 set of Indication Lamp (UPS Panel) - 1 no. 1 No 100 AMP 4P MCCB (Spare) 63 AMP 4P MCB (Spare) - 2 complete panel as above and complete SET 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

63 UPS PANEL SITC of cubicle LT pannel suitable for 415V, 3 phase, 4 wire 50 HZ Ac Supply and Installationsystem, fabricated in conmpartmentalized (preferbly) design from CRCA sheet of 2mm thick for frame work and covers, 3mm thick for gland, plates i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank process for powder coating in approved shade, having suitable Amp capacity extensible type TPN aluminium alloy bus bars of high conductivity, DMC/SMC bus bar supports, , bottom base channel of MS section not less than 50mm x 50mm x 5mm thick, entire pannel shall have a common copper earth bar 25mm x 5 mm at the rear with 2 Nos. earth stud, solid connections from main bus bar to switch gears with required size of AI. bus bars and control wiring with 2.5 sq.mm. FRLS PVC insulated copper conducter S/C cable, cable alleys, cable gland plates in two half. i/c providing following switch gears :- INCOMER 1 : 100 AMP 25KA FP MCCB (Including BY Pass Switch for 30 KVA UPS) INCOMER 2 : 100 AMP 25KA FP MCCB (Including BY Pass Switch for 30 KVA UPS) BY PASS Switch for UPS 100 AMP FP- 2 no. BUS BAR : 125 AMP, 500 Volts, 3 phase 50 HZ 4P high conductivity electrolytic Aluminium bus bar of suitable length, insulated by heat shrinkable sleeves. OUT GOINGS : 63 AMP 4P MCB Including 1 set of Indication Lamp - 6 40 AMP DP MCB Including 1 set of Indication Lamp - 2 63 AMP DP MCB Including 1 set of Indication Lamp - 2 63 AMP 4P MCB (Spare) - 2 40 AMP DP MCB (Spare) - 2 complete panel as above and complete 18 UPS PANEL SITC of cubicle LT pannel suitable for 415V, 3 phase, 4 wire 50 HZ Ac Supply and Installationsystem, fabricated in conmpartmentalized (preferbly) design from CRCA sheet of 2mm thick for frame work and covers, 3mm thick for gland, plates i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank process for powder coating in approved shade, having suitable Amp capacity extensible type TPN aluminium alloy bus bars of high conductivity, DMC/SMC bus bar supports, , bottom base channel of MS section not less than 50mm x 50mm x 5mm thick, entire pannel shall have a common copper earth bar 25mm x 5 mm at the rear with 2 Nos. earth stud, solid connections from main bus bar to switch gears with required size of AI. bus bars and control wiring with 2.5 sq.mm. FRLS PVC insulated copper conducter S/C cable, cable alleys, cable gland plates in two half. i/c providing following switch gears :- INCOMER 1 : 100 AMP 25KA FP MCCB (Including BY Pass Switch for 30 KVA UPS) INCOMER 2 : 100 AMP 25KA FP MCCB (Including BY Pass Switch for 30 KVA UPS) BY PASS Switch for UPS 100 AMP FP- 2 no. BUS BAR : 125 AMP, 500 Volts, 3 phase 50 HZ 4P high conductivity electrolytic Aluminium bus bar of suitable length, insulated by heat shrinkable sleeves. OUT GOINGS : 63 AMP 4P MCB Including 1 set of Indication Lamp - 6 40 AMP DP MCB Including 1 set of Indication Lamp - 2 63 AMP DP MCB Including 1 set of Indication Lamp - 2 63 AMP 4P MCB (Spare) - 2 40 AMP DP MCB (Spare) - 2 complete panel as above and complete SET 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

64 Supplying of Following Sizes of 1.1 KV Grade Multicore Aluminium Conductor XLPE Power Cable Insulated armoured cable conforming to IS:7098 (Part - I) or as per Relevant IS Code complete with all Amendments etc and should be NABL certified as required. 3.5 C X 50 Sq.mm Al. XLPE arm. 18 Supplying of Following Sizes of 1.1 KV Grade Multicore Aluminium Conductor XLPE Power Cable Insulated armoured cable conforming to IS:7098 (Part - I) or as per Relevant IS Code complete with all Amendments etc and should be NABL certified as required. 3.5 C X 50 Sq.mm Al. XLPE arm. Metre 80.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

65 Supplying of Following Sizes of 1.1 KV Grade Multicore Aluminium Conductor XLPE Power Cable Insulated armoured cable conforming to IS:7098 (Part - I) or as per Relevant IS Code complete with all Amendments etc and should be NABL certified as required. 3.5 C X 25 Sq.mm Al. XLPE arm. 18 Supplying of Following Sizes of 1.1 KV Grade Multicore Aluminium Conductor XLPE Power Cable Insulated armoured cable conforming to IS:7098 (Part - I) or as per Relevant IS Code complete with all Amendments etc and should be NABL certified as required. 3.5 C X 25 Sq.mm Al. XLPE arm. Metre 40.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

66 DSR 10.1.1 Laying of One Number PVC Insulated And PVC Sheathed / XLPE Power Cable of 1.1 kV Grade of Following Size Direct in Ground Including Excavation, Sand Cushioning, Protective Covering and Refilling the Trench etc. as required. upto 35 sq. mm 18 DSR 10.1.1 Laying of One Number PVC Insulated And PVC Sheathed / XLPE Power Cable of 1.1 kV Grade of Following Size Direct in Ground Including Excavation, Sand Cushioning, Protective Covering and Refilling the Trench etc. as required. upto 35 sq. mm Metre 40.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

67 DSR 10.1.2 Laying of One Number PVC Insulated And PVC Sheathed / XLPE Power Cable of 1.1 kV Grade of Following Size Direct in Ground Including Excavation, Sand Cushioning, Protective Covering and Refilling the Trench etc. as required. Above 35 sq. mm and upto 95 sq. mm 18 DSR 10.1.2 Laying of One Number PVC Insulated And PVC Sheathed / XLPE Power Cable of 1.1 kV Grade of Following Size Direct in Ground Including Excavation, Sand Cushioning, Protective Covering and Refilling the Trench etc. as required. Above 35 sq. mm and upto 95 sq. mm Metre 80.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

68 DSR 11.1.20 Supplying and Making End Termination With Brass Compression Gland and Aluminium lugs for Following Size of PVC Insulated and PVC Sheathed / XLPE Aluminium Conductor Cable of 1.1 kV Grade as Required. 3½ X 25 sq. mm (28mm) 18 DSR 11.1.20 Supplying and Making End Termination With Brass Compression Gland and Aluminium lugs for Following Size of PVC Insulated and PVC Sheathed / XLPE Aluminium Conductor Cable of 1.1 kV Grade as Required. 3½ X 25 sq. mm (28mm) Each 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

69 DSR 11.1.22 Supplying and Making End Termination With Brass Compression Gland and Aluminium lugs for Following Size of PVC Insulated and PVC Sheathed / XLPE Aluminium Conductor Cable of 1.1 kV Grade as Required. 3½ X 50 sq. mm (35mm) 18 DSR 11.1.22 Supplying and Making End Termination With Brass Compression Gland and Aluminium lugs for Following Size of PVC Insulated and PVC Sheathed / XLPE Aluminium Conductor Cable of 1.1 kV Grade as Required. 3½ X 50 sq. mm (35mm) Each 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

70 2.21 Providing and fixing M.V. danger notice plate of 200 mm X 150 mm, made of mild steel, at least 2 mm thick, and vitreous enameled white on both sides, and with inscription in single red colour on front side as required. 18 2.21 Providing and fixing M.V. danger notice plate of 200 mm X 150 mm, made of mild steel, at least 2 mm thick, and vitreous enameled white on both sides, and with inscription in single red colour on front side as required. Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

71 5.4 Earthing with G.I. earth plate 600 mm X 600 mm X 6 mm thick including accessories, and providing masonry enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe of 2.7 meter long etc. with charcoal/ coke and salt as required. 18 5.4 Earthing with G.I. earth plate 600 mm X 600 mm X 6 mm thick including accessories, and providing masonry enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe of 2.7 meter long etc. with charcoal/ coke and salt as required. Set 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

72 5.15 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. as required. 18 5.15 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. as required. Meter 100.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

73 5.16 Providing and fixing 6 SWG dia G.I. wire on surface or in recess for loop earthing as required. 18 5.16 Providing and fixing 6 SWG dia G.I. wire on surface or in recess for loop earthing as required. Meter 50.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

74 26.2.1 Supplying, installation, Testing & Commissioning of following capacity at full load (Unity Power Factor) at operating temperature 0 to 40 0C, Relative humidity 0 to 95%, Online double conversion true sine wave Uninterrupted hot swapable (allow for the replacement or addition of battery modules without shutting down the entire system) modular Power Supply and Installation(UPS) system with N+1 modules (N denotes total number of modules required for rated capacity). The UPS shall include a Rectifier, inverter, battery bank suitable for 30 minutes back up (Battery VAH capacity shall not be less than 1600 VAH per KVA of UPS rating per Hour backup time) on full load (Battery shall be VRLA, SMF in ABS Container) and Static Bypass switch along with provision for manual bypass, suitable isolation transformer for additional protection against neutral faults etc. UPS shall have inbuilt phase sequence correction. The UPS systems offered are to be of the latest technology with Digital Control Microprocessor based for reliable operation using Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT)'s both for the rectifier & inverter (3 Level) with PWM (Pulse Width Modulation). The quality of design, manufacturing and inspection process should confirm to the relevant Inter-national standards such as IEC/EN/VDE. The operating efficiency of the UPS systems shall be >96% while operating on battery mode and delivering quality power to the 100% non-linear loads. Current total harmonic effect (ITHD) on the input grid shall be < 5% at 50 %load. (The required LC ( inductor (L) and a capacitor (C)) filters shall be included in UPS cost), extreme power factor kit to be included to limit the input power factor (PF) to 0.99 and output power factor shall be unity (i.e. kw rating of the UPS shall be kva rating x 1 ), however UPS shall be suitable to take load at 0.7 laging to 0.7 leading power factor loads. UPS shall be suitable for incoming Supply and InstallationAC : 3Phase 400V +/-20%, 50 Hz +/-5 Hz, AC Output voltage: 3Phase 415 Volt, 50 Hz +/- 0.2Hz, Overload capacity of 120% for 10 mins, Sine wave output. Non condensing, noise level less than 60db at 1 meter distance, protections: Input Under voltage over voltage, abnormal out voltage, battery over charging, output over current, short circuit protection, battery deep discharge protection, 10KV surge. "UPS must comply with low voltage electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) achieved as per EN 6204, EN6204 Part I and Part 2, it shall be a Voltage and Frequency Independent (VFI)-type UPS. Communication RS232/RS485/SNMP port open protocol for BMS integration, all hardware & software for iOT Communication as per approved by Engineering in charge. Required battery racks and interconnecting copper conductor cables of suitable size and connectors and all required accessories are inclusive of the cost). This system must provide a means for logging and alarming of all monitored points plus email notification. Forced air-cooling with integral inbuilt fans with redundancy (if one fan fail UPS should be able to handle at least 80% of the load, Noise Level 65 DB at 1 meter distance. The system shall be in compliance IEC 62040- 1,2 & 3, IS: 16242 and CPWD Specification. Display Panel (minimum) (In-build 5 inch or more LC Display / LED) to display : a) Input: Voltage, current, Frequency. b) Bypass: Voltage, Frequency. c) Output: Voltage, frequency, Current. d) Battery: Voltage, Capacity." e) Load: KVA, KW, Percentage. f) Temperature: STS, Inverter, PFC. g) Event Logging & Statistical Data (On LCD/LED): UPS should capture and display up to 3000 events like: Over temperature / DC Bus Fail / Fan Fail / Fuse Fail / Overload / Short-circuit / Device Fail / Inverter Fail / Rectifier Fail / Bypass Fail, etc. h) Statistical Data: No. of power failures / Transfers to Bypass / Total Running time, etc. i) Mains Mode of Operation /Battery Mode of Operation / Bypass feeding the load / UPS Fault /Battery charging and discharging, overload, battery voltage and battery capacity. j) Audible Alarms : Mains Failure, Battery Low Alarm, UPS Overload, Fault, Shutdown, Input Over, Under Voltage, Output Over, Under Voltage, Battery Over, Under Voltage, Over Load and short circuit, Over Temperature. The UPS should have QR code which should contain drawing, test report OEM manual, Geo- Tag of manufacturing location etc 10KVA (Each Power module shall be < 10 KVA) 18 26.2.1 Supplying, installation, Testing & Commissioning of following capacity at full load (Unity Power Factor) at operating temperature 0 to 40 0C, Relative humidity 0 to 95%, Online double conversion true sine wave Uninterrupted hot swapable (allow for the replacement or addition of battery modules without shutting down the entire system) modular Power Supply and Installation(UPS) system with N+1 modules (N denotes total number of modules required for rated capacity). The UPS shall include a Rectifier, inverter, battery bank suitable for 30 minutes back up (Battery VAH capacity shall not be less than 1600 VAH per KVA of UPS rating per Hour backup time) on full load (Battery shall be VRLA, SMF in ABS Container) and Static Bypass switch along with provision for manual bypass, suitable isolation transformer for additional protection against neutral faults etc. UPS shall have inbuilt phase sequence correction. The UPS systems offered are to be of the latest technology with Digital Control Microprocessor based for reliable operation using Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT)'s both for the rectifier & inverter (3 Level) with PWM (Pulse Width Modulation). The quality of design, manufacturing and inspection process should confirm to the relevant Inter-national standards such as IEC/EN/VDE. The operating efficiency of the UPS systems shall be >96% while operating on battery mode and delivering quality power to the 100% non-linear loads. Current total harmonic effect (ITHD) on the input grid shall be < 5% at 50 %load. (The required LC ( inductor (L) and a capacitor (C)) filters shall be included in UPS cost), extreme power factor kit to be included to limit the input power factor (PF) to 0.99 and output power factor shall be unity (i.e. kw rating of the UPS shall be kva rating x 1 ), however UPS shall be suitable to take load at 0.7 laging to 0.7 leading power factor loads. UPS shall be suitable for incoming Supply and InstallationAC : 3Phase 400V +/-20%, 50 Hz +/-5 Hz, AC Output voltage: 3Phase 415 Volt, 50 Hz +/- 0.2Hz, Overload capacity of 120% for 10 mins, Sine wave output. Non condensing, noise level less than 60db at 1 meter distance, protections: Input Under voltage over voltage, abnormal out voltage, battery over charging, output over current, short circuit protection, battery deep discharge protection, 10KV surge. "UPS must comply with low voltage electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) achieved as per EN 6204, EN6204 Part I and Part 2, it shall be a Voltage and Frequency Independent (VFI)-type UPS. Communication RS232/RS485/SNMP port open protocol for BMS integration, all hardware & software for iOT Communication as per approved by Engineering in charge. Required battery racks and interconnecting copper conductor cables of suitable size and connectors and all required accessories are inclusive of the cost). This system must provide a means for logging and alarming of all monitored points plus email notification. Forced air-cooling with integral inbuilt fans with redundancy (if one fan fail UPS should be able to handle at least 80% of the load, Noise Level 65 DB at 1 meter distance. The system shall be in compliance IEC 62040- 1,2 & 3, IS: 16242 and CPWD Specification. Display Panel (minimum) (In-build 5 inch or more LC Display / LED) to display : a) Input: Voltage, current, Frequency. b) Bypass: Voltage, Frequency. c) Output: Voltage, frequency, Current. d) Battery: Voltage, Capacity." e) Load: KVA, KW, Percentage. f) Temperature: STS, Inverter, PFC. g) Event Logging & Statistical Data (On LCD/LED): UPS should capture and display up to 3000 events like: Over temperature / DC Bus Fail / Fan Fail / Fuse Fail / Overload / Short-circuit / Device Fail / Inverter Fail / Rectifier Fail / Bypass Fail, etc. h) Statistical Data: No. of power failures / Transfers to Bypass / Total Running time, etc. i) Mains Mode of Operation /Battery Mode of Operation / Bypass feeding the load / UPS Fault /Battery charging and discharging, overload, battery voltage and battery capacity. j) Audible Alarms : Mains Failure, Battery Low Alarm, UPS Overload, Fault, Shutdown, Input Over, Under Voltage, Output Over, Under Voltage, Battery Over, Under Voltage, Over Load and short circuit, Over Temperature. The UPS should have QR code which should contain drawing, test report OEM manual, Geo- Tag of manufacturing location etc 10KVA (Each Power module shall be < 10 KVA) Each 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

75 26.2.3 Supplying, installation, Testing & Commissioning of following capacity at full load (Unity Power Factor) at operating temperature 0 to 40 0C, Relative humidity 0 to 95%, Online double conversion true sine wave Uninterrupted hot swapable (allow for the replacement or addition of battery modules without shutting down the entire system) modular Power Supply and Installation(UPS) system with N+1 modules (N denotes total number of modules required for rated capacity). The UPS shall include a Rectifier, inverter, battery bank suitable for 30 minutes back up (Battery VAH capacity shall not be less than 1600 VAH per KVA of UPS rating per Hour backup time) on full load (Battery shall be VRLA, SMF in ABS Container) and Static Bypass switch along with provision for manual bypass, suitable isolation transformer for additional protection against neutral faults etc. UPS shall have inbuilt phase sequence correction. The UPS systems offered are to be of the latest technology with Digital Control Microprocessor based for reliable operation using Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT)'s both for the rectifier & inverter (3 Level) with PWM (Pulse Width Modulation). The quality of design, manufacturing and inspection process should confirm to the relevant Inter-national standards such as IEC/EN/VDE. The operating efficiency of the UPS systems shall be >96% while operating on battery mode and delivering quality power to the 100% non-linear loads. Current total harmonic effect (ITHD) on the input grid shall be < 5% at 50 %load. (The required LC ( inductor (L) and a capacitor (C)) filters shall be included in UPS cost), extreme power factor kit to be included to limit the input power factor (PF) to 0.99 and output power factor shall be unity (i.e. kw rating of the UPS shall be kva rating x 1 ), however UPS shall be suitable to take load at 0.7 laging to 0.7 leading power factor loads. UPS shall be suitable for incoming Supply and InstallationAC : 3Phase 400V +/-20%, 50 Hz +/-5 Hz, AC Output voltage: 3Phase 415 Volt, 50 Hz +/- 0.2Hz, Overload capacity of 120% for 10 mins, Sine wave output. Non condensing, noise level less than 60db at 1 meter distance, protections: Input Under voltage over voltage, abnormal out voltage, battery over charging, output over current, short circuit protection, battery deep discharge protection, 10KV surge. "UPS must comply with low voltage electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) achieved as per EN 6204, EN6204 Part I and Part 2, it shall be a Voltage and Frequency Independent (VFI)-type UPS. Communication RS232/RS485/SNMP port open protocol for BMS integration, all hardware & software for iOT Communication as per approved by Engineering in charge. Required battery racks and interconnecting copper conductor cables of suitable size and connectors and all required accessories are inclusive of the cost). This system must provide a means for logging and alarming of all monitored points plus email notification. Forced air-cooling with integral inbuilt fans with redundancy (if one fan fail UPS should be able to handle at least 80% of the load, Noise Level 65 DB at 1 meter distance. The system shall be in compliance IEC 62040- 1,2 & 3, IS: 16242 and CPWD Specification. Display Panel (minimum) (In-build 5 inch or more LC Display / LED) to display : a) Input: Voltage, current, Frequency. b) Bypass: Voltage, Frequency. c) Output: Voltage, frequency, Current. d) Battery: Voltage, Capacity." e) Load: KVA, KW, Percentage. f) Temperature: STS, Inverter, PFC. g) Event Logging & Statistical Data (On LCD/LED): UPS should capture and display up to 3000 events like: Over temperature / DC Bus Fail / Fan Fail / Fuse Fail / Overload / Short-circuit / Device Fail / Inverter Fail / Rectifier Fail / Bypass Fail, etc. h) Statistical Data: No. of power failures / Transfers to Bypass / Total Running time, etc. i) Mains Mode of Operation /Battery Mode of Operation / Bypass feeding the load / UPS Fault /Battery charging and discharging, overload, battery voltage and battery capacity. j) Audible Alarms : Mains Failure, Battery Low Alarm, UPS Overload, Fault, Shutdown, Input Over, Under Voltage, Output Over, Under Voltage, Battery Over, Under Voltage, Over Load and short circuit, Over Temperature. The UPS should have QR code which should contain drawing, test report OEM manual, Geo- Tag of manufacturing location etc 30KVA (Each Power module shall be < 10 KVA) 18 26.2.3 Supplying, installation, Testing & Commissioning of following capacity at full load (Unity Power Factor) at operating temperature 0 to 40 0C, Relative humidity 0 to 95%, Online double conversion true sine wave Uninterrupted hot swapable (allow for the replacement or addition of battery modules without shutting down the entire system) modular Power Supply and Installation(UPS) system with N+1 modules (N denotes total number of modules required for rated capacity). The UPS shall include a Rectifier, inverter, battery bank suitable for 30 minutes back up (Battery VAH capacity shall not be less than 1600 VAH per KVA of UPS rating per Hour backup time) on full load (Battery shall be VRLA, SMF in ABS Container) and Static Bypass switch along with provision for manual bypass, suitable isolation transformer for additional protection against neutral faults etc. UPS shall have inbuilt phase sequence correction. The UPS systems offered are to be of the latest technology with Digital Control Microprocessor based for reliable operation using Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT)'s both for the rectifier & inverter (3 Level) with PWM (Pulse Width Modulation). The quality of design, manufacturing and inspection process should confirm to the relevant Inter-national standards such as IEC/EN/VDE. The operating efficiency of the UPS systems shall be >96% while operating on battery mode and delivering quality power to the 100% non-linear loads. Current total harmonic effect (ITHD) on the input grid shall be < 5% at 50 %load. (The required LC ( inductor (L) and a capacitor (C)) filters shall be included in UPS cost), extreme power factor kit to be included to limit the input power factor (PF) to 0.99 and output power factor shall be unity (i.e. kw rating of the UPS shall be kva rating x 1 ), however UPS shall be suitable to take load at 0.7 laging to 0.7 leading power factor loads. UPS shall be suitable for incoming Supply and InstallationAC : 3Phase 400V +/-20%, 50 Hz +/-5 Hz, AC Output voltage: 3Phase 415 Volt, 50 Hz +/- 0.2Hz, Overload capacity of 120% for 10 mins, Sine wave output. Non condensing, noise level less than 60db at 1 meter distance, protections: Input Under voltage over voltage, abnormal out voltage, battery over charging, output over current, short circuit protection, battery deep discharge protection, 10KV surge. "UPS must comply with low voltage electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) achieved as per EN 6204, EN6204 Part I and Part 2, it shall be a Voltage and Frequency Independent (VFI)-type UPS. Communication RS232/RS485/SNMP port open protocol for BMS integration, all hardware & software for iOT Communication as per approved by Engineering in charge. Required battery racks and interconnecting copper conductor cables of suitable size and connectors and all required accessories are inclusive of the cost). This system must provide a means for logging and alarming of all monitored points plus email notification. Forced air-cooling with integral inbuilt fans with redundancy (if one fan fail UPS should be able to handle at least 80% of the load, Noise Level 65 DB at 1 meter distance. The system shall be in compliance IEC 62040- 1,2 & 3, IS: 16242 and CPWD Specification. Display Panel (minimum) (In-build 5 inch or more LC Display / LED) to display : a) Input: Voltage, current, Frequency. b) Bypass: Voltage, Frequency. c) Output: Voltage, frequency, Current. d) Battery: Voltage, Capacity." e) Load: KVA, KW, Percentage. f) Temperature: STS, Inverter, PFC. g) Event Logging & Statistical Data (On LCD/LED): UPS should capture and display up to 3000 events like: Over temperature / DC Bus Fail / Fan Fail / Fuse Fail / Overload / Short-circuit / Device Fail / Inverter Fail / Rectifier Fail / Bypass Fail, etc. h) Statistical Data: No. of power failures / Transfers to Bypass / Total Running time, etc. i) Mains Mode of Operation /Battery Mode of Operation / Bypass feeding the load / UPS Fault /Battery charging and discharging, overload, battery voltage and battery capacity. j) Audible Alarms : Mains Failure, Battery Low Alarm, UPS Overload, Fault, Shutdown, Input Over, Under Voltage, Output Over, Under Voltage, Battery Over, Under Voltage, Over Load and short circuit, Over Temperature. The UPS should have QR code which should contain drawing, test report OEM manual, Geo- Tag of manufacturing location etc 30KVA (Each Power module shall be < 10 KVA) Each 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

76 PAR 7.4.2 Online UPS- Input supply: Three Phase, Output supply: Three Phase. Add for every additional 30 minutes backup - for 10 KVA 18 PAR 7.4.2 Online UPS- Input supply: Three Phase, Output supply: Three Phase. Add for every additional 30 minutes backup - for 10 KVA Per kva 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

77 PAR 7.4.2 Online UPS- Input supply: Three Phase, Output supply: Three Phase. Add for every additional 30 minutes backup - for 30 KVA 18 PAR 7.4.2 Online UPS- Input supply: Three Phase, Output supply: Three Phase. Add for every additional 30 minutes backup - for 30 KVA Per kva 60.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

78 4.1.2 Supplying and installing following size of perforated painted with powder coating M.S. cable trays with perforation not more than 17.5%, in convenient sections, joined with connectors, suspended from the ceiling with M.S. suspenders including bolts & nuts, painting suspenders etc. as required. (Cable Tray Bends as per Requirement) 150 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness 18 4.1.2 Supplying and installing following size of perforated painted with powder coating M.S. cable trays with perforation not more than 17.5%, in convenient sections, joined with connectors, suspended from the ceiling with M.S. suspenders including bolts & nuts, painting suspenders etc. as required. (Cable Tray Bends as per Requirement) 150 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness Meter 100.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

79 4.1.4 Supplying and installing following size of perforated painted with powder coating M.S. cable trays with perforation not more than 17.5%, in convenient sections, joined with connectors, suspended from the ceiling with M.S. suspenders including bolts & nuts, painting suspenders etc. as required. (Cable Tray Bends as per Requirement) 300 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness 18 4.1.4 Supplying and installing following size of perforated painted with powder coating M.S. cable trays with perforation not more than 17.5%, in convenient sections, joined with connectors, suspended from the ceiling with M.S. suspenders including bolts & nuts, painting suspenders etc. as required. (Cable Tray Bends as per Requirement) 300 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness Meter 80.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

80 Providing and laying 1.6 mm thick pregalvanized GI factory fabricated raceways of the following sizes including 2 mm thick GI covers, providing knock out holes and all required fixing accessories including 6 SWG GI earth wire complete as required including floor /wall supports, bends, access boxes and tap off boxes as per specification and cross over as per site requirement. Note:- Blue & Orange colour shall be considered for Power & Data raceway respectively. The item shall include the cost of chipping, cutting the floor for laying the raceway and making good the finish including chicken mesh complete as required as per site requirement. 50x40x15x1.6mm & Cover 2mm 18 Providing and laying 1.6 mm thick pregalvanized GI factory fabricated raceways of the following sizes including 2 mm thick GI covers, providing knock out holes and all required fixing accessories including 6 SWG GI earth wire complete as required including floor /wall supports, bends, access boxes and tap off boxes as per specification and cross over as per site requirement. Note:- Blue & Orange colour shall be considered for Power & Data raceway respectively. The item shall include the cost of chipping, cutting the floor for laying the raceway and making good the finish including chicken mesh complete as required as per site requirement. 50x40x15x1.6mm & Cover 2mm Meter 800.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

81 Providing and laying 1.6 mm thick pregalvanized GI factory fabricated raceways of the following sizes including 2 mm thick GI covers, providing knock out holes and all required fixing accessories including 6 SWG GI earth wire complete as required including floor /wall supports, bends, access boxes and tap off boxes as per specification and cross over as per site requirement. Note:- Blue & Orange colour shall be considered for Power & Data raceway respectively. The item shall include the cost of chipping, cutting the floor for laying the raceway and making good the finish including chicken mesh complete as required as per site requirement. 100x40x15x1.6mm & Cover 2mm 18 Providing and laying 1.6 mm thick pregalvanized GI factory fabricated raceways of the following sizes including 2 mm thick GI covers, providing knock out holes and all required fixing accessories including 6 SWG GI earth wire complete as required including floor /wall supports, bends, access boxes and tap off boxes as per specification and cross over as per site requirement. Note:- Blue & Orange colour shall be considered for Power & Data raceway respectively. The item shall include the cost of chipping, cutting the floor for laying the raceway and making good the finish including chicken mesh complete as required as per site requirement. 100x40x15x1.6mm & Cover 2mm Meter 500.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

82 Providing and laying 1.6 mm thick pregalvanized GI factory fabricated raceways of the following sizes including 2 mm thick GI covers, providing knock out holes and all required fixing accessories including 6 SWG GI earth wire complete as required including floor /wall supports, bends, access boxes and tap off boxes as per specification and cross over as per site requirement. Note:- Blue & Orange colour shall be considered for Power & Data raceway respectively. The item shall include the cost of chipping, cutting the floor for laying the raceway and making good the finish including chicken mesh complete as required as per site requirement. 200x40x15x1.6mm & Cover 2mm 18 Providing and laying 1.6 mm thick pregalvanized GI factory fabricated raceways of the following sizes including 2 mm thick GI covers, providing knock out holes and all required fixing accessories including 6 SWG GI earth wire complete as required including floor /wall supports, bends, access boxes and tap off boxes as per specification and cross over as per site requirement. Note:- Blue & Orange colour shall be considered for Power & Data raceway respectively. The item shall include the cost of chipping, cutting the floor for laying the raceway and making good the finish including chicken mesh complete as required as per site requirement. 200x40x15x1.6mm & Cover 2mm Meter 200.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

83 Providing and laying 1.6 mm thick pregalvanized GI factory fabricated raceways of the following sizes including 2 mm thick GI covers, providing knock out holes and all required fixing accessories including 6 SWG GI earth wire complete as required including floor /wall supports, bends, access boxes and tap off boxes as per specification and cross over as per site requirement. Note:- Blue & Orange colour shall be considered for Power & Data raceway respectively. The item shall include the cost of chipping, cutting the floor for laying the raceway and making good the finish including chicken mesh complete as required as per site requirement. 300x40x15x1.6mm & Cover 2mm 18 Providing and laying 1.6 mm thick pregalvanized GI factory fabricated raceways of the following sizes including 2 mm thick GI covers, providing knock out holes and all required fixing accessories including 6 SWG GI earth wire complete as required including floor /wall supports, bends, access boxes and tap off boxes as per specification and cross over as per site requirement. Note:- Blue & Orange colour shall be considered for Power & Data raceway respectively. The item shall include the cost of chipping, cutting the floor for laying the raceway and making good the finish including chicken mesh complete as required as per site requirement. 300x40x15x1.6mm & Cover 2mm Meter 150.00 Included 0.00 0 0 1444.067797

TOTAL AMOUNT EXCL GST 0.00 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Included 0.00 0 0

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/T/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/25/13562; (RFX- 5002004825) Schedule -1.7

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI As per Lum-sum 0.00%

(SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES ) AS per Percent #REF!

As per lum-sum on Sch-3 0.00%

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To: As per Percent on Sch-3 #REF!

Contracts Services, 3rd Floor Total Discount #REF!

Name : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 SCO Bay 5-10, near Haryana Pollution Control

…….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 board Office, Sector 16A, Faridabad, Haryana 121002 Multipackage lum-sum 0.00%

INSTALLATION CHARGES Amount after Discount (Rs.) Dis Alert Amount after MPD (Rs.)

All Prices are in Indian Rupees.

SI. No. PR No PR Line Item No Activity Header PR Activity No Activity Description Service Code SAC (Service Accounting Codes) Whether SAC in column '8’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable the SAC * Rate of GST applicable ( in %) Whether rate of GST in column ‘4’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable rate of GST * Description Unit Quantity Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Total GST as confirmed by Bidder Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges

PART A (Substation Portion)

I INSTALLATION Revaluation of J column Tax Calculation

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

1 39.21.1 Supply and fixing following port Rack Mount loaded LIU with pigtail, Front-mounted cable saddles for jumper management, suitable to manage both splices and terminations, Preassembled shelves in multiple configurations, Rubber fiber slotted bracket built-in, metal splice shelf to protect the fibers, 2 fiber spools built-in for 900μm tight buffered fiber storing, Capable of storing up to 3 meters of 900μm tight buffered fiber per adapter, Removable front and rear covers for better access to interior of LIU, Should be Single / Multi mode LC Type fully loaded. Accessory kit consists of cable ties, mounting ear screws, and spiral wrap tube etc complete as required.6 Port LIU 18 39.21.1 Supply and fixing following port Rack Mount loaded LIU with pigtail, Front-mounted cable saddles for jumper management, suitable to manage both splices and terminations, Preassembled shelves in multiple configurations, Rubber fiber slotted bracket built-in, metal splice shelf to protect the fibers, 2 fiber spools built-in for 900μm tight buffered fiber storing, Capable of storing up to 3 meters of 900μm tight buffered fiber per adapter, Removable front and rear covers for better access to interior of LIU, Should be Single / Multi mode LC Type fully loaded. Accessory kit consists of cable ties, mounting ear screws, and spiral wrap tube etc complete as required.6 Port LIU Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

2 39.22 Supply and fixing Patch Cord of Optical Fiber Single Mode LC to LC Fiber Duplex having high precision ceramic ferrule with good concentricity, Fiber corning single mode G652D, Cable Type 2mm with Mechanical specification Apex Offset < 50 µm, Fiber Height + 100 nm, End-face adius of Curvature 7mm < R <25mm, Repeatability < 0.2 db, Working ambient Temperature – 5 deg C to +50 deg C, Storage Temperature – 10 deg C to +50 deg C, Length -- 2meter, Type -- LC-LC Duplex etc complete as required. 18 39.22 Supply and fixing Patch Cord of Optical Fiber Single Mode LC to LC Fiber Duplex having high precision ceramic ferrule with good concentricity, Fiber corning single mode G652D, Cable Type 2mm with Mechanical specification Apex Offset < 50 µm, Fiber Height + 100 nm, End-face adius of Curvature 7mm < R <25mm, Repeatability < 0.2 db, Working ambient Temperature – 5 deg C to +50 deg C, Storage Temperature – 10 deg C to +50 deg C, Length -- 2meter, Type -- LC-LC Duplex etc complete as required. Nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

3 39.18.1 Supplying, drawing, Installation, Testing and commissioning of Cat6A UTP 4 pair, 23 AWG solid copper cable in existing conduit/ on surface, U/FTP, LSZH, Non-Plenum, Horizontal (solid) Cable suitable for high speed data networking application supporting upto 10Gbps over a 100 meter channel. The 4 Unshielded Twisted Pairs (UTP) cable with color coded insulation for easy indentification should have FLAME PROPERTIES i.e. Flammability Test - IEC 60332-1, Smoke Density - IEC 61034, LSZH standards compliance: ANSI/TIA568 C.2, ISO/IEC 11801, IEEE 802.3an, RoHS. Delay Skew should be < 45NS. The outer Cable Diameter should be 7.5 + 2 mm. Cable should have been tested and verified by UL/ ETL. 1 Run of cable 18 39.18.1 Supplying, drawing, Installation, Testing and commissioning of Cat6A UTP 4 pair, 23 AWG solid copper cable in existing conduit/ on surface, U/FTP, LSZH, Non-Plenum, Horizontal (solid) Cable suitable for high speed data networking application supporting upto 10Gbps over a 100 meter channel. The 4 Unshielded Twisted Pairs (UTP) cable with color coded insulation for easy indentification should have FLAME PROPERTIES i.e. Flammability Test - IEC 60332-1, Smoke Density - IEC 61034, LSZH standards compliance: ANSI/TIA568 C.2, ISO/IEC 11801, IEEE 802.3an, RoHS. Delay Skew should be < 45NS. The outer Cable Diameter should be 7.5 + 2 mm. Cable should have been tested and verified by UL/ ETL. 1 Run of cable Mtr 16380.00 Included 0.00 0 0

4 39.15 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of CAT6A Copper Information Outlet (IO) with face plate of color as per site requirement, should have ETL/UL verification program certificate for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D. All copper Cable and Components should be from same OEM to mainitain compatibility and interopertability. 18 39.15 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of CAT6A Copper Information Outlet (IO) with face plate of color as per site requirement, should have ETL/UL verification program certificate for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D. All copper Cable and Components should be from same OEM to mainitain compatibility and interopertability. Nos. 273.00 Included 0.00 0 0

5 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 24-Port 1U Unloaded Universal Modular Straight Patch Panel preloaded with cable support Bar (with slots to tie individual cable properly at the Support Bar), Stainless Steel Rear Metal Frame, Individual Port Transparent Shutter and Labelling, Preloaded earthing plug for surge protection, UL 1863 Complied, CRC Metal with Black Powder Coated, RoHS Compliant, Individually Replaceable Port IO, (Shuttered IO not recommended, because when shutter gets malfunctioned then entire IO is of no use)CAT6A cable termination at rack end. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 24-Port 1U Unloaded Universal Modular Straight Patch Panel preloaded with cable support Bar (with slots to tie individual cable properly at the Support Bar), Stainless Steel Rear Metal Frame, Individual Port Transparent Shutter and Labelling, Preloaded earthing plug for surge protection, UL 1863 Complied, CRC Metal with Black Powder Coated, RoHS Compliant, Individually Replaceable Port IO, (Shuttered IO not recommended, because when shutter gets malfunctioned then entire IO is of no use)CAT6A cable termination at rack end. Nos. 17.00 Included 0.00 0 0

6 39.13.1 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of following CAT6A Patch Cord should have ETL/UL verification program certificate for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D etc. complete as required. 1 ft 18 39.13.1 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of following CAT6A Patch Cord should have ETL/UL verification program certificate for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D etc. complete as required. 1 ft Nos. 273.00 Included 0.00 0 0

7 39.13.2 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of following CAT6A Patch Cord should have ETL/UL verification program certificate for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D etc. complete as required. 3 ft 18 39.13.2 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of following CAT6A Patch Cord should have ETL/UL verification program certificate for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D etc. complete as required. 3 ft Nos. 273.00 Included 0.00 0 0

8 39.25 Supply and fixing 42U Rack with 6 inch Castor wheels and front brake Floor Standing Rack with Main Frame Pillar of 1.6mm CRCA Sheet with removable side panels, L- Shape adjustable Vertical Mounting Rail of 2mm with 'U'Marking completely knocked-down condition (CKD) Shape, fitted with 4 number cooling fans, minimum 8nos two line cable entry/exit provision at top and bottom with rubber protection, Front door 5mm Toughened Glass with MS frame or MS perforated with lock, Rear MS vented or perforated door, Powder coated Color- RAL- 7035 or black, complied with UL & RoHS, 2 x 6 sockets 16A power distribution units, 3 numbers closed cable organizer, Hardware mounting screws packet of 20 x 1 number, etc. complete as required. 18 39.25 Supply and fixing 42U Rack with 6 inch Castor wheels and front brake Floor Standing Rack with Main Frame Pillar of 1.6mm CRCA Sheet with removable side panels, L- Shape adjustable Vertical Mounting Rail of 2mm with 'U'Marking completely knocked-down condition (CKD) Shape, fitted with 4 number cooling fans, minimum 8nos two line cable entry/exit provision at top and bottom with rubber protection, Front door 5mm Toughened Glass with MS frame or MS perforated with lock, Rear MS vented or perforated door, Powder coated Color- RAL- 7035 or black, complied with UL & RoHS, 2 x 6 sockets 16A power distribution units, 3 numbers closed cable organizer, Hardware mounting screws packet of 20 x 1 number, etc. complete as required. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

9 39.24 Supplying and fixing 24U Rack with 4 inch Castor wheels and front brake Floor Standing Rack with Main Frame Pillar of 1.25mm Powder Coated CRCA Sheet with removable side panels, L- Shape adjustable Vertical Mounting Rail of 2mm with 'U'Marking completely knocked-down condition (CKD) Shape, fitted with 4 number cooling fans, minimum 5nos two line cable entry/exit provision at top and bottom with rubber protection, Front door 5mm Toughened Glass with MS frame or MS perforated with lock, Rear MS vented or perforated door, Powder coated Color- RAL- 7035 or black, complied with UL & RoHS, 2 x 6 sockets 16A power distribution units, 3 numbers closed cable organizer, Hardware mounting screws packet of 20 x 1 number, etc. complete as required. 18 39.24 Supplying and fixing 24U Rack with 4 inch Castor wheels and front brake Floor Standing Rack with Main Frame Pillar of 1.25mm Powder Coated CRCA Sheet with removable side panels, L- Shape adjustable Vertical Mounting Rail of 2mm with 'U'Marking completely knocked-down condition (CKD) Shape, fitted with 4 number cooling fans, minimum 5nos two line cable entry/exit provision at top and bottom with rubber protection, Front door 5mm Toughened Glass with MS frame or MS perforated with lock, Rear MS vented or perforated door, Powder coated Color- RAL- 7035 or black, complied with UL & RoHS, 2 x 6 sockets 16A power distribution units, 3 numbers closed cable organizer, Hardware mounting screws packet of 20 x 1 number, etc. complete as required. Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

10 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Pure IP at core server Based voice solution with 04 Port Voicemail ,04 Port FXS ,04 Port FXO ,1 PRI Trunk lines (30 Ch) Circuit with CLIP Facility ,113 IP users License ,01 Nos. IP Operator Console, 100 Party Conference ,Speed Dial, Music on Hold , Internal/ External ring difference ,Call Barring, Call Pickup, TEC should be with GR Number, - Should Support Redundant server in active-Active mode. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Pure IP at core server Based voice solution with 04 Port Voicemail ,04 Port FXS ,04 Port FXO ,1 PRI Trunk lines (30 Ch) Circuit with CLIP Facility ,113 IP users License ,01 Nos. IP Operator Console, 100 Party Conference ,Speed Dial, Music on Hold , Internal/ External ring difference ,Call Barring, Call Pickup, TEC should be with GR Number, - Should Support Redundant server in active-Active mode. Set. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

11 38.3 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Type 1 IP Phone having 2 VoIP account, 120 x40 DOT matrix screen with backlight, Full HD duplex speaker phone, IPV6, Gigabit Etherent, PoE etc. complete as required. 18 38.3 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Type 1 IP Phone having 2 VoIP account, 120 x40 DOT matrix screen with backlight, Full HD duplex speaker phone, IPV6, Gigabit Etherent, PoE etc. complete as required. Nos. 103.00 Included 0.00 0 0

12 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Type 2 IP Phone with 2 Voip accounts, 2 Lines , HD Voice,Graphic LCD display with backligh 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Type 2 IP Phone with 2 Voip accounts, 2 Lines , HD Voice,Graphic LCD display with backligh Nos. 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0

13 39.5 Supplying, installation, Testing and commissioning of 10 Giga Bandwidth Data Centre Network Switch of 48 port Layer 3 having features and specifications etc. as mentioned here under: - ToR/EOR/Core Network Switch 48x 10GbE SFP+, 6x 100GbE QSFP28, RPS, with Console Port, Management Port and 1 x USB 2.0 Type A port, The switch must provide a switching capacity of no less than 1.76 Tbps and a forwarding rate of at least 1600 Mpps, ensuring non-blocking performance for high-bandwidth applications. It should support hot swappable dual power supply modules (AC or DC) for 1+1 redundancy and load sharing, as well as hot-swappable, front to-back airflow fan trays with N+1 redundancy to ensure continuous availability. IEEE 802.1X support for port-based and MAC-based authentication should be available, along with integration for RADIUS and TACACS+ authentication services. Guest VLANs, DoS prevention, and management access restrictions are essential. SNMP v1/v2c/v3, syslog, sFlow, and support for auto-configuration via DHCP. Support for OpenFlow v1.4, Netconf/YANG, and LLDP is required for modern network automation. Support ONIE (Open Network Install Environment), IEEE 802.1Q bb Priority-based Flow Control (PFC), OpenFlow v1.4, ERPS, IPv6 Tunneling, IP interfaces and supported, VXLAN, Private VLAN, Multicast VLAN, Guest VLAN Double VLAN (Q-in-Q), RoCEv2, PIMSSM/SM, MSDP. Support High Availability with MLAG/VSS and Layer 2/3 VPNs Critical for Multi-tenant, Virtualized, and Containerized Environments. BGPv4/v6, OSPFv2/v3, IS-IS, RIPng. VRRP, ECMP, BFD, and route redistribution for highavailability routing. Support flexible routing domains and secure inter-segment traffic flow. Certifications: CE, FCC, MTCTE, (TEC)/ BIS COMPLIANCE certification as applicable etc complete as required 18 39.5 Supplying, installation, Testing and commissioning of 10 Giga Bandwidth Data Centre Network Switch of 48 port Layer 3 having features and specifications etc. as mentioned here under: - ToR/EOR/Core Network Switch 48x 10GbE SFP+, 6x 100GbE QSFP28, RPS, with Console Port, Management Port and 1 x USB 2.0 Type A port, The switch must provide a switching capacity of no less than 1.76 Tbps and a forwarding rate of at least 1600 Mpps, ensuring non-blocking performance for high-bandwidth applications. It should support hot swappable dual power supply modules (AC or DC) for 1+1 redundancy and load sharing, as well as hot-swappable, front to-back airflow fan trays with N+1 redundancy to ensure continuous availability. IEEE 802.1X support for port-based and MAC-based authentication should be available, along with integration for RADIUS and TACACS+ authentication services. Guest VLANs, DoS prevention, and management access restrictions are essential. SNMP v1/v2c/v3, syslog, sFlow, and support for auto-configuration via DHCP. Support for OpenFlow v1.4, Netconf/YANG, and LLDP is required for modern network automation. Support ONIE (Open Network Install Environment), IEEE 802.1Q bb Priority-based Flow Control (PFC), OpenFlow v1.4, ERPS, IPv6 Tunneling, IP interfaces and supported, VXLAN, Private VLAN, Multicast VLAN, Guest VLAN Double VLAN (Q-in-Q), RoCEv2, PIMSSM/SM, MSDP. Support High Availability with MLAG/VSS and Layer 2/3 VPNs Critical for Multi-tenant, Virtualized, and Containerized Environments. BGPv4/v6, OSPFv2/v3, IS-IS, RIPng. VRRP, ECMP, BFD, and route redistribution for highavailability routing. Support flexible routing domains and secure inter-segment traffic flow. Certifications: CE, FCC, MTCTE, (TEC)/ BIS COMPLIANCE certification as applicable etc complete as required Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

14 39.3.2 Supplying, installation, Testing and commissioning of 24 port Layer 2 Non-PoE Network Switch 18 39.3.2 Supplying, installation, Testing and commissioning of 24 port Layer 2 Non-PoE Network Switch Nos. 8.00 Included 0.00 0 0

15 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Multigig switch Minimum 8 x 2.5G/1G PoE++ and 4 x 1/10GSFP+ ports. Should support 10 Gbps Copper module on SFP+ port for flexibility to utilize. switching capaticy of 96 Gbps, forwarding performance 71 Mpps, 370 W PoE /PoE+/PoE++ Power budget , with 4 x 10G SFP+ uplink ports. Should Non Blocking architecture , 16K MAC address. Should have Static Routing ,RIP,VRRP, OSPF &BGP from day 1,Should support ISSU from day 1 ,Should support stacking with min 14 members in a stack, Neighbor discovery, system logging, Telnet, SSH, SNMP, Network Time Protocol (NTP), IPv6 features from day 1 , MTBF Min 198000 Hr 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Multigig switch Minimum 8 x 2.5G/1G PoE++ and 4 x 1/10GSFP+ ports. Should support 10 Gbps Copper module on SFP+ port for flexibility to utilize. switching capaticy of 96 Gbps, forwarding performance 71 Mpps, 370 W PoE /PoE+/PoE++ Power budget , with 4 x 10G SFP+ uplink ports. Should Non Blocking architecture , 16K MAC address. Should have Static Routing ,RIP,VRRP, OSPF &BGP from day 1,Should support ISSU from day 1 ,Should support stacking with min 14 members in a stack, Neighbor discovery, system logging, Telnet, SSH, SNMP, Network Time Protocol (NTP), IPv6 features from day 1 , MTBF Min 198000 Hr Nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0

16 39.3.1 Supplying, installation, Testing and commissioning of 24 port PoE Layer 2 Network Switch with PoE Support of 370W or higher with each copper port supporting 802.3at PoE+ min. 18 39.3.1 Supplying, installation, Testing and commissioning of 24 port PoE Layer 2 Network Switch with PoE Support of 370W or higher with each copper port supporting 802.3at PoE+ min. Nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

17 39.6.2 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 1G Copper SFP 18 39.6.2 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 1G Copper SFP Nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 10 G SFP + copper SFP 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 10 G SFP + copper SFP Nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

19 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of ITAM Web Appliance Hardware: Rack based Intel Core i7 or better, 3.20GHz w/ HD Graphics, Memory 32GB 4x8GB DDR4 2666MHz, Minimum 1 TB SATA/SSD Drive, Integrated NIC, COTS Compliant.Web Appliance Software: Capture specifications, warranties, Serial Numbers, MAC Addresses, IP info, what other H/W relates/connects to this H/W, item status, event logs, assignees, Specifications, License information, 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of ITAM Web Appliance Hardware: Rack based Intel Core i7 or better, 3.20GHz w/ HD Graphics, Memory 32GB 4x8GB DDR4 2666MHz, Minimum 1 TB SATA/SSD Drive, Integrated NIC, COTS Compliant.Web Appliance Software: Capture specifications, warranties, Serial Numbers, MAC Addresses, IP info, what other H/W relates/connects to this H/W, item status, event logs, assignees, Specifications, License information, Nos. RO 0.00 0 0

20 39.7 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of indoor Wireless Access Point for Low Density use having features and specifications etc. as mentioned here under - Dual-band Wi-Fi6 (802.11ax) 574Mbps (2.4GHz) + 1200Mbps (5GHz), WI-FI 6 Certified, 1 x RJ45 console port, 1G LAN POE Port, factory reset, WPA/WPA2/WPA3™ Personal/Enterprise, WEP 64/128bit, SSID broadcast disable, MAC address access control, Internal RADIUS server, SNMP, Customizable Captive Portal, Auto Channel, Works as Access Point, WDS, WDS with AP, Wireless Client, Web (HTTP), Secure Socket Layer (SSL), Traffic control, Support ATF/Fast Roaming/Band Steering, Supports enhanced security – WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK/WPA3PSK and RADIUS client, and Cipher negotiation, and MAC/ IP ACL for networks, Certifications: MTCTE, CE, FCC. Should also work as Standalone and must be Compatible with S/W & H/W Controller with addtional features like - Real-Time Monitoring and Alerts, Rich Advanced Features, Centralized Device Management, Role-Based Administration, Real-Time Monitoring, VLAN and Access Control, Auto RF Management and Bandwidth Optimization, Multi-SSID and Captive Portal Authentication. Certifications: CE, FCC, MTCTE, (TEC)/ BIS COMPLIANCE certification as applicable etc complete as required 18 39.7 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of indoor Wireless Access Point for Low Density use having features and specifications etc. as mentioned here under - Dual-band Wi-Fi6 (802.11ax) 574Mbps (2.4GHz) + 1200Mbps (5GHz), WI-FI 6 Certified, 1 x RJ45 console port, 1G LAN POE Port, factory reset, WPA/WPA2/WPA3™ Personal/Enterprise, WEP 64/128bit, SSID broadcast disable, MAC address access control, Internal RADIUS server, SNMP, Customizable Captive Portal, Auto Channel, Works as Access Point, WDS, WDS with AP, Wireless Client, Web (HTTP), Secure Socket Layer (SSL), Traffic control, Support ATF/Fast Roaming/Band Steering, Supports enhanced security – WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK/WPA3PSK and RADIUS client, and Cipher negotiation, and MAC/ IP ACL for networks, Certifications: MTCTE, CE, FCC. Should also work as Standalone and must be Compatible with S/W & H/W Controller with addtional features like - Real-Time Monitoring and Alerts, Rich Advanced Features, Centralized Device Management, Role-Based Administration, Real-Time Monitoring, VLAN and Access Control, Auto RF Management and Bandwidth Optimization, Multi-SSID and Captive Portal Authentication. Certifications: CE, FCC, MTCTE, (TEC)/ BIS COMPLIANCE certification as applicable etc complete as required Nos. 13.00 Included 0.00 0 0

21 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Next Generation Firewall Hardware based , Min 8x10G SFP+ ports ,12x10/100/1000 Base T ports . Min 24000,000 Concurrent session ,Min 80 Gbps througput for security performance/NGFW throughput,1 Set of bypass port, 1x USB port, Min1 TB Harddisk from day 1 .Dedicated console port , 1x management port , Opearting temperature min 0-50 Degree C.Dual Hotswappable PSU .The firewall should support adoptation of MIPS/Million Intrusion per second and SOC/Security Opartion center/Equivalent from day 1 ready in hardware 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Next Generation Firewall Hardware based , Min 8x10G SFP+ ports ,12x10/100/1000 Base T ports . Min 24000,000 Concurrent session ,Min 80 Gbps througput for security performance/NGFW throughput,1 Set of bypass port, 1x USB port, Min1 TB Harddisk from day 1 .Dedicated console port , 1x management port , Opearting temperature min 0-50 Degree C.Dual Hotswappable PSU .The firewall should support adoptation of MIPS/Million Intrusion per second and SOC/Security Opartion center/Equivalent from day 1 ready in hardware Nos. RO 0.00 0 0

22 39.17.1 Supplying, drawing, Installation, Testing and commissioning of CAT6 UTP LSZH 23AWG Twisted Pair Cable in existing conduit/ on surface, Category 6 Unshielded Twisted Pair, 4 pair should be complied as per UL/ETL verification program for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D standard. Outer diameter should be in the range of 6.1mm nominal with Operating Temperature Range : -5° to +60°C. Bending Radius : < 4 X Cable Diameter at –5°C ± 1°C and Pulling Force : 11.5Kg 1 Run of cable 18 39.17.1 Supplying, drawing, Installation, Testing and commissioning of CAT6 UTP LSZH 23AWG Twisted Pair Cable in existing conduit/ on surface, Category 6 Unshielded Twisted Pair, 4 pair should be complied as per UL/ETL verification program for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D standard. Outer diameter should be in the range of 6.1mm nominal with Operating Temperature Range : -5° to +60°C. Bending Radius : < 4 X Cable Diameter at –5°C ± 1°C and Pulling Force : 11.5Kg 1 Run of cable Mtr 1260.00 Included 0.00 0 0

23 39.14 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of CAT6 Copper Information Outlet (IO) with face plate of color as per site requirement, should have ETL/UL verification program certificate for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D. All copper Cable and Components should be from same OEM to mainitain compatibility and interopertability. 18 39.14 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of CAT6 Copper Information Outlet (IO) with face plate of color as per site requirement, should have ETL/UL verification program certificate for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D. All copper Cable and Components should be from same OEM to mainitain compatibility and interopertability. Nos. 21.00 Included 0.00 0 0

24 39.11 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 24 port Cat6 Patch Panel loaded. Must be of 1U height with clear label holders and white label with the panel. 24 Ports Cat-6 Patch Panel should have ETL/UL verification program certificate for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D 18 39.11 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 24 port Cat6 Patch Panel loaded. Must be of 1U height with clear label holders and white label with the panel. 24 Ports Cat-6 Patch Panel should have ETL/UL verification program certificate for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D Nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0

25 39.12.1 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of following CAT6 Patch Cord should have ETL/UL verification program certificate for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D Copper Patch Cords of length 1m (3ft) 18 39.12.1 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of following CAT6 Patch Cord should have ETL/UL verification program certificate for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D Copper Patch Cords of length 1m (3ft) Nos. 21.00 Included 0.00 0 0

26 39.12.2 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of following CAT6 Patch Cord should have ETL/UL verification program certificate for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D Copper Patch Cords of length 3m (10ft) 18 39.12.2 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of following CAT6 Patch Cord should have ETL/UL verification program certificate for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D Copper Patch Cords of length 3m (10ft) Nos. 21.00 Included 0.00 0 0

27 40.5 Supplying Installation Testing and Commissioning of 5/6MP IP IR Dome Camera having following spcifications and features Type of Camera: Dome Camera Image Sensor: 1/2.8" or better progressive Scan CMOS get color image even at night condition Signal System: PAL/NTSC Minimum Illumination: 0.008Lux@ F1.4, AGC ON, 0 lux with IR or better Imaging: 1/3s to 1/30000s Shutter Support, Auto Gain Control , White Balance- Auto, Back Light Compensation, Multi zone Privacy Masking, HLC, Digital Watermarking. On Screen Display: Camera should display Camera title, Date & Time in live & recorded video both. Signal to Noise Ratio: > 50 dB 5/6MP ((3200 × 1800)@20 fps or better) IP IR 2.7mm ~13.5mm Motorized lens, Vari Focal Dome Camera,Angle of View: H: 104°–32°, V: 54°–18°, D: 125°–36° or better 18 40.5 Supplying Installation Testing and Commissioning of 5/6MP IP IR Dome Camera having following spcifications and features Type of Camera: Dome Camera Image Sensor: 1/2.8" or better progressive Scan CMOS get color image even at night condition Signal System: PAL/NTSC Minimum Illumination: 0.008Lux@ F1.4, AGC ON, 0 lux with IR or better Imaging: 1/3s to 1/30000s Shutter Support, Auto Gain Control , White Balance- Auto, Back Light Compensation, Multi zone Privacy Masking, HLC, Digital Watermarking. On Screen Display: Camera should display Camera title, Date & Time in live & recorded video both. Signal to Noise Ratio: > 50 dB 5/6MP ((3200 × 1800)@20 fps or better) IP IR 2.7mm ~13.5mm Motorized lens, Vari Focal Dome Camera,Angle of View: H: 104°–32°, V: 54°–18°, D: 125°–36° or better Nos. 21.00 Included 0.00 0 0

28 40.11.1 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 32 Channel Network Video Recorder (NVR) having display split :- Main screen: 1/4/8/9/16/25/32(36), 2nd screen: 1/4/8/9/16 18 40.11.1 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 32 Channel Network Video Recorder (NVR) having display split :- Main screen: 1/4/8/9/16/25/32(36), 2nd screen: 1/4/8/9/16 Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

29 40.12.4 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning following capacity Serveillance grade Hard Disk with upto 256MB/s Transfer Rate, 256 MB Cache, 7200 RPM Disk Speed, 3.5 inch form factor, SATA Interface, BSMI, ICES-003/NNB-003, CE, FCC, KC, Maghreb, RCM, UKCA, VCCI, CB-Scheme, TUV, UL certifications. 10TB (Terabytes) 18 40.12.4 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning following capacity Serveillance grade Hard Disk with upto 256MB/s Transfer Rate, 256 MB Cache, 7200 RPM Disk Speed, 3.5 inch form factor, SATA Interface, BSMI, ICES-003/NNB-003, CE, FCC, KC, Maghreb, RCM, UKCA, VCCI, CB-Scheme, TUV, UL certifications. 10TB (Terabytes) Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

30 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Full HD 55" LED Professional Display Panel. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Full HD 55" LED Professional Display Panel. Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

31 39.3.1 Supplying, installation, Testing and commissioning of 24 port PoE Layer 2 Network Switch with PoE Support of 370W or higher with each copper port supporting 802.3at PoE+ min. 18 39.3.1 Supplying, installation, Testing and commissioning of 24 port PoE Layer 2 Network Switch with PoE Support of 370W or higher with each copper port supporting 802.3at PoE+ min. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

32 39.1.1 Supplying, installation, Testing and commissioning of 8 port PoE Layer 2 Network Switch with PoE Support of 130W or higher with each copper port supporting 802.3at PoE+. 18 39.1.1 Supplying, installation, Testing and commissioning of 8 port PoE Layer 2 Network Switch with PoE Support of 130W or higher with each copper port supporting 802.3at PoE+. Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

33 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Workstation PC: Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-3770 Processor (8M Cache, up to 3.90 GHz); RAM: 8GB (1x8GB) Non-ECC DDR3 1600MHz ; Keyboard: 12 function keys; Chassis: Tower/Workstation; DVD: 8X Slimline DVD+/-RW, Data Only; Dual Graphics Card; Network interface card: Integrated Intel(R) 82579LM Gigabit1 Ethernet LAN 10/100/1000; Hard disk: 250GB, 7200 RPM 3.5" SATA 6Gb/s Hard Drive; Operating system: Windows 7 Professional 64 Bit or latest. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Workstation PC: Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-3770 Processor (8M Cache, up to 3.90 GHz); RAM: 8GB (1x8GB) Non-ECC DDR3 1600MHz ; Keyboard: 12 function keys; Chassis: Tower/Workstation; DVD: 8X Slimline DVD+/-RW, Data Only; Dual Graphics Card; Network interface card: Integrated Intel(R) 82579LM Gigabit1 Ethernet LAN 10/100/1000; Hard disk: 250GB, 7200 RPM 3.5" SATA 6Gb/s Hard Drive; Operating system: Windows 7 Professional 64 Bit or latest. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

34 28.2.1.2 Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of micro processor based intelligent addressable main fire alarm panel, central processing unit with the following loop modules and capable of supporting not less than 240 devices (including detectors) and minimum 120 detectors per loop and loop length up to 2 km, network communication card, minimum 320 character graphics/ LCD display with touch screen or other keypad and minimum 4000 events history log in the non volatile memory (EPROM), power supply unit (230 ± 5 % V, 50 hz), 48 hrs back-up with 24 volt sealed maintenance free batteries with automatic charger. The panel shall have facility to connect printer to printout log and facility to have seamless integration with analog/digital voice evacuation system (which is part of the schedule of work under SH: PA System) and shall be complete with all accessories . The panel shall be compatible for IBMS 2-loop Panel 18 28.2.1.2 Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of micro processor based intelligent addressable main fire alarm panel, central processing unit with the following loop modules and capable of supporting not less than 240 devices (including detectors) and minimum 120 detectors per loop and loop length up to 2 km, network communication card, minimum 320 character graphics/ LCD display with touch screen or other keypad and minimum 4000 events history log in the non volatile memory (EPROM), power supply unit (230 ± 5 % V, 50 hz), 48 hrs back-up with 24 volt sealed maintenance free batteries with automatic charger. The panel shall have facility to connect printer to printout log and facility to have seamless integration with analog/digital voice evacuation system (which is part of the schedule of work under SH: PA System) and shall be complete with all accessories . The panel shall be compatible for IBMS 2-loop Panel Nos 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

35 28.2.4 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of intelligent analog addressable photothermal detector complete with mounting base complete as required. 18 28.2.4 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of intelligent analog addressable photothermal detector complete with mounting base complete as required. Nos 144.00 Included 0.00 0 0

36 28.2.5 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of response indicator on surface/recessed MS Box having two LED, metallic cover complete with all connections etc as required. 18 28.2.5 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of response indicator on surface/recessed MS Box having two LED, metallic cover complete with all connections etc as required. Nos 72.00 Included 0.00 0 0

37 28.2.9 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of intelligent addressable thermal detector with rate of rise cum fixed temperature thermistor complete with base as required 18 28.2.9 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of intelligent addressable thermal detector with rate of rise cum fixed temperature thermistor complete with base as required Nos 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

38 28.2.14 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of addressable manual call point complete as required. 18 28.2.14 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of addressable manual call point complete as required. Nos 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

39 28.2.10 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of addressable fire control module complete as required. 18 28.2.10 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of addressable fire control module complete as required. Nos 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

40 28.2.7 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of fault isolator complete with base as required. 18 28.2.7 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of fault isolator complete with base as required. Nos 9.00 Included 0.00 0 0

41 28.2.6 Supplying, installation, testing & commisssioning of intelligent addressable programmable sounder complete as required. 18 28.2.6 Supplying, installation, testing & commisssioning of intelligent addressable programmable sounder complete as required. Nos 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

42 28.2.19 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of fire fighter phone jack complete as required. 18 28.2.19 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of fire fighter phone jack complete as required. Nos 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

43 28.2.17 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of fire fighter telephone handset complete as required. 18 28.2.17 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of fire fighter telephone handset complete as required. Nos 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

44 28.5.1 Supplying & laying of 2x1.5 sqmm fire survival armoured cable, 600/1000V rated with annealed copper conductor having glass mica fire barrier tape covered by an extruded layer of Cross Linkable Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR) insulation and LSZH inner bedding, steel wire armouring & LSZH outer sheath complete as required. 18 28.5.1 Supplying & laying of 2x1.5 sqmm fire survival armoured cable, 600/1000V rated with annealed copper conductor having glass mica fire barrier tape covered by an extruded layer of Cross Linkable Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR) insulation and LSZH inner bedding, steel wire armouring & LSZH outer sheath complete as required. Mtrs. 2190.00 Included 0.00 0 0

45 28.3.1 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of 6 zone, voice alarm controller with USB, MP3 player (including 6 zone button paging station) with seamless integration facility with main fire alarm panel for voice evacuation complete as required. 18 28.3.1 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of 6 zone, voice alarm controller with USB, MP3 player (including 6 zone button paging station) with seamless integration facility with main fire alarm panel for voice evacuation complete as required. Nos 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

46 28.3.8 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of digital audio amplifier 75 Watt, 25V rms operating at 240 Volt AC Supply complete as required. 18 28.3.8 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of digital audio amplifier 75 Watt, 25V rms operating at 240 Volt AC Supply complete as required. Nos 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0

47 28.3.2 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of 1.5/3/6W ceiling speaker complete as required.. 18 28.3.2 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of 1.5/3/6W ceiling speaker complete as required.. Nos 28.00 Included 0.00 0 0

48 28.5.2 Supplying & laying of 2x1.5 sqmm fire alarm armoured cable, 600/1000V rated with annealed copper conductor having XLPE insulation, steel wire armouring & FRLS/HFFR outer sheath complete as required. 18 28.5.2 Supplying & laying of 2x1.5 sqmm fire alarm armoured cable, 600/1000V rated with annealed copper conductor having XLPE insulation, steel wire armouring & FRLS/HFFR outer sheath complete as required. Mtrs. 420.00 Included 0.00 0 0

49 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 4 door access ccontrol system with power supply and housing. Access control should be working on internet protocol TCP/IP, controller must have Alarm Extension: 4 enter and 4 exit (fire alarm, bandit alarm, burglar alarm, Gas alarm), Reading Protocol: Wiegand 26 \ Wiegand 34 \ Wiegand 66, Register Cards: 42,000, Record Capacity: 200,000. Power supply box should be able to provide power to controller, EM/EL lock and card reader, no additional power supply should be required for each device. Working Voltage: DC9V-14V, Working Current: < 500mA, Temperature and Humidity: -40℃-75℃ (10-90%RH non-frost), Power supply input voltage: AC 90V - 25V 50/60Hz, Output: DC 12V 5A (Dual port), Adjustable 11 - 13V. Metal power supply box: black, Shell:Iron Material, Painted. 18 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 4 door access ccontrol system with power supply and housing. Access control should be working on internet protocol TCP/IP, controller must have Alarm Extension: 4 enter and 4 exit (fire alarm, bandit alarm, burglar alarm, Gas alarm), Reading Protocol: Wiegand 26 \ Wiegand 34 \ Wiegand 66, Register Cards: 42,000, Record Capacity: 200,000. Power supply box should be able to provide power to controller, EM/EL lock and card reader, no additional power supply should be required for each device. Working Voltage: DC9V-14V, Working Current: < 500mA, Temperature and Humidity: -40℃-75℃ (10-90%RH non-frost), Power supply input voltage: AC 90V - 25V 50/60Hz, Output: DC 12V 5A (Dual port), Adjustable 11 - 13V. Metal power supply box: black, Shell:Iron Material, Painted. Nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0

50 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Power supply unit for 4 door access ccontrol system with power supply and housing. Access control should be working on internet protocol TCP/IP, controller must have Alarm Extension: 4 enter and 4 exit (fire alarm, bandit alarm, burglar alarm, Gas alarm), Reading Protocol: Wiegand 26 \ Wiegand 34 \ Wiegand 66, Register Cards: 42,000, Record Capacity: 200,000. Power supply box should be able to provide power to controller, EM/EL lock and card reader, no additional power supply should be required for each device. Working Voltage: DC9V-14V, Working Current: < 500mA, Temperature and Humidity: -40℃-75℃ (10-90%RH non-frost), Power supply input voltage: AC 90V - 25V 50/60Hz, Output: DC 12V 5A (Dual port), Adjustable 11 - 13V. Metal power supply box: black, Shell:Iron Material, Painted. 18 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Power supply unit for 4 door access ccontrol system with power supply and housing. Access control should be working on internet protocol TCP/IP, controller must have Alarm Extension: 4 enter and 4 exit (fire alarm, bandit alarm, burglar alarm, Gas alarm), Reading Protocol: Wiegand 26 \ Wiegand 34 \ Wiegand 66, Register Cards: 42,000, Record Capacity: 200,000. Power supply box should be able to provide power to controller, EM/EL lock and card reader, no additional power supply should be required for each device. Working Voltage: DC9V-14V, Working Current: < 500mA, Temperature and Humidity: -40℃-75℃ (10-90%RH non-frost), Power supply input voltage: AC 90V - 25V 50/60Hz, Output: DC 12V 5A (Dual port), Adjustable 11 - 13V. Metal power supply box: black, Shell:Iron Material, Painted. Nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0

51 41.5 Software for Web based Access Control System Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Web based Access Control Enrolment and Device Configuration Software, Should be independent of OS (Windows), Unified Management of Biometric, Card, and Controllers, Import Functionality for bulk user details, Biometric Template Retrieval for Data Recovery, User Management, Logs and Terminal Management, Support for IP-based and USB Biometric Devices, User-specific Access Policies, Different User Policies on the Same Terminal, Assignment of Specific Access Schedules, Pushing Users to Terminals or Groups, Admin Authority Management to define rights of each user to perform, Blacklist User Management, Access Schedule Creation, Real-Time Log Retrieval, Real- Time User Identification, Secure Storage of Biometric/Users Data, Capable to integrate with 3rd party applications over Web API's, MQTT protocol support 18 41.5 Software for Web based Access Control System Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Web based Access Control Enrolment and Device Configuration Software, Should be independent of OS (Windows), Unified Management of Biometric, Card, and Controllers, Import Functionality for bulk user details, Biometric Template Retrieval for Data Recovery, User Management, Logs and Terminal Management, Support for IP-based and USB Biometric Devices, User-specific Access Policies, Different User Policies on the Same Terminal, Assignment of Specific Access Schedules, Pushing Users to Terminals or Groups, Admin Authority Management to define rights of each user to perform, Blacklist User Management, Access Schedule Creation, Real-Time Log Retrieval, Real- Time User Identification, Secure Storage of Biometric/Users Data, Capable to integrate with 3rd party applications over Web API's, MQTT protocol support Set. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

52 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Card reader Mifare 13.5MHz IC card made of plastic, having data retention up to 10 Years. Reaction time 1-2mS, Data Transfer 106 Kbit/s, Frequency 13.56MHz, Operating Distance>100000 Times, Mifare Smart Card Contactless transmission of data and supply energy, The Smart Card should support Individual set of two keys per sector (per application) to support multiapplication with key hierarchy. Unique serial number for each device. 18 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Card reader Mifare 13.5MHz IC card made of plastic, having data retention up to 10 Years. Reaction time 1-2mS, Data Transfer 106 Kbit/s, Frequency 13.56MHz, Operating Distance>100000 Times, Mifare Smart Card Contactless transmission of data and supply energy, The Smart Card should support Individual set of two keys per sector (per application) to support multiapplication with key hierarchy. Unique serial number for each device. Nos. 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

53 Supply ,Installation ,Testing & Commissioning of Smart Card Contactless transmission of data and supply energy (No battery needed), Operating Distance: Upto 100mm (Depending on Antenna Geometry), Operating Frequency: 13.56 MHZ. 18 Supply ,Installation ,Testing & Commissioning of Smart Card Contactless transmission of data and supply energy (No battery needed), Operating Distance: Upto 100mm (Depending on Antenna Geometry), Operating Frequency: 13.56 MHZ. Nos. 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

54 41.6.2 Supply ,Installation ,Testing & Commissioning of Single leaf door 18 41.6.2 Supply ,Installation ,Testing & Commissioning of Single leaf door Nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

55 41.6.2 Supply ,Installation ,Testing & Commissioning of Double leaf door 18 41.6.2 Supply ,Installation ,Testing & Commissioning of Double leaf door Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

56 39.17.1 Supplying, drawing, Installation, Testing and commissioning of CAT6 UTP LSZH 23AWG Twisted Pair Cable in existing conduit/ on surface, Category 6 Unshielded Twisted Pair, 4 pair should be complied as per UL/ETL verification program for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D standard. Outer diameter should be in the range of 6.1mm nominal with Operating Temperature Range : -5° to +60°C. Bending Radius : < 4 X Cable Diameter at –5°C ± 1°C and Pulling Force : 11.5Kg 1 Run of cable 18 39.17.1 Supplying, drawing, Installation, Testing and commissioning of CAT6 UTP LSZH 23AWG Twisted Pair Cable in existing conduit/ on surface, Category 6 Unshielded Twisted Pair, 4 pair should be complied as per UL/ETL verification program for compliance with ANSI/TIA-568.2-D standard. Outer diameter should be in the range of 6.1mm nominal with Operating Temperature Range : -5° to +60°C. Bending Radius : < 4 X Cable Diameter at –5°C ± 1°C and Pulling Force : 11.5Kg 1 Run of cable Mtr 180.00 Included 0.00 0 0

57 Supply and Laying of 8 Core x 1.0 sq mm multi strand, copper, unarmoured shielded Cable as per specification (between the every card readers & the access controllers) 18 Supply and Laying of 8 Core x 1.0 sq mm multi strand, copper, unarmoured shielded Cable as per specification (between the every card readers & the access controllers) RM 75.00 Included 0.00 0 0

58 Supply and Laying of 4 Core x 1.0 sq mm multi strand, copper, unarmoured shielded Cable as per specification (between the every card readers & the access controllers) 18 Supply and Laying of 4 Core x 1.0 sq mm multi strand, copper, unarmoured shielded Cable as per specification (between the every card readers & the access controllers) RM 150.00 Included 0.00 0 0

59 Supply ,Installation ,Testing & Commissioning of U, L and Z Clamp made of aluminium anodised for EM Lock. 18 Supply ,Installation ,Testing & Commissioning of U, L and Z Clamp made of aluminium anodised for EM Lock. Nos. 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

60 41.7 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Heavy Duty SS Finish Exit Push Button for releasing access doors with all necessary installation accessories i/c connection complete etc. as required 18 41.7 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Heavy Duty SS Finish Exit Push Button for releasing access doors with all necessary installation accessories i/c connection complete etc. as required Nos. 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

TOTAL AMOUNT EXCL GST 0.00 0 0

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/T/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/25/13562; (RFX- 5002004825) Schedule -1.8

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI As per Lum-sum 0.00%

(SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES ) AS per Percent #REF!

As per lum-sum on Sch-3 0.00%

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To: As per Percent on Sch-3 #REF!

Contracts Services, 3rd Floor Total Discount #REF!

Name : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 SCO Bay 5-10, near Haryana Pollution Control

…….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 board Office, Sector 16A, Faridabad, Haryana 121002 Multipackage lum-sum 0.00%

INSTALLATION CHARGES Amount after Discount (Rs.) Dis Alert Amount after MPD (Rs.)

All Prices are in Indian Rupees.

SI. No. PR No PR Line Item No Activity Header PR Activity No Activity Description Service Code SAC (Service Accounting Codes) Whether SAC in column '8’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable the SAC * Rate of GST applicable ( in %) Whether rate of GST in column ‘4’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable rate of GST * Description Unit Quantity Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Total GST as confirmed by Bidder Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges

PART A (Substation Portion)

I INSTALLATION Revaluation of J column Tax Calculation

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

1 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of a 75-inch 4K UHD professional display with minimum 3840 × 2160 resolution, 440 nits brightness, Direct LED backlight, and 24×7 operation. The display shall feature an advanced 4K HDR image processor, support HDR10, HLG, and Dolby Vision, wide 178° viewing angle, and integrated Android operating system with minimum 16 GB storage. The display shall support IP control, RS-232C, HDMI-CEC, Wi‑Fi, Chromecast, Apple AirPlay, and HDCP 2.3 compliance. Connectivity shall include minimum 4 HDMI inputs, 2 USB ports, 1 Ethernet port, and digital audio output. Power consumption shall not exceed 310W. Approved Make: Sony / LG / Samsung . 18 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of a 75-inch 4K UHD professional display with minimum 3840 × 2160 resolution, 440 nits brightness, Direct LED backlight, and 24×7 operation. The display shall feature an advanced 4K HDR image processor, support HDR10, HLG, and Dolby Vision, wide 178° viewing angle, and integrated Android operating system with minimum 16 GB storage. The display shall support IP control, RS-232C, HDMI-CEC, Wi‑Fi, Chromecast, Apple AirPlay, and HDCP 2.3 compliance. Connectivity shall include minimum 4 HDMI inputs, 2 USB ports, 1 Ethernet port, and digital audio output. Power consumption shall not exceed 310W. Approved Make: Sony / LG / Samsung . Nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0 0

2 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of 27-inch Touch All-in-One PC with Intel Core Ultra i7 processor, minimum 16GB RAM, 1TB SSD storage, integrated Full HD IR webcam, wireless keyboard and mouse, Windows 11 Professional operating system, and height-adjustable stand. Complete with all standard accessories, installation, testing, commissioning, and OEM warranty. Approved Make:- Dell/HP/ Lenovo. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of 27-inch Touch All-in-One PC with Intel Core Ultra i7 processor, minimum 16GB RAM, 1TB SSD storage, integrated Full HD IR webcam, wireless keyboard and mouse, Windows 11 Professional operating system, and height-adjustable stand. Complete with all standard accessories, installation, testing, commissioning, and OEM warranty. Approved Make:- Dell/HP/ Lenovo. Nos. 11.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

3 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Mini PC with Intel Core i7 processor, minimum 16GB RAM, 512GB SSD, dual display support, Gigabit Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Windows 11 Professional, complete with accessories. Approved Make:- Dell/HP/ Lenovo. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Mini PC with Intel Core i7 processor, minimum 16GB RAM, 512GB SSD, dual display support, Gigabit Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Windows 11 Professional, complete with accessories. Approved Make:- Dell/HP/ Lenovo. Nos. 13.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

4 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Workstation PC with Intel Core i9 processor, minimum 32GB RAM, 1TB NVMe SSD, NVIDIA professional graphics card with minimum 12GB dedicated memory, dual monitor support, Windows 11 Professional, suitable for VMS and construction progress monitoring applications, complete with accessories. Approved Make:- Dell/HP/ Lenovo. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Workstation PC with Intel Core i9 processor, minimum 32GB RAM, 1TB NVMe SSD, NVIDIA professional graphics card with minimum 12GB dedicated memory, dual monitor support, Windows 11 Professional, suitable for VMS and construction progress monitoring applications, complete with accessories. Approved Make:- Dell/HP/ Lenovo. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

5 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of an All-in-One Intelligent Video Conferencing Bar comprising integrated panoramic 4K camera system, microphone array, speakers and DSP. The unit shall feature a minimum 180° horizontal field of view using multi-camera stitching technology, intelligent auto-framing, speaker tracking, AI-powered meeting analytics, and support for Microsoft Teams, Zoom and other UC platforms. The device shall incorporate a minimum of eight beamforming microphones with echo cancellation and noise suppression, along with integrated full-duplex speakers for clear audio reproduction. The system shall support USB and network connectivity, centralized device management, firmware upgrades, and be supplied complete with all necessary mounting accessories, power supply, cabling and software licenses required for a fully operational installation. The proposed solution shall be Microsoft Teams Rooms (MTR) Certified and supported by the OEM for deployment in Microsoft Teams Room environments. MAKE Cisco / Poly /Jabra 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of an All-in-One Intelligent Video Conferencing Bar comprising integrated panoramic 4K camera system, microphone array, speakers and DSP. The unit shall feature a minimum 180° horizontal field of view using multi-camera stitching technology, intelligent auto-framing, speaker tracking, AI-powered meeting analytics, and support for Microsoft Teams, Zoom and other UC platforms. The device shall incorporate a minimum of eight beamforming microphones with echo cancellation and noise suppression, along with integrated full-duplex speakers for clear audio reproduction. The system shall support USB and network connectivity, centralized device management, firmware upgrades, and be supplied complete with all necessary mounting accessories, power supply, cabling and software licenses required for a fully operational installation. The proposed solution shall be Microsoft Teams Rooms (MTR) Certified and supported by the OEM for deployment in Microsoft Teams Room environments. MAKE Cisco / Poly /Jabra Nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

6 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of A4 Multi-Function Color Laser Network Printer with print, copy and scan functions, minimum print speed 25 ppm, print resolution 1200 × 1200 dpi, automatic duplex printing, minimum 512 MB memory, 250-sheet input tray, Ethernet, USB and Wi-Fi connectivity, color touchscreen display, AirPrint/Mopria support, and Windows/macOS compatibility. Complete with all accessories, installation, testing, commissioning and OEM warranty. Approved Make:- HP/Canon /Xerox 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of A4 Multi-Function Color Laser Network Printer with print, copy and scan functions, minimum print speed 25 ppm, print resolution 1200 × 1200 dpi, automatic duplex printing, minimum 512 MB memory, 250-sheet input tray, Ethernet, USB and Wi-Fi connectivity, color touchscreen display, AirPrint/Mopria support, and Windows/macOS compatibility. Complete with all accessories, installation, testing, commissioning and OEM warranty. Approved Make:- HP/Canon /Xerox Nos. 7.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

7 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of all required AV interconnecting cables, connectors, cable management accessories, rack hardware, termination materials, and associated accessories including HDMI, Cat-6, USB, speaker and microphone cables, complete with termination, testing, labeling, commissioning, and all works required for proper system integration. Approved Make:- RGB Spectrum/ Kramer/ Lightware. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of all required AV interconnecting cables, connectors, cable management accessories, rack hardware, termination materials, and associated accessories including HDMI, Cat-6, USB, speaker and microphone cables, complete with termination, testing, labeling, commissioning, and all works required for proper system integration. Approved Make:- RGB Spectrum/ Kramer/ Lightware. Lot. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

8 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of a 65-inch 4K UHD professional display with minimum 3840 × 2160 resolution, 440 nits brightness, Direct LED backlight, and 24×7 operation. The display shall feature an advanced 4K HDR image processor, support HDR10, HLG, and Dolby Vision, wide 178° viewing angle, and integrated Android operating system with minimum 16 GB storage. The display shall support IP control, RS-232C, HDMI-CEC, Wi-Fi, Chromecast, Apple AirPlay, and HDCP 2.3 compliance. Connectivity shall include minimum 4 HDMI inputs, 2 USB ports, 1 Ethernet port, and digital audio output. Power consumption shall not exceed 230W. Approved Make: Sony / LG / Samsung . 18 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of a 65-inch 4K UHD professional display with minimum 3840 × 2160 resolution, 440 nits brightness, Direct LED backlight, and 24×7 operation. The display shall feature an advanced 4K HDR image processor, support HDR10, HLG, and Dolby Vision, wide 178° viewing angle, and integrated Android operating system with minimum 16 GB storage. The display shall support IP control, RS-232C, HDMI-CEC, Wi-Fi, Chromecast, Apple AirPlay, and HDCP 2.3 compliance. Connectivity shall include minimum 4 HDMI inputs, 2 USB ports, 1 Ethernet port, and digital audio output. Power consumption shall not exceed 230W. Approved Make: Sony / LG / Samsung . Nos. 14.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

9 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of all required AV interconnecting cables, connectors, cable management accessories, rack hardware, termination materials, and associated accessories including HDMI, Cat-6, USB, speaker and microphone cables, complete with termination, testing, labeling, commissioning, and all works required for proper system integration. Approved Make:- RGB Spectrum/ Kramer/ Lightware. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of all required AV interconnecting cables, connectors, cable management accessories, rack hardware, termination materials, and associated accessories including HDMI, Cat-6, USB, speaker and microphone cables, complete with termination, testing, labeling, commissioning, and all works required for proper system integration. Approved Make:- RGB Spectrum/ Kramer/ Lightware. Lot. 8.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

10 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of A4 Multi-Function Monochrome Laser Network Printer with print, copy and scan functions, minimum print speed 25 ppm, print resolution 1200 × 1200 dpi, automatic duplex printing, minimum 512 MB memory, 250-sheet input tray, Ethernet, USB and Wi-Fi connectivity, and Windows/macOS compatibility. Complete with all accessories, installation, testing, commissioning and OEM warranty. Approved Make:-HP/Canon /HP/Canon /Xerox 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of A4 Multi-Function Monochrome Laser Network Printer with print, copy and scan functions, minimum print speed 25 ppm, print resolution 1200 × 1200 dpi, automatic duplex printing, minimum 512 MB memory, 250-sheet input tray, Ethernet, USB and Wi-Fi connectivity, and Windows/macOS compatibility. Complete with all accessories, installation, testing, commissioning and OEM warranty. Approved Make:-HP/Canon /HP/Canon /Xerox Nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

11 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of an 85-inch 4K UHD professional display with minimum 3840 × 2160 resolution, 440 nits brightness, Direct LED backlight, and 24×7 operation. The display shall feature an advanced 4K HDR image processor, support HDR10, HLG, and Dolby Vision, wide 178° viewing angle, and integrated Android operating system with minimum 16 GB storage. The display shall support IP control, RS-232C, HDMI-CEC, Wi-Fi, Chromecast, Apple AirPlay, and HDCP 2.3 compliance. Connectivity shall include minimum 4 HDMI inputs, 2 USB ports, 1 Ethernet port, and digital audio output. Power consumption shall not exceed 250W. Approved Make: Sony / LG / Samsung . 18 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of an 85-inch 4K UHD professional display with minimum 3840 × 2160 resolution, 440 nits brightness, Direct LED backlight, and 24×7 operation. The display shall feature an advanced 4K HDR image processor, support HDR10, HLG, and Dolby Vision, wide 178° viewing angle, and integrated Android operating system with minimum 16 GB storage. The display shall support IP control, RS-232C, HDMI-CEC, Wi-Fi, Chromecast, Apple AirPlay, and HDCP 2.3 compliance. Connectivity shall include minimum 4 HDMI inputs, 2 USB ports, 1 Ethernet port, and digital audio output. Power consumption shall not exceed 250W. Approved Make: Sony / LG / Samsung . Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

12 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Mini PC with Intel Core i7 processor, minimum 16GB RAM, 512GB SSD, dual display support, Gigabit Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Windows 11 Professional, complete with accessories. Approved Make: Dell/HP/ Lenovo. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Mini PC with Intel Core i7 processor, minimum 16GB RAM, 512GB SSD, dual display support, Gigabit Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Windows 11 Professional, complete with accessories. Approved Make: Dell/HP/ Lenovo. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

13 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 4K Digital Signage Media Player with support for 4K UHD (3840 × 2160) content playback, compatible with MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, MP3, H.264 and VC-1 codecs. The player shall include minimum 8GB internal storage, Micro SD card expansion, integrated SMIL support, CMS-based content management with software license, and remote device management over LAN. and all necessary accessories for complete installation, testing, and commissioning. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/AMP LUXE 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 4K Digital Signage Media Player with support for 4K UHD (3840 × 2160) content playback, compatible with MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, MP3, H.264 and VC-1 codecs. The player shall include minimum 8GB internal storage, Micro SD card expansion, integrated SMIL support, CMS-based content management with software license, and remote device management over LAN. and all necessary accessories for complete installation, testing, and commissioning. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/AMP LUXE Nos. 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

14 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 55-Inch Floor Vertical Standing Digital Kiosk (Without OS) featuring a 55-inch 4K UHD (3840 × 2160 @ 60Hz) display with eco-friendly LED backlight technology and 178° wide viewing angle. The kiosk shall be provided with 4 mm thick Grade-7 tempered shatterproof protective glass, HDMI input for UHD signal connectivity, and an internal provision/slot for installation of a Mini PC. The enclosure shall be of robust EMC-compliant metal construction with a floor-standing design suitable for 24×7 continuous operation. Complete with all mounting hardware, accessories, installation, testing, and commissioning. Approved Makes: Trueview/ Ampluxe/ Netmas. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 55-Inch Floor Vertical Standing Digital Kiosk (Without OS) featuring a 55-inch 4K UHD (3840 × 2160 @ 60Hz) display with eco-friendly LED backlight technology and 178° wide viewing angle. The kiosk shall be provided with 4 mm thick Grade-7 tempered shatterproof protective glass, HDMI input for UHD signal connectivity, and an internal provision/slot for installation of a Mini PC. The enclosure shall be of robust EMC-compliant metal construction with a floor-standing design suitable for 24×7 continuous operation. Complete with all mounting hardware, accessories, installation, testing, and commissioning. Approved Makes: Trueview/ Ampluxe/ Netmas. Nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

15 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of a 55-inch 4K UHD professional display with minimum 3840 × 2160 resolution, 440 nits brightness, Direct LED backlight, and 24×7 operation. The display shall feature an advanced 4K HDR image processor, support HDR10, HLG, and Dolby Vision, wide 178° viewing angle, and integrated Android operating system with minimum 16 GB storage. The display shall support IP control, RS-232C, HDMI-CEC, Wi-Fi, Chromecast, Apple AirPlay, and HDCP 2.3 compliance. Connectivity shall include minimum 4 HDMI inputs, 2 USB ports, 1 Ethernet port, and digital audio output. Power consumption shall not exceed 205W. Approved Make: Sony / LG / Samsung. 18 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of a 55-inch 4K UHD professional display with minimum 3840 × 2160 resolution, 440 nits brightness, Direct LED backlight, and 24×7 operation. The display shall feature an advanced 4K HDR image processor, support HDR10, HLG, and Dolby Vision, wide 178° viewing angle, and integrated Android operating system with minimum 16 GB storage. The display shall support IP control, RS-232C, HDMI-CEC, Wi-Fi, Chromecast, Apple AirPlay, and HDCP 2.3 compliance. Connectivity shall include minimum 4 HDMI inputs, 2 USB ports, 1 Ethernet port, and digital audio output. Power consumption shall not exceed 205W. Approved Make: Sony / LG / Samsung. Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

16 Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of a 5.25" full-range ceiling speaker with a frequency response of 105 Hz–20 kHz (–3 dB) and 60 Hz–18 kHz (–10 dB). The system delivers 10 W AES (40 W peak) with a maximum SPL of 106 dB, 8 Ω nominal impedance, 130° conical dispersion, and a fixed 10 W transformer tap at 100/70 V. The transducer features a 5.25" shallow full-range driver with 0.7" voice coil and ferrite magnet, designed for durability and long-lasting performance. Approved Make: British acoustics/ Meyer sound/Martin audio/d&b audiotechnik. 18 Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of a 5.25" full-range ceiling speaker with a frequency response of 105 Hz–20 kHz (–3 dB) and 60 Hz–18 kHz (–10 dB). The system delivers 10 W AES (40 W peak) with a maximum SPL of 106 dB, 8 Ω nominal impedance, 130° conical dispersion, and a fixed 10 W transformer tap at 100/70 V. The transducer features a 5.25" shallow full-range driver with 0.7" voice coil and ferrite magnet, designed for durability and long-lasting performance. Approved Make: British acoustics/ Meyer sound/Martin audio/d&b audiotechnik. Nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

17 Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of a 400 W Class AB 6-zone mixer amplifier. The unit provides a single channel with six independent zones, delivering 250 W per channel at 8 Ω, 400 W at 4 Ω, 400 W at 2.7 Ω, and 400 W for 100 V or 70 V operation. Inputs include 1 priority mic, 2 additional mic inputs, 2 auxiliary inputs, 1 USB input, 1 wireless input, 1 fireman’s mic, 1 siren input, 1 siren control, and 1 paging network input. Outputs feature 1 direct output (100 V/70 V or low-impedance) and 6 individual zone outputs. Connections are via Euroblock for direct and signal outputs, TRS jack for mic inputs, USB-A for media, and Cat 6 for paging integration. Approved Make: British acoustics/ Meyer sound/Martin audio/d&b audiotechnik. 18 Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of a 400 W Class AB 6-zone mixer amplifier. The unit provides a single channel with six independent zones, delivering 250 W per channel at 8 Ω, 400 W at 4 Ω, 400 W at 2.7 Ω, and 400 W for 100 V or 70 V operation. Inputs include 1 priority mic, 2 additional mic inputs, 2 auxiliary inputs, 1 USB input, 1 wireless input, 1 fireman’s mic, 1 siren input, 1 siren control, and 1 paging network input. Outputs feature 1 direct output (100 V/70 V or low-impedance) and 6 individual zone outputs. Connections are via Euroblock for direct and signal outputs, TRS jack for mic inputs, USB-A for media, and Cat 6 for paging integration. Approved Make: British acoustics/ Meyer sound/Martin audio/d&b audiotechnik. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

18 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of all required AV interconnecting cables, connectors, cable management accessories, rack hardware, termination materials, and associated accessories including HDMI, Cat-6, USB, speaker and microphone cables, complete with termination, testing, labeling, commissioning, and all works required for proper system integration. Approved Make:- RGB Spectrum/ Kramer/ Lightware. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of all required AV interconnecting cables, connectors, cable management accessories, rack hardware, termination materials, and associated accessories including HDMI, Cat-6, USB, speaker and microphone cables, complete with termination, testing, labeling, commissioning, and all works required for proper system integration. Approved Make:- RGB Spectrum/ Kramer/ Lightware. Lot. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

19 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of a 65-inch 4K UHD professional display with minimum 3840 × 2160 resolution, 440 nits brightness, Direct LED backlight, and 24×7 operation. The display shall feature an advanced 4K HDR image processor, support HDR10, HLG, and Dolby Vision, wide 178° viewing angle, and integrated Android operating system with minimum 16 GB storage. The display shall support IP control, RS-232C, HDMI-CEC, Wi-Fi, Chromecast, Apple AirPlay, and HDCP 2.3 compliance. Connectivity shall include minimum 4 HDMI inputs, 2 USB ports, 1 Ethernet port, and digital audio output. Power consumption shall not exceed 230W. Approved Make: Sony / LG / Samsung . (Floor Stand 18 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of a 65-inch 4K UHD professional display with minimum 3840 × 2160 resolution, 440 nits brightness, Direct LED backlight, and 24×7 operation. The display shall feature an advanced 4K HDR image processor, support HDR10, HLG, and Dolby Vision, wide 178° viewing angle, and integrated Android operating system with minimum 16 GB storage. The display shall support IP control, RS-232C, HDMI-CEC, Wi-Fi, Chromecast, Apple AirPlay, and HDCP 2.3 compliance. Connectivity shall include minimum 4 HDMI inputs, 2 USB ports, 1 Ethernet port, and digital audio output. Power consumption shall not exceed 230W. Approved Make: Sony / LG / Samsung . (Floor Stand Nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

20 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of AI based Full HD 1080p @ 60fps Presenter PTZ Tracking Camera with Dual Camera- one PTZ Camera for Presenter Tracking and second fixed lens Panoramic Camera. PTZ Presenter Camera should support min 20X Optical Zoom and 12x Digital Zoom with Panning range of +170 deg to - 170 deg and Tilt Range of -30 to +90 Degrees, Field of View for PTZ Camera should be min 58 Degree and for Panoramic Camera min 85 Degree, camera should support simultaneous outputs through HDMI, 3G-SDI, USB 3.0 and IP with 1x Audio In and can be controlled via RS232 and IP. Should support multiple video streams with PIP. Tracking Camera should support Everywhere Tracking, Partition Tracking, Auto Framing & Gesture Control. Should support PoE and Virtual USB Driver.Camera can be controlled and managed through centralised software on network. Quoted model should be BIS, CE, FCC , Clickshare & RoHS Certified with Test Lab Reports. Approved Make:- Sony / Lumens / Poly/Clarilus 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of AI based Full HD 1080p @ 60fps Presenter PTZ Tracking Camera with Dual Camera- one PTZ Camera for Presenter Tracking and second fixed lens Panoramic Camera. PTZ Presenter Camera should support min 20X Optical Zoom and 12x Digital Zoom with Panning range of +170 deg to - 170 deg and Tilt Range of -30 to +90 Degrees, Field of View for PTZ Camera should be min 58 Degree and for Panoramic Camera min 85 Degree, camera should support simultaneous outputs through HDMI, 3G-SDI, USB 3.0 and IP with 1x Audio In and can be controlled via RS232 and IP. Should support multiple video streams with PIP. Tracking Camera should support Everywhere Tracking, Partition Tracking, Auto Framing & Gesture Control. Should support PoE and Virtual USB Driver.Camera can be controlled and managed through centralised software on network. Quoted model should be BIS, CE, FCC , Clickshare & RoHS Certified with Test Lab Reports. Approved Make:- Sony / Lumens / Poly/Clarilus Nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

21 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 4K@60Hz 4:4:4 4X4 HDMI Matrix Switcher, 4 HDMI inputs , 4 HDMI Outputs, audio embedding for each HDMI inputs & audio de-embedding for each HDMI output, 4 balanced audio stereo audio outputs & 4 S/PDIF output on female RCA connectors, 2K and 4K support, HDCP Compliant 1.4 & 2.2 both, data rate 18Gbps, 4 Preset configurations, Supports HDR10, xvYCC color, Dolby TureHD/DTS–HD Master Audio, 3D Video, Controllable through Ethernet and RS-232, Certification: CE, etc complete as required. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/Lightwre. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 4K@60Hz 4:4:4 4X4 HDMI Matrix Switcher, 4 HDMI inputs , 4 HDMI Outputs, audio embedding for each HDMI inputs & audio de-embedding for each HDMI output, 4 balanced audio stereo audio outputs & 4 S/PDIF output on female RCA connectors, 2K and 4K support, HDCP Compliant 1.4 & 2.2 both, data rate 18Gbps, 4 Preset configurations, Supports HDR10, xvYCC color, Dolby TureHD/DTS–HD Master Audio, 3D Video, Controllable through Ethernet and RS-232, Certification: CE, etc complete as required. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/Lightwre. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

22 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 1:2 4K@60 4:4:4 HDMI Distribution Amplifier, 1 HDMI input & 2 HDMI outputs, HDR10, HDCP 2.2 signal compliance, HDCP authorization control enable HDCP On/Off feature, Simple, intelligent EDID operation, equalizes and reclocks the signal, 1 RS–232 for firmware upgrade, etc. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/Lightwre. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 1:2 4K@60 4:4:4 HDMI Distribution Amplifier, 1 HDMI input & 2 HDMI outputs, HDR10, HDCP 2.2 signal compliance, HDCP authorization control enable HDCP On/Off feature, Simple, intelligent EDID operation, equalizes and reclocks the signal, 1 RS–232 for firmware upgrade, etc. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/Lightwre. Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

23 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of HDMI Transmitter over Cat 6 ( HDBaseT) up to 70m with Input 1 HDMI, 1 Cat6 (HDBaseT) Output, 2K and 4K support, HDTV Compatible, HDCP 2.2 Compliant with IR and RS-232, Compliance : CE, ISO 9001, etc complete as required. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/ Lightware. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of HDMI Transmitter over Cat 6 ( HDBaseT) up to 70m with Input 1 HDMI, 1 Cat6 (HDBaseT) Output, 2K and 4K support, HDTV Compatible, HDCP 2.2 Compliant with IR and RS-232, Compliance : CE, ISO 9001, etc complete as required. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/ Lightware. Nos. 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

24 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of HDMI Receiver over Cat 6 ( HDBaseT) up to 70m with Inputs 1 Cat6 (HDBaseT), 1 HDMI Output, 2K and 4K support, HDTV Compatible, HDCP 2.2 Compliant with IR and RS-232, Compliance : CE, ISO 9001, etc complete as required. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/ Lightware. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of HDMI Receiver over Cat 6 ( HDBaseT) up to 70m with Inputs 1 Cat6 (HDBaseT), 1 HDMI Output, 2K and 4K support, HDTV Compatible, HDCP 2.2 Compliant with IR and RS-232, Compliance : CE, ISO 9001, etc complete as required. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/ Lightware. Nos. 11.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

25 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Wireless Presentation and BYOD Collaboration System supporting wireless content sharing, remote collaboration, and compatibility with all major devices, UC platforms, and AV peripherals. The system shall support 4K UHD output (3840 × 2160 @ 30Hz), native AirPlay, Google Cast and Miracast protocols, HDMI and USB connectivity, LAN and Wi-Fi networking, touchscreen interactivity, cloud-based management, enterprise-grade security, and conferencing through dedicated wireless collaboration button and software application. The device shall support Windows, macOS, Android, and iOS platforms, with minimum 30-meter wireless range, management and reporting capabilities, and complete with all accessories, installation, testing, commissioning, and OEM warranty. Approved Make:- Barco/Kramer /Extron. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Wireless Presentation and BYOD Collaboration System supporting wireless content sharing, remote collaboration, and compatibility with all major devices, UC platforms, and AV peripherals. The system shall support 4K UHD output (3840 × 2160 @ 30Hz), native AirPlay, Google Cast and Miracast protocols, HDMI and USB connectivity, LAN and Wi-Fi networking, touchscreen interactivity, cloud-based management, enterprise-grade security, and conferencing through dedicated wireless collaboration button and software application. The device shall support Windows, macOS, Android, and iOS platforms, with minimum 30-meter wireless range, management and reporting capabilities, and complete with all accessories, installation, testing, commissioning, and OEM warranty. Approved Make:- Barco/Kramer /Extron. Nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

26 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of a USB 3.2 Gen 1 extender set supporting USB extension up to 100 meters over CATx cable with data transfer rates up to 5 Gbps. The system shall include a transmitter with USB host port, a receiver with three USB device ports, integrated USB hub functionality, RS-232 signal extension, PoE+ support, USB charging capability, and shall be suitable for professional AV, conferencing, and control applications. Complete with all required accessories and power supply. Approved Make:- RGB Spectrum/Kramer/ Lightware. 18 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of a USB 3.2 Gen 1 extender set supporting USB extension up to 100 meters over CATx cable with data transfer rates up to 5 Gbps. The system shall include a transmitter with USB host port, a receiver with three USB device ports, integrated USB hub functionality, RS-232 signal extension, PoE+ support, USB charging capability, and shall be suitable for professional AV, conferencing, and control applications. Complete with all required accessories and power supply. Approved Make:- RGB Spectrum/Kramer/ Lightware. Nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

27 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Table Mount PoE Touch Panel have 10” or more IPS color screen. Minimum 1920 x 1200 resolution, brightness 350cd/m2, contrast ratio 1000:1, 16:9 aspect ratio, ±80° horizontal and vertical wide viewing angles, ambient light sensor, proximity sensor, inbuilt Wi–Fi 6, 802.11 a/b/g/n/ax/ax & Bluetooth 5.0, Ethernet : 10/100/1000 Mbps LAN, capacitive multi touch technology, multi–touch points and 2–finger gesture capabilities., System Memory: 4GB LPDDR4, Internal Storage Memory: 32GB eMMC, support video format H.264 / H.265,VC–1, MPEG–4, VP9/VP8, Support Image Codecs: JPEG, BMP, GIF, PNG, Should have front 5MP FF camera, Customized GUI using same OEM GUI Software, Power over Ethernet (PoE) 802.3af Certification: CE, FCC, UL, RoHs, WEEE. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/ Lightware. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Table Mount PoE Touch Panel have 10” or more IPS color screen. Minimum 1920 x 1200 resolution, brightness 350cd/m2, contrast ratio 1000:1, 16:9 aspect ratio, ±80° horizontal and vertical wide viewing angles, ambient light sensor, proximity sensor, inbuilt Wi–Fi 6, 802.11 a/b/g/n/ax/ax & Bluetooth 5.0, Ethernet : 10/100/1000 Mbps LAN, capacitive multi touch technology, multi–touch points and 2–finger gesture capabilities., System Memory: 4GB LPDDR4, Internal Storage Memory: 32GB eMMC, support video format H.264 / H.265,VC–1, MPEG–4, VP9/VP8, Support Image Codecs: JPEG, BMP, GIF, PNG, Should have front 5MP FF camera, Customized GUI using same OEM GUI Software, Power over Ethernet (PoE) 802.3af Certification: CE, FCC, UL, RoHs, WEEE. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/ Lightware. Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

28 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Wireless Access Pointsupporting IEEE 802.11ax (Wi-Fi 6E) with tri-band operation (2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, and 6 GHz), 4x4:4 MU-MIMO on 5 GHz and 6 GHz bands, 2x2:2 MU-MIMO on 2.4 GHz band, OFDMA, beamforming, WPA3 security, and aggregate wireless throughput up to 7.5 Gbps. The access point shall support cloud and controller-based management, integrated BLE/IoT radio, advanced RF optimization, and interference mitigation features. It shall be equipped with minimum one 2.5G Multigigabit Ethernet port, USB port, and support PoE+/PoE power. The unit shall be compatible with enterprise wireless controllers and management platforms. Complete with mounting accessories, installation, testing, commissioning, and OEM warranty Approved makes: D-Link/ Netgear/ Cisco. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Wireless Access Pointsupporting IEEE 802.11ax (Wi-Fi 6E) with tri-band operation (2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, and 6 GHz), 4x4:4 MU-MIMO on 5 GHz and 6 GHz bands, 2x2:2 MU-MIMO on 2.4 GHz band, OFDMA, beamforming, WPA3 security, and aggregate wireless throughput up to 7.5 Gbps. The access point shall support cloud and controller-based management, integrated BLE/IoT radio, advanced RF optimization, and interference mitigation features. It shall be equipped with minimum one 2.5G Multigigabit Ethernet port, USB port, and support PoE+/PoE power. The unit shall be compatible with enterprise wireless controllers and management platforms. Complete with mounting accessories, installation, testing, commissioning, and OEM warranty Approved makes: D-Link/ Netgear/ Cisco. Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

29 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 24-Port Gigabit PoE+ Smart Managed Switch (Cisco CBS350-24P-4G or equivalent) with 24 nos. 10/100/1000 Mbps Gigabit Ethernet PoE+ ports, minimum 4 Gigabit SFP uplink ports, PoE power budget of minimum 195W, Layer 2+/Layer 3 managed switching, VLAN, QoS, Link Aggregation, IGMP Snooping, IPv4/IPv6 support, DHCP Server/Relay, Access Control Lists (ACL), SNMP, Web-based management, Jumbo Frame support, minimum switching capacity of 56 Gbps, rack-mountable design, and support for IEEE 802.3af/at PoE standards. The switch shall be supplied complete with power cord, rack-mount kit, Approved makes: D-Link/ Netgear/ Cisco. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 24-Port Gigabit PoE+ Smart Managed Switch (Cisco CBS350-24P-4G or equivalent) with 24 nos. 10/100/1000 Mbps Gigabit Ethernet PoE+ ports, minimum 4 Gigabit SFP uplink ports, PoE power budget of minimum 195W, Layer 2+/Layer 3 managed switching, VLAN, QoS, Link Aggregation, IGMP Snooping, IPv4/IPv6 support, DHCP Server/Relay, Access Control Lists (ACL), SNMP, Web-based management, Jumbo Frame support, minimum switching capacity of 56 Gbps, rack-mountable design, and support for IEEE 802.3af/at PoE standards. The switch shall be supplied complete with power cord, rack-mount kit, Approved makes: D-Link/ Netgear/ Cisco. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

30 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Ceiling-Mounted Two-Way Loudspeaker with 4" LF and 0.8" HF transducers in a fire-rated ported steel backcan, perforated steel grille, support ring and tile rails. The unit shall provide 180° dispersion, frequency response 100 Hz–20 kHz (±3 dB), max SPL 106 dB peak, power handling 40 W AES / 160 W peak. It shall include 70V/100V line transformer with rotary tap selector and 16 Ω option.Approved Make:Bose/ British acoustics/ Meyer sound/Martin audio/d&b audiotechnik. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Ceiling-Mounted Two-Way Loudspeaker with 4" LF and 0.8" HF transducers in a fire-rated ported steel backcan, perforated steel grille, support ring and tile rails. The unit shall provide 180° dispersion, frequency response 100 Hz–20 kHz (±3 dB), max SPL 106 dB peak, power handling 40 W AES / 160 W peak. It shall include 70V/100V line transformer with rotary tap selector and 16 Ω option.Approved Make:Bose/ British acoustics/ Meyer sound/Martin audio/d&b audiotechnik. Nos. 16.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

31 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Passive Two-Way Compact Column Loudspeaker with frequency response of 82Hz–17kHz (±3dB), comprising four 4-inch low-frequency drivers and one high-frequency compression driver. The loudspeaker shall have a minimum power handling of 200W AES (800W peak), sensitivity of 90dB, maximum SPL of 119dB peak, nominal impedance of 8 Ohms, and wide dispersion pattern of 100°–120° (H) × 40° (V). The enclosure shall be constructed from durable plywood with textured finish and protective steel grille. Complete with processor/amplifier compatibility, mounting accessories, cabling, installation, testing, commissioning, and OEM warranty. Approved Make: Bose/British acoustics/ Meyer sound/Martin audio/d&b audiotechnik. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Passive Two-Way Compact Column Loudspeaker with frequency response of 82Hz–17kHz (±3dB), comprising four 4-inch low-frequency drivers and one high-frequency compression driver. The loudspeaker shall have a minimum power handling of 200W AES (800W peak), sensitivity of 90dB, maximum SPL of 119dB peak, nominal impedance of 8 Ohms, and wide dispersion pattern of 100°–120° (H) × 40° (V). The enclosure shall be constructed from durable plywood with textured finish and protective steel grille. Complete with processor/amplifier compatibility, mounting accessories, cabling, installation, testing, commissioning, and OEM warranty. Approved Make: Bose/British acoustics/ Meyer sound/Martin audio/d&b audiotechnik. Nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

32 Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of 2 × 750 W Class H amplifiers. Each amplifier has 2 output channels delivering 450 W per channel at 8 Ω, 750 W at 4 Ω, 1000 W at 2.7 Ω, 1200 W at 2 Ω, with bridged outputs of 1400 W at 8 Ω and 1800 W at 4 Ω.The amplifiers feature 2 analogue inputs, 2 link outputs, and 2 power outputs. Connections include XLR for signal input and link output, plus Speak-On and binding post connectors for channel outputs, ensuring reliable high-power performance. Approved Make: British acoustics/ Meyer sound/Martin audio/d&b audiotechnik. 18 Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of 2 × 750 W Class H amplifiers. Each amplifier has 2 output channels delivering 450 W per channel at 8 Ω, 750 W at 4 Ω, 1000 W at 2.7 Ω, 1200 W at 2 Ω, with bridged outputs of 1400 W at 8 Ω and 1800 W at 4 Ω.The amplifiers feature 2 analogue inputs, 2 link outputs, and 2 power outputs. Connections include XLR for signal input and link output, plus Speak-On and binding post connectors for channel outputs, ensuring reliable high-power performance. Approved Make: British acoustics/ Meyer sound/Martin audio/d&b audiotechnik. Nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

33 Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of 2 × 700 W constant-voltage compatible installation amplifiers. Each amplifier provides 2 output channels delivering 400 W per channel at 8 Ω, 700 W at 4 Ω, 700 W at 2.7 Ω, with bridged outputs of 1400 W at 8 Ω and 2000 W at 4 Ω. The units feature 2 analogue inputs, 2 link outputs, and 2 power outputs, with XLR connectors for signal input and link output, and Speak-On plus binding post connectors for channel outputs, ensuring flexible and reliable audio distribution. Approved Make: British acoustics/ Meyer sound/Martin audio/d&b audiotechnik. 18 Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of 2 × 700 W constant-voltage compatible installation amplifiers. Each amplifier provides 2 output channels delivering 400 W per channel at 8 Ω, 700 W at 4 Ω, 700 W at 2.7 Ω, with bridged outputs of 1400 W at 8 Ω and 2000 W at 4 Ω. The units feature 2 analogue inputs, 2 link outputs, and 2 power outputs, with XLR connectors for signal input and link output, and Speak-On plus binding post connectors for channel outputs, ensuring flexible and reliable audio distribution. Approved Make: British acoustics/ Meyer sound/Martin audio/d&b audiotechnik. Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

34 Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of 24 analog I/O channels (8 in, 8 out, 8 Flex) and up to 128×128 network channels via Q-LAN or AES67, with 8×8 Dante included (expandable to 32×32). It supports 16×16 USB audio with AV bridging for Q-SYS cameras, up to 16 AEC instances, multiple VoIP lines, and a POTS line. The unit offers 16 playback (expandable to 32) and 4 recording tracks, with low latency (~3.167 ms) and advanced networking (DiffServ QoS, IGMP, PTPv2, 802.1x). It includes RS-232 control, operates as a Core or peripheral, and has GPIO removed in v2. Approved Makes: Martin Audio /OSL/QSC. 18 Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of 24 analog I/O channels (8 in, 8 out, 8 Flex) and up to 128×128 network channels via Q-LAN or AES67, with 8×8 Dante included (expandable to 32×32). It supports 16×16 USB audio with AV bridging for Q-SYS cameras, up to 16 AEC instances, multiple VoIP lines, and a POTS line. The unit offers 16 playback (expandable to 32) and 4 recording tracks, with low latency (~3.167 ms) and advanced networking (DiffServ QoS, IGMP, PTPv2, 802.1x). It includes RS-232 control, operates as a Core or peripheral, and has GPIO removed in v2. Approved Makes: Martin Audio /OSL/QSC. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

35 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of a driverless USB 2.0 video bridging device for BYOD conferencing applications. The unit shall support plug-and-play operation, resolutions up to 1080p at 30 fps, and provide a single USB connection that emulates a webcam, AEC speakerphone, and multi-channel sound card. The device shall bridge audio, video, and USB HID signals over the network, support Windows and macOS systems without additional drivers, and operate via PoE (802.3af) or 12V DC power supply. Suitable for integration with professional AV and video conferencing systems. Approved Makes: Martin Audio /OSL/QSC. 18 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of a driverless USB 2.0 video bridging device for BYOD conferencing applications. The unit shall support plug-and-play operation, resolutions up to 1080p at 30 fps, and provide a single USB connection that emulates a webcam, AEC speakerphone, and multi-channel sound card. The device shall bridge audio, video, and USB HID signals over the network, support Windows and macOS systems without additional drivers, and operate via PoE (802.3af) or 12V DC power supply. Suitable for integration with professional AV and video conferencing systems. Approved Makes: Martin Audio /OSL/QSC. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

36 Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of Ceiling Microphone tile with Min of 24 x Pre-polarized condenser capsule or higher, Sound pressure level : max. 104 dB SPL, Dynamic range 93 dB(A) or better, Adaptive beamforming technology or better, Audio output : 1 x 3-pin terminals (Phoenix contact MCVW 1.5-3-ST-3.81); 2 x Digital Dante Network Audio or better, Voltage 44 – 57 V DC or better, complete with standard accessories. microphone must have dante support. Approved Makes:- OSL/Shure / Sennheiser. 18 Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of Ceiling Microphone tile with Min of 24 x Pre-polarized condenser capsule or higher, Sound pressure level : max. 104 dB SPL, Dynamic range 93 dB(A) or better, Adaptive beamforming technology or better, Audio output : 1 x 3-pin terminals (Phoenix contact MCVW 1.5-3-ST-3.81); 2 x Digital Dante Network Audio or better, Voltage 44 – 57 V DC or better, complete with standard accessories. microphone must have dante support. Approved Makes:- OSL/Shure / Sennheiser. Nos. 7.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

37 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 8-inch IPS display designed for intuitive and efficient meeting room management. With a 180° viewing angle, capacitive touch functionality, and anti-fingerprint treatment, it features a matte anti-glare display for enhanced visibility. It supports customizable full RGB LED lighting with 16.6 million colors, enabling default room occupancy indicators—green for availability, yellow for upcoming meetings, and red for ongoing meetings—all of which can be personalized. This display offers robust connectivity options, including Ethernet (RJ-45 with PoE and PoE+), Wi-Fi (2.4GHz and 5GHz), Bluetooth v5.0, and NFC/RFID support for secure integrations. It can be mounted on standard walls, including glass surfaces, with provisions for cable exit management. Power options include PoE/PoE+ and an optional 12V AC/DC adapter. It supports multiple languages, ranging from English and Chinese to Arabic and Russian, and offers versatile room settings such as 12h/24h time formats, time zone adjustments, and various customizable display features. Administrators can also configure settings for sleep/wake modes, broken equipment reporting, touchless check-ins, and signage mode. Compatible with Microsoft 365, Google Workspace, Microsoft Exchange, IBM/Lotus Domino, Nexudus, and Appspace, the device integrates seamlessly with popular booking systems. Managed through the Humly Control Panel, it also supports complementary features like Humly Floor Plan, Wayfinding, Reservations, and analytics tools to optimize room usage. Designed with security in mind, the device supports 802.1x authentication and Humly’s maximum security standards, making it a reliable solution for modern meeting spaces. Approved Makes: Humly/Evoko/lightware/Ampluxe. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 8-inch IPS display designed for intuitive and efficient meeting room management. With a 180° viewing angle, capacitive touch functionality, and anti-fingerprint treatment, it features a matte anti-glare display for enhanced visibility. It supports customizable full RGB LED lighting with 16.6 million colors, enabling default room occupancy indicators—green for availability, yellow for upcoming meetings, and red for ongoing meetings—all of which can be personalized. This display offers robust connectivity options, including Ethernet (RJ-45 with PoE and PoE+), Wi-Fi (2.4GHz and 5GHz), Bluetooth v5.0, and NFC/RFID support for secure integrations. It can be mounted on standard walls, including glass surfaces, with provisions for cable exit management. Power options include PoE/PoE+ and an optional 12V AC/DC adapter. It supports multiple languages, ranging from English and Chinese to Arabic and Russian, and offers versatile room settings such as 12h/24h time formats, time zone adjustments, and various customizable display features. Administrators can also configure settings for sleep/wake modes, broken equipment reporting, touchless check-ins, and signage mode. Compatible with Microsoft 365, Google Workspace, Microsoft Exchange, IBM/Lotus Domino, Nexudus, and Appspace, the device integrates seamlessly with popular booking systems. Managed through the Humly Control Panel, it also supports complementary features like Humly Floor Plan, Wayfinding, Reservations, and analytics tools to optimize room usage. Designed with security in mind, the device supports 802.1x authentication and Humly’s maximum security standards, making it a reliable solution for modern meeting spaces. Approved Makes: Humly/Evoko/lightware/Ampluxe. Nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

38 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of all required AV interconnecting cables, connectors, cable management accessories, rack hardware, termination materials, and associated accessories including HDMI, Cat-6, USB, speaker and microphone cables, complete with termination, testing, labeling, commissioning, and all works required for proper system integration. Approved Make:- RGB Spectrum/ Kramer/ Lightware/Netmas. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of all required AV interconnecting cables, connectors, cable management accessories, rack hardware, termination materials, and associated accessories including HDMI, Cat-6, USB, speaker and microphone cables, complete with termination, testing, labeling, commissioning, and all works required for proper system integration. Approved Make:- RGB Spectrum/ Kramer/ Lightware/Netmas. Lot. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

39 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Mini PC with Intel Core i7 processor, minimum 16GB RAM, 512GB SSD, dual display support, Gigabit Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Windows 11 Professional, complete with accessories. Approved Make :- Dell/HP/ Lenovo. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Mini PC with Intel Core i7 processor, minimum 16GB RAM, 512GB SSD, dual display support, Gigabit Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Windows 11 Professional, complete with accessories. Approved Make :- Dell/HP/ Lenovo. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

40 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Motorized Retractable Conference Chairman Monitor with minimum 17.3-inch Full HD touch display, 300 cd/m² brightness, 1000:1 contrast ratio, automatic motorized lifting mechanism with 20° screen tilt, HDMI video input, and centralized/individual control through RS-232/RS-485 communication supporting manual, remote, software, and group control functions. The unit shall be equipped with HDMI, USB, RJ45 control and video connectivity ports, integrated power sockets, top-access connectivity ports, and dedicated UP, DOWN, and STOP control buttons. The complete assembly shall be manufactured from CNC-machined anodized aluminium alloy with smooth, silent operation and suitable safety features. The item shall be supplied complete with all accessories, Approved Make: ATDSC/ Vissonic/ Arthur Holm/Ampluxe. 18 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Motorized Retractable Conference Chairman Monitor with minimum 17.3-inch Full HD touch display, 300 cd/m² brightness, 1000:1 contrast ratio, automatic motorized lifting mechanism with 20° screen tilt, HDMI video input, and centralized/individual control through RS-232/RS-485 communication supporting manual, remote, software, and group control functions. The unit shall be equipped with HDMI, USB, RJ45 control and video connectivity ports, integrated power sockets, top-access connectivity ports, and dedicated UP, DOWN, and STOP control buttons. The complete assembly shall be manufactured from CNC-machined anodized aluminium alloy with smooth, silent operation and suitable safety features. The item shall be supplied complete with all accessories, Approved Make: ATDSC/ Vissonic/ Arthur Holm/Ampluxe. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

41 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of an enterprise-grade modular video conferencing system suitable for medium to large boardrooms, conference rooms and collaboration spaces. The system shall support native 4K Ultra HD video conferencing, H.323 and SIP standards, USB device mode operation, dual display functionality, HDMI and wireless content sharing, and advanced AI-based audio enhancement technologies including noise suppression and acoustic fencing. The solution shall support H.264 and H.265 video codecs, AES-256 encryption, centralized device management, intelligent camera integration with automatic speaker/framing capabilities, and seamless interoperability with leading unified communication platforms. The system shall be supplied complete with codec, touch controller, camera, microphones, required licenses, mounting accessories, power supplies, cabling and all necessary components for a fully operational installation. The offered solution shall be Microsoft Teams Rooms (MTR) Certified and capable of supporting professional collaboration environments with high-quality audio, video and content-sharing capabilities. MAKE : Poly /Cisco/Yealink / Avaya /Lifesize 18 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of an enterprise-grade modular video conferencing system suitable for medium to large boardrooms, conference rooms and collaboration spaces. The system shall support native 4K Ultra HD video conferencing, H.323 and SIP standards, USB device mode operation, dual display functionality, HDMI and wireless content sharing, and advanced AI-based audio enhancement technologies including noise suppression and acoustic fencing. The solution shall support H.264 and H.265 video codecs, AES-256 encryption, centralized device management, intelligent camera integration with automatic speaker/framing capabilities, and seamless interoperability with leading unified communication platforms. The system shall be supplied complete with codec, touch controller, camera, microphones, required licenses, mounting accessories, power supplies, cabling and all necessary components for a fully operational installation. The offered solution shall be Microsoft Teams Rooms (MTR) Certified and capable of supporting professional collaboration environments with high-quality audio, video and content-sharing capabilities. MAKE : Poly /Cisco/Yealink / Avaya /Lifesize Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

42 Supply testing installation, commissioning of a 4K@60Hz (4:4:4) 3×1 USB-C/HDMI Switcher Extender supporting 1× USB-C and 2× HDMI inputs, with 1× HDMI and 1× HDBaseT outputs. The unit shall feature 2× USB 3.1 host ports, 4× USB device ports, balanced stereo audio de-embedding, auto-switching, HDCP 2.3 compliance, 18 Gbps bandwidth, Deep Color, 3D, and HDR (HDMI 2.0b). It shall include GPIO, RS-232, Ethernet (LAN), IR port, and a front-panel Display ON/OFF button with CEC/RS-232 control. The device shall support PoE, provide 60W USB-C charging (PD 3.0), and comply with CE/UL safety and RoHS/WEEE environmental standards. Complete with all accessories as required. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/ Lightware. 18 Supply testing installation, commissioning of a 4K@60Hz (4:4:4) 3×1 USB-C/HDMI Switcher Extender supporting 1× USB-C and 2× HDMI inputs, with 1× HDMI and 1× HDBaseT outputs. The unit shall feature 2× USB 3.1 host ports, 4× USB device ports, balanced stereo audio de-embedding, auto-switching, HDCP 2.3 compliance, 18 Gbps bandwidth, Deep Color, 3D, and HDR (HDMI 2.0b). It shall include GPIO, RS-232, Ethernet (LAN), IR port, and a front-panel Display ON/OFF button with CEC/RS-232 control. The device shall support PoE, provide 60W USB-C charging (PD 3.0), and comply with CE/UL safety and RoHS/WEEE environmental standards. Complete with all accessories as required. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/ Lightware. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

43 Supply testing installation, commissioning of 4K@60Hz 4:4:4 8X8 HDMI Matrix Switcher, 8 HDMI inputs , 8 HDMI Outputs, audio embedding for each HDMI inputs & audio de-embedding for each HDMI output, 8 balanced audio stereo audio outputs, 2K and 4K support, HDCP Compliant 1.4 & 2.2 both, data rate 18Gbps, supports HDR10, 24x24 audio matrix (8 embedded digital inputs + 8 analog inputs + 8 ARC inputs and 8 digital outputs + 8 analog outputs + 8 ARC outputs), Save up to 16 preset configurations, Automatic input selection based on priority selection or last connected input, Embedded Pattern Generator, Controllable through Ethernet and RS-232, Safety compliance: CE, etc complete as required. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/ Lightware. 18 Supply testing installation, commissioning of 4K@60Hz 4:4:4 8X8 HDMI Matrix Switcher, 8 HDMI inputs , 8 HDMI Outputs, audio embedding for each HDMI inputs & audio de-embedding for each HDMI output, 8 balanced audio stereo audio outputs, 2K and 4K support, HDCP Compliant 1.4 & 2.2 both, data rate 18Gbps, supports HDR10, 24x24 audio matrix (8 embedded digital inputs + 8 analog inputs + 8 ARC inputs and 8 digital outputs + 8 analog outputs + 8 ARC outputs), Save up to 16 preset configurations, Automatic input selection based on priority selection or last connected input, Embedded Pattern Generator, Controllable through Ethernet and RS-232, Safety compliance: CE, etc complete as required. Approved Make:- Extron/ Kramer/ Lightware. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

44 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Cable Manager, table mount modular multi-Connection Solution with 1 Universal AC Power Outlet, Dual USB Charging 1x USB-C & 1x USB-A outlets, pass-trough for 1x HDMI, 1x USB, 1x LAN etc Approved Make:- RGB Spectrum/Kramer/ Lightware. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Cable Manager, table mount modular multi-Connection Solution with 1 Universal AC Power Outlet, Dual USB Charging 1x USB-C & 1x USB-A outlets, pass-trough for 1x HDMI, 1x USB, 1x LAN etc Approved Make:- RGB Spectrum/Kramer/ Lightware. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

45 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Table Mount PoE Touch Panel have 10” or more IPS color screen. Minimum 1920 x 1200 resolution, brightness 350cd/m2, contrast ratio 1000:1, 16:9 aspect ratio, ±80° horizontal and vertical wide viewing angles, ambient light sensor, proximity sensor, inbuilt Wi–Fi 6, 802.11 a/b/g/n/ax/ax & Bluetooth 5.0, Ethernet : 10/100/1000 Mbps LAN, capacitive multi touch technology, multi–touch points and 2–finger gesture capabilities., System Memory: 4GB LPDDR4, Internal Storage Memory: 32GB eMMC, support video format H.264 / H.265,VC–1, MPEG–4, VP9/VP8, Support Image Codecs: JPEG, BMP, GIF, PNG, Should have front 5MP FF camera, Customized GUI using same OEM GUI Software, Power over Ethernet (PoE) 802.3af Certification: CE, FCC, UL, RoHs, WEEE. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Table Mount PoE Touch Panel have 10” or more IPS color screen. Minimum 1920 x 1200 resolution, brightness 350cd/m2, contrast ratio 1000:1, 16:9 aspect ratio, ±80° horizontal and vertical wide viewing angles, ambient light sensor, proximity sensor, inbuilt Wi–Fi 6, 802.11 a/b/g/n/ax/ax & Bluetooth 5.0, Ethernet : 10/100/1000 Mbps LAN, capacitive multi touch technology, multi–touch points and 2–finger gesture capabilities., System Memory: 4GB LPDDR4, Internal Storage Memory: 32GB eMMC, support video format H.264 / H.265,VC–1, MPEG–4, VP9/VP8, Support Image Codecs: JPEG, BMP, GIF, PNG, Should have front 5MP FF camera, Customized GUI using same OEM GUI Software, Power over Ethernet (PoE) 802.3af Certification: CE, FCC, UL, RoHs, WEEE. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

46 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Wireless Access Pointsupporting IEEE 802.11ax (Wi-Fi 6E) with tri-band operation (2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, and 6 GHz), 4x4:4 MU-MIMO on 5 GHz and 6 GHz bands, 2x2:2 MU-MIMO on 2.4 GHz band, OFDMA, beamforming, WPA3 security, and aggregate wireless throughput up to 7.5 Gbps. The access point shall support cloud and controller-based management, integrated BLE/IoT radio, advanced RF optimization, and interference mitigation features. It shall be equipped with minimum one 2.5G Multigigabit Ethernet port, USB port, and support PoE+/PoE power. The unit shall be compatible with enterprise wireless controllers and management platforms. Complete with mounting accessories, installation, testing, commissioning, and OEM warranty 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Wireless Access Pointsupporting IEEE 802.11ax (Wi-Fi 6E) with tri-band operation (2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, and 6 GHz), 4x4:4 MU-MIMO on 5 GHz and 6 GHz bands, 2x2:2 MU-MIMO on 2.4 GHz band, OFDMA, beamforming, WPA3 security, and aggregate wireless throughput up to 7.5 Gbps. The access point shall support cloud and controller-based management, integrated BLE/IoT radio, advanced RF optimization, and interference mitigation features. It shall be equipped with minimum one 2.5G Multigigabit Ethernet port, USB port, and support PoE+/PoE power. The unit shall be compatible with enterprise wireless controllers and management platforms. Complete with mounting accessories, installation, testing, commissioning, and OEM warranty Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

47 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 24-Port Gigabit PoE Unmanaged Ethernet Switchwith 24 nos. 10/100/1000 Mbps Gigabit Ethernet PoE+ ports, minimum 1000 Mbps bandwidth per port, plug-and-play unmanaged operation, IEEE 802.3af/at PoE support, minimum 100W PoE power budget, non-blocking wire-speed switching, auto-negotiation, auto MDI/MDIX, energy-efficient Ethernet, fanless or low-noise operation, and rack-mountable design. The switch shall be supplied complete with power cord, mounting accessories, installation, testing, commissioning, and OEM warranty. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 24-Port Gigabit PoE Unmanaged Ethernet Switchwith 24 nos. 10/100/1000 Mbps Gigabit Ethernet PoE+ ports, minimum 1000 Mbps bandwidth per port, plug-and-play unmanaged operation, IEEE 802.3af/at PoE support, minimum 100W PoE power budget, non-blocking wire-speed switching, auto-negotiation, auto MDI/MDIX, energy-efficient Ethernet, fanless or low-noise operation, and rack-mountable design. The switch shall be supplied complete with power cord, mounting accessories, installation, testing, commissioning, and OEM warranty. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

48 Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of 24 analog I/O channels (8 in, 8 out, 8 Flex) and up to 128×128 network channels via Q-LAN or AES67, with 8×8 Dante included (expandable to 32×32). It supports 16×16 USB audio with AV bridging for Q-SYS cameras, up to 16 AEC instances, multiple VoIP lines, and a POTS line. The unit offers 16 playback (expandable to 32) and 4 recording tracks, with low latency (~3.167 ms) and advanced networking (DiffServ QoS, IGMP, PTPv2, 802.1x). It includes RS-232 control, operates as a Core or peripheral, and has GPIO removed in v2. Approved Makes: Martin Audio /Bose /QSC. 18 Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of 24 analog I/O channels (8 in, 8 out, 8 Flex) and up to 128×128 network channels via Q-LAN or AES67, with 8×8 Dante included (expandable to 32×32). It supports 16×16 USB audio with AV bridging for Q-SYS cameras, up to 16 AEC instances, multiple VoIP lines, and a POTS line. The unit offers 16 playback (expandable to 32) and 4 recording tracks, with low latency (~3.167 ms) and advanced networking (DiffServ QoS, IGMP, PTPv2, 802.1x). It includes RS-232 control, operates as a Core or peripheral, and has GPIO removed in v2. Approved Makes: Martin Audio /Bose /QSC. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

49 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of all required AV interconnecting cables, connectors, cable management accessories, rack hardware, termination materials, and associated accessories including HDMI, Cat-6, USB, speaker and microphone cables, complete with termination, testing, labeling, commissioning, and all works required for proper system integration. Approved Make:- RGB Spectrum/ Kramer/ Lightware/Netmas. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of all required AV interconnecting cables, connectors, cable management accessories, rack hardware, termination materials, and associated accessories including HDMI, Cat-6, USB, speaker and microphone cables, complete with termination, testing, labeling, commissioning, and all works required for proper system integration. Approved Make:- RGB Spectrum/ Kramer/ Lightware/Netmas. Nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

50 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of A3 Multi-Function Color Laser Network Printer with print, copy and scan functions, minimum print speed 35 ppm, print resolution 1200 × 1200 dpi, automatic duplex printing, network connectivity, minimum 1 GB memory, touchscreen display, minimum 550-sheet paper input capacity, scan to email/network folder, and Windows/macOS compatibility. Complete with all accessories, installation, testing, commissioning and OEM warranty. Approved Make:- HP/Canon. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of A3 Multi-Function Color Laser Network Printer with print, copy and scan functions, minimum print speed 35 ppm, print resolution 1200 × 1200 dpi, automatic duplex printing, network connectivity, minimum 1 GB memory, touchscreen display, minimum 550-sheet paper input capacity, scan to email/network folder, and Windows/macOS compatibility. Complete with all accessories, installation, testing, commissioning and OEM warranty. Approved Make:- HP/Canon. Nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

51 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of A3 Multi-Function Monochrome Laser Network Printer with print, copy and scan functions, minimum print speed 35 ppm, print resolution 1200 × 1200 dpi, automatic duplex printing, network connectivity, minimum 1 GB memory, touchscreen display, minimum 550-sheet paper input capacity, and Windows/macOS compatibility. Complete with all accessories, installation, testing, commissioning and OEM warranty. Approved Make:- HP/Canon. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of A3 Multi-Function Monochrome Laser Network Printer with print, copy and scan functions, minimum print speed 35 ppm, print resolution 1200 × 1200 dpi, automatic duplex printing, network connectivity, minimum 1 GB memory, touchscreen display, minimum 550-sheet paper input capacity, and Windows/macOS compatibility. Complete with all accessories, installation, testing, commissioning and OEM warranty. Approved Make:- HP/Canon. Nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

52 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Laptops (i7, Ultra processor, 16GB RAM, 01TB SSD, Windows 11 Professional) Approved Make:- HP/Dell/Lenovo. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Laptops (i7, Ultra processor, 16GB RAM, 01TB SSD, Windows 11 Professional) Approved Make:- HP/Dell/Lenovo. Nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

53 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of AIO PCs (24" Non Touch AIO, i7, Ultra 7 Processor, 16GB RAM, 01TB SSD, Windows 11 Professional) Approved Make:- HP/Dell/Lenovo. 18 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of AIO PCs (24" Non Touch AIO, i7, Ultra 7 Processor, 16GB RAM, 01TB SSD, Windows 11 Professional) Approved Make:- HP/Dell/Lenovo. Nos. 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0 213251.3983

TOTAL AMOUNT EXCL GST 0.00 0 0

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/T/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/25/13562; (RFX- 5002004825) Schedule -1.9

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI As per Lum-sum 0.00%

(SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES ) AS per Percent #REF!

As per lum-sum on Sch-3 0.00%

Bidder’s Name and Address (Sole Bidder) : To: As per Percent on Sch-3 #REF!

Contracts Services, 3rd Floor Total Discount #REF!

Name : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 SCO Bay 5-10, near Haryana Pollution Control

…….. …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 0.0 board Office, Sector 16A, Faridabad, Haryana 121002 Multipackage lum-sum 0.00%

INSTALLATION CHARGES Amount after Discount (Rs.) Dis Alert Amount after MPD (Rs.)

All Prices are in Indian Rupees.

SI. No. PR No PR Line Item No Activity Header PR Activity No Activity Description Service Code SAC (Service Accounting Codes) Whether SAC in column '8’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable the SAC * Rate of GST applicable ( in %) Whether rate of GST in column ‘4’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable rate of GST * Description Unit Quantity Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Total GST as confirmed by Bidder Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges

PART A (Substation Portion)

I INSTALLATION Revaluation of J column Tax Calculation

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

1 Providing & Placing Reception Desk of size 2100 x 650 x 740mm, Reception Front surface/Counter Top made up of Corian surface & Legs are made up of 36mm thick E1 grade laminate with 2mm thk PVC Edge banding and Melamine finish. Front hanging panel is madeout of 18mm thick Decorative E1 Grade board. The product should be from approved make, Complete as per specification mentioned above & image under the guidance and aprroval of project architect/consultant & engineer in charge. Drawer Unit : 3 drawer Melamine (Box+Box+File) pedestal of overall dimensions internal and external dimensions 420 mm (W) x 450 mm (D) x 600 mm ( H). Drawer body should be made of E1 grade laminate. The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape of approved colour.E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in- house quality. 18 Providing & Placing Reception Desk of size 2100 x 650 x 740mm, Reception Front surface/Counter Top made up of Corian surface & Legs are made up of 36mm thick E1 grade laminate with 2mm thk PVC Edge banding and Melamine finish. Front hanging panel is madeout of 18mm thick Decorative E1 Grade board. The product should be from approved make, Complete as per specification mentioned above & image under the guidance and aprroval of project architect/consultant & engineer in charge. Drawer Unit : 3 drawer Melamine (Box+Box+File) pedestal of overall dimensions internal and external dimensions 420 mm (W) x 450 mm (D) x 600 mm ( H). Drawer body should be made of E1 grade laminate. The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape of approved colour.E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in- house quality. nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

2 Providing and supplying comfortable ergonomic chair featuring an overall height of 1150 to 1170 mm and a width between 370 to 390 mm. The backrest, measuring 710 to 730 mm in height and 380 to 400 mm in width, is constructed from engineered polypropylene material with glass fiber, providing robust support. It is equipped with a high-density PU foam cushion and upholstered in PU leatherette, offering both durability and comfort. The mid-back chair is designed with ergonomic comfort as a priority, with backrest made of industrial-grade polypropylene glass-filled material upholstered with mesh and provided with adjustable lumbar support; adjustable cushion headrest; seat made of engineered polypropylene material reinforced with glass fiber and cushioned with high-density PU foam upholstered in PU leatherette; 4D adjustable armrests fitted with PU pads for enhanced comfort; auto weight-sensing synchro mechanism capable of detecting changes in weight distribution and adjusting accordingly for optimum performance, complete with inbuilt seat slider for forward adjustment; Class IV Samhongsa gas lift; polished aluminium base; and 5 Nos. heavy-duty twin-wheel nylon castors, complete in all respects as per approved specifications and directions of Engineer-in-Charge. Certifications: Manufacturer should possess and provide latest certificate ISO9001:2008, ISO14001:2004 (copyof the certificate to be submitted in the technical bid). Certifying agencies of ISO should be listed with ”NABCB" (National Accreditation Board fo Certifying Bodies). The product must be IAQ Certified.The product should be as per the certifications,complete as per approved sample and as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Tolerance upto 10% in the furniture dimensions shall be permitted. 18 Providing and supplying comfortable ergonomic chair featuring an overall height of 1150 to 1170 mm and a width between 370 to 390 mm. The backrest, measuring 710 to 730 mm in height and 380 to 400 mm in width, is constructed from engineered polypropylene material with glass fiber, providing robust support. It is equipped with a high-density PU foam cushion and upholstered in PU leatherette, offering both durability and comfort. The mid-back chair is designed with ergonomic comfort as a priority, with backrest made of industrial-grade polypropylene glass-filled material upholstered with mesh and provided with adjustable lumbar support; adjustable cushion headrest; seat made of engineered polypropylene material reinforced with glass fiber and cushioned with high-density PU foam upholstered in PU leatherette; 4D adjustable armrests fitted with PU pads for enhanced comfort; auto weight-sensing synchro mechanism capable of detecting changes in weight distribution and adjusting accordingly for optimum performance, complete with inbuilt seat slider for forward adjustment; Class IV Samhongsa gas lift; polished aluminium base; and 5 Nos. heavy-duty twin-wheel nylon castors, complete in all respects as per approved specifications and directions of Engineer-in-Charge. Certifications: Manufacturer should possess and provide latest certificate ISO9001:2008, ISO14001:2004 (copyof the certificate to be submitted in the technical bid). Certifying agencies of ISO should be listed with ”NABCB" (National Accreditation Board fo Certifying Bodies). The product must be IAQ Certified.The product should be as per the certifications,complete as per approved sample and as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Tolerance upto 10% in the furniture dimensions shall be permitted. nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

3 Providing & Placing sofa, with wooden structure fabricated using hardwood of approved quality, duly seasoned and anti-termite treated with approved chemical and methodology. The wooden base frame of the sofa shall be provided with M.S. helical spring along with high quality elastic belt 70-80mm, sides & back with 40-60mm elastic belt, seat & back covered with jute & foam covered with Polyfilla & finished with thick marking cloth before doing final finish with leatherette material The component specification shall be as follows Seat- 28-32Kg HR / 40-45Kg cum density Premium PU Foam, 100mm thick, Back– 28-32Kg/cum density PU foam, 50mm thick, Sides (inside)- 28-32Kg/cum density PUFoam, 11mm thick Sides (outside) & back (back side) - 28-32 Kg cum density PU foam, 11mm thick. Seat shell rest on Wooden Legs supported solid wooden section of height 50-180mm. All Wooden work should be in White Ash / Teak wood polish with melamine & p.u coat Base of sofa should be infilled with suitable wooden sections so as to give proper support to the seat Height of the base of sofa. sofa shall be 75-220mm (Approx). Finished width of arm shall be 100 - 180mm (Approx) after upholstery work. Sofa to be fully upholstered using leatherette material of approved quality and shade , duly embossed including providing & fixing of all other required materials and hardware etc.Product should be BIFMA gold rated. 3 seater sofa overall dimension - 2100mm W x 790-830mm D x 760-790mm H, Seating Height 425mm 18 Providing & Placing sofa, with wooden structure fabricated using hardwood of approved quality, duly seasoned and anti-termite treated with approved chemical and methodology. The wooden base frame of the sofa shall be provided with M.S. helical spring along with high quality elastic belt 70-80mm, sides & back with 40-60mm elastic belt, seat & back covered with jute & foam covered with Polyfilla & finished with thick marking cloth before doing final finish with leatherette material The component specification shall be as follows Seat- 28-32Kg HR / 40-45Kg cum density Premium PU Foam, 100mm thick, Back– 28-32Kg/cum density PU foam, 50mm thick, Sides (inside)- 28-32Kg/cum density PUFoam, 11mm thick Sides (outside) & back (back side) - 28-32 Kg cum density PU foam, 11mm thick. Seat shell rest on Wooden Legs supported solid wooden section of height 50-180mm. All Wooden work should be in White Ash / Teak wood polish with melamine & p.u coat Base of sofa should be infilled with suitable wooden sections so as to give proper support to the seat Height of the base of sofa. sofa shall be 75-220mm (Approx). Finished width of arm shall be 100 - 180mm (Approx) after upholstery work. Sofa to be fully upholstered using leatherette material of approved quality and shade , duly embossed including providing & fixing of all other required materials and hardware etc.Product should be BIFMA gold rated. 3 seater sofa overall dimension - 2100mm W x 790-830mm D x 760-790mm H, Seating Height 425mm nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0

4 Providing & Placing sofa, with wooden structure fabricated using hardwood of approved quality, duly seasoned and anti-termite treated with approved chemical and methodology. The wooden base frame of the sofa shall be provided with M.S. helical spring along with high quality elastic belt 70-80mm, sides & back with 40-60mm elastic belt, seat & back covered with jute & foam covered with Polyfilla & finished with thick marking cloth before doing final finish with leatherette material The component specification shall be as follows Seat- 28-32Kg HR / 40-45Kg cum density Premium PU Foam, 100mm thick, Back– 28-32Kg/cum density PU foam, 50mm thick, Sides (inside)- 28-32Kg/cum density PUFoam, 11mm thick Sides (outside) & back (back side) - 28-32 Kg cum density PU foam, 11mm thick. Seat shell rest on Wooden Legs supported solid wooden section of height 50-180mm. All Wooden work should be in White Ash / Teak wood polish with melamine & p.u coat Base of sofa should be infilled with suitable wooden sections so as to give proper support to the seat Height of the base of sofa. sofa shall be 75-220mm (Approx). Finished width of arm shall be 100 - 180mm (Approx) after upholstery work. Sofa to be fully upholstered using leatherette material of approved quality and shade , duly embossed including providing & fixing of all other required materials and hardware etc.Product should be BIFMA gold rated. 1 seater sofa overall dimension - 800mm W x 790-830mm D x 760-790mm H, Seating Height 425mm 18 Providing & Placing sofa, with wooden structure fabricated using hardwood of approved quality, duly seasoned and anti-termite treated with approved chemical and methodology. The wooden base frame of the sofa shall be provided with M.S. helical spring along with high quality elastic belt 70-80mm, sides & back with 40-60mm elastic belt, seat & back covered with jute & foam covered with Polyfilla & finished with thick marking cloth before doing final finish with leatherette material The component specification shall be as follows Seat- 28-32Kg HR / 40-45Kg cum density Premium PU Foam, 100mm thick, Back– 28-32Kg/cum density PU foam, 50mm thick, Sides (inside)- 28-32Kg/cum density PUFoam, 11mm thick Sides (outside) & back (back side) - 28-32 Kg cum density PU foam, 11mm thick. Seat shell rest on Wooden Legs supported solid wooden section of height 50-180mm. All Wooden work should be in White Ash / Teak wood polish with melamine & p.u coat Base of sofa should be infilled with suitable wooden sections so as to give proper support to the seat Height of the base of sofa. sofa shall be 75-220mm (Approx). Finished width of arm shall be 100 - 180mm (Approx) after upholstery work. Sofa to be fully upholstered using leatherette material of approved quality and shade , duly embossed including providing & fixing of all other required materials and hardware etc.Product should be BIFMA gold rated. 1 seater sofa overall dimension - 800mm W x 790-830mm D x 760-790mm H, Seating Height 425mm nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

5 4 Centre table (Reception Area) The table features an elegant oval-shaped top made from high-quality marble or engineered stone with natural veining and a polished finish, offering a luxurious look and easy maintenance. It is supported by a sculptural base crafted from stainless steel or high-gloss metallic material, shaped in a fluid, continuous form that provides both stability and contemporary visual appeal. All edges of the tabletop are smoothly finished, and the connection between the top and base uses premium-grade hardware for secure assembly. The size of the table is 18mm Thk. table top 900 x 600 x 750m approx. 18 4 Centre table (Reception Area) The table features an elegant oval-shaped top made from high-quality marble or engineered stone with natural veining and a polished finish, offering a luxurious look and easy maintenance. It is supported by a sculptural base crafted from stainless steel or high-gloss metallic material, shaped in a fluid, continuous form that provides both stability and contemporary visual appeal. All edges of the tabletop are smoothly finished, and the connection between the top and base uses premium-grade hardware for secure assembly. The size of the table is 18mm Thk. table top 900 x 600 x 750m approx. nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0

6 5 Corner table (Reception Area) The table features a square top made from premium quality marble or engineered stone with elegant natural veining and a polished finish for an upscale appearance. The tabletop is supported by a stylish metallic accent in a gold finish, adding a touch of luxury and separating it from the geometric base below. The base itself is crafted from high-grade wood or engineered wood with a textured veneer in a natural tone, providing both stability and modern design appeal. All edges are finely polished for safety, and the assembly utilizes high-quality hardware for secure construction.The size of the table is 18mm Thk. table top 450 x 450 x 750mm approx. 18 5 Corner table (Reception Area) The table features a square top made from premium quality marble or engineered stone with elegant natural veining and a polished finish for an upscale appearance. The tabletop is supported by a stylish metallic accent in a gold finish, adding a touch of luxury and separating it from the geometric base below. The base itself is crafted from high-grade wood or engineered wood with a textured veneer in a natural tone, providing both stability and modern design appeal. All edges are finely polished for safety, and the assembly utilizes high-quality hardware for secure construction.The size of the table is 18mm Thk. table top 450 x 450 x 750mm approx. nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0

7 Seat & Back : Seat & Back of the Sofa shall be Solid high density machine injected foam with MS/wooden structure inside the foam and covered with fabric of approved finish and approved colour. Base : Base of the sofa made out of steel PBD coating structure legs." 5 seater 4500mm 18 Seat & Back : Seat & Back of the Sofa shall be Solid high density machine injected foam with MS/wooden structure inside the foam and covered with fabric of approved finish and approved colour. Base : Base of the sofa made out of steel PBD coating structure legs." 5 seater 4500mm nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

8 Seat & Back : Seat & Back of the Sofa shall be Solid high density machine injected foam with MS/wooden structure inside the foam and covered with fabric of approved finish and approved colour. Base : Base of the sofa made out of steel PBD coating structure legs." 3 seater 2100mm 18 Seat & Back : Seat & Back of the Sofa shall be Solid high density machine injected foam with MS/wooden structure inside the foam and covered with fabric of approved finish and approved colour. Base : Base of the sofa made out of steel PBD coating structure legs." 3 seater 2100mm nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0

9 Seat & Back : Seat & Back of the Sofa shall be Solid high density machine injected foam with MS/wooden structure inside the foam and covered with fabric of approved finish and approved colour. Base : Base of the sofa made out of steel PBD coating structure legs." 1 seater 800mm 18 Seat & Back : Seat & Back of the Sofa shall be Solid high density machine injected foam with MS/wooden structure inside the foam and covered with fabric of approved finish and approved colour. Base : Base of the sofa made out of steel PBD coating structure legs." 1 seater 800mm nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

10 Providing, supplying, and installing center and corner table with matching side table, manufactured with a strong and stable metal understructure made of cold-rolled steel sections, finished in high-quality epoxy powder coating of approved shade and thickness for corrosion, scratch, and wear resistance; the tabletop shall be made of approved MDF board of minimum 25 mm thickness with smooth matt finish, neatly finished edges, and durable surface suitable for regular use; the design shall be modern and minimal, with rounded/oval top profile for safety and aesthetics, supported on a rigid metal frame ensuring proper load distribution and stability; the tables shall be fitted with non-marking adjustable glides at the base to protect flooring and allow leveling on uneven surfaces; the center and side tables shall be proportioned for use in lounge or waiting areas and supplied complete with all necessary fittings, assembled or in knock-down condition as required, with dimensional tolerance of ±10 mm, and installed in position as per layout and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Certifications: Manufacturer should possess and provide latest certificate ISO9001:2008, ISO14001:2004 (copyof the certificate to be submitted in the technical bid). Certifying agencies of ISO should be listed with ”NABCB"" (National Accreditation Board fo Certifying Bodies). The product must be IAQ Certified.The product should be as per the certifications,complete as per approved sample and as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Tolerance upto 10% in the furniture dimensions shall be permitted." Centre table 2130 X 750 18 Providing, supplying, and installing center and corner table with matching side table, manufactured with a strong and stable metal understructure made of cold-rolled steel sections, finished in high-quality epoxy powder coating of approved shade and thickness for corrosion, scratch, and wear resistance; the tabletop shall be made of approved MDF board of minimum 25 mm thickness with smooth matt finish, neatly finished edges, and durable surface suitable for regular use; the design shall be modern and minimal, with rounded/oval top profile for safety and aesthetics, supported on a rigid metal frame ensuring proper load distribution and stability; the tables shall be fitted with non-marking adjustable glides at the base to protect flooring and allow leveling on uneven surfaces; the center and side tables shall be proportioned for use in lounge or waiting areas and supplied complete with all necessary fittings, assembled or in knock-down condition as required, with dimensional tolerance of ±10 mm, and installed in position as per layout and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Certifications: Manufacturer should possess and provide latest certificate ISO9001:2008, ISO14001:2004 (copyof the certificate to be submitted in the technical bid). Certifying agencies of ISO should be listed with ”NABCB"" (National Accreditation Board fo Certifying Bodies). The product must be IAQ Certified.The product should be as per the certifications,complete as per approved sample and as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Tolerance upto 10% in the furniture dimensions shall be permitted." Centre table 2130 X 750 nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

11 Providing, supplying, and installing center and corner table with matching side table, manufactured with a strong and stable metal understructure made of cold-rolled steel sections, finished in high-quality epoxy powder coating of approved shade and thickness for corrosion, scratch, and wear resistance; the tabletop shall be made of approved MDF board of minimum 25 mm thickness with smooth matt finish, neatly finished edges, and durable surface suitable for regular use; the design shall be modern and minimal, with rounded/oval top profile for safety and aesthetics, supported on a rigid metal frame ensuring proper load distribution and stability; the tables shall be fitted with non-marking adjustable glides at the base to protect flooring and allow leveling on uneven surfaces; the center and side tables shall be proportioned for use in lounge or waiting areas and supplied complete with all necessary fittings, assembled or in knock-down condition as required, with dimensional tolerance of ±10 mm, and installed in position as per layout and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Certifications: Manufacturer should possess and provide latest certificate ISO9001:2008, ISO14001:2004 (copyof the certificate to be submitted in the technical bid). Certifying agencies of ISO should be listed with ”NABCB"" (National Accreditation Board fo Certifying Bodies). The product must be IAQ Certified.The product should be as per the certifications,complete as per approved sample and as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Tolerance upto 10% in the furniture dimensions shall be permitted." Centre table 900mm 18 Providing, supplying, and installing center and corner table with matching side table, manufactured with a strong and stable metal understructure made of cold-rolled steel sections, finished in high-quality epoxy powder coating of approved shade and thickness for corrosion, scratch, and wear resistance; the tabletop shall be made of approved MDF board of minimum 25 mm thickness with smooth matt finish, neatly finished edges, and durable surface suitable for regular use; the design shall be modern and minimal, with rounded/oval top profile for safety and aesthetics, supported on a rigid metal frame ensuring proper load distribution and stability; the tables shall be fitted with non-marking adjustable glides at the base to protect flooring and allow leveling on uneven surfaces; the center and side tables shall be proportioned for use in lounge or waiting areas and supplied complete with all necessary fittings, assembled or in knock-down condition as required, with dimensional tolerance of ±10 mm, and installed in position as per layout and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Certifications: Manufacturer should possess and provide latest certificate ISO9001:2008, ISO14001:2004 (copyof the certificate to be submitted in the technical bid). Certifying agencies of ISO should be listed with ”NABCB"" (National Accreditation Board fo Certifying Bodies). The product must be IAQ Certified.The product should be as per the certifications,complete as per approved sample and as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Tolerance upto 10% in the furniture dimensions shall be permitted." Centre table 900mm nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0

12 Providing, supplying, and installing center and corner table with matching side table, manufactured with a strong and stable metal understructure made of cold-rolled steel sections, finished in high-quality epoxy powder coating of approved shade and thickness for corrosion, scratch, and wear resistance; the tabletop shall be made of approved MDF board of minimum 25 mm thickness with smooth matt finish, neatly finished edges, and durable surface suitable for regular use; the design shall be modern and minimal, with rounded/oval top profile for safety and aesthetics, supported on a rigid metal frame ensuring proper load distribution and stability; the tables shall be fitted with non-marking adjustable glides at the base to protect flooring and allow leveling on uneven surfaces; the center and side tables shall be proportioned for use in lounge or waiting areas and supplied complete with all necessary fittings, assembled or in knock-down condition as required, with dimensional tolerance of ±10 mm, and installed in position as per layout and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Certifications: Manufacturer should possess and provide latest certificate ISO9001:2008, ISO14001:2004 (copyof the certificate to be submitted in the technical bid). Certifying agencies of ISO should be listed with ”NABCB"" (National Accreditation Board fo Certifying Bodies). The product must be IAQ Certified.The product should be as per the certifications,complete as per approved sample and as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Tolerance upto 10% in the furniture dimensions shall be permitted." Corner table 450mm 18 Providing, supplying, and installing center and corner table with matching side table, manufactured with a strong and stable metal understructure made of cold-rolled steel sections, finished in high-quality epoxy powder coating of approved shade and thickness for corrosion, scratch, and wear resistance; the tabletop shall be made of approved MDF board of minimum 25 mm thickness with smooth matt finish, neatly finished edges, and durable surface suitable for regular use; the design shall be modern and minimal, with rounded/oval top profile for safety and aesthetics, supported on a rigid metal frame ensuring proper load distribution and stability; the tables shall be fitted with non-marking adjustable glides at the base to protect flooring and allow leveling on uneven surfaces; the center and side tables shall be proportioned for use in lounge or waiting areas and supplied complete with all necessary fittings, assembled or in knock-down condition as required, with dimensional tolerance of ±10 mm, and installed in position as per layout and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Certifications: Manufacturer should possess and provide latest certificate ISO9001:2008, ISO14001:2004 (copyof the certificate to be submitted in the technical bid). Certifying agencies of ISO should be listed with ”NABCB"" (National Accreditation Board fo Certifying Bodies). The product must be IAQ Certified.The product should be as per the certifications,complete as per approved sample and as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Tolerance upto 10% in the furniture dimensions shall be permitted." Corner table 450mm nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

13 Providing and placing Cabin Table with the following specifications: Main Table of size 2100mm 750 x 740mm with Side table as 1050 x 450: The table features a top made of 40-50mm thick E-1 Grade Particle Board (Environmental Friendly) with Veneer Finish. A leatherette pad measuring 900-1200mm W x 460-560mm D is fixed in the center of the main table. The table has a rectangular shape with an 18mm thick modesty panel, finished with matching cover edge banding (PVC). The top is supported by two elements: A hollow storage section (1100mm W x 600mm D) made of 18mm thick E1 grade particle board with PVC edge banding. An 18mm thick E1 grade Particle Board with three equal hinged door storages. Wiring Tray: A closed wiring tray is installed below the access flap, designed to hold 2-3 switch sockets. It is made from 1.2mm thick MS, epoxy powder-coated in a spray Side Height Adjustable Table supported on MS electrical legs;. Understructure: The understructure is made of 2mm thick Steel square pipe dimension 75 X 75 mm with Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 70-80 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method).Legs connected with Steel pipe with epoxy powder coated spray & beam at temperature 200C°. Leg Height minimum 605mm & maximum 1255mm.from ground level.Motro speed is 36mm per second and Stroke is 650mm.The flexible vertical wire manager shall accommodate height of 605-1255mm. Brackets are made of 2.0mm thick CRCA grade D steel as per IS : 513. Brackets are slide in between end trim and vertical extrusions. Workstation should have 28mm thick Fabric pinup+ marker board screen with aluminum frame with accessories bar to hang the accessories and height 310-360mm from the worktop. Wire management: Completely concealed wire management with vertical wire uptake from floor via flexible vertical wire manager , segregates to horizontal cable tray below aluminum flipper with soft closure Epoxy powder coated spray color, baked at temperature 200 C°.Raceways contain the horizontal cable channel that fitted below the top with supported brackets. Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 80-90 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method) Worktop :Worktop Made of 25mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape of approved colour. The height of Worktop shall be 740-760 mm from ground level. The particle board should be E-1 Grade with pvc edge banding. 18 Providing and placing Cabin Table with the following specifications: Main Table of size 2100mm 750 x 740mm with Side table as 1050 x 450: The table features a top made of 40-50mm thick E-1 Grade Particle Board (Environmental Friendly) with Veneer Finish. A leatherette pad measuring 900-1200mm W x 460-560mm D is fixed in the center of the main table. The table has a rectangular shape with an 18mm thick modesty panel, finished with matching cover edge banding (PVC). The top is supported by two elements: A hollow storage section (1100mm W x 600mm D) made of 18mm thick E1 grade particle board with PVC edge banding. An 18mm thick E1 grade Particle Board with three equal hinged door storages. Wiring Tray: A closed wiring tray is installed below the access flap, designed to hold 2-3 switch sockets. It is made from 1.2mm thick MS, epoxy powder-coated in a spray Side Height Adjustable Table supported on MS electrical legs;. Understructure: The understructure is made of 2mm thick Steel square pipe dimension 75 X 75 mm with Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 70-80 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method).Legs connected with Steel pipe with epoxy powder coated spray & beam at temperature 200C°. Leg Height minimum 605mm & maximum 1255mm.from ground level.Motro speed is 36mm per second and Stroke is 650mm.The flexible vertical wire manager shall accommodate height of 605-1255mm. Brackets are made of 2.0mm thick CRCA grade D steel as per IS : 513. Brackets are slide in between end trim and vertical extrusions. Workstation should have 28mm thick Fabric pinup+ marker board screen with aluminum frame with accessories bar to hang the accessories and height 310-360mm from the worktop. Wire management: Completely concealed wire management with vertical wire uptake from floor via flexible vertical wire manager , segregates to horizontal cable tray below aluminum flipper with soft closure Epoxy powder coated spray color, baked at temperature 200 C°.Raceways contain the horizontal cable channel that fitted below the top with supported brackets. Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 80-90 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method) Worktop :Worktop Made of 25mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape of approved colour. The height of Worktop shall be 740-760 mm from ground level. The particle board should be E-1 Grade with pvc edge banding. nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

14 Providing and supplying an ergonomically designed high-back executive chair with headrest, suitable for premium office use, complete in all respects, with a height-adjustable headrest offering 30 mm vertical adjustment for customized neck support; a heavy-duty synchronized knee-tilt mechanism with recline up to 107°, featuring tension adjustment, minimum 5-position tilt limiter, and a 1:2 seat-to-back tilt ratio; a Class 4 Samhongsa gas lift with 60 mm stroke, tested as per BIFMA standards for minimum 150,000 cycles and supporting a load capacity up to 250 kg; a polished die-cast aluminum base fitted with silent 60 × 25 mm nylon twin-wheel castors for smooth mobility; a backrest constructed with a plywood and steel frame shell upholstered in first-layer Italian leather for durability and breathability; a seat comprising high-density moulded PU foam (45 ± 2 kg/m³) mounted on a 12 mm wood-veneer base for enhanced comfort and support; a PU-padded headrest upholstered in matching leather; armrests integrated with a steel frame and upholstered in leather to match the backrest; and a polished die-cast aluminum base, with overall chair dimensions of approximately 660 mm width, 650 mm depth, and height adjustable from 1170 mm to 1230 mm, seat dimensions of approximately 520 mm width, 510 mm depth, and height adjustable from 440 mm to 500 mm, and a backrest height of approximately 760 mm, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and complying with relevant international standards such as BIFMA, including supply, assembly, and installation at site. 18 Providing and supplying an ergonomically designed high-back executive chair with headrest, suitable for premium office use, complete in all respects, with a height-adjustable headrest offering 30 mm vertical adjustment for customized neck support; a heavy-duty synchronized knee-tilt mechanism with recline up to 107°, featuring tension adjustment, minimum 5-position tilt limiter, and a 1:2 seat-to-back tilt ratio; a Class 4 Samhongsa gas lift with 60 mm stroke, tested as per BIFMA standards for minimum 150,000 cycles and supporting a load capacity up to 250 kg; a polished die-cast aluminum base fitted with silent 60 × 25 mm nylon twin-wheel castors for smooth mobility; a backrest constructed with a plywood and steel frame shell upholstered in first-layer Italian leather for durability and breathability; a seat comprising high-density moulded PU foam (45 ± 2 kg/m³) mounted on a 12 mm wood-veneer base for enhanced comfort and support; a PU-padded headrest upholstered in matching leather; armrests integrated with a steel frame and upholstered in leather to match the backrest; and a polished die-cast aluminum base, with overall chair dimensions of approximately 660 mm width, 650 mm depth, and height adjustable from 1170 mm to 1230 mm, seat dimensions of approximately 520 mm width, 510 mm depth, and height adjustable from 440 mm to 500 mm, and a backrest height of approximately 760 mm, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and complying with relevant international standards such as BIFMA, including supply, assembly, and installation at site. nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

15 Providing and supplying an ergonomically designed medium-back executive chair suitable for premium office use, complete in all respects, with a synchronized knee-tilt mechanism incorporating 360° swivel, back tilt up to 107°, front-pivot action, tilt tension adjustment, minimum 5-position tilt limiter, and a 1:2 seat-to-back tilt ratio; a Samhongsa Class 4 gas lift (60/50 type) with 60 mm stroke, load capacity up to 250 kg, and tested as per BIFMA standards; 60 × 25 mm nylon twin-wheel castors ensuring smooth and silent mobility; a backrest constructed with a plywood and steel frame shell upholstered in top-grain Italian leather for enhanced durability and breathability; a seat made of high-resilience PU foam (45 ± 2 kg/m³) mounted on a 12 mm wood veneer frame for uniform pressure distribution and comfort; armrests comprising integrated full-steel arms upholstered in matching leather for durability and aesthetic continuity; and a polished die-cast aluminum base for structural strength and corrosion resistance, with overall dimensions of approximately 660 mm width, 650 mm depth, and height adjustable from 1010 mm to 1070 mm, seat dimensions of approximately 520 mm width, 510 mm depth, and height adjustable from 440 mm to 500 mm, and backrest dimensions of approximately 660 mm width and 600 mm height, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and complying with relevant international standards such as BIFMA, including supply, assembly, and installation at site. 18 Providing and supplying an ergonomically designed medium-back executive chair suitable for premium office use, complete in all respects, with a synchronized knee-tilt mechanism incorporating 360° swivel, back tilt up to 107°, front-pivot action, tilt tension adjustment, minimum 5-position tilt limiter, and a 1:2 seat-to-back tilt ratio; a Samhongsa Class 4 gas lift (60/50 type) with 60 mm stroke, load capacity up to 250 kg, and tested as per BIFMA standards; 60 × 25 mm nylon twin-wheel castors ensuring smooth and silent mobility; a backrest constructed with a plywood and steel frame shell upholstered in top-grain Italian leather for enhanced durability and breathability; a seat made of high-resilience PU foam (45 ± 2 kg/m³) mounted on a 12 mm wood veneer frame for uniform pressure distribution and comfort; armrests comprising integrated full-steel arms upholstered in matching leather for durability and aesthetic continuity; and a polished die-cast aluminum base for structural strength and corrosion resistance, with overall dimensions of approximately 660 mm width, 650 mm depth, and height adjustable from 1010 mm to 1070 mm, seat dimensions of approximately 520 mm width, 510 mm depth, and height adjustable from 440 mm to 500 mm, and backrest dimensions of approximately 660 mm width and 600 mm height, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and complying with relevant international standards such as BIFMA, including supply, assembly, and installation at site. nos. 8.00 Included 0.00 0 0

16 Providing and supplying a 6-seater round meeting table suitable for office applications, complete in all respects. The worktop shall be perfectly circular, made of 25 mm or 36 mm thick melamine or veneer-finished particle board as per the approved configuration, finished with 2 mm thick matching PVC edge lipping or a reverse chamfer profile. The supporting structure shall comprise a central pedestal base or angled legs made of 6 mm thick MS sheet with MS tube cross members of 30 × 30 × 2 mm section for enhanced rigidity and to ensure unhindered legroom for users. It shall include an integrated central wire management system routed through the central MS structure, incorporating an MS sheet wiring housing along with a centrally located aluminium flipper unit or circular grommet for neat cable access. All metal components shall be finished with an epoxy polyester powder coating of 80–90 microns thickness for durability and corrosion resistance. The overall size shall be approximately 1350 mm to 1500 mm in diameter × 740 mm in height. All components must be factory-finished, free from defects, and the rate shall include supply, assembly, and installation at the site. 18 Providing and supplying a 6-seater round meeting table suitable for office applications, complete in all respects. The worktop shall be perfectly circular, made of 25 mm or 36 mm thick melamine or veneer-finished particle board as per the approved configuration, finished with 2 mm thick matching PVC edge lipping or a reverse chamfer profile. The supporting structure shall comprise a central pedestal base or angled legs made of 6 mm thick MS sheet with MS tube cross members of 30 × 30 × 2 mm section for enhanced rigidity and to ensure unhindered legroom for users. It shall include an integrated central wire management system routed through the central MS structure, incorporating an MS sheet wiring housing along with a centrally located aluminium flipper unit or circular grommet for neat cable access. All metal components shall be finished with an epoxy polyester powder coating of 80–90 microns thickness for durability and corrosion resistance. The overall size shall be approximately 1350 mm to 1500 mm in diameter × 740 mm in height. All components must be factory-finished, free from defects, and the rate shall include supply, assembly, and installation at the site. nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

17 Providing and supplying an upholstered lounge chair suitable for office, meeting, and breakout areas, complete in all respects, with an ergonomic deep wrap-around shell designed to provide enhanced comfort and support, featuring a compact and sculpted form for a seamless and elegant appearance; the shell constructed from moulded foam over a reinforced plywood core to ensure long-term shape retention and durability; upholstery fully wrapped in premium fabric or leatherette with clean, seamless detailing; base options including metal bases (M1, M3, M4, M5) in powder-coated or polished steel/aluminum finish, and wooden bases (W1, W2, W3) in solid oak or ash with polish options such as sapeli, walnut, dark walnut, and wenge; provision of floor-safe glides for fixed bases and smooth castors for swivel variants; designed to provide stable and balanced seating with contoured form encouraging a relaxed and natural posture; available in finishes including matte, chrome, or natural wood tones; with overall dimensions of approximately 690 mm width, 600 mm depth, and height adjustable between 790 mm and 860 mm depending on base configuration, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and suitable for supply, assembly, and installation at site. 18 Providing and supplying an upholstered lounge chair suitable for office, meeting, and breakout areas, complete in all respects, with an ergonomic deep wrap-around shell designed to provide enhanced comfort and support, featuring a compact and sculpted form for a seamless and elegant appearance; the shell constructed from moulded foam over a reinforced plywood core to ensure long-term shape retention and durability; upholstery fully wrapped in premium fabric or leatherette with clean, seamless detailing; base options including metal bases (M1, M3, M4, M5) in powder-coated or polished steel/aluminum finish, and wooden bases (W1, W2, W3) in solid oak or ash with polish options such as sapeli, walnut, dark walnut, and wenge; provision of floor-safe glides for fixed bases and smooth castors for swivel variants; designed to provide stable and balanced seating with contoured form encouraging a relaxed and natural posture; available in finishes including matte, chrome, or natural wood tones; with overall dimensions of approximately 690 mm width, 600 mm depth, and height adjustable between 790 mm and 860 mm depending on base configuration, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and suitable for supply, assembly, and installation at site. nos. 10.00 Included 0.00 0 0

18 The table features an elegant oval-shaped top made from high-quality marble or engineered stone with natural veining and a polished finish, offering a luxurious look and easy maintenance. It is supported by a sculptural base crafted from stainless steel or high-gloss metallic material, shaped in a fluid, continuous form that provides both stability and contemporary visual appeal. All edges of the tabletop are smoothly finished, and the connection between the top and base uses premium-grade hardware for secure assembly. The size of the table is 18mm Thk. table top 900 x 600 x 750m approx. 18 The table features an elegant oval-shaped top made from high-quality marble or engineered stone with natural veining and a polished finish, offering a luxurious look and easy maintenance. It is supported by a sculptural base crafted from stainless steel or high-gloss metallic material, shaped in a fluid, continuous form that provides both stability and contemporary visual appeal. All edges of the tabletop are smoothly finished, and the connection between the top and base uses premium-grade hardware for secure assembly. The size of the table is 18mm Thk. table top 900 x 600 x 750m approx. nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

19 The table features a square top made from premium quality marble or engineered stone with elegant natural veining and a polished finish for an upscale appearance. The tabletop is supported by a stylish metallic accent in a gold finish, adding a touch of luxury and separating it from the geometric base below. The base itself is crafted from high-grade wood or engineered wood with a textured veneer in a natural tone, providing both stability and modern design appeal. All edges are finely polished for safety, and the assembly utilizes high-quality hardware for secure construction.The size of the table is 18mm Thk. table top 450 x 450 x 750mm approx. 18 The table features a square top made from premium quality marble or engineered stone with elegant natural veining and a polished finish for an upscale appearance. The tabletop is supported by a stylish metallic accent in a gold finish, adding a touch of luxury and separating it from the geometric base below. The base itself is crafted from high-grade wood or engineered wood with a textured veneer in a natural tone, providing both stability and modern design appeal. All edges are finely polished for safety, and the assembly utilizes high-quality hardware for secure construction.The size of the table is 18mm Thk. table top 450 x 450 x 750mm approx. nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

20 This three-seat sofa is constructed with an upholstered wooden frame reinforced by a durable steel structure, supported by coated legs that are now fully concealed by a continuous skirting extending from the base of the seat down to the floor. The upholstery is PVC leather, and the skirting is finished in matching material for a seamless look. The sofa has a weight capacity of 136 kg, with the skirting adding a clean, elegant finish by hiding the legs entirely. 4 seater- 2350mm x 790-830mm D x 760-790mm H, Seating Height 425mm 18 This three-seat sofa is constructed with an upholstered wooden frame reinforced by a durable steel structure, supported by coated legs that are now fully concealed by a continuous skirting extending from the base of the seat down to the floor. The upholstery is PVC leather, and the skirting is finished in matching material for a seamless look. The sofa has a weight capacity of 136 kg, with the skirting adding a clean, elegant finish by hiding the legs entirely. 4 seater- 2350mm x 790-830mm D x 760-790mm H, Seating Height 425mm nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

21 This three-seat sofa is constructed with an upholstered wooden frame reinforced by a durable steel structure, supported by coated legs that are now fully concealed by a continuous skirting extending from the base of the seat down to the floor. The upholstery is PVC leather, and the skirting is finished in matching material for a seamless look. The sofa has a weight capacity of 136 kg, with the skirting adding a clean, elegant finish by hiding the legs entirely. 1 seater- 800mm x 790-830mm D x 760-790mm H, Seating Height 425mm 18 This three-seat sofa is constructed with an upholstered wooden frame reinforced by a durable steel structure, supported by coated legs that are now fully concealed by a continuous skirting extending from the base of the seat down to the floor. The upholstery is PVC leather, and the skirting is finished in matching material for a seamless look. The sofa has a weight capacity of 136 kg, with the skirting adding a clean, elegant finish by hiding the legs entirely. 1 seater- 800mm x 790-830mm D x 760-790mm H, Seating Height 425mm nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

22 Providing & Placing sofa, Seating Height 425mm, with wooden structure fabricated using hardwood of approved quality, duly seasoned and anti-termite treated with approved chemical and methodology. The wooden base frame of the sofa shall be provided with M.S. helical spring along with high quality elastic belt 70-80mm, sides & back with 40-60mm elastic belt, seat & back covered with jute & foam covered with Polyfilla & finished with thick marking cloth before doing final finish with leatherette material The component specification shall be as follows Seat- 28-32Kg HR / 40-45Kg cum density Premium PU Foam, 100mm thick, Back– 28-32Kg/cum density PU foam, 50mm thick, Sides (inside)- 28-32Kg/cum density PUFoam, 11mm thick Sides (outside) & back (back side) - 28-32 Kg cum density PU foam, 11mm thick. Seat shell rest on Wooden Legs supported solid wooden section of height 50-180mm. All Wooden work should be in White Ash / Teak wood polish with melamine & p.u coat Base of sofa should be infilled with suitable wooden sections so as to give proper support to the seat Height of the base of sofa. sofa shall be 75-220mm (Approx). Finished width of arm shall be 100 - 180mm (Approx) after upholstery work. Sofa to be fully upholstered using leatherette material of approved quality and shade , duly embossed including providing & fixing of all other required materials and hardware etc.Product should be BIFMA gold rated. 3 seater- 2100mm x 800mm D x 800-820mm H, Seating Height 425mm 18 Providing & Placing sofa, Seating Height 425mm, with wooden structure fabricated using hardwood of approved quality, duly seasoned and anti-termite treated with approved chemical and methodology. The wooden base frame of the sofa shall be provided with M.S. helical spring along with high quality elastic belt 70-80mm, sides & back with 40-60mm elastic belt, seat & back covered with jute & foam covered with Polyfilla & finished with thick marking cloth before doing final finish with leatherette material The component specification shall be as follows Seat- 28-32Kg HR / 40-45Kg cum density Premium PU Foam, 100mm thick, Back– 28-32Kg/cum density PU foam, 50mm thick, Sides (inside)- 28-32Kg/cum density PUFoam, 11mm thick Sides (outside) & back (back side) - 28-32 Kg cum density PU foam, 11mm thick. Seat shell rest on Wooden Legs supported solid wooden section of height 50-180mm. All Wooden work should be in White Ash / Teak wood polish with melamine & p.u coat Base of sofa should be infilled with suitable wooden sections so as to give proper support to the seat Height of the base of sofa. sofa shall be 75-220mm (Approx). Finished width of arm shall be 100 - 180mm (Approx) after upholstery work. Sofa to be fully upholstered using leatherette material of approved quality and shade , duly embossed including providing & fixing of all other required materials and hardware etc.Product should be BIFMA gold rated. 3 seater- 2100mm x 800mm D x 800-820mm H, Seating Height 425mm nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

23 Supply and installation of nested center/corner Table as per approved design and image reference, comprising 18 mm thick Pre-Laminated Particle Board (PLPB) tabletop in approved wood grain finish with all exposed edges machine-finished and sealed using matching PVC edge banding. The table shall be supported on a sturdy understructure made from MS tubular metal frame of approved section size, duly welded, ground smooth, and finished in powder-coated matte black finish. The metallic frame shall consist of tapered legs securely connected to the underside of the tabletop using appropriate brackets, inserts, and hardware for rigid stability and durability. All exposed metal surfaces shall be treated for anti-rust protection prior to powder coating. The complete table shall be supplied and installed in proper line and level including all accessories, labour, transportation, fitting, and finishing complete as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Center Table 900 mm 18 Supply and installation of nested center/corner Table as per approved design and image reference, comprising 18 mm thick Pre-Laminated Particle Board (PLPB) tabletop in approved wood grain finish with all exposed edges machine-finished and sealed using matching PVC edge banding. The table shall be supported on a sturdy understructure made from MS tubular metal frame of approved section size, duly welded, ground smooth, and finished in powder-coated matte black finish. The metallic frame shall consist of tapered legs securely connected to the underside of the tabletop using appropriate brackets, inserts, and hardware for rigid stability and durability. All exposed metal surfaces shall be treated for anti-rust protection prior to powder coating. The complete table shall be supplied and installed in proper line and level including all accessories, labour, transportation, fitting, and finishing complete as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Center Table 900 mm nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

24 Supply and installation of nested center/corner Table as per approved design and image reference, comprising 18 mm thick Pre-Laminated Particle Board (PLPB) tabletop in approved wood grain finish with all exposed edges machine-finished and sealed using matching PVC edge banding. The table shall be supported on a sturdy understructure made from MS tubular metal frame of approved section size, duly welded, ground smooth, and finished in powder-coated matte black finish. The metallic frame shall consist of tapered legs securely connected to the underside of the tabletop using appropriate brackets, inserts, and hardware for rigid stability and durability. All exposed metal surfaces shall be treated for anti-rust protection prior to powder coating. The complete table shall be supplied and installed in proper line and level including all accessories, labour, transportation, fitting, and finishing complete as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Corner table 450mm 18 Supply and installation of nested center/corner Table as per approved design and image reference, comprising 18 mm thick Pre-Laminated Particle Board (PLPB) tabletop in approved wood grain finish with all exposed edges machine-finished and sealed using matching PVC edge banding. The table shall be supported on a sturdy understructure made from MS tubular metal frame of approved section size, duly welded, ground smooth, and finished in powder-coated matte black finish. The metallic frame shall consist of tapered legs securely connected to the underside of the tabletop using appropriate brackets, inserts, and hardware for rigid stability and durability. All exposed metal surfaces shall be treated for anti-rust protection prior to powder coating. The complete table shall be supplied and installed in proper line and level including all accessories, labour, transportation, fitting, and finishing complete as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Corner table 450mm nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

25 "Providing & Placing Cabin office Table with side unit with following details and specifications : Top and legs are made of 38 mm thick MDF (E-1 Grade), finish with matching 2 mm PVC edge-banding. The Modesty panel is made of Prelam Particle board Grade E-1 (Environmental Friendly) of thickness 18 mm MDF with Edge-Banding(PVC) 2 mm. Drawer Unit : 3 drawer melamine finish pedestal of overall dimensions internal and external dimensions 380-430 mm (W) x 430-480 mm (D) x 600-620 mm ( H). Drawer should be made of 18mm thick E1 Grade particle board. Each pedestal should have 5 Nos castor fitted to it where in one castor will be fitted to lower most drawer to provide extra stability. Main Table : 1800mm X 800mm X 740mm H Side Table Size - 1050mm X 500-550mm X 740mm H E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1892). " "Low Height Back Storage: Body of storages made out 18 mm thick (E1 Grade) MDF board with Melamine finish with PVC edge-banding. All shelves are adjustable.The storage should have extruded aluminum handle/ recess handle , as per requirement. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. Door Lock should be of three-way lock mechanism, the hinged doors can be locked at once. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1892). " "Main Table :- 2700mm X 900mm X 740mm H Side Table Size - 1050mm X 500-550mm X 740mm H " 18 "Providing & Placing Cabin office Table with side unit with following details and specifications : Top and legs are made of 38 mm thick MDF (E-1 Grade), finish with matching 2 mm PVC edge-banding. The Modesty panel is made of Prelam Particle board Grade E-1 (Environmental Friendly) of thickness 18 mm MDF with Edge-Banding(PVC) 2 mm. Drawer Unit : 3 drawer melamine finish pedestal of overall dimensions internal and external dimensions 380-430 mm (W) x 430-480 mm (D) x 600-620 mm ( H). Drawer should be made of 18mm thick E1 Grade particle board. Each pedestal should have 5 Nos castor fitted to it where in one castor will be fitted to lower most drawer to provide extra stability. Main Table : 1800mm X 800mm X 740mm H Side Table Size - 1050mm X 500-550mm X 740mm H E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1892). " "Low Height Back Storage: Body of storages made out 18 mm thick (E1 Grade) MDF board with Melamine finish with PVC edge-banding. All shelves are adjustable.The storage should have extruded aluminum handle/ recess handle , as per requirement. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. Door Lock should be of three-way lock mechanism, the hinged doors can be locked at once. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1892). " "Main Table :- 2700mm X 900mm X 740mm H Side Table Size - 1050mm X 500-550mm X 740mm H " nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

26 "Providing & Placing Cabin office Table with side unit with following details and specifications : Top and legs are made of 38 mm thick MDF (E-1 Grade), finish with matching 2 mm PVC edge-banding. The Modesty panel is made of Prelam Particle board Grade E-1 (Environmental Friendly) of thickness 18 mm MDF with Edge-Banding(PVC) 2 mm. Drawer Unit : 3 drawer melamine finish pedestal of overall dimensions internal and external dimensions 380-430 mm (W) x 430-480 mm (D) x 600-620 mm ( H). Drawer should be made of 18mm thick E1 Grade particle board. Each pedestal should have 5 Nos castor fitted to it where in one castor will be fitted to lower most drawer to provide extra stability. Main Table : 1800mm X 800mm X 740mm H Side Table Size - 1050mm X 500-550mm X 740mm H E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1892). " "Low Height Back Storage: Body of storages made out 18 mm thick (E1 Grade) MDF board with Melamine finish with PVC edge-banding. All shelves are adjustable.The storage should have extruded aluminum handle/ recess handle , as per requirement. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. Door Lock should be of three-way lock mechanism, the hinged doors can be locked at once. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1892). " Back Storage Size - 2700mm X 450mm X 740mm H 18 "Providing & Placing Cabin office Table with side unit with following details and specifications : Top and legs are made of 38 mm thick MDF (E-1 Grade), finish with matching 2 mm PVC edge-banding. The Modesty panel is made of Prelam Particle board Grade E-1 (Environmental Friendly) of thickness 18 mm MDF with Edge-Banding(PVC) 2 mm. Drawer Unit : 3 drawer melamine finish pedestal of overall dimensions internal and external dimensions 380-430 mm (W) x 430-480 mm (D) x 600-620 mm ( H). Drawer should be made of 18mm thick E1 Grade particle board. Each pedestal should have 5 Nos castor fitted to it where in one castor will be fitted to lower most drawer to provide extra stability. Main Table : 1800mm X 800mm X 740mm H Side Table Size - 1050mm X 500-550mm X 740mm H E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1892). " "Low Height Back Storage: Body of storages made out 18 mm thick (E1 Grade) MDF board with Melamine finish with PVC edge-banding. All shelves are adjustable.The storage should have extruded aluminum handle/ recess handle , as per requirement. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. Door Lock should be of three-way lock mechanism, the hinged doors can be locked at once. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1892). " Back Storage Size - 2700mm X 450mm X 740mm H nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

27 Chair should be high back, cushioned seat assembly, moulded plywood upholstered with moulded polyurethane foam & finished with Leatherite. Back size: (W) 450 - 500 mm (H) 600-620mm; Seat size: (L) 450mm - 500mm (W) 450 - 500mm with Polyurethane Foam. Polyurethane Foam: The polyurethane foam (Recyclable) of minimum density = 30 kg/ cum + 2 kg/cum fixed to moulded plywood and upholstered with Leatherette. Adjustable armrest of premium quality of SS Chromed finish with PU cushion pads. Synchro mechanism: 360 degree revolving type, from pivot for tilt with multiple locking position & feet resting on ground for extra comfort. The pneumatic adjustment has an adjustment stroke of 70-120 mm, Pedestal Assembly: should have 5 star aluminium die cast with hard castors sutable for tiles flooring with adjustment, twin wheel castors & the pitch centre Dia is 650 +/- 50mm. (750 +/- 10mm with castors). Twin wheel castors: these are made of injection moulded in black PP having 50-60mm dia,complete in all respect. The above chair should be finished / completed as per above mentioned specifications including providing and fixing of other related materials including hardwares, etc. complete or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and conforming to the image having back curvature in longitudinal and in trasverse direction as per the image. All complete as per manufacturers specification. 18 Chair should be high back, cushioned seat assembly, moulded plywood upholstered with moulded polyurethane foam & finished with Leatherite. Back size: (W) 450 - 500 mm (H) 600-620mm; Seat size: (L) 450mm - 500mm (W) 450 - 500mm with Polyurethane Foam. Polyurethane Foam: The polyurethane foam (Recyclable) of minimum density = 30 kg/ cum + 2 kg/cum fixed to moulded plywood and upholstered with Leatherette. Adjustable armrest of premium quality of SS Chromed finish with PU cushion pads. Synchro mechanism: 360 degree revolving type, from pivot for tilt with multiple locking position & feet resting on ground for extra comfort. The pneumatic adjustment has an adjustment stroke of 70-120 mm, Pedestal Assembly: should have 5 star aluminium die cast with hard castors sutable for tiles flooring with adjustment, twin wheel castors & the pitch centre Dia is 650 +/- 50mm. (750 +/- 10mm with castors). Twin wheel castors: these are made of injection moulded in black PP having 50-60mm dia,complete in all respect. The above chair should be finished / completed as per above mentioned specifications including providing and fixing of other related materials including hardwares, etc. complete or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and conforming to the image having back curvature in longitudinal and in trasverse direction as per the image. All complete as per manufacturers specification. nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

28 Chair should be Mid back, cushioned seat assembly, moulded plywood upholstered with moulded polyurethane foam & finished with Leatherite. Back size: (W) 450 - 500 mm (H) 550-580mm; Seat size: (L) 450mm - 500mm (W) 450 - 500mm with Polyurethane Foam. Polyurethane Foam: The polyurethane foam (Recyclable) of minimum density = 30 kg/ cum + 2 kg/cum fixed to moulded plywood and upholstered with Leatherette. Adjustable armrest of premium quality of SS Chromed finish with PU cushion pads. Synchro mechanism: 360 degree revolving type, from pivot for tilt with multiple locking position & feet resting on ground for extra comfort. The pneumatic adjustment has an adjustment stroke of 70-120 mm, Pedestal Assembly: should have 5 star aluminium die cast with hard castors sutable for tiles flooring with adjustment, twin wheel castors & the pitch centre Dia is 650 +/- 50mm. (750 +/- 10mm with castors). Twin wheel castors: these are made of injection moulded in black PP having 50-60mm dia,complete in all respect. The above chair should be finished / completed as per above mentioned specifications including providing and fixing of other related materials including hardwares, etc. complete or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and conforming to the image having back curvature in longitudinal and in trasverse direction as per the image. All complete as per manufacturers specification. 18 Chair should be Mid back, cushioned seat assembly, moulded plywood upholstered with moulded polyurethane foam & finished with Leatherite. Back size: (W) 450 - 500 mm (H) 550-580mm; Seat size: (L) 450mm - 500mm (W) 450 - 500mm with Polyurethane Foam. Polyurethane Foam: The polyurethane foam (Recyclable) of minimum density = 30 kg/ cum + 2 kg/cum fixed to moulded plywood and upholstered with Leatherette. Adjustable armrest of premium quality of SS Chromed finish with PU cushion pads. Synchro mechanism: 360 degree revolving type, from pivot for tilt with multiple locking position & feet resting on ground for extra comfort. The pneumatic adjustment has an adjustment stroke of 70-120 mm, Pedestal Assembly: should have 5 star aluminium die cast with hard castors sutable for tiles flooring with adjustment, twin wheel castors & the pitch centre Dia is 650 +/- 50mm. (750 +/- 10mm with castors). Twin wheel castors: these are made of injection moulded in black PP having 50-60mm dia,complete in all respect. The above chair should be finished / completed as per above mentioned specifications including providing and fixing of other related materials including hardwares, etc. complete or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and conforming to the image having back curvature in longitudinal and in trasverse direction as per the image. All complete as per manufacturers specification. nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

29 Providing and placing Cabin Table with the following specifications: Main Table of size 2100mm 750 x 740mm with Side table as 1050 x 450: The table features a top made of 40-50mm thick E-1 Grade Particle Board (Environmental Friendly) with Veneer Finish. A leatherette pad measuring 900-1200mm W x 460-560mm D is fixed in the center of the main table. The table has a rectangular shape with an 18mm thick modesty panel, finished with matching cover edge banding (PVC). The top is supported by two elements: A hollow storage section (1100mm W x 600mm D) made of 18mm thick E1 grade particle board with PVC edge banding. An 18mm thick E1 grade Particle Board with three equal hinged door storages. Wiring Tray: A closed wiring tray is installed below the access flap, designed to hold 2-3 switch sockets. It is made from 1.2mm thick MS, epoxy powder-coated in a spray Side Height Adjustable Table supported on MS electrical legs;. Understructure: The understructure is made of 2mm thick Steel square pipe dimension 75 X 75 mm with Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 70-80 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method).Legs connected with Steel pipe with epoxy powder coated spray & beam at temperature 200C°. Leg Height minimum 605mm & maximum 1255mm.from ground level.Motro speed is 36mm per second and Stroke is 650mm.The flexible vertical wire manager shall accommodate height of 605-1255mm. Brackets are made of 2.0mm thick CRCA grade D steel as per IS : 513. Brackets are slide in between end trim and vertical extrusions. Workstation should have 28mm thick Fabric pinup+ marker board screen with aluminum frame with accessories bar to hang the accessories and height 310-360mm from the worktop. Wire management: Completely concealed wire management with vertical wire uptake from floor via flexible vertical wire manager , segregates to horizontal cable tray below aluminum flipper with soft closure Epoxy powder coated spray color, baked at temperature 200 C°.Raceways contain the horizontal cable channel that fitted below the top with supported brackets. Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 80-90 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method) Worktop :Worktop Made of 25mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape of approved colour. The height of Worktop shall be 740-760 mm from ground level. The particle board should be E-1 Grade with pvc edge banding. 18 Providing and placing Cabin Table with the following specifications: Main Table of size 2100mm 750 x 740mm with Side table as 1050 x 450: The table features a top made of 40-50mm thick E-1 Grade Particle Board (Environmental Friendly) with Veneer Finish. A leatherette pad measuring 900-1200mm W x 460-560mm D is fixed in the center of the main table. The table has a rectangular shape with an 18mm thick modesty panel, finished with matching cover edge banding (PVC). The top is supported by two elements: A hollow storage section (1100mm W x 600mm D) made of 18mm thick E1 grade particle board with PVC edge banding. An 18mm thick E1 grade Particle Board with three equal hinged door storages. Wiring Tray: A closed wiring tray is installed below the access flap, designed to hold 2-3 switch sockets. It is made from 1.2mm thick MS, epoxy powder-coated in a spray Side Height Adjustable Table supported on MS electrical legs;. Understructure: The understructure is made of 2mm thick Steel square pipe dimension 75 X 75 mm with Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 70-80 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method).Legs connected with Steel pipe with epoxy powder coated spray & beam at temperature 200C°. Leg Height minimum 605mm & maximum 1255mm.from ground level.Motro speed is 36mm per second and Stroke is 650mm.The flexible vertical wire manager shall accommodate height of 605-1255mm. Brackets are made of 2.0mm thick CRCA grade D steel as per IS : 513. Brackets are slide in between end trim and vertical extrusions. Workstation should have 28mm thick Fabric pinup+ marker board screen with aluminum frame with accessories bar to hang the accessories and height 310-360mm from the worktop. Wire management: Completely concealed wire management with vertical wire uptake from floor via flexible vertical wire manager , segregates to horizontal cable tray below aluminum flipper with soft closure Epoxy powder coated spray color, baked at temperature 200 C°.Raceways contain the horizontal cable channel that fitted below the top with supported brackets. Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 80-90 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method) Worktop :Worktop Made of 25mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape of approved colour. The height of Worktop shall be 740-760 mm from ground level. The particle board should be E-1 Grade with pvc edge banding. nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

30 Full Height Back Storage: Body of storages made out 18 mm thick (E1 Grade) Prelaminated Particle Board with Melamine finish and 2 mm thk PVC edge-banding. Back Storage is combination of Wooden & glass shutter. The Glass shutter is made of wooden frame with 4mm thick clear glass. All shelves are adjustable. The storage should have extruded aluminum handle/recess handle, as per requirement. Door Lock should be of three-way lock mechanism, the hinged doors can be locked at once. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. 18 Full Height Back Storage: Body of storages made out 18 mm thick (E1 Grade) Prelaminated Particle Board with Melamine finish and 2 mm thk PVC edge-banding. Back Storage is combination of Wooden & glass shutter. The Glass shutter is made of wooden frame with 4mm thick clear glass. All shelves are adjustable. The storage should have extruded aluminum handle/recess handle, as per requirement. Door Lock should be of three-way lock mechanism, the hinged doors can be locked at once. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

31 The high-back luxury office chair, finished in Latte Brown, shall have an overall size of 660 mm (W) × 660 mm (D) × 1240 mm (H) and is designed to provide superior ergonomic comfort and durability for executive and managerial use. The chair shall be upholstered in premium water-based artificial leather, offering a rich appearance, easy maintenance, and long-term performance. It shall feature an ergonomically contoured high backrest and a multi-layer molded foam seat to ensure optimal posture support and seating comfort during extended use. The chair shall be equipped with a synchronized tilt mechanism with automatic tension control, allowing smooth recline movement, along with 4-position tilt locking for user preference. The armrests shall be VFF polished aluminum alloy arms with padded arm tops for enhanced comfort and durability. Height adjustment shall be provided through a Class-4 gas lift, and the chair shall rest on a polished aluminum alloy five-star base fitted with PA castors suitable for smooth mobility on office flooring. The chair shall be complete in all respects and supplied and installed as per approved samples, manufacturer’s specifications, and the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. 18 The high-back luxury office chair, finished in Latte Brown, shall have an overall size of 660 mm (W) × 660 mm (D) × 1240 mm (H) and is designed to provide superior ergonomic comfort and durability for executive and managerial use. The chair shall be upholstered in premium water-based artificial leather, offering a rich appearance, easy maintenance, and long-term performance. It shall feature an ergonomically contoured high backrest and a multi-layer molded foam seat to ensure optimal posture support and seating comfort during extended use. The chair shall be equipped with a synchronized tilt mechanism with automatic tension control, allowing smooth recline movement, along with 4-position tilt locking for user preference. The armrests shall be VFF polished aluminum alloy arms with padded arm tops for enhanced comfort and durability. Height adjustment shall be provided through a Class-4 gas lift, and the chair shall rest on a polished aluminum alloy five-star base fitted with PA castors suitable for smooth mobility on office flooring. The chair shall be complete in all respects and supplied and installed as per approved samples, manufacturer’s specifications, and the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

32 The high-back luxury office chair, finished in Latte Brown, shall have an overall size of 660 mm (W) × 660 mm (D) × 1240 mm (H) and is designed to provide superior ergonomic comfort and durability for executive and managerial use. The chair shall be upholstered in premium water-based artificial leather, offering a rich appearance, easy maintenance, and long-term performance. It shall feature an ergonomically contoured high backrest and a multi-layer molded foam seat to ensure optimal posture support and seating comfort during extended use. The chair shall be equipped with a synchronized tilt mechanism with automatic tension control, allowing smooth recline movement, along with 4-position tilt locking for user preference. The armrests shall be VFF polished aluminum alloy arms with padded arm tops for enhanced comfort and durability. Height adjustment shall be provided through a Class-4 gas lift, and the chair shall rest on a polished aluminum alloy five-star base fitted with PA castors suitable for smooth mobility on office flooring. The chair shall be complete in all respects and supplied and installed as per approved samples, manufacturer’s specifications, and the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. 18 The high-back luxury office chair, finished in Latte Brown, shall have an overall size of 660 mm (W) × 660 mm (D) × 1240 mm (H) and is designed to provide superior ergonomic comfort and durability for executive and managerial use. The chair shall be upholstered in premium water-based artificial leather, offering a rich appearance, easy maintenance, and long-term performance. It shall feature an ergonomically contoured high backrest and a multi-layer molded foam seat to ensure optimal posture support and seating comfort during extended use. The chair shall be equipped with a synchronized tilt mechanism with automatic tension control, allowing smooth recline movement, along with 4-position tilt locking for user preference. The armrests shall be VFF polished aluminum alloy arms with padded arm tops for enhanced comfort and durability. Height adjustment shall be provided through a Class-4 gas lift, and the chair shall rest on a polished aluminum alloy five-star base fitted with PA castors suitable for smooth mobility on office flooring. The chair shall be complete in all respects and supplied and installed as per approved samples, manufacturer’s specifications, and the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. nos. 32.00 Included 0.00 0 0

33 The sofa features a sleek, contemporary design with a sturdy internal frame made from seasoned hardwood for long-lasting durability. The seat, back, and arms are fully upholstered in high-density polyurethane foam and covered with premium quality fabric in an approved color, providing superior comfort and a refined appearance. Its exterior boasts a subtly curved wooden shell finished in natural or walnut veneer, complementing the upholstery and adding an elegant visual accent. The unit is supported by angled solid wood legs, finished in matching stain or lacquer for added stability and modern aesthetics. The size of the sofa:3 seater 1800mm x 800mm D x Seating Height 425mm). 18 The sofa features a sleek, contemporary design with a sturdy internal frame made from seasoned hardwood for long-lasting durability. The seat, back, and arms are fully upholstered in high-density polyurethane foam and covered with premium quality fabric in an approved color, providing superior comfort and a refined appearance. Its exterior boasts a subtly curved wooden shell finished in natural or walnut veneer, complementing the upholstery and adding an elegant visual accent. The unit is supported by angled solid wood legs, finished in matching stain or lacquer for added stability and modern aesthetics. The size of the sofa:3 seater 1800mm x 800mm D x Seating Height 425mm). nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

34 The chair features a modern, boxy silhouette with a durable internal frame crafted from seasoned hardwood, ensuring long-term strength and stability. Both the seat and backrest utilize high-density polyurethane foam cushioning, fully upholstered in high-quality fabric of approved shade, complemented by a curved outer shell in a natural or walnut veneer finish for a sophisticated look. The chair is mounted on a sturdy, brushed stainless steel swivel base with a four-star design, providing smooth rotation and contemporary style. 1 seater 7500mm x 800mm D x Seating Height 425mm 18 The chair features a modern, boxy silhouette with a durable internal frame crafted from seasoned hardwood, ensuring long-term strength and stability. Both the seat and backrest utilize high-density polyurethane foam cushioning, fully upholstered in high-quality fabric of approved shade, complemented by a curved outer shell in a natural or walnut veneer finish for a sophisticated look. The chair is mounted on a sturdy, brushed stainless steel swivel base with a four-star design, providing smooth rotation and contemporary style. 1 seater 7500mm x 800mm D x Seating Height 425mm nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

35 The table features a distinctive round top made from high-quality engineered wood minimum 18mm thick or solid surface material with a smooth white finish, offering both durability and easy maintenance. It is supported by a sculptural metal base, finished in a decorative metallic coating, which includes a rounded central section and three sturdy, splayed metal legs for enhanced stability and visual appeal. All metal parts are powder-coated or enamelled for corrosion resistance, and the edge of the tabletop is finely finished or chamfered to ensure user safety. Dia size is 450mm. 18 The table features a distinctive round top made from high-quality engineered wood minimum 18mm thick or solid surface material with a smooth white finish, offering both durability and easy maintenance. It is supported by a sculptural metal base, finished in a decorative metallic coating, which includes a rounded central section and three sturdy, splayed metal legs for enhanced stability and visual appeal. All metal parts are powder-coated or enamelled for corrosion resistance, and the edge of the tabletop is finely finished or chamfered to ensure user safety. Dia size is 450mm. nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

36 Providing and placing Cabin Table with the following specifications: Main Table of size 2100mm 750 x 740mm with Side table as 1050 x 450: The table features a top made of 40-50mm thick E-1 Grade Particle Board (Environmental Friendly) with Veneer Finish. A leatherette pad measuring 900-1200mm W x 460-560mm D is fixed in the center of the main table. The table has a rectangular shape with an 18mm thick modesty panel, finished with matching cover edge banding (PVC). The top is supported by two elements: A hollow storage section (1100mm W x 600mm D) made of 18mm thick E1 grade particle board with PVC edge banding. An 18mm thick E1 grade Particle Board with three equal hinged door storages. Wiring Tray: A closed wiring tray is installed below the access flap, designed to hold 2-3 switch sockets. It is made from 1.2mm thick MS, epoxy powder-coated in a spray Side Height Adjustable Table supported on MS electrical legs;. Understructure: The understructure is made of 2mm thick Steel square pipe dimension 75 X 75 mm with Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 70-80 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method).Legs connected with Steel pipe with epoxy powder coated spray & beam at temperature 200C°. Leg Height minimum 605mm & maximum 1255mm.from ground level.Motro speed is 36mm per second and Stroke is 650mm.The flexible vertical wire manager shall accommodate height of 605-1255mm. Brackets are made of 2.0mm thick CRCA grade D steel as per IS : 513. Brackets are slide in between end trim and vertical extrusions. Workstation should have 28mm thick Fabric pinup+ marker board screen with aluminum frame with accessories bar to hang the accessories and height 310-360mm from the worktop. Wire management: Completely concealed wire management with vertical wire uptake from floor via flexible vertical wire manager , segregates to horizontal cable tray below aluminum flipper with soft closure Epoxy powder coated spray color, baked at temperature 200 C°.Raceways contain the horizontal cable channel that fitted below the top with supported brackets. Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 80-90 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method) Worktop :Worktop Made of 25mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape of approved colour. The height of Worktop shall be 740-760 mm from ground level. The particle board should be E-1 Grade with pvc edge banding. 18 Providing and placing Cabin Table with the following specifications: Main Table of size 2100mm 750 x 740mm with Side table as 1050 x 450: The table features a top made of 40-50mm thick E-1 Grade Particle Board (Environmental Friendly) with Veneer Finish. A leatherette pad measuring 900-1200mm W x 460-560mm D is fixed in the center of the main table. The table has a rectangular shape with an 18mm thick modesty panel, finished with matching cover edge banding (PVC). The top is supported by two elements: A hollow storage section (1100mm W x 600mm D) made of 18mm thick E1 grade particle board with PVC edge banding. An 18mm thick E1 grade Particle Board with three equal hinged door storages. Wiring Tray: A closed wiring tray is installed below the access flap, designed to hold 2-3 switch sockets. It is made from 1.2mm thick MS, epoxy powder-coated in a spray Side Height Adjustable Table supported on MS electrical legs;. Understructure: The understructure is made of 2mm thick Steel square pipe dimension 75 X 75 mm with Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 70-80 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method).Legs connected with Steel pipe with epoxy powder coated spray & beam at temperature 200C°. Leg Height minimum 605mm & maximum 1255mm.from ground level.Motro speed is 36mm per second and Stroke is 650mm.The flexible vertical wire manager shall accommodate height of 605-1255mm. Brackets are made of 2.0mm thick CRCA grade D steel as per IS : 513. Brackets are slide in between end trim and vertical extrusions. Workstation should have 28mm thick Fabric pinup+ marker board screen with aluminum frame with accessories bar to hang the accessories and height 310-360mm from the worktop. Wire management: Completely concealed wire management with vertical wire uptake from floor via flexible vertical wire manager , segregates to horizontal cable tray below aluminum flipper with soft closure Epoxy powder coated spray color, baked at temperature 200 C°.Raceways contain the horizontal cable channel that fitted below the top with supported brackets. Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 80-90 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method) Worktop :Worktop Made of 25mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape of approved colour. The height of Worktop shall be 740-760 mm from ground level. The particle board should be E-1 Grade with pvc edge banding. nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

37 Full Height Back Storage: Body of storages made out 18 mm thick (E1 Grade) Prelaminated Particle Board with Melamine finish and 2 mm thk PVC edge-banding. Back Storage is combination of Wooden & glass shutter. The Glass shutter is made of wooden frame with 4mm thick clear glass. All shelves are adjustable. The storage should have extruded aluminum handle/recess handle, as per requirement. Door Lock should be of three-way lock mechanism, the hinged doors can be locked at once. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. 18 Full Height Back Storage: Body of storages made out 18 mm thick (E1 Grade) Prelaminated Particle Board with Melamine finish and 2 mm thk PVC edge-banding. Back Storage is combination of Wooden & glass shutter. The Glass shutter is made of wooden frame with 4mm thick clear glass. All shelves are adjustable. The storage should have extruded aluminum handle/recess handle, as per requirement. Door Lock should be of three-way lock mechanism, the hinged doors can be locked at once. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

38 The chair features an integrated lumbar shape in the backrest, designed to naturally support the lower spine, with the back tilt mechanism allowing lockable positions in four different angles for customizable reclining comfort. It includes fixed sleek armrests made of chrome-finished steel, wrapped in leather or vinyl for added comfort and elegance. The seat offers smooth height adjustment through a high-performance class 4 gas-lift system, ensuring personalized comfort and long-lasting durability. The syncho-tilt mechanism enables the backrest and seat to tilt together at different angles, promoting natural posture support and enhanced sitting comfort. Constructed with a robust steel frame, the chair is fully upholstered in either vinyl or leather on both back and seat, complemented by chrome-finished steel armrests cushioned with vinyl or leather upholstery. The base is made of durable aluminum alloy, equipped with nylon castors for smooth mobility, and the chair can support a maximum weight capacity of 136 kg. Upholstery in Leather. The product should be supplied as per the product image given in tender. Dimensions: W700 D700 H1105-1170 (mm.) 18 The chair features an integrated lumbar shape in the backrest, designed to naturally support the lower spine, with the back tilt mechanism allowing lockable positions in four different angles for customizable reclining comfort. It includes fixed sleek armrests made of chrome-finished steel, wrapped in leather or vinyl for added comfort and elegance. The seat offers smooth height adjustment through a high-performance class 4 gas-lift system, ensuring personalized comfort and long-lasting durability. The syncho-tilt mechanism enables the backrest and seat to tilt together at different angles, promoting natural posture support and enhanced sitting comfort. Constructed with a robust steel frame, the chair is fully upholstered in either vinyl or leather on both back and seat, complemented by chrome-finished steel armrests cushioned with vinyl or leather upholstery. The base is made of durable aluminum alloy, equipped with nylon castors for smooth mobility, and the chair can support a maximum weight capacity of 136 kg. Upholstery in Leather. The product should be supplied as per the product image given in tender. Dimensions: W700 D700 H1105-1170 (mm.) nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

39 The chair features a sleek and slim-profile backrest available in full vinyl, leather, or breathable mesh, designed for both style and comfort. It comes with fixed chrome-finished armrests wrapped in leather or vinyl for enhanced comfort and a refined appearance. The seat maintains the slim profile with matching upholstery in vinyl, leather, or mesh, lightly padded to provide adequate support. The syncho-tilt mechanism allows the backrest and seat to tilt together at varying angles, promoting natural body support and improved sitting comfort. Constructed from genuine leather, vinyl, or mesh materials, the chair is complemented by a brushed aluminum alloy base and armrests, ensuring durability and modern aesthetics. It supports a maximum weight capacity of 136 kg. Upholstery in Leather. Dimesnions: W680 D680 H980-1040 (mm.). The product should be supplied as per the product image given in tender. 18 The chair features a sleek and slim-profile backrest available in full vinyl, leather, or breathable mesh, designed for both style and comfort. It comes with fixed chrome-finished armrests wrapped in leather or vinyl for enhanced comfort and a refined appearance. The seat maintains the slim profile with matching upholstery in vinyl, leather, or mesh, lightly padded to provide adequate support. The syncho-tilt mechanism allows the backrest and seat to tilt together at varying angles, promoting natural body support and improved sitting comfort. Constructed from genuine leather, vinyl, or mesh materials, the chair is complemented by a brushed aluminum alloy base and armrests, ensuring durability and modern aesthetics. It supports a maximum weight capacity of 136 kg. Upholstery in Leather. Dimesnions: W680 D680 H980-1040 (mm.). The product should be supplied as per the product image given in tender. nos. 8.00 Included 0.00 0 0

40 This sofa features a seat and backrest made from solid high-density machine-injected foam with an internal MS or wooden structure, ensuring strength, durability, and long-lasting comfort. The upholstery is finished in approved fabric and colour, providing a refined and cohesive appearance. The sofa is supported on sturdy wooden finish legs, offering stability along with a warm and elegant aesthetic. 3 Seater- SIZE: 1800(W) X 800(D) X 800(H) X 430(SH) 18 This sofa features a seat and backrest made from solid high-density machine-injected foam with an internal MS or wooden structure, ensuring strength, durability, and long-lasting comfort. The upholstery is finished in approved fabric and colour, providing a refined and cohesive appearance. The sofa is supported on sturdy wooden finish legs, offering stability along with a warm and elegant aesthetic. 3 Seater- SIZE: 1800(W) X 800(D) X 800(H) X 430(SH) nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

41 This sofa features a seat and backrest made from solid high-density machine-injected foam with an internal MS or wooden structure, ensuring strength, durability, and long-lasting comfort. The upholstery is finished in approved fabric and colour, providing a refined and cohesive appearance. The sofa is supported on sturdy wooden finish legs, offering stability along with a warm and elegant aesthetic. 1 Seater- SIZE: 750(W) X 800(D) X 800(H) X 430(SH) 18 This sofa features a seat and backrest made from solid high-density machine-injected foam with an internal MS or wooden structure, ensuring strength, durability, and long-lasting comfort. The upholstery is finished in approved fabric and colour, providing a refined and cohesive appearance. The sofa is supported on sturdy wooden finish legs, offering stability along with a warm and elegant aesthetic. 1 Seater- SIZE: 750(W) X 800(D) X 800(H) X 430(SH) nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

42 Providing, making and installing in position ornamental design, customized wooden table as per design and sample approved by engineer in charge. for whose top & legs are made of Particle board wood Grade E-1(Environmental Friendly), thickness 19mm cover with Melamine, Edge banding (PVC) 2mm.E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. Product should be BIFMA gold rated. 1050 x 520 x 450mm 18 Providing, making and installing in position ornamental design, customized wooden table as per design and sample approved by engineer in charge. for whose top & legs are made of Particle board wood Grade E-1(Environmental Friendly), thickness 19mm cover with Melamine, Edge banding (PVC) 2mm.E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. Product should be BIFMA gold rated. 1050 x 520 x 450mm nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

43 Providing, making and installing in position ornamental design, customized wooden table as per design and sample approved by engineer in charge. for whose top & legs are made of Particle board wood Grade E-1(Environmental Friendly), thickness 19mm cover with Melamine, Edge banding (PVC) 2mm.E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. Product should be BIFMA gold rated. 400 x 400 x 450mm 18 Providing, making and installing in position ornamental design, customized wooden table as per design and sample approved by engineer in charge. for whose top & legs are made of Particle board wood Grade E-1(Environmental Friendly), thickness 19mm cover with Melamine, Edge banding (PVC) 2mm.E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. Product should be BIFMA gold rated. 400 x 400 x 450mm nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

44 Providing & Placing of Cabin office Table with side unit with following details and specifications : Main Table Top and legs are made of 36mm E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. The 18mm Thick Modesty panel is made of E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. Side Combo Storage: Body of storages made out 18 mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. Side Combo Storage is combination of two nos swing shutter & pull out two drawers & Open Space. Storage top & Carcass thickness is 18mm thick & Carcass madeout of 18mm E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. The storage should have extruded aluminum handle, as per requirement. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. Door Lock as per manufactured std., the hinged doors can be locked at once. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. Drawer Unit : 3 drawer melamine finish pedestal of overall dimensions internal and external dimensions 390-420 mm (W) x 430-460 mm (D) x 600-620 mm ( H). Drawer should be made of 18mm thick E1 Grade particle board with matching edge banding. Each pedestal should have 5 Nos castor fitted. One castor to be fitted to lower most drawer to provide extra stability. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1892).Product should be BIFMA gold rated Providing & Placing of low height storage with following details and specifications : Low Height Back Storage: The top of the low height storges is 36mm thick and the Carcass of storage is made out of 18 mmthick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. All shelves are adjustable.The storage should have extruded aluminum I Type handle , as per requirement. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. Door Lock as per manufactured std. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. Product should be BIFMA gold rated." Table Size :- 1800WX750DX740Hmm, Return Table :- 1000Wx600Dx740Hmm 18 Providing & Placing of Cabin office Table with side unit with following details and specifications : Main Table Top and legs are made of 36mm E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. The 18mm Thick Modesty panel is made of E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. Side Combo Storage: Body of storages made out 18 mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. Side Combo Storage is combination of two nos swing shutter & pull out two drawers & Open Space. Storage top & Carcass thickness is 18mm thick & Carcass madeout of 18mm E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. The storage should have extruded aluminum handle, as per requirement. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. Door Lock as per manufactured std., the hinged doors can be locked at once. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. Drawer Unit : 3 drawer melamine finish pedestal of overall dimensions internal and external dimensions 390-420 mm (W) x 430-460 mm (D) x 600-620 mm ( H). Drawer should be made of 18mm thick E1 Grade particle board with matching edge banding. Each pedestal should have 5 Nos castor fitted. One castor to be fitted to lower most drawer to provide extra stability. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1892).Product should be BIFMA gold rated Providing & Placing of low height storage with following details and specifications : Low Height Back Storage: The top of the low height storges is 36mm thick and the Carcass of storage is made out of 18 mmthick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. All shelves are adjustable.The storage should have extruded aluminum I Type handle , as per requirement. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. Door Lock as per manufactured std. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. Product should be BIFMA gold rated." Table Size :- 1800WX750DX740Hmm, Return Table :- 1000Wx600Dx740Hmm nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

45 "Providing & Placing of Cabin office Table with side unit with following details and specifications : Main Table Top and legs are made of 36mm E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. The 18mm Thick Modesty panel is made of E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. Side Combo Storage: Body of storages made out 18 mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. Side Combo Storage is combination of two nos swing shutter & pull out two drawers & Open Space. Storage top & Carcass thickness is 18mm thick & Carcass madeout of 18mm E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. The storage should have extruded aluminum handle, as per requirement. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. Door Lock as per manufactured std., the hinged doors can be locked at once. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. Drawer Unit : 3 drawer melamine finish pedestal of overall dimensions internal and external dimensions 390-420 mm (W) x 430-460 mm (D) x 600-620 mm ( H). Drawer should be made of 18mm thick E1 Grade particle board with matching edge banding. Each pedestal should have 5 Nos castor fitted. One castor to be fitted to lower most drawer to provide extra stability. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1892).Product should be BIFMA gold rated Providing & Placing of low height storage with following details and specifications : Low Height Back Storage: The top of the low height storges is 36mm thick and the Carcass of storage is made out of 18 mmthick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. All shelves are adjustable.The storage should have extruded aluminum I Type handle , as per requirement. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. Door Lock as per manufactured std. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. Product should be BIFMA gold rated." Back Storage of size: 1800Wx 450D x 740Hmm 18 "Providing & Placing of Cabin office Table with side unit with following details and specifications : Main Table Top and legs are made of 36mm E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. The 18mm Thick Modesty panel is made of E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. Side Combo Storage: Body of storages made out 18 mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. Side Combo Storage is combination of two nos swing shutter & pull out two drawers & Open Space. Storage top & Carcass thickness is 18mm thick & Carcass madeout of 18mm E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. The storage should have extruded aluminum handle, as per requirement. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. Door Lock as per manufactured std., the hinged doors can be locked at once. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. Drawer Unit : 3 drawer melamine finish pedestal of overall dimensions internal and external dimensions 390-420 mm (W) x 430-460 mm (D) x 600-620 mm ( H). Drawer should be made of 18mm thick E1 Grade particle board with matching edge banding. Each pedestal should have 5 Nos castor fitted. One castor to be fitted to lower most drawer to provide extra stability. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1892).Product should be BIFMA gold rated Providing & Placing of low height storage with following details and specifications : Low Height Back Storage: The top of the low height storges is 36mm thick and the Carcass of storage is made out of 18 mmthick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding. All shelves are adjustable.The storage should have extruded aluminum I Type handle , as per requirement. Storages should be provided with adjustable levelers. Door Lock as per manufactured std. Door should be provided with Hinge-damping mechanism to enable soft closing of doors. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. Product should be BIFMA gold rated." Back Storage of size: 1800Wx 450D x 740Hmm nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

46 Providing and placing in position high back revolving Chair with Adjustable headrest Backrest: The outer frame of the backrest made of injection moulded in black 20% Glass Filled Polypropylene and inner frame made up of injection moulded in black polypropylene. Inner frame upholstered with mesh fabric then assembled with outer frame. The back has fix lumber support for achieving comfortable seating posture. Lumber support made up of injection moulded in black P.P. Lumber support size 260 mm (W) x 115 mm (H). Backrest size 580-590 mm (H) x 445-455 mm (W) & Headrest ht: 220-320mm. Spine made of reengineered black nylon. Seat: the seat is made up of 12 mm thick (7 layers) hot pressed plywood and moulded seat foam upholstered with fabric. The bottom cover made up of injection moulded in black PP to cover the plywood. Seat size 460-470 mm (W) x 460-470 mm (D). Minimum and Maximum seating height is 440 mm and 540 mm respectively. Seat Foam: Foam made out of moulded polyurethane foam with the following properties. Average thickness of 65 mm (Width- 460 mm, Depth- 460 mm). Armrest: 2D Adjustable Arm with PU,:The armrest is made up of Thermo Polyurethane with 40 - 55 Shore Hardness and reinforced with 4 mm thick nylon insert. Arm pad size 235 mm (L) x 80 mm (W). The handle is fitted to the seat with seat/handle connecting strip assembly made of 35% Glass filled nylon 20 mm thick. Adjustable arm rest with height adjustment up to 70 mm. Minimum and Maximum height of armrest is 265 mm / 335 mm respectively. The front and back movement of armrest is 60 mm. The Handle is tested for Static Testing Mechanism: Single Point Locking: Conventional mechanism with one lever control for lock and seat height adjustment. Mechanism made out of MS plate thickness is 3 mm and seat’s tilting angle is 3° - 10° and back tilting angle is 87° - 106°. Also, it has the back tension adjustment knob. Gas Lift: Gas lift pipe diameter is 50 mm and has a height adjustment stroke of 112 mm. Nylon Base: The base is injection moulded in black 35% glass filled nylon and fitted with 5nos. The base is 660 pitch circle diameter. The base is tested for static load of 1200 kg. Castors: .60 mm: The twin wheel castors are injection moulded in nylon 35% Glass Filled and diameter of castor is 60 mm. Backrest Mesh Specification: Mesh. 18 Providing and placing in position high back revolving Chair with Adjustable headrest Backrest: The outer frame of the backrest made of injection moulded in black 20% Glass Filled Polypropylene and inner frame made up of injection moulded in black polypropylene. Inner frame upholstered with mesh fabric then assembled with outer frame. The back has fix lumber support for achieving comfortable seating posture. Lumber support made up of injection moulded in black P.P. Lumber support size 260 mm (W) x 115 mm (H). Backrest size 580-590 mm (H) x 445-455 mm (W) & Headrest ht: 220-320mm. Spine made of reengineered black nylon. Seat: the seat is made up of 12 mm thick (7 layers) hot pressed plywood and moulded seat foam upholstered with fabric. The bottom cover made up of injection moulded in black PP to cover the plywood. Seat size 460-470 mm (W) x 460-470 mm (D). Minimum and Maximum seating height is 440 mm and 540 mm respectively. Seat Foam: Foam made out of moulded polyurethane foam with the following properties. Average thickness of 65 mm (Width- 460 mm, Depth- 460 mm). Armrest: 2D Adjustable Arm with PU,:The armrest is made up of Thermo Polyurethane with 40 - 55 Shore Hardness and reinforced with 4 mm thick nylon insert. Arm pad size 235 mm (L) x 80 mm (W). The handle is fitted to the seat with seat/handle connecting strip assembly made of 35% Glass filled nylon 20 mm thick. Adjustable arm rest with height adjustment up to 70 mm. Minimum and Maximum height of armrest is 265 mm / 335 mm respectively. The front and back movement of armrest is 60 mm. The Handle is tested for Static Testing Mechanism: Single Point Locking: Conventional mechanism with one lever control for lock and seat height adjustment. Mechanism made out of MS plate thickness is 3 mm and seat’s tilting angle is 3° - 10° and back tilting angle is 87° - 106°. Also, it has the back tension adjustment knob. Gas Lift: Gas lift pipe diameter is 50 mm and has a height adjustment stroke of 112 mm. Nylon Base: The base is injection moulded in black 35% glass filled nylon and fitted with 5nos. The base is 660 pitch circle diameter. The base is tested for static load of 1200 kg. Castors: .60 mm: The twin wheel castors are injection moulded in nylon 35% Glass Filled and diameter of castor is 60 mm. Backrest Mesh Specification: Mesh. nos. 2.00 Included 0.00 0 0

47 Providing and placing in position medium back revolving Chair Backrest: The outer frame of the backrest made of injection moulded in black 20% Glass Filled Polypropylene and inner frame made up of injection moulded in black polypropylene. Inner frame upholstered with mesh fabric then assembled with outer frame. The back has fix lumber support for achieving comfortable seating posture. Lumber support made up of injection moulded in black P.P. Lumber support size 260 mm (W) x 115 mm (H). Backrest size 580-590 mm (H) x 445-455 mm (W). Spine made of reengineered black nylon. Seat: the seat is made up of 12 mm thick (7 layers) hot pressed plywood and moulded seat foam upholstered with fabric. The bottom cover made up of injection moulded in black PP to cover the plywood. Seat size 460-470 mm (W) x 460-470 mm (D). Minimum and Maximum seating height is 440 mm and 540 mm respectively. Armrest: 2D Adjustable Arm with PU, The armrest is made up of Thermo Polyurethane with 40 - 55 Shore Hardness and reinforced with 4 mm thick nylon insert. Arm pad size 235 mm (L) x 80 mm (W). The handle is fitted to the seat with seat/handle connecting strip assembly made of 35% Glass filled nylon 20 mm thick. Adjustable arm rest with height adjustment up to 70 mm. Minimum and Maximum height of armrest is 265 mm / 335 mm respectively. The front and back movement of armrest is 60 mm. The Handle is tested for Static Testing Mechanism: Single Point Locking: Conventional mechanism with one lever control for lock and seat height adjustment. Mechanism made out of MS plate thickness is 3 mm and seat’s tilting angle is 3° - 10° and back tilting angle is 87° - 106°. Also, it has the back tension adjustment knob. Gas Lift: Gas lift pipe diameter is 50 mm and has a height adjustment stroke of 112 mm. Nylon Base: The base is injection moulded in black 35% glass filled nylon and fitted with 5nos. The base is 660 pitch circle diameter. The base is tested for static load of 1200 kg. Castors: .60 mm: The twin wheel castors are injection moulded in nylon 35% Glass Filled and diameter of castor is 60 mm. 18 Providing and placing in position medium back revolving Chair Backrest: The outer frame of the backrest made of injection moulded in black 20% Glass Filled Polypropylene and inner frame made up of injection moulded in black polypropylene. Inner frame upholstered with mesh fabric then assembled with outer frame. The back has fix lumber support for achieving comfortable seating posture. Lumber support made up of injection moulded in black P.P. Lumber support size 260 mm (W) x 115 mm (H). Backrest size 580-590 mm (H) x 445-455 mm (W). Spine made of reengineered black nylon. Seat: the seat is made up of 12 mm thick (7 layers) hot pressed plywood and moulded seat foam upholstered with fabric. The bottom cover made up of injection moulded in black PP to cover the plywood. Seat size 460-470 mm (W) x 460-470 mm (D). Minimum and Maximum seating height is 440 mm and 540 mm respectively. Armrest: 2D Adjustable Arm with PU, The armrest is made up of Thermo Polyurethane with 40 - 55 Shore Hardness and reinforced with 4 mm thick nylon insert. Arm pad size 235 mm (L) x 80 mm (W). The handle is fitted to the seat with seat/handle connecting strip assembly made of 35% Glass filled nylon 20 mm thick. Adjustable arm rest with height adjustment up to 70 mm. Minimum and Maximum height of armrest is 265 mm / 335 mm respectively. The front and back movement of armrest is 60 mm. The Handle is tested for Static Testing Mechanism: Single Point Locking: Conventional mechanism with one lever control for lock and seat height adjustment. Mechanism made out of MS plate thickness is 3 mm and seat’s tilting angle is 3° - 10° and back tilting angle is 87° - 106°. Also, it has the back tension adjustment knob. Gas Lift: Gas lift pipe diameter is 50 mm and has a height adjustment stroke of 112 mm. Nylon Base: The base is injection moulded in black 35% glass filled nylon and fitted with 5nos. The base is 660 pitch circle diameter. The base is tested for static load of 1200 kg. Castors: .60 mm: The twin wheel castors are injection moulded in nylon 35% Glass Filled and diameter of castor is 60 mm. nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

48 Providing and placing Cabin Table with the following specifications: Main Table of size 2400mm 900 x 740mm with Side table as 1200 x 450: The table features a top made of 40-50mm thick E-1 Grade Particle Board (Environmental Friendly) with Veneer Finish. A leatherette pad measuring 900-1200mm W x 460-560mm D is fixed in the center of the main table. The table has a rectangular shape with an 18mm thick modesty panel, finished with matching cover edge banding (PVC). The top is supported by two elements: A hollow storage section (1100mm W x 600mm D) made of 18mm thick E1 grade particle board with PVC edge banding. An 18mm thick E1 grade Particle Board with three equal hinged door storages. Wiring Tray: A closed wiring tray is installed below the access flap, designed to hold 2-3 switch sockets. It is made from 1.2mm thick MS, epoxy powder-coated in a spray Side Height Adjustable Table supported on MS electrical legs;. Understructure: The understructure is made of 2mm thick Steel square pipe dimension 75 X 75 mm with Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 70-80 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method).Legs connected with Steel pipe with epoxy powder coated spray & beam at temperature 200C°. Leg Height minimum 605mm & maximum 1255mm.from ground level.Motro speed is 36mm per second and Stroke is 650mm.The flexible vertical wire manager shall accommodate height of 605-1255mm. Brackets are made of 2.0mm thick CRCA grade D steel as per IS : 513. Brackets are slide in between end trim and vertical extrusions. Workstation should have 28mm thick Fabric pinup+ marker board screen with aluminum frame with accessories bar to hang the accessories and height 310-360mm from the worktop. Wire management: Completely concealed wire management with vertical wire uptake from floor via flexible vertical wire manager , segregates to horizontal cable tray below aluminum flipper with soft closure Epoxy powder coated spray color, baked at temperature 200 C°.Raceways contain the horizontal cable channel that fitted below the top with supported brackets. Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 80-90 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method) Worktop :Worktop Made of 25mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape of approved colour. The height of Worktop shall be 740-760 mm from ground level. The particle board should be E-1 Grade with pvc edge banding. 18 Providing and placing Cabin Table with the following specifications: Main Table of size 2400mm 900 x 740mm with Side table as 1200 x 450: The table features a top made of 40-50mm thick E-1 Grade Particle Board (Environmental Friendly) with Veneer Finish. A leatherette pad measuring 900-1200mm W x 460-560mm D is fixed in the center of the main table. The table has a rectangular shape with an 18mm thick modesty panel, finished with matching cover edge banding (PVC). The top is supported by two elements: A hollow storage section (1100mm W x 600mm D) made of 18mm thick E1 grade particle board with PVC edge banding. An 18mm thick E1 grade Particle Board with three equal hinged door storages. Wiring Tray: A closed wiring tray is installed below the access flap, designed to hold 2-3 switch sockets. It is made from 1.2mm thick MS, epoxy powder-coated in a spray Side Height Adjustable Table supported on MS electrical legs;. Understructure: The understructure is made of 2mm thick Steel square pipe dimension 75 X 75 mm with Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 70-80 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method).Legs connected with Steel pipe with epoxy powder coated spray & beam at temperature 200C°. Leg Height minimum 605mm & maximum 1255mm.from ground level.Motro speed is 36mm per second and Stroke is 650mm.The flexible vertical wire manager shall accommodate height of 605-1255mm. Brackets are made of 2.0mm thick CRCA grade D steel as per IS : 513. Brackets are slide in between end trim and vertical extrusions. Workstation should have 28mm thick Fabric pinup+ marker board screen with aluminum frame with accessories bar to hang the accessories and height 310-360mm from the worktop. Wire management: Completely concealed wire management with vertical wire uptake from floor via flexible vertical wire manager , segregates to horizontal cable tray below aluminum flipper with soft closure Epoxy powder coated spray color, baked at temperature 200 C°.Raceways contain the horizontal cable channel that fitted below the top with supported brackets. Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 80-90 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method) Worktop :Worktop Made of 25mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape of approved colour. The height of Worktop shall be 740-760 mm from ground level. The particle board should be E-1 Grade with pvc edge banding. nos. 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

49 Providing and supplying an ergonomically designed high-back executive chair with headrest, suitable for office use, complete in all respects, with a backrest and headrest made of high-density PU foam mounted on a plywood shell with integrated lumbar contour and upholstered in leather or leatherette/vinyl finish; armrests comprising PU-foam padding on a polished aluminum frame with leather-finished tops; a synchronized tilt mechanism with 360° swivel, front-pivot recline, tilt tension adjustment, and minimum 5-position locking; Class 4 gas lift with load-bearing capacity up to 150 kg, BIFMA rated and certified, and tested for a minimum of 150,000 cycles to ensure stable performance and long-term durability; a polished die-cast aluminum base for strength and durability; 60 mm nylon twin-wheel castors for smooth mobility; all exposed metal components finished with chrome plating; and upholstery in leather or leatherette/vinyl, with overall chair dimensions of approximately 640 mm width, 690 mm depth, and height adjustable from 1160 mm to 1220 mm, and seat dimensions of approximately 500 mm width, 470 mm depth, and height adjustable from 470 mm to 530 mm, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and suitable for supply, assembly, and installation at site. 18 Providing and supplying an ergonomically designed high-back executive chair with headrest, suitable for office use, complete in all respects, with a backrest and headrest made of high-density PU foam mounted on a plywood shell with integrated lumbar contour and upholstered in leather or leatherette/vinyl finish; armrests comprising PU-foam padding on a polished aluminum frame with leather-finished tops; a synchronized tilt mechanism with 360° swivel, front-pivot recline, tilt tension adjustment, and minimum 5-position locking; Class 4 gas lift with load-bearing capacity up to 150 kg, BIFMA rated and certified, and tested for a minimum of 150,000 cycles to ensure stable performance and long-term durability; a polished die-cast aluminum base for strength and durability; 60 mm nylon twin-wheel castors for smooth mobility; all exposed metal components finished with chrome plating; and upholstery in leather or leatherette/vinyl, with overall chair dimensions of approximately 640 mm width, 690 mm depth, and height adjustable from 1160 mm to 1220 mm, and seat dimensions of approximately 500 mm width, 470 mm depth, and height adjustable from 470 mm to 530 mm, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and suitable for supply, assembly, and installation at site. nos. 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

50 Providing and supplying an ergonomically designed medium-back office chair suitable for workplace use, complete in all respects, with a synchronized tilt mechanism featuring 360° swivel, front-pivot recline, tilt tension adjustment, and any-position locking; a Class 4 gas lift cylinder with 60 mm stroke and load-bearing capacity up to 150 kg; 60 mm diameter nylon twin-wheel castors for smooth mobility; and durability tested as per BIFMA standards for minimum 150,000 cycles; armrests comprising PU-foam padding mounted on a polished aluminum frame with leather-padded tops; a polished die-cast aluminum base for strength and stability; all exposed metal components finished with chrome plating; with overall chair dimensions of approximately 640 mm width, 670 mm depth, and height adjustable from 980 mm to 1040 mm, and seat dimensions of approximately 500 mm width, 470 mm depth, and height adjustable from 470 mm to 530 mm, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and suitable for supply, assembly, and installation at site. 18 Providing and supplying an ergonomically designed medium-back office chair suitable for workplace use, complete in all respects, with a synchronized tilt mechanism featuring 360° swivel, front-pivot recline, tilt tension adjustment, and any-position locking; a Class 4 gas lift cylinder with 60 mm stroke and load-bearing capacity up to 150 kg; 60 mm diameter nylon twin-wheel castors for smooth mobility; and durability tested as per BIFMA standards for minimum 150,000 cycles; armrests comprising PU-foam padding mounted on a polished aluminum frame with leather-padded tops; a polished die-cast aluminum base for strength and stability; all exposed metal components finished with chrome plating; with overall chair dimensions of approximately 640 mm width, 670 mm depth, and height adjustable from 980 mm to 1040 mm, and seat dimensions of approximately 500 mm width, 470 mm depth, and height adjustable from 470 mm to 530 mm, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and suitable for supply, assembly, and installation at site. nos. 20.00 Included 0.00 0 0

51 Providing & fixing sofa upholsterd with leatherette/Fabric ,Seating Height 420mm Inner solid Frame structure made of commercial plywood with high quality wood. The wood is should be termit proof. The seat cushion is made of premium quality foam of density 28-32 Density HR Seat 100mm Thickness and with outer layer polyester reckron roll fiber outer layer of (200-250 gsm). The polyester reckron roll fiber keeps the upholstery wrinkle free and soft. The seating cushions have 4 inches of elastic webbing belt of premium quality with diagonal weave. Backrest: 2" elastic webbing of premium quality with diagonal Weave and premium quality of foam (28D) with outer layer of polyester reckron roll fiber outer layer (200-250gsm). Outer body of sofa back to be covered with premium quality of 28D foam for good upholstery finish. The thread used is nylon bonded to provide lasting stitch strength. Teak Wood Base Frame 150-180mm Seat Height 430 mm from ground with legs and back rest height 420 mm. Product should be BIFMA gold rated 2 seater sofa overall dimension :-1150mm W x760-780mm D x 780-800mm H,Seating Height 420mm 18 Providing & fixing sofa upholsterd with leatherette/Fabric ,Seating Height 420mm Inner solid Frame structure made of commercial plywood with high quality wood. The wood is should be termit proof. The seat cushion is made of premium quality foam of density 28-32 Density HR Seat 100mm Thickness and with outer layer polyester reckron roll fiber outer layer of (200-250 gsm). The polyester reckron roll fiber keeps the upholstery wrinkle free and soft. The seating cushions have 4 inches of elastic webbing belt of premium quality with diagonal weave. Backrest: 2" elastic webbing of premium quality with diagonal Weave and premium quality of foam (28D) with outer layer of polyester reckron roll fiber outer layer (200-250gsm). Outer body of sofa back to be covered with premium quality of 28D foam for good upholstery finish. The thread used is nylon bonded to provide lasting stitch strength. Teak Wood Base Frame 150-180mm Seat Height 430 mm from ground with legs and back rest height 420 mm. Product should be BIFMA gold rated 2 seater sofa overall dimension :-1150mm W x760-780mm D x 780-800mm H,Seating Height 420mm nos. 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

52 Providing & fixing sofa upholsterd with leatherette/Fabric ,Seating Height 420mm Inner solid Frame structure made of commercial plywood with high quality wood. The wood is should be termit proof. The seat cushion is made of premium quality foam of density 28-32 Density HR Seat 100mm Thickness and with outer layer polyester reckron roll fiber outer layer of (200-250 gsm). The polyester reckron roll fiber keeps the upholstery wrinkle free and soft. The seating cushions have 4 inches of elastic webbing belt of premium quality with diagonal weave. Backrest: 2" elastic webbing of premium quality with diagonal Weave and premium quality of foam (28D) with outer layer of polyester reckron roll fiber outer layer (200-250gsm). Outer body of sofa back to be covered with premium quality of 28D foam for good upholstery finish. The thread used is nylon bonded to provide lasting stitch strength. Teak Wood Base Frame 150-180mm Seat Height 430 mm from ground with legs and back rest height 420 mm. Product should be BIFMA gold rated 1 seater sofa overall dimension :-750mm W x760-780mm D x 780-800mm H,Seating Height 420mm 18 Providing & fixing sofa upholsterd with leatherette/Fabric ,Seating Height 420mm Inner solid Frame structure made of commercial plywood with high quality wood. The wood is should be termit proof. The seat cushion is made of premium quality foam of density 28-32 Density HR Seat 100mm Thickness and with outer layer polyester reckron roll fiber outer layer of (200-250 gsm). The polyester reckron roll fiber keeps the upholstery wrinkle free and soft. The seating cushions have 4 inches of elastic webbing belt of premium quality with diagonal weave. Backrest: 2" elastic webbing of premium quality with diagonal Weave and premium quality of foam (28D) with outer layer of polyester reckron roll fiber outer layer (200-250gsm). Outer body of sofa back to be covered with premium quality of 28D foam for good upholstery finish. The thread used is nylon bonded to provide lasting stitch strength. Teak Wood Base Frame 150-180mm Seat Height 430 mm from ground with legs and back rest height 420 mm. Product should be BIFMA gold rated 1 seater sofa overall dimension :-750mm W x760-780mm D x 780-800mm H,Seating Height 420mm nos. 5.00 Included 0.00 0 0

53 "Providing and placing Center & Corner table made of Particle board Grade E-1(Environmental Friendly), thickness 25mm cover with Melamine finis and 2mm thk PVC Edge banding. The understructure is made of teak wood leg With MS Bracket for support. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). " 400 x 400 x 450mm 18 "Providing and placing Center & Corner table made of Particle board Grade E-1(Environmental Friendly), thickness 25mm cover with Melamine finis and 2mm thk PVC Edge banding. The understructure is made of teak wood leg With MS Bracket for support. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). " 400 x 400 x 450mm nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

54 Providing HIGH back revolving chairs for of where Chair seat made up of insert moulded Polyurethane Foam upholstered with foam laminated mesh fabric, insert moulded foam assembled over a load bearing plastic seat cover, back is made up of two piece injection moulded frame, inner frame upholstered with mesh fabric and mounted on the main assembly, back adjustable lumbar support for achieving comfortable seating posture, seat size 44.5 - 52.5 cm depth (approx.), 46.4 - 51.0 cm width (approx.), sub assembly back size 55.5 cm- 62 cm height. (approx.), effective back height from Seat - 57 cm (approx.), polyurethane foam for seat having density 65±4 kg/m3, armrest top injection moulded in polyurethane and mounted on the injection moulded height adjustable type armrest, armrest height adjustable up to 4.5 cm (approx) in 3 steps & width movement adjustable, 360 degree revolving type. mechanism, single point control for seat and back adjustment, front pivot for tilt, tilt adjustment for back in multi position locking with antishock feature, pneumatic height adjustment of 8.5 cm spine bracket made of aluminum die cast piece connecting to back with mechanism, pedestal made of nylon fitted with 5 nos. twin wheel castors (castor wheel dia. 6.0 cm approx.), base pedestal dia 65.0cm (approx.) and pitch center dia. 71.0 cm with castors, twin wheel castors injection moulded in Nylon etc. all complete as per manufacturers specification, approved sample and direction of Engineer-in-Charge.The product should be supplied as per the product image given in tender. Overall size: W640 x D6 x H1220–1290 mm Seat: W515 D450 H465–535 mm 18 Providing HIGH back revolving chairs for of where Chair seat made up of insert moulded Polyurethane Foam upholstered with foam laminated mesh fabric, insert moulded foam assembled over a load bearing plastic seat cover, back is made up of two piece injection moulded frame, inner frame upholstered with mesh fabric and mounted on the main assembly, back adjustable lumbar support for achieving comfortable seating posture, seat size 44.5 - 52.5 cm depth (approx.), 46.4 - 51.0 cm width (approx.), sub assembly back size 55.5 cm- 62 cm height. (approx.), effective back height from Seat - 57 cm (approx.), polyurethane foam for seat having density 65±4 kg/m3, armrest top injection moulded in polyurethane and mounted on the injection moulded height adjustable type armrest, armrest height adjustable up to 4.5 cm (approx) in 3 steps & width movement adjustable, 360 degree revolving type. mechanism, single point control for seat and back adjustment, front pivot for tilt, tilt adjustment for back in multi position locking with antishock feature, pneumatic height adjustment of 8.5 cm spine bracket made of aluminum die cast piece connecting to back with mechanism, pedestal made of nylon fitted with 5 nos. twin wheel castors (castor wheel dia. 6.0 cm approx.), base pedestal dia 65.0cm (approx.) and pitch center dia. 71.0 cm with castors, twin wheel castors injection moulded in Nylon etc. all complete as per manufacturers specification, approved sample and direction of Engineer-in-Charge.The product should be supplied as per the product image given in tender. Overall size: W640 x D6 x H1220–1290 mm Seat: W515 D450 H465–535 mm nos. 8.00 Included 0.00 0 0

55 Providing & Supplying medium Back chairs for . Chair seat made up of insert moulded Polyurethane Foam upholstered with foam laminated mesh fabric, insert moulded foam assembled over a load bearing plastic seat cover, back is made up of two piece injection moulded frame, inner frame upholstered with mesh fabric and mounted on the main assembly, back adjustable lumbar support for achieving comfortable seating posture, seat size 44.5 - 52.5 cm depth (approx.), 46.4 - 51.0 cm width (approx.), sub assembly back size 55.5 cm- 62 cm height. (approx.), effective back height from Seat - 57 cm (approx.), polyurethane foam for seat having density 65±4 kg/m3, armrest top injection moulded in polyurethane and mounted on the injection moulded height adjustable type armrest, armrest height adjustable up to 4.5 cm (approx) in 3 steps & width movement adjustable, 360 degree revolving type. mechanism, single point control for seat and back adjustment, front pivot for tilt, tilt adjustment for back in multi position locking with antishock feature, pneumatic height adjustment of 8.5 cm spine bracket made of aluminum die cast piece connecting to back with mechanism, pedestal made of nylon fitted with 5 nos. twin wheel castors (castor wheel dia. 6.0 cm approx.), base pedestal dia 65.0cm (approx.) and pitch center dia. 71.0 cm with castors, twin wheel castors injection moulded in Nylon etc. all complete as per manufacturers specification, approved sample and direction of Engineer-in-Charge. The product should be supplied as per the product image given in tender. Overall size: W640 D570 H975–1045 mm Seat: W515 D450 × H465–535 mm 18 Providing & Supplying medium Back chairs for . Chair seat made up of insert moulded Polyurethane Foam upholstered with foam laminated mesh fabric, insert moulded foam assembled over a load bearing plastic seat cover, back is made up of two piece injection moulded frame, inner frame upholstered with mesh fabric and mounted on the main assembly, back adjustable lumbar support for achieving comfortable seating posture, seat size 44.5 - 52.5 cm depth (approx.), 46.4 - 51.0 cm width (approx.), sub assembly back size 55.5 cm- 62 cm height. (approx.), effective back height from Seat - 57 cm (approx.), polyurethane foam for seat having density 65±4 kg/m3, armrest top injection moulded in polyurethane and mounted on the injection moulded height adjustable type armrest, armrest height adjustable up to 4.5 cm (approx) in 3 steps & width movement adjustable, 360 degree revolving type. mechanism, single point control for seat and back adjustment, front pivot for tilt, tilt adjustment for back in multi position locking with antishock feature, pneumatic height adjustment of 8.5 cm spine bracket made of aluminum die cast piece connecting to back with mechanism, pedestal made of nylon fitted with 5 nos. twin wheel castors (castor wheel dia. 6.0 cm approx.), base pedestal dia 65.0cm (approx.) and pitch center dia. 71.0 cm with castors, twin wheel castors injection moulded in Nylon etc. all complete as per manufacturers specification, approved sample and direction of Engineer-in-Charge. The product should be supplied as per the product image given in tender. Overall size: W640 D570 H975–1045 mm Seat: W515 D450 × H465–535 mm nos. 16.00 Included 0.00 0 0

56 Providing & Placing sofa with following specification ,3 seater sofa overall dimension - 1860mm W x 820-860mm D x 780-820mm H, Wooden structure of sofa to be fabricated using good quiality hardwood duly seasoned and applying anti-termite paint of approved brand & manufacture to ensure stability of the frame, On the wooden base frame of the sofa to be provided with M.S. helical spring, 1 side & 2 back with jute strips, with polyfill covered with jute & finished with thick marking cloth before doing fina finished with fabric (Titch). Seat - 40-45-32Kg/cum density PU Foam, 100mm thick, Back - 35-40Kg/cum density PU foam, 60mm thick, Sides (inside) - 40-45 Kg/cum density PU Foam, 45 mm thick Sides (outside) & back (back side) - 35-40 Kgcum density PU foam, 25mm thick. Seat shall rest on SS frame supported on legs made of SS chrome plated section of cone shape of height 225mm. All SS work should be in grade 304. Base of sofa should be made of 225mm H SS chrome plated curved base so as to give proper support to the seat. Height of the base of sofa shall be 200-250mm(approx). Finished width of arm shall be 100mm after upholstery work. Sofa to be fully upholstered using approved fabric (titch) of A grade of desired shade duly embossed including providing & fixing of all other related materials including hardwares etc. The sofa shall be provided with adjuster made uup of injection plastic in black color. The sofa can should be configured in different form as per the client requirement. Complete as directed by the Engineer in charge 3 seater sofa overall dimension - 1800mm W x 800-820mm D x 690-710mm H/ SH430mm 18 Providing & Placing sofa with following specification ,3 seater sofa overall dimension - 1860mm W x 820-860mm D x 780-820mm H, Wooden structure of sofa to be fabricated using good quiality hardwood duly seasoned and applying anti-termite paint of approved brand & manufacture to ensure stability of the frame, On the wooden base frame of the sofa to be provided with M.S. helical spring, 1 side & 2 back with jute strips, with polyfill covered with jute & finished with thick marking cloth before doing fina finished with fabric (Titch). Seat - 40-45-32Kg/cum density PU Foam, 100mm thick, Back - 35-40Kg/cum density PU foam, 60mm thick, Sides (inside) - 40-45 Kg/cum density PU Foam, 45 mm thick Sides (outside) & back (back side) - 35-40 Kgcum density PU foam, 25mm thick. Seat shall rest on SS frame supported on legs made of SS chrome plated section of cone shape of height 225mm. All SS work should be in grade 304. Base of sofa should be made of 225mm H SS chrome plated curved base so as to give proper support to the seat. Height of the base of sofa shall be 200-250mm(approx). Finished width of arm shall be 100mm after upholstery work. Sofa to be fully upholstered using approved fabric (titch) of A grade of desired shade duly embossed including providing & fixing of all other related materials including hardwares etc. The sofa shall be provided with adjuster made uup of injection plastic in black color. The sofa can should be configured in different form as per the client requirement. Complete as directed by the Engineer in charge 3 seater sofa overall dimension - 1800mm W x 800-820mm D x 690-710mm H/ SH430mm nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

57 Providing & Placing sofa with following specification ,3 seater sofa overall dimension - 1860mm W x 820-860mm D x 780-820mm H, Wooden structure of sofa to be fabricated using good quiality hardwood duly seasoned and applying anti-termite paint of approved brand & manufacture to ensure stability of the frame, On the wooden base frame of the sofa to be provided with M.S. helical spring, 1 side & 2 back with jute strips, with polyfill covered with jute & finished with thick marking cloth before doing fina finished with fabric (Titch). Seat - 40-45-32Kg/cum density PU Foam, 100mm thick, Back - 35-40Kg/cum density PU foam, 60mm thick, Sides (inside) - 40-45 Kg/cum density PU Foam, 45 mm thick Sides (outside) & back (back side) - 35-40 Kgcum density PU foam, 25mm thick. Seat shall rest on SS frame supported on legs made of SS chrome plated section of cone shape of height 225mm. All SS work should be in grade 304. Base of sofa should be made of 225mm H SS chrome plated curved base so as to give proper support to the seat. Height of the base of sofa shall be 200-250mm(approx). Finished width of arm shall be 100mm after upholstery work. Sofa to be fully upholstered using approved fabric (titch) of A grade of desired shade duly embossed including providing & fixing of all other related materials including hardwares etc. The sofa shall be provided with adjuster made uup of injection plastic in black color. The sofa can should be configured in different form as per the client requirement. Complete as directed by the Engineer in charge Providing & Placing sofa with following specification ,3 seater sofa overall dimension - 1860mm W x 820-860mm D x 780-820mm H, Wooden structure of sofa to be fabricated using good quiality hardwood duly seasoned and applying anti-termite paint of approved brand & manufacture to ensure stability of the frame, On the wooden base frame of the sofa to be provided with M.S. helical spring, 1 side & 2 back with jute strips, with polyfill covered with jute & finished with thick marking cloth before doing fina finished with fabric (Titch). Seat - 40-45-32Kg/cum density PU Foam, 100mm thick, Back - 35-40Kg/cum density PU foam, 60mm thick, Sides (inside) - 40-45 Kg/cum density PU Foam, 45 mm thick Sides (outside) & back (back side) - 35-40 Kgcum density PU foam, 25mm thick. Seat shall rest on SS frame supported on legs made of SS chrome plated section of cone shape of height 225mm. All SS work should be in grade 304. Base of sofa should be made of 225mm H SS chrome plated curved base so as to give proper support to the seat. Height of the base of sofa shall be 200-250mm(approx). Finished width of arm shall be 100mm after upholstery work. Sofa to be fully upholstered using approved fabric (titch) of A grade of desired shade duly embossed including providing & fixing of all other related materials including hardwares etc. The sofa shall be provided with adjuster made uup of injection plastic in black color. The sofa can should be configured in different form as per the client requirement. Complete as directed by the Engineer in charge 1 seater sofa overall dimension - 820mm W x 800-820mm D x 690-710mm H/ SH430mm 18 Providing & Placing sofa with following specification ,3 seater sofa overall dimension - 1860mm W x 820-860mm D x 780-820mm H, Wooden structure of sofa to be fabricated using good quiality hardwood duly seasoned and applying anti-termite paint of approved brand & manufacture to ensure stability of the frame, On the wooden base frame of the sofa to be provided with M.S. helical spring, 1 side & 2 back with jute strips, with polyfill covered with jute & finished with thick marking cloth before doing fina finished with fabric (Titch). Seat - 40-45-32Kg/cum density PU Foam, 100mm thick, Back - 35-40Kg/cum density PU foam, 60mm thick, Sides (inside) - 40-45 Kg/cum density PU Foam, 45 mm thick Sides (outside) & back (back side) - 35-40 Kgcum density PU foam, 25mm thick. Seat shall rest on SS frame supported on legs made of SS chrome plated section of cone shape of height 225mm. All SS work should be in grade 304. Base of sofa should be made of 225mm H SS chrome plated curved base so as to give proper support to the seat. Height of the base of sofa shall be 200-250mm(approx). Finished width of arm shall be 100mm after upholstery work. Sofa to be fully upholstered using approved fabric (titch) of A grade of desired shade duly embossed including providing & fixing of all other related materials including hardwares etc. The sofa shall be provided with adjuster made uup of injection plastic in black color. The sofa can should be configured in different form as per the client requirement. Complete as directed by the Engineer in charge Providing & Placing sofa with following specification ,3 seater sofa overall dimension - 1860mm W x 820-860mm D x 780-820mm H, Wooden structure of sofa to be fabricated using good quiality hardwood duly seasoned and applying anti-termite paint of approved brand & manufacture to ensure stability of the frame, On the wooden base frame of the sofa to be provided with M.S. helical spring, 1 side & 2 back with jute strips, with polyfill covered with jute & finished with thick marking cloth before doing fina finished with fabric (Titch). Seat - 40-45-32Kg/cum density PU Foam, 100mm thick, Back - 35-40Kg/cum density PU foam, 60mm thick, Sides (inside) - 40-45 Kg/cum density PU Foam, 45 mm thick Sides (outside) & back (back side) - 35-40 Kgcum density PU foam, 25mm thick. Seat shall rest on SS frame supported on legs made of SS chrome plated section of cone shape of height 225mm. All SS work should be in grade 304. Base of sofa should be made of 225mm H SS chrome plated curved base so as to give proper support to the seat. Height of the base of sofa shall be 200-250mm(approx). Finished width of arm shall be 100mm after upholstery work. Sofa to be fully upholstered using approved fabric (titch) of A grade of desired shade duly embossed including providing & fixing of all other related materials including hardwares etc. The sofa shall be provided with adjuster made uup of injection plastic in black color. The sofa can should be configured in different form as per the client requirement. Complete as directed by the Engineer in charge 1 seater sofa overall dimension - 820mm W x 800-820mm D x 690-710mm H/ SH430mm nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

58 Table with a top made of high-quality PRELAM BOARD minimum 18mm thk, with smooth sealed edges. The table stands on a black powder-coated metal base composed of four angled legs meeting at a central point for stability and a contemporary look. All hardware is concealed, and the leg design ensures ample legroom and balance.Dia 400mm X 450mm. 18 Table with a top made of high-quality PRELAM BOARD minimum 18mm thk, with smooth sealed edges. The table stands on a black powder-coated metal base composed of four angled legs meeting at a central point for stability and a contemporary look. All hardware is concealed, and the leg design ensures ample legroom and balance.Dia 400mm X 450mm. nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

59 "Providing & Placing Conference Table with following details and specifications : Top and Legs are made of 36 mm thick MDF (E-1 Grade), finish with matching 2 mm PVC edge-banding. The Modesty panel is made of Prelam Particle board Grade E-1 (Environmental Friendly) of thickness 18 mm MDF with Edge-Banding(PVC) 2 mm. Wire management: Completely concealed wiremanagement with Aluminium anodized flipper with soft closure, wiring tray & beams Made from MS sheet 2 mm., flange structure epoxy powder 70-80 micron coated spray color, baked at temperature 200c with vertical wire uptake from floor via middle leg having removable cover. Wire seperator for data provided in cable tray below fipper. The profile of table can be U shape/V shape as per the space available. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1892). " Size 8100 x 2200 x 740mm 18 "Providing & Placing Conference Table with following details and specifications : Top and Legs are made of 36 mm thick MDF (E-1 Grade), finish with matching 2 mm PVC edge-banding. The Modesty panel is made of Prelam Particle board Grade E-1 (Environmental Friendly) of thickness 18 mm MDF with Edge-Banding(PVC) 2 mm. Wire management: Completely concealed wiremanagement with Aluminium anodized flipper with soft closure, wiring tray & beams Made from MS sheet 2 mm., flange structure epoxy powder 70-80 micron coated spray color, baked at temperature 200c with vertical wire uptake from floor via middle leg having removable cover. Wire seperator for data provided in cable tray below fipper. The profile of table can be U shape/V shape as per the space available. E1 Grade laminate to be used which provide no urea formaldehyde emission and formaldehyde should be phenol base with emission of not more than (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1892). " Size 8100 x 2200 x 740mm nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

60 Providing and supplying modular workstation/conference tables suitable for office applications, complete in all respects, with worktop made of 25 mm or 36 mm thick melamine or veneer-finished particle board as per configuration, finished with 2 mm thick PVC edge lipping or reverse chamfer profile; supporting structure comprising 6 mm thick MS sheet loop legs and MS tube cross members of 30 × 30 × 2 mm section for enhanced rigidity; provision of shared or tower leg system made of MS sheet integrated with melamine storage units of 18 mm thickness incorporating wire management features as per configuration; integrated wire management system including MS sheet wiring tray and housing along with aluminium flipper units of 450 mm or 500 mm width for cable access; all metal components finished with epoxy polyester powder coating of 80–90 microns thickness for durability and corrosion resistance; available in sizes of approximately 4500 mm width × 1800 mm depth × 740 mm height, and 25 mm configurations, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and suitable for supply, assembly, and installation at site. 18 Providing and supplying modular workstation/conference tables suitable for office applications, complete in all respects, with worktop made of 25 mm or 36 mm thick melamine or veneer-finished particle board as per configuration, finished with 2 mm thick PVC edge lipping or reverse chamfer profile; supporting structure comprising 6 mm thick MS sheet loop legs and MS tube cross members of 30 × 30 × 2 mm section for enhanced rigidity; provision of shared or tower leg system made of MS sheet integrated with melamine storage units of 18 mm thickness incorporating wire management features as per configuration; integrated wire management system including MS sheet wiring tray and housing along with aluminium flipper units of 450 mm or 500 mm width for cable access; all metal components finished with epoxy polyester powder coating of 80–90 microns thickness for durability and corrosion resistance; available in sizes of approximately 4500 mm width × 1800 mm depth × 740 mm height, and 25 mm configurations, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and suitable for supply, assembly, and installation at site. nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

61 Providing and supplying modular workstation/conference tables suitable for office applications, complete in all respects, with worktop made of 25 mm or 36 mm thick melamine or veneer-finished particle board as per configuration, finished with 2 mm thick PVC edge lipping or reverse chamfer profile; supporting structure comprising 6 mm thick MS sheet loop legs and MS tube cross members of 30 × 30 × 2 mm section for enhanced rigidity; provision of shared or tower leg system made of MS sheet integrated with melamine storage units of 18 mm thickness incorporating wire management features as per configuration; integrated wire management system including MS sheet wiring tray and housing along with aluminium flipper units of 450 mm or 500 mm width for cable access; all metal components finished with epoxy polyester powder coating of 80–90 microns thickness for durability and corrosion resistance; available in sizes of approximately 3000 mm width × 1600 mm depth × 740 mm height, and 25 mm configurations, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and suitable for supply, assembly, and installation at site. 18 Providing and supplying modular workstation/conference tables suitable for office applications, complete in all respects, with worktop made of 25 mm or 36 mm thick melamine or veneer-finished particle board as per configuration, finished with 2 mm thick PVC edge lipping or reverse chamfer profile; supporting structure comprising 6 mm thick MS sheet loop legs and MS tube cross members of 30 × 30 × 2 mm section for enhanced rigidity; provision of shared or tower leg system made of MS sheet integrated with melamine storage units of 18 mm thickness incorporating wire management features as per configuration; integrated wire management system including MS sheet wiring tray and housing along with aluminium flipper units of 450 mm or 500 mm width for cable access; all metal components finished with epoxy polyester powder coating of 80–90 microns thickness for durability and corrosion resistance; available in sizes of approximately 3000 mm width × 1600 mm depth × 740 mm height, and 25 mm configurations, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and suitable for supply, assembly, and installation at site. nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

62 Providing and supplying modular workstation/conference tables suitable for office applications, complete in all respects, with worktop made of 25 mm or 36 mm thick melamine or veneer-finished particle board as per configuration, finished with 2 mm thick PVC edge lipping or reverse chamfer profile; supporting structure comprising 6 mm thick MS sheet loop legs and MS tube cross members of 30 × 30 × 2 mm section for enhanced rigidity; provision of shared or tower leg system made of MS sheet integrated with melamine storage units of 18 mm thickness incorporating wire management features as per configuration; integrated wire management system including MS sheet wiring tray and housing along with aluminium flipper units of 450 mm or 500 mm width for cable access; all metal components finished with epoxy polyester powder coating of 80–90 microns thickness for durability and corrosion resistance; available in sizes of approximately 3500 mm width × 1600 mm depth × 740 mm height, and 25 mm configurations, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and suitable for supply, assembly, and installation at site. 18 Providing and supplying modular workstation/conference tables suitable for office applications, complete in all respects, with worktop made of 25 mm or 36 mm thick melamine or veneer-finished particle board as per configuration, finished with 2 mm thick PVC edge lipping or reverse chamfer profile; supporting structure comprising 6 mm thick MS sheet loop legs and MS tube cross members of 30 × 30 × 2 mm section for enhanced rigidity; provision of shared or tower leg system made of MS sheet integrated with melamine storage units of 18 mm thickness incorporating wire management features as per configuration; integrated wire management system including MS sheet wiring tray and housing along with aluminium flipper units of 450 mm or 500 mm width for cable access; all metal components finished with epoxy polyester powder coating of 80–90 microns thickness for durability and corrosion resistance; available in sizes of approximately 3500 mm width × 1600 mm depth × 740 mm height, and 25 mm configurations, all components factory-finished, free from defects, and suitable for supply, assembly, and installation at site. nos. 1.00 Included 0.00 0 0

63 Chair should be high back, cushioned seat assembly, moulded plywood upholstered with moulded polyurethane foam & finished with Leatherite. Back size: (W) 450 - 500 mm (H) 600-620mm; Seat size: (L) 450mm - 500mm (W) 450 - 500mm with Polyurethane Foam. Polyurethane Foam: The polyurethane foam (Recyclable) of minimum density = 30 kg/ cum + 2 kg/cum fixed to moulded plywood and upholstered with Leatherette. Fixed Chromed finish with cushion pads. Synchro mechanism: 360 degree revolving type, from pivot for tilt with multiple locking position & feet resting on ground for extra comfort. The pneumatic adjustment has an adjustment stroke of 70-120 mm, Pedestal Assembly: should have 5 star aluminium die cast with hard castors sutable for tiles flooring with adjustment, twin wheel castors & the pitch centre Dia is 650 +/- 50mm. (750 +/- 10mm with castors). Twin wheel castors: these are made of injection moulded in black PP having 50-60mm dia,complete in all respect. The above chair should be finished / completed as per above mentioned specifications including providing and fixing of other related materials including hardwares, etc. complete or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and conforming to the image having back curvature in longitudinal and in trasverse direction as per the image. All complete as per manufacturers specification. Product should be BIFMA gold rated 18 Chair should be high back, cushioned seat assembly, moulded plywood upholstered with moulded polyurethane foam & finished with Leatherite. Back size: (W) 450 - 500 mm (H) 600-620mm; Seat size: (L) 450mm - 500mm (W) 450 - 500mm with Polyurethane Foam. Polyurethane Foam: The polyurethane foam (Recyclable) of minimum density = 30 kg/ cum + 2 kg/cum fixed to moulded plywood and upholstered with Leatherette. Fixed Chromed finish with cushion pads. Synchro mechanism: 360 degree revolving type, from pivot for tilt with multiple locking position & feet resting on ground for extra comfort. The pneumatic adjustment has an adjustment stroke of 70-120 mm, Pedestal Assembly: should have 5 star aluminium die cast with hard castors sutable for tiles flooring with adjustment, twin wheel castors & the pitch centre Dia is 650 +/- 50mm. (750 +/- 10mm with castors). Twin wheel castors: these are made of injection moulded in black PP having 50-60mm dia,complete in all respect. The above chair should be finished / completed as per above mentioned specifications including providing and fixing of other related materials including hardwares, etc. complete or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and conforming to the image having back curvature in longitudinal and in trasverse direction as per the image. All complete as per manufacturers specification. Product should be BIFMA gold rated nos. 3.00 Included 0.00 0 0

64 Chair should be Mid back, cushioned seat assembly, moulded plywood upholstered with moulded polyurethane foam & finished with Leatherite. Back size: (W) 450 - 500 mm (H) 450-500mm; Seat size: (L) 450mm - 500mm (W) 450 - 500mm with Polyurethane Foam. Polyurethane Foam: The polyurethane foam (Recyclable) of minimum density = 30 kg/ cum + 2 kg/cum fixed to moulded plywood and upholstered with Leatherette. Fixed Chromed finish with cushion pads. Synchro mechanism: 360 degree revolving type, from pivot for tilt with multiple locking position & feet resting on ground for extra comfort. The pneumatic adjustment has an adjustment stroke of 70-120 mm, Pedestal Assembly: should have 5 star aluminium die cast with hard castors sutable for tiles flooring with adjustment, twin wheel castors & the pitch centre Dia is 650 +/- 50mm. (750 +/- 10mm with castors). Twin wheel castors: these are made of injection moulded in black PP having 50-60mm dia,complete in all respect. The above chair should be finished / completed as per above mentioned specifications including providing and fixing of other related materials including hardwares, etc. complete or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and conforming to the image having back curvature in longitudinal and in trasverse direction as per the image. All complete as per manufacturers specification. Product should be BIFMA gold rated 18 Chair should be Mid back, cushioned seat assembly, moulded plywood upholstered with moulded polyurethane foam & finished with Leatherite. Back size: (W) 450 - 500 mm (H) 450-500mm; Seat size: (L) 450mm - 500mm (W) 450 - 500mm with Polyurethane Foam. Polyurethane Foam: The polyurethane foam (Recyclable) of minimum density = 30 kg/ cum + 2 kg/cum fixed to moulded plywood and upholstered with Leatherette. Fixed Chromed finish with cushion pads. Synchro mechanism: 360 degree revolving type, from pivot for tilt with multiple locking position & feet resting on ground for extra comfort. The pneumatic adjustment has an adjustment stroke of 70-120 mm, Pedestal Assembly: should have 5 star aluminium die cast with hard castors sutable for tiles flooring with adjustment, twin wheel castors & the pitch centre Dia is 650 +/- 50mm. (750 +/- 10mm with castors). Twin wheel castors: these are made of injection moulded in black PP having 50-60mm dia,complete in all respect. The above chair should be finished / completed as per above mentioned specifications including providing and fixing of other related materials including hardwares, etc. complete or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and conforming to the image having back curvature in longitudinal and in trasverse direction as per the image. All complete as per manufacturers specification. Product should be BIFMA gold rated nos. 103.00 Included 0.00 0 0

65 Providing and placing Desk Based Workstations with following specifications: Understructure, Screen and Cable management : Desk based system worktop supported on understructure made of MS legs MU Leg of section 50 x 25mm, where Structure made from cold rolled steel,thickness 1.2 mm. Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 70-80 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method). Screen :28mmthick Fully alumium frame screen with Combination of Fabric Pinup & marker board or lacquered glass , For Back to back workststion we have taken screen height 360mm above teh top & for Non sharing/ single side we have taken screen plus modesty panel. Wiremanagement: Completely consealed wiremanagement with vertical wire uptake from floor via MS power pole having removable cover one side and wire seperator for data and wire seperation, segregates to hozizontal cable tray below aluminium flipper with soft closure Epoxy powder coated spray color, baked at temperature 200 C°.Raceways contain the horizontal cable channel that fitted with a modesty panel tidily and effectively. Epoxy powder coated spray paint,baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 80-90 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method) Worktop :Worktop Made of 25mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape of approved colour. The height of Worktop shall be 740-760 mm from ground level. The particle board should be E-1 Grade with pvc edge banding. Drawer Unit : 3 drawer Metal pedestal of overall dimensions internal and external dimensions 380-430 mm (W) x 430-480 mm (D) x 600-620 mm ( H). Drawer body should be made of CRCA of thickness 0.7-0.8 mm duly powder coated with 70-80 micron. Each pedestal should be provided with pencil tray of 40-45 mm(H) x 110-120 mm (D) x 300-310 mm (W).Each pedestal should have 5 Nos castor fitted to it where in one castor will be fitted to lower most drawer to provide extra stability. " Size 1200 x 600 x 740mm 18 Providing and placing Desk Based Workstations with following specifications: Understructure, Screen and Cable management : Desk based system worktop supported on understructure made of MS legs MU Leg of section 50 x 25mm, where Structure made from cold rolled steel,thickness 1.2 mm. Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 70-80 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method). Screen :28mmthick Fully alumium frame screen with Combination of Fabric Pinup & marker board or lacquered glass , For Back to back workststion we have taken screen height 360mm above teh top & for Non sharing/ single side we have taken screen plus modesty panel. Wiremanagement: Completely consealed wiremanagement with vertical wire uptake from floor via MS power pole having removable cover one side and wire seperator for data and wire seperation, segregates to hozizontal cable tray below aluminium flipper with soft closure Epoxy powder coated spray color, baked at temperature 200 C°.Raceways contain the horizontal cable channel that fitted with a modesty panel tidily and effectively. Epoxy powder coated spray paint,baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 80-90 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method) Worktop :Worktop Made of 25mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape of approved colour. The height of Worktop shall be 740-760 mm from ground level. The particle board should be E-1 Grade with pvc edge banding. Drawer Unit : 3 drawer Metal pedestal of overall dimensions internal and external dimensions 380-430 mm (W) x 430-480 mm (D) x 600-620 mm ( H). Drawer body should be made of CRCA of thickness 0.7-0.8 mm duly powder coated with 70-80 micron. Each pedestal should be provided with pencil tray of 40-45 mm(H) x 110-120 mm (D) x 300-310 mm (W).Each pedestal should have 5 Nos castor fitted to it where in one castor will be fitted to lower most drawer to provide extra stability. " Size 1200 x 600 x 740mm nos. 20.00 Included 0.00 0 0

66 ""Providing and placing Desk Based Workstations with following specifications: Understructure, Screen and Cable management : Desk based system worktop supported on understructure made of MS legs Loop Leg of section 50 x 25mm with metal modesty panel. where Structure made from cold rolled steel,thickness 1.2 mm. Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 70-80 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method). Screen : 19mm thick frameless screen of Fabric Pinup or lacquered glass, For Back to back workststion we have taken screen height 360mm above teh top & for Non sharing/ single side we have taken screen plus modesty panel. Wiremanagement: Completely consealed wiremanagement with vertical wire uptake from floor via MS power pole having removable cover one side and wire seperator for data and wire seperation, segregates to hozizontal cable tray below aluminium flipper with soft closure Epoxy powder coated spray color, baked at temperature 200 C°.Raceways contain the horizontal cable channel that fitted with a modesty panel tidily and effectively. Epoxy powder coated spray paint,baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 80-90 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method) Worktop :Worktop Made of 25mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape of approved colour. The height of Worktop shall be 740-760 mm from ground level. The particle board should be E-1 Grade with pvc edge banding. Drawer Unit : 3 drawer Metal pedestal of overall dimensions internal and external dimensions 380-430 mm (W) x 430-480 mm (D) x 600-620 mm ( H). Drawer body should be made of CRCA of thickness 0.7-0.8 mm duly powder coated with 70-80 micron. Each pedestal should be provided with pencil tray of 40-45 mm(H) x 110-120 mm (D) x 300-310 mm (W).Each pedestal should have 5 Nos castor fitted to it where in one castor will be fitted to lower most drawer to provide extra stability. " L Shape Workstation of size:- Size : 1500mm (W1) x 1500mm (W2) x 600mm (D1) x 600mm (D2) x 740mm(Worktop Height) x 1100 mm 18 ""Providing and placing Desk Based Workstations with following specifications: Understructure, Screen and Cable management : Desk based system worktop supported on understructure made of MS legs Loop Leg of section 50 x 25mm with metal modesty panel. where Structure made from cold rolled steel,thickness 1.2 mm. Epoxy powder coated spray paint, baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 70-80 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method). Screen : 19mm thick frameless screen of Fabric Pinup or lacquered glass, For Back to back workststion we have taken screen height 360mm above teh top & for Non sharing/ single side we have taken screen plus modesty panel. Wiremanagement: Completely consealed wiremanagement with vertical wire uptake from floor via MS power pole having removable cover one side and wire seperator for data and wire seperation, segregates to hozizontal cable tray below aluminium flipper with soft closure Epoxy powder coated spray color, baked at temperature 200 C°.Raceways contain the horizontal cable channel that fitted with a modesty panel tidily and effectively. Epoxy powder coated spray paint,baked at temperature 200 C° coated of 80-90 micron thickness. Powder coating should be scratch resistance (cross hatch test 6x6 grid method) Worktop :Worktop Made of 25mm thick E-1 grade particle board finished with 2mm PVC edge banding. E1 grade laminate with zero urea formaldehyde emissions (<or= 8mg/100 g oven dry board-perforated method) for better in-house air quality. This should comply with (EN 120-1992). The exposed edge of worktop shall be secured with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape of approved colour. The height of Worktop shall be 740-760 mm from ground level. The particle board should be E-1 Grade with pvc edge banding. Drawer Unit : 3 drawer Metal pedestal of overall dimensions internal and external dimensions 380-430 mm (W) x 430-480 mm (D) x 600-620 mm ( H). Drawer body should be made of CRCA of thickness 0.7-0.8 mm duly powder coated with 70-80 micron. Each pedestal should be provided with pencil tray of 40-45 mm(H) x 110-120 mm (D) x 300-310 mm (W).Each pedestal should have 5 Nos castor fitted to it where in one castor will be fitted to lower most drawer to provide extra stability. " L Shape Workstation of size:- Size : 1500mm (W1) x 1500mm (W2) x 600mm (D1) x 600mm (D2) x 740mm(Worktop Height) x 1100 mm nos. 81.00 Included 0.00 0 0

67 Providing and placing Mid Back chairs with Overall size: 680Wx 680Dx 1125-1215Hmm, Chair seat made up of insert moulded Polyurethane Foam upholstered with foam laminated mesh fabric, insert moulded foam assembled over a load bearing plastic seat cover, back is made up of two piece injection moulded frame, inner frame upholstered with mesh fabric and mounted on the main assembly, back adjustable lumbar support for achieving comfortable seating posture, seat size 450 - 460 mm depth (approx.), 490 - 500 mm width (approx.), sub assembly back size 540 mm- 620 mm height. (approx.), effective back height from Seat - 560-570 mm (approx.), polyurethane foam for seat having density 65±4 kg/m3, armrest top injection moulded in polyurethane and mounted on the injection moulded height adjustable type armrest, armrest height adjustable up to 4.5 cm (approx) in 3 steps & width movement adjustable, 360 degree revolving type. mechanism, single point control for seat and back adjustment, front pivot for tilt, tilt adjustment for back in 3position locking with antishock feature, pneumatic height adjustment of 8.5 cm spine bracket made of aluminum die cast piece connecting to back with mechanism, pedestal made of die cast alunimium fitted with 5 nos. twin wheel castors (castor wheel dia. 6.0 cm approx.), base pedestal dia 65.0cm (approx.) and pitch center dia. 71.0 cm with castors, twin wheel castors injection moulded in Nylon etc. all complete as per manufacturers specification, approved sample and direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 18 Providing and placing Mid Back chairs with Overall size: 680Wx 680Dx 1125-1215Hmm, Chair seat made up of insert moulded Polyurethane Foam upholstered with foam laminated mesh fabric, insert moulded foam assembled over a load bearing plastic seat cover, back is made up of two piece injection moulded frame, inner frame upholstered with mesh fabric and mounted on the main assembly, back adjustable lumbar support for achieving comfortable seating posture, seat size 450 - 460 mm depth (approx.), 490 - 500 mm width (approx.), sub assembly back size 540 mm- 620 mm height. (approx.), effective back height from Seat - 560-570 mm (approx.), polyurethane foam for seat having density 65±4 kg/m3, armrest top injection moulded in polyurethane and mounted on the injection moulded height adjustable type armrest, armrest height adjustable up to 4.5 cm (approx) in 3 steps & width movement adjustable, 360 degree revolving type. mechanism, single point control for seat and back adjustment, front pivot for tilt, tilt adjustment for back in 3position locking with antishock feature, pneumatic height adjustment of 8.5 cm spine bracket made of aluminum die cast piece connecting to back with mechanism, pedestal made of die cast alunimium fitted with 5 nos. twin wheel castors (castor wheel dia. 6.0 cm approx.), base pedestal dia 65.0cm (approx.) and pitch center dia. 71.0 cm with castors, twin wheel castors injection moulded in Nylon etc. all complete as per manufacturers specification, approved sample and direction of Engineer-in-Charge. nos. 101.00 Included 0.00 0 0

68 The table shall be manufactured using an 18 mm thick laminated top made of pre-laminated particle board/MDF with approved laminate finish and matching edge banding. The exposed edges shall be finished with 2 mm PVC edge banding for enhanced durability and smooth finish. The supporting structure shall consist of a powder-coated MS rectangular frame with straight square-profile legs in matte black finish, providing strength and stability. Adjustable nylon levelling bushes shall be provided at the bottom of the legs for proper alignment on uneven surfaces. The table shall feature a modern minimalist design suitable for office, meeting, and collaborative workspaces, with dimensions as per approved drawings and project requirements. Size- 1800 x 900 x 740mm 18 The table shall be manufactured using an 18 mm thick laminated top made of pre-laminated particle board/MDF with approved laminate finish and matching edge banding. The exposed edges shall be finished with 2 mm PVC edge banding for enhanced durability and smooth finish. The supporting structure shall consist of a powder-coated MS rectangular frame with straight square-profile legs in matte black finish, providing strength and stability. Adjustable nylon levelling bushes shall be provided at the bottom of the legs for proper alignment on uneven surfaces. The table shall feature a modern minimalist design suitable for office, meeting, and collaborative workspaces, with dimensions as per approved drawings and project requirements. Size- 1800 x 900 x 740mm nos. 6.00 Included 0.00 0 0

69 The table shall be manufactured using an 18 mm thick laminated top made of pre-laminated particle board/MDF with approved laminate finish and matching edge banding. The exposed edges shall be finished with 2 mm PVC edge banding for enhanced durability and smooth finish. The supporting structure shall consist of a powder-coated MS rectangular frame with straight square-profile legs in matte black finish, providing strength and stability. Adjustable nylon levelling bushes shall be provided at the bottom of the legs for proper alignment on uneven surfaces. The table shall feature a modern minimalist design suitable for office, meeting, and collaborative workspaces, with dimensions as per approved drawings and project requirements. Size- 1050 x 1050 x 740mm 18 The table shall be manufactured using an 18 mm thick laminated top made of pre-laminated particle board/MDF with approved laminate finish and matching edge banding. The exposed edges shall be finished with 2 mm PVC edge banding for enhanced durability and smooth finish. The supporting structure shall consist of a powder-coated MS rectangular frame with straight square-profile legs in matte black finish, providing strength and stability. Adjustable nylon levelling bushes shall be provided at the bottom of the legs for proper alignment on uneven surfaces. The table shall feature a modern minimalist design suitable for office, meeting, and collaborative workspaces, with dimensions as per approved drawings and project requirements. Size- 1050 x 1050 x 740mm nos. 4.00 Included 0.00 0 0

70 Providing and placing in position Cafe chair of Size 400mm (W) x 500mm (D) x 830mm (H). Seat / Backrest is made of Polypropylene plastic (PP) injection in a specific design. The seat and back are made up injection molded high impact strength polypropylene polymer (PP) compound with indoor grade UV Resistance. Base is made of Wood.The understructure is made of SS Chrome. Leveller are made of high impact strength polypropylene polymer compound with indoor grad UV Resistance and pressed fitted with tubular frame. 18 Providing and placing in position Cafe chair of Size 400mm (W) x 500mm (D) x 830mm (H). Seat / Backrest is made of Polypropylene plastic (PP) injection in a specific design. The seat and back are made up injection molded high impact strength polypropylene polymer (PP) compound with indoor grade UV Resistance. Base is made of Wood.The understructure is made of SS Chrome. Leveller are made of high impact strength polypropylene polymer compound with indoor grad UV Resistance and pressed fitted with tubular frame. nos. 40.00 Included 0.00 0 0

71 Providing and placing office vubicle workstation SL 60MM TILE BASE CUBICAL FRAME 3750 X 2450 X 1200H MM. LINEO CABIN TABLE 1500W X 600D X 750H MM. SIDE STORAGE 900W X 450D X 750H MM. BACK STORAGE 1500W X 450D X 650H MM. MAIN PARTITION : 60 MM THK Slide-in Tile Based Partition of 1200mm Ht. with powder coating finish/wooden finish. WIRE MANAGEMENT : One Raceway at Skirting , Second Raceway Below Table Top. FINISHES ABOVE TABLE TOP : Fabric Pin up / Lam Marker FINISHES BELOW TABLE TOP : 9 mm Thk. Prelaminated Prelaminated Particle panel Tile TABLE TOP : 25 MM thk. Prelaminated Particle Board with 2mm PVC Edge band on all side. Table top at 750mm height from floor level. Cut-out provision for wire manger as required. UNDERSTRUCTURE - C LEG constructed of vertical of 50X50X1.6 mm & horizontal of 40mm X 40mm X 1.6mm thick MS Pipe with caps & levellers .Cross members are mounted by cross member end brackets. BRACKET : MS powder coating finish corner & cantilever bracket as per standard product design. PVC GROMMET 18 Providing and placing office vubicle workstation SL 60MM TILE BASE CUBICAL FRAME 3750 X 2450 X 1200H MM. LINEO CABIN TABLE 1500W X 600D X 750H MM. SIDE STORAGE 900W X 450D X 750H MM. BACK STORAGE 1500W X 450D X 650H MM. MAIN PARTITION : 60 MM THK Slide-in Tile Based Partition of 1200mm Ht. with powder coating finish/wooden finish. WIRE MANAGEMENT : One Raceway at Skirting , Second Raceway Below Table Top. FINISHES ABOVE TABLE TOP : Fabric Pin up / Lam Marker FINISHES BELOW TABLE TOP : 9 mm Thk. Prelaminated Prelaminated Particle panel Tile TABLE TOP : 25 MM thk. Prelaminated Particle Board with 2mm PVC Edge band on all side. Table top at 750mm height from floor level. Cut-out provision for wire manger as required. UNDERSTRUCTURE - C LEG constructed of vertical of 50X50X1.6 mm & horizontal of 40mm X 40mm X 1.6mm thick MS Pipe with caps & levellers .Cross members are mounted by cross member end brackets. BRACKET : MS powder coating finish corner & cantilever bracket as per standard product design. PVC GROMMET nos. 11.00 Included 0.00 0 0

TOTAL AMOUNT EXCL GST 0.00 0.00 0 0

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Schedule - 3

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI As per Lum-sum 0.00%

(SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES : ERECTION CHARGES) AS per Percent #REF!

As per lum-sum on Sch-3 0.00%

#REF! To: As per Percent on Sch-3 #REF!

#REF! #REF! Total Discount #REF!

Name : #REF! #REF!

Address : #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! Multipackage lum-sum #REF!

All Prices are in Indian Rupees. Amount after Discount (Rs.) Dis Alert Amount after MPD (Rs.)

SI. No. Description Unit Quantity Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges Unit Erection Charges Total Erection Charges

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! (a) Detailed Soil Investigation

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! (b) All kinds of soil except fissured rock & hard rock

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! (e) River Crossing Location

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! (f)

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

Total Erection Price (A+B) #REF!

Place : #REF! Printed Name : #REF!

Designation : #REF!

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Schedule - 4b

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

(SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES )

Name : #REF! #REF!

Address : #REF! #REF!

Maintenance Charges during & after Defect Laibility Period

SI. No. PR No PR Line Item No Activity Header PR Activity No Activity Description Service Code SAC (Service Accounting Codes) Whether SAC in column '8’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable the SAC * Rate of GST applicable ( in %) Whether rate of GST in column ‘4’ is confirmed. If not indicate applicable rate of GST * Description Unit Quantity Unit Maintenance Charges excluding GST Total Maintenance Charges excluding GST Total GST as confirmed by Bidder

#REF! Revaluation of P column Tax Calculation

A. #REF! Revaluation of P column Tax Calculation

1 Included 0.00 0 0

2 Included 0.00 0 0

3 Included 0.00 0 0

4 Included 0.00 0 0

B. #REF! Revaluation of P column Tax Calculation

1 Included 0.00 0 0

2 Included 0.00 0 0

3 Included 0.00 0 0

4 Included 0.00 0 0

Total Maintenance Charges during and after Defect Liabilty Period 0.00 0

Total GST as confirmed by Bidder 0.00

Date : #REF! #REF!

Place : #REF! #REF!

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Schedule - 2

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

(SUMMARY OF TAXES & DUTIES APPLICABLE )

Bidder's Name and Address (Sole Bidder): To:

Contracts Services, 3rd Floor

Name : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

Address : SCO Bay 5-10, near Haryana Pollution Control

board Office, Sector 16A, Faridabad, Haryana 121002

Sl. No. Item Nos. Total Price (INR) After Discount After MPDiscount

1 TOTAL GST ON SERVICES Sales Tax 0.00 Sales Tax 0.00

Total GST 0.00 #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

TOTAL GST 0.00 Grand Total after Discount #REF! Grand Total after MPD #REF!

Date : Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Schedule - 5

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

SUMMARY OF TAXES & DUTIES APPLICABLE ON GOODS

Name : #REF! #REF!

Address : #REF! #REF!

Sl. No. Item Nos. Total Price (INR)

1 TOTAL GST ON GOODS #REF!

Total GST for Supply of Goods (inter-alia including Type Test Charges) between the Contractor and the Employer (identified in Schedule 1') which are not included in the Ex-works price as per the provision of the Bidding Documents, as applicable.

2 TOTAL GST ON SERVICES #REF!

Total GST on Installation Services (Schedule-3), Training to be imparted in India (Schedule-4a) and Maintenance Charges during and after Defect Liabilty Period (Schedule-4b)

GRAND TOTAL [1+2] #REF!

Date : #REF! Printed Name : #REF!

Place : #REF! Designation : #REF!

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Schedule -3

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

(GRAND SUMMARY)

Bidder's Name and Address (Sole Bidder): To:

Name : Contracts Services, 3rd Floor

Address : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

SCO Bay 5-10, near Haryana Pollution Control

board Office, Sector 16A, Faridabad, Haryana 121002

Sl. No. Description Total Price (INR)

1 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO. 1.1 Civil 0.00

2 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO. 1.2 Sign Estimate 0.00

3 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO. 1.3 Plumbing Works 0.00

4 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO. 1.4 Firefighting 0.00

5 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO. 1.5 HVAC 0.00

6 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO. 1.6 Electrical Works 0.00

7 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO. 1.7 ELV& IT WORKS 0.00

8 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO. 1.8 Audio and Visual System 0.00

9 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO. 1.9 Furniture 0.00

10 TOTAL BID PRICE EXCL GST 0.00

11 GST AS PER SCHEDULE NO. 2 0.00

12 GRAND TOTAL [10+11] 0.00

Date : Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682)

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI As per Lum-sum 0.00%

(SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES : TYPE TEST CHARGES) AS per Percent #REF!

As per lum-sum on Sch-7 0.00%

#REF! To: As per Percent on Sch-7 #REF!

#REF! #REF! Total Discount #REF!

Name : #REF! #REF!

Address : #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! Multipackage Discount #REF!

Type Tests on Earthwire

SL. NO. Description of Test Unit Quantity Unit Test Charge Total Test Charges (Rs.) Total Test Charges After Discount (Rs.) Dis Alert Total Test Charges After MPD (Rs.)

(a) #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

(b) #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF! #REF!

Sub-Total (I) #REF!

TOTAL TEST CHARGES (I) #REF!

Discount Sche-7 #REF! MPD Sche-7 #REF!

Dis Alert #REF!

Date : #REF! #REF!

Place : #REF! #REF!

Note : Bidder should indicate the name of test laboratories where type tests are proposed to be conducted

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682)

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI 0 0 0

(SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES : TYPE TEST CHARGES) 0 0 0

Name : #REF! 0 0

Address : #REF! 0 0

SL. NO. Description of Test 0

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

#REF! #REF! #REF!

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Schedule - 6 After Discount

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

(GRAND SUMMARY)

Bidder's Name and Address (Sole Bidder): To:

Name : Contracts Services, 3rd Floor

Address : Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

SCO Bay 5-10, near Haryana Pollution Control

board Office, Sector 16A, Faridabad, Haryana 121002

Sl. No. Description Total Price (INR)

1 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO. 1 0.00

2 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO. 2 (Taxes and Duties) 0.00

GRAND TOTAL [1+2] 0.00

Date : Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Letter of Discount

LETTER OF DISCOUNT

Contracts Services, 3rd Floor

Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.,

SCO Bay 5-10, near Haryana Pollution Control

board Office, Sector 16A, Faridabad, Haryana 121002

Subject : PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI

With reference to the subject tender, we hereby offer unconditional discount on the prices quoted by us as per details given here below : Eq Weightage of Rs/ % Final Discount Factor

1 Discount on lum-sum basis on total price quoted by us in Rs #REF! #REF!

2 Discount on lum-sum basis on total price quoted by us in Percent(%) #REF! 0.00%

Discount(s) offered at sl. No. 1 to 2 will get displayed and accounted for automatically in the respective items of the Schedules.

5 We hereby offer Multi-package discount as given below:

Multi-Package Discount(s) offered at sl. No. 5 will not get automatically accounted for in the respective items of the Schedules. The same shall be worked out saparately for evaluation.

Please consider this letter of discount as the integral part of our price bid.

Thanking you, we remain,

Yours faithfully,

For and on behalf of

Date : Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Details of Octroi

Sl No. Description of Items Amount on which Octroi is applicable Rate of Octroi Octroi

Details of Entry Tax

Sl No. Description of Items Amount on which Entry Tax is applicable Rate of Entry Tax Entry Tax

Details of Other Taxes & Duties

Sl No. Description of Items Amount on which Other Taxes & Duties are applicable Description of Taxes & Duties Rate of Taxes & Duties Amount of Taxes & Duties

Tender Enquiry No.:NR1/NT/W-CIVIL/DOM/I00/26/13605; (RFX- 5002005682) Bid Form 2nd Envelope Sole Bidder 1 st 1 January

0 2 nd 2 February

BID FORM (Second Envelope) 3 rd 3 March

Bid Proposal Ref. No. 5 th 5 May

Date : 6 th #VALUE! 6 June

7 th #VALUE! 7 July

To: 8 th #VALUE! 8 August

Contracts Services, 3rd Floor 9 th #VALUE! 9 September

Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd., 10 th 10 October

SCO Bay 5-10, near Haryana Pollution Control 11 th 11 November

board Office, Sector 16A, Faridabad, Haryana 121002 12 th 12 December

Name of Contract : PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI 15 th

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen, 16 th

Schedule 1 Installation Charges. 21 st

Schedule 2 Taxes and Duties not included in Schedule 1 22 th

2.5 We declare that items left blank in the Schedules will be deemed to have been included in other items. The TOTAL for each Schedule and the TOTAL of Grand Summary shall be deemed to be the total price for executing the Facilities and sections thereof in complete accordance with the Contract, whether or not each individual item has been priced. 31 st

3.0 We confirm that except as otherwise specifically provided our Bid Prices in this Second Envelope include all taxes, duties, levies and charges as may be assessed on us/our Associate (applicable for Foreign Bidder), our Sub-Contractor/Sub-Vendor or their employees by all municipal, state or national government authorities in connection with the Facilities, in and outside of India.

3.1 100% of applicable Taxes and Duties i.e GST which are payable by the Employer under the Contract, shall be reimbursed by the Employer on production of satisfactory documentary evidence by the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of the Bidding Documents.

3.3 We confirm that we have also registered/we shall also get registered in the GST Network with a GSTIN, in all the states where the project is located and the states from which we shall make our supply of goods.

4.0 # (For Joint Venture only) We, the partners of Joint Venture submitting this bid, do agree and confirm that in case of Award of Contract on the Joint Venture, we shall be jointly and severally liable and responsible for the execution of the Contract in accordance with Contract terms and conditions. 1

5.0 We, hereby, declare that only the persons or firms interested in this proposal as principals are named here and that no other persons or firms other than those mentioned herein have any interest in this proposal or in the Contract to be entered into, if the award is made on us, that this proposal is made without any connection with any other person, firm or party likewise submitting a proposal is in all respects for and in good faith, without collusion or fraud.

Thanking you, we remain,

Yours faithfully,

For and on behalf of

Date : Printed Name :

Place : Designation :

Please provide additional information of the Bidder

Business Address :

Country of Incorporation :

State/Province to be indicated :

Name of Principal Officer :

Address of Principal Officer :

Note: Bidders may note that no prescribed proforma has been enclosed for Attachment 2 : Power of Attorney. Bidders may use their own proforma for furnishing the required information with the bid.

STATEMENT OF QUOTED / CORRECTED PRICES

All Figures are in Rupees

Sl. No. Price Component Quoted Price Corrected Price

1 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO. 1:Ex-Works Price of Plant and Equipment including Type Test Charges #REF! #REF!

2 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO.2: Local Transportation, Insurance and other Incidental Services. #REF! #REF!

3 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO.3: Installation Charges 0.00 0.00

4 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO.4: Training Charges Not Applicable Not Applicable

5 TOTAL BID PRICE: (Excluding Taxes & Duties) #REF! #REF!

6 DISCOUNT #REF! #REF! #REF!

7 NET BID PRICE (Excluding Taxes & Duties) #REF! #REF!

8 TAXES & DUTIES PAYABLE ADDITIONALLY

A) EXCISE DUTY #REF! 0.00

B) CENTRAL SALES TAX #REF! 0.00

C) VAT #REF! 0.00

D) ENTRY TAX / OCTROI #REF! 0.00

F) TOTAL TAXES & DUTIES #REF! 0.00

8 TOTAL BID PRICE (INCLUDING TAXES & DUTIES) #REF! #REF!

9 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO.7: Type Test Charges [Total of this Schedule is included in Schedule-1 above] 0.00 0.00

I) Bidder has indicated the following taxes and duties additionally applicable for their bid:

#REF! Excise Duty #REF! #REF!

#REF! CST #REF! #REF!

#REF! VAT #REF! #REF!

#REF! Entry Tax/ Octroi #REF! #REF!

Others as Others

II) With regard to Entry Tax, it may be mentioned that the substations covered under the subject pacakge falls in State of MP, where an entry tax @ 2% of Purchase Price is applicable. In view of the above, the taxes and duties inter-alia including entry tax applicable for the bids are calculated :

a) Ex-Works Price of Direct Supplies (after discount, if any) Rs. 0

b) Excise Duty, as applicable on (a) above at the rate : 10.00% Rs. 0

c) Amount on which Sales Tax is applicable 0.00 0

d) CST, as applicable on (a) + ED (b) above at the rate : 2.00% Rs. 0

e) VAT, as applicable on (a) + ED (b) above at the rate : 1.00% 0

g) Purchase Price for Entry Tax (Total Ex-Works+F&I+ED+CST+Others) Rs. 0

h) Entry Tax, as applicable on (e) above at the rate : Rs. 0.00

Retrofitting the 220 kV Switchyard equipments and control & protection system with Substation Automation System and SPR based Control & Protection System at Mandola Substation Statement of Quoted / Corrected Prices Page

Spec. No. Specification No.: NR1/NT/W-AIS/DOM/I00/24/15479 (Rfx-5002004051)

STATEMENT OF QUOTED / CORRECTED PRICES

All Figures are in Rupees

Sl. No. Price Component Quoted Price Corrected Price

1 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO. 1:Ex-Works Price of Plant and Equipment including Type Test Charges #REF! #REF!

2 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO.2: Local Transportation, Insurance and other Incidental Services. #REF! #REF!

3 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO.3: Installation Charges 0.00 0.00

4 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO.4: Training Charges Not Applicable Not Applicable

5 TOTAL BID PRICE: (Excluding Taxes & Duties) #REF! #REF!

6 DISCOUNT #REF! #REF!

7 NET BID PRICE (Excluding Taxes & Duties) #REF! #REF!

8 TAXES & DUTIES PAYABLE ADDITIONALLY

A) EXCISE DUTY #REF! #REF!

B) CENTRAL SALES TAX /VAT #REF! #REF!

C) ENTRY TAX / OCTROI #REF! #REF!

D) OTHERS #REF! 0.00

E) TOTAL TAXES & DUTIES #REF! #REF!

8 TOTAL BID PRICE (INCLUDING TAXES & DUTIES) #REF! #REF!

9 TOTAL SCHEDULE NO.7: Type Test Charges [Total of this Schedule is included in Schedule-1 above] #REF! #REF!

I) Bidder has indicated the following taxes and duties additionally applicable for their bid:

a) Excise Duty Rs. #REF!

b) CST /VAT Rs. #REF!

c) Entry Tax / Octroi Rs. #REF!

d) Others Rs. #REF!

II) Bidder has offered following discount(s)

III) With regard to Entry Tax, it may be mentioned that the substations covered under the subject pacakge falls in State of MP, where an entry tax @ 1% of Purchase Price is applicable. In view of the above, the taxes and duties inter-alia including entry tax applicable for the bids are calculated : Details of dicounts

a) Ex-Works Price of Direct Supplies (after discount, if any) Rs. #REF! Gross LS #REF! #REF! #REF! Gross % #REF! #REF! #REF!

b) Excise Duty @ 10.3% of (a) above Rs. #REF! #REF! #REF!

c) CST / VAT @ 2% of Ex-Works of Direct Supplies (a) + ED (b) above Rs. #REF! Sch-1 Direct LS #REF! #REF! #REF! Sch-1 Direct % #REF! #REF! #REF!

d) Others Rs. Sch-1 BO LS #REF! #REF! #REF! Sch-1 BO % #REF! #REF! #REF!

e) Purchase Price for Entry Tax (Total Ex-Works+F&I+ED+CST+Others) Rs. #REF! Sch-2 LS #REF! #REF! #REF! Sch-2 % #REF! #REF! #REF!

f) Entry Tax @ 1% of (e) above Rs. #REF! Sch-3 LS #REF! #REF! #REF! Sch-3 % #REF! #REF! #REF!

Sch-7 LS #REF! #REF! #REF! Sch-7 % #REF! #REF! #REF!

PGCIL OFFICE INTERIOR WORKS AT 5TH FLOOR, TOWER C, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, NAUROJI NAGAR, NEW DELHI Statement of Quoted / Corrected Prices Page Different Manner #REF!

Text for Discount #REF!

23 Twenty Three

27 Twenty Seven

28 Twenty Eight

33 Thirty Three

37 Thirty Seven

38 Thirty Eight

73 Seventy Three

74 Seventy Four

75 Seventy Five

77 Seventy Seven

78 Seventy Eight

79 Seventy Nine

83 Eighty Three

87 Eighty Seven

88 Eighty Eight

93 Ninety Three

97 Ninety Seven

98 Ninety Eight

100 One Hundred